HSEMS & Manual Rev 02, May 2018

GHANTOOT TRANSPOPRT & GENERAL CONTRACTING LLC (GTGC), ROADS & INFRASTRUCTURE DIVISION
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (HSE-MS) &MANUAL

APPLICABLE FOR GHANTOOT GROUP, ROADS & INFRASTRUCTURE DIVISION
Ghantoot Transport & General Contracting

LLC (GTGC)
HSE-MS&MANUAL
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY &
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYS-
TEM & MANUAL
APPLICABLE FOR
Ghantoot Transport & General Contracting LLC, Roads & Infrastructure Division
GTGC- HSE-MS & MANUAL, REV. 02, DATE 05-05-2018 Page 1 of 292
Table of Contents
Chapter Title Revision Date
Page No.
- 01 05 May 2018
COVER PAGE 02
- 02
02 05 May 2018
DEFINITION
- 02
02 05 May 2018
REVISION HISTORY
- 03
02 05 May 2018
TABLE OF CONTENTS
- 07
02 05 May 2018
INTRODUCTION
- 08
02 05 May 2018
SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES
1.0 09
02 05 May 2018
HSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1.1 09
02 05 May 2018
MANAGEMENTCOMITMENT AND DIRECTION
1.2 HEALTH SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 09
02 05 May 2018
1.3 10
02 05 May 2018
CORE HSE VALUES AND BELIEFS
2.0 EMPLOYEE ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITY 13
02 05 May 2018
2.1 13
02 05 May 2018
ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATION
2.2 14
02 05 May 2018
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILIITIES
3.0 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND CONTROL 24
02 05 May 2018
3.1 25
02 05 May 2018
RISK ASSESSMENT
3.2 35
02 05 May 2018
METHOD STATEMENT
3.3 37
02 05 May 2018
JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS
3.4 43
02 05 May 2018
PERMIT TO WORK SYSTEM
3.4.1 45
02 05 May 2018
HOT WORK
3.4.2 49
02 05 May 2018
CONFINED SPACE
3.4.3 59
02 05 May 2018
LOCK-OUT/TAG-OUT (LOTO)
3.5 64
02 05 May 2018
MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE
3.6 65
02 05 May 2018
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
3.7 75
02 05 May 2018
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS (PPE)
3.8 80
02 05 May 2018
WELFARE FACILITIES ARRANGEMENTS
ggAPPLICABLE FOR GHANTOOT GROUP, ROADS & INFRASTRUCTURE DIVISION

Page No.
3.9 90
02 05 May 2018
FOOD SAFETY AND HYGIENE
4.0 92
02 05 May 2018
LAWS AND REGULATION
5.0 93
02 05 May 2018
TRAINING
6.0 97
02 05 May 2018
HSE COMMUNICATION
6.1 98
02 05 May 2018
CONSULTATION WITH EMPLOYEES
6.2 99
02 05 May 2018
HSE PROGRAMS
6.3 101
02 05 May 2018
HSE REPORTING
6.4 101
02 05 May 2018
HAND SIGNALS
6.5 102
02 05 May 2018
SIGNAGES
7.0 103
02 05 May 2018
BEHAVIUORAL SAFETY
7.1 103
02 05 May 2018
INCENTIVE SCHEME PLAN
7.2 106
02 05 May 2018
DISCIPLINARY ENFORCEMENT
8.0 107
02 05 May 2018
EMERGENCY PLANNING AND MEDICAL SERVICES
8.1 107
02 05 May 2018
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURE
8.1.2 108
02 05 May 2018
EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
8.1.3 108
02 05 May 2018
EMERGENCY RESPONSE AT WORK
8.1.4 111
02 05 May 2018
DUTIES OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM
8.1.5 112
02 05 May 2018
PROCEDURE FOR WORKPLACE EMERGENCIES
8.1.6 115
02 05 May 2018
PROCEDURE FOR MAJOR INCIDENTS
8.1.7 116
02 05 May 2018
POST INCIDENT ACTIVITES
8.2 117
02 05 May 2018
FIRE PREVENTION
8.3 120
02 05 May 2018
MEDICAL SERVICES
9.0 124
02 05 May 2018
DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS
10.0 125
02 05 May 2018
SUBCONTRACTOR &SUPPLIER MANAGEMENT
11.0 135
02 05 May 2018
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
11.2 137
02 05 May 2018
ENVRONMENTAL CONTROL PLAN

Page No.
12.0 145
02 05 May 2018
SECURITY AND TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT
12.1 145
02 05 May 2018
SECURITY DEPLOYMENT PLAN
12.2 150
02 05 May 2018
SITE TRANSPORT
13.0 156
02 05 May 2018
PERFORMANCE MONITORING AND REVIEW
13.1 156
02 05 May 2018
PRO-ACTIVE MONITORING
13.1.1 156
02 05 May 2018
INSPECTIONS
13.1.2 158
02 05 May 2018
HSE SAMPLING
13.1.3 157
02 05 May 2018
HSE TOUR
13.1.4 158
02 05 May 2018
HSE SURVEY
13.1.5 158
02 05 May 2018
AUDIT
13.1.6 158
02 05 May 2018
BENCHMARKING
13.2 159
02 05 May 2018
REACTIVE MONITORING
13.2.1 159
02 05 May 2018
INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND REPORTING
13.2.2 163
02 05 May 2018
HSE MONTHLY PERFORMANCE REPORT
14.0 164
02 05 May 2018
RULES AND SAFE OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
14.1 165
02 05 May 2018
GENERAL SAFETY RULES
14.2 HOUSEKEEPING 166
02 05 May 2018
14.3 NIGHT WORKING 168

02 05 May 2018
14.4 PILE DRIVING 169

02 05 May 2018
14.5 EXCAVATION SAFETY 171

02 05 May 2018
14.6 SCAFFOLDING SAFETY 176

02 05 May 2018
14.7 SAFE USE OF LADDERS 183 02 05 May 2018
14.8 MOBILE ELEVATING WORK PLATFORMS 186 02 05 May 2018
14.9 FALL PROTECTION 189

02 05 May 2018
14.10 FLOOR AND WALL OPENINGS,STAIRWAYS 194

02 05 May 2018
14.11 FORM WORK 195

02 05 May 2018
14.12 ELECTRICAL SAFETY 210

02 05 May 2018

Page No.
14.13 HAND AND PORTABLE POWER TOOLS 215
02 05 May 2018
14.14 PLANT & EQUIPMENT 219

02 05 May 2018
14.15 LIFTING OPERATIONS 233

02 05 May 2018
14.16 PRE-CAST CONCRETE 240

02 05 May 2018
14.17 MACHINE GUARDING 248

02 05 May 2018
14.18 MANUAL HANDLING 249

02 05 May 2018
14.19 CHEMICAL HAZARDS CONTROL 251

02 05 May 2018
14.20 WASTE MANAGEMENT 256

02 05 May 2018
14.21 TEMPORARY FUEL STORAGE 269

02 05 May 2018
14.22 WORKING AT, OVER OR NEAR WATER 271 02 05 May 2018
14.23 WORKING IN DANGER OF ENGULTMENT 272 02 05 May 2018
14.24 GARBAGE CHUTE 273

02 05 May 2018
14.25 VESSELS UNDER PRESSURE 274

02 05 May 2018
14.26 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE 277

02 05 May 2018
14.27 WATER PROOFING 278

02 05 May 2018
14.28 CONCRETING 278

02 05 May 2018
14.29 RETAINING WALL 279

02 05 May 2018
14.30 STEEL REINFORCEMENT 279

02 05 May 2018
14.31 MASONRY WORKS 280

02 05 May 2018
14.32 PAINTING 280

02 05 May 2018
14.33 FALSE WORK 281

02 05 May 2018
14.34 CARPENTRY 282 02 05 May 2018
14.35 SAFETY PRECAUTION FR DEMOLITION 282 02 05 May 2018
14.36 HOT WEATHER AND HEAT STRESS 282

02 05 May 2018
14.37 HAND OVER PROCESS 287

02 05 May 2018
16.0 ADDENDUM 292 02 05 May 2018
INTRODUCTION
This document outlines the HSEMS, Environmental Health & Safety Management system to be implemented by
Ghantoot Transport & General Contracting LLC (GTGC), Roads & Infrastructure Division.
The philosophy of this document is the policy of the GTGC to conduct its activities in such a way as to take
foremost account of the health safety and environment of its employees and other persons to give proper
regard to the conservation of the environment by the utilization of a modern methodology approach in the
attainment of its objectives, which are elimination, segregation and / or protection of hazards in line with
the HSE policy in accordance to UAE Rules & Regulation as well as the latest version of OSHAD-SF.
GTGC will follow the ten principle of enhanced HSEMS management.
- Standard & Standard HSE Policy.

- Realistic HSE targets and objectives.
- Management commitment to HSE.
- Line management HSE accountability.
- Competent HSE advisors.
- Effective HSE training.
- Motivation & communication.
- Effective policies and procedures.
- Effective monitoring techniques.
- Thorough incident investigation & follow up.
- Implementation of the latest version OSHAD-SF.
- Comply with UAE Rules & Regulations as well as latest version of OSHAD SF.
The GTGC Environment Health and Safety Management System seek to promote continual improvement to
the working conditions of our Company activities. The ultimate goal for Health, Safety, & Environment im-
provement is the elimination of losses in all activities involving people, equipment, and material in addition
to protecting the environment. GTGC shall seek to effectively control all hazards and reduce the risk to all
personnel to a zero incident level.
Successful management of Health, Safety & Environment is essential for the long-term viability of the com-
pany. To this effect we will set clear goals in these areas through our long-term objectives.
To achieve these long-term objectives, we shall continuously improve our existing Health, Safety & Environ-
mental Management System. This mechanism is in the form of procedures and set policies and rules based on
the various International HSE Standards, HSE Department monitoring and auditing systems that contribute
towards the HSE working conditions and the subsequent well-being of personnel throughout the company.
The GTGC Environment, Health & Safety Manual is structured in a manner consistent with both Local and In-
ternational Standards.
SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES
The GTGC’s Environment, Health, and Safety Manual represent the applicable working standards / practices
to be observed and implemented in Ghantoot operations. This Manual is to be implemented on each Project
to follow in conjunction with all Local and International Laws, Regulations, Procedures and Practices.
The HSE does not restrict an individual company and / or job from developing additional policies / proce-
dures / practices in coordination with HSE Department to promote safety, health and the protection of the
environment as may be dictated by the job, work or the Company / Client.
The application of the HSE Manual to the certain project shall be defined through the Project Environment,
Health, & Safety Specific Procedures, Project health, safety and environment responsibilities and project
specific Company / Client Health, Safety & Environment Regulations that must be addressed.
This Manual covers all the work and site areas including temporary facilities and applies
to all GTGC site employees and to GTGC’s Sub-Contractors.
1.0 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (HSEMS)
A. INTRODUCTION
GTGC is committed to the highest standard of responsibility in every activity it undertakes to protect the en-
vironment, public health and employee safety and to comply fully with all applicable laws and regulations.
Our commitment to protecting the environment and the health and safety of our employees and the commu-
nities we serve represents a critical part of the core values that guide our corporation. As part of that com-
mitment, all GTGC employees actively support these values and strive to achieve continual and measurable
improvement of all our processes and productivities.
B. SCOPE
This HSE Management System applies to all GTGC businesses & projects
The purpose of the health, safety and environment management SYSTEM is to be a single management sys-
tem document which will enable GTGC to determine how the activities of individuals are managed, in order
to comply with statutory and company policies to ensure a safe operation throughout. The HSE SYSTEM de-
fines the company's systems which are implemented to ensure this goal.
The HSE system is also intended to achieve the following:
- A demonstration that within GTGC, the health, safety and environment are being managed in a responsible
and professional manner.
- The manual acts as a quality tool for the improvement in management of health, safety and environmental
matters, by integrating hazards identification and management of loss control into the company business
objectives.
1.1 MANAGEMENT COMMITMENT & DIRECTION
The objective of a clear, written statement of HSE policy serves to establish the standard of expected per-
formance, become a guide whenever a conflict arises between HSE and expediency, and establish a founda-
tion for the HSEMS, plus behavioral and cultural change.
In order for these objectives to be achieved, employee input is essential. This can be accomplished through
periodic reviews and discussions with all employees, and subsequent follow-up actions to support the policy
statement. The HSE policy should be available to employees, dated, signed and issued by top management,
and displayed throughout the work area.
Line management will actively demonstrate commitment to protecting the health and safety of employees,
the public and the environment through adherence to policy, allocation of resources, visible leadership and
the establishment of accountability and communication systems. Continual improvement of HSE perfor-
mance will be an integral part of every business.
The HSE process must be considered in all aspects of the business (production, cost, quality, engineering,
outsourcing, etc.) and be tied to objectives. Structured HSE committees must be chartered and meeting
minutes documented.
Management must help develop and encourage HSE work practices through procedures that establish expec-
tations for all employees, visitors and subcontractors to follow.
1.2 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT POLICY
GTGC accepts the responsibility to protect the environment and the health and safety of our employees,
their families and the public. Environment, Health, & Safety (HSE) performance are core values of the com-
pany and will be managed as an integral part of our business to benefit employees, consultants, clients, and
general public. All GTGC employees are responsible for assuring that we achieve continuous and measurable
improvement.
This policy will be enabled through corporate standards/management systems and appropriate business or
site policies and management plans that establish objectives and targets. Implementation will be achieved
through management and organizational commitment, allocation of sufficient human and capital resources
and rigorous measurement and corrective systems.
It is GTGC policy to conduct the activities in such a way that Environmental, health and safety of the em-
ployees and of other persons are safeguarded, and that proper attention is paid to environment protection.
It is also hereby emphasized that HSE is the direct and immediate responsibility of every company employee
and subcontractors.
In implementing this policy, the company doesn’t merely comply with the requirements of the relevant legis-
lation but promotes constructive measures for the protection of health, safety and the environment for all.
Furthermore, it is the GTGC policy to:
1- Avoid causing harm to the health of, or injury to employees and others, damage to property or envi-
ronment.
2- Promote HSE consciousness to company employees and sub-contractors, the importance of the in-
volvement and commitment of company employees and contractor staff in developing and applying
this policy.
The company employees, sub-contractors and relevant authorities well be kept well informed on
what the company is doing to improve the quality and safety of the working environment.
3- Pay appropriate regard to the environment by keeping air, water, soil, plant, and animal life from
adverse effects of company operations or those of sub-contractors, acting on company behalf, and
minimize any damage which may arise from such operations.
4- Take the initiatives necessary to promote work and improve codes of practice, apply regulations
which relate to the above matters.
5- Encourage, support or conduct studies directed towards the improvement of environmental, safety
and health at work and towards the abatement of pollution.
6- Facilitate the transfer to others of the developed- know in the mentioned fields, future requirements
and expected developments in these areas of the companies long term planning.
7- Liaise and co-operate with organizations that conduct similar operations in order to improve and
maintain health, safety and environment protection.
8- Implement & Maintain the OSHAD-SF.
9- Comply with the UAE Rules & Regulations.
1.3 CORE HSE VALUES AND BELIEFS
GTGC goal is continuous improvement

Risk management (hazard controls, behaviors) and pollution prevention are the focus
All occupational injuries/illnesses and environmental incidents can be prevented
Line management is responsible and accountable for HSE
Employees are involved in the HSE programs and activities at all levels of the organization
Working safely and with regards for the environment are conditions of employment
The Company, management and staff are committed to utilize a systematic approach to ensure compliance
with HSE polices procedures and regulatory standards developed by the client, all local and national health,
HSE and environment (HSE) laws and regulations that apply to its activities.
The Company management and staff are committed to conduct activities in a manner designed to minimize
HSE risks to a level which is as Low as Reasonably Practicable.
The Company management and staff aim to play a leading role in setting and promoting best HSE practice
that apply to its activities.
The Company management will ensure that employees and visitors on sites are at a similar level of commit-
ment by adhering to established HSE procedures and relevant project HSE plans.
The Company policy implemented through a documented HSE management system. The management system
will ensure that objectives are set, hazards are identified, risks assessed and control measures implemented
in a systematic manner.
The Company HSE policy, HSE management systems, procedures and objectives will be regularly reviewed to
identify and implement practicable improvements, which will promote continued HSE performance improve-
ment.
See appendix 1 for the detailed copy of the Environment, Health, and Safety Policy for Ghantoot Transport &
General Contracting Establishment (GTGC).
GTGC, HSE-MS Elements
Appendix 1
Policy and Strategic

Objectives
Organisation,Responsibilities Improve
PLAN & Resources
Standards and Procedures Correct
Implementation
Control
FEED
DO & Performance Monitoring
BACK
CHECK Audit
Management Review
6
Attached Ghantoot Health & Safety Policy, Environmental Policy & Quality Policy
2.0 EMPLOYEE ROLES & RESPONSIBILITY
Employee involvement and active participation in the HSE process is critical to identifying and controlling
risks. Employees are encouraged to participate in the development of allocation of resources, policy and pro-
cedures, correcting unsafe conditions and behaviors, reinforcing safe behaviors, providing solutions for solv-
ing problems, action plans, and being responsible for their own safety and that of their fellow workers.
Additionally, each project site/facility shall designate one person (s) in the organization to take full (or part-
time) responsibility for the day-to-day administration of the HSE program. Part-time employees must devote
enough time to the HSE management system to meet the HSE objectives and goals. The role of the HSE Per-
sonnel is to be an advisor and planner to the organization, make recommendations for addressing regulatory
compliance issues and risks, serve as a liaison between Corporate HSE and the location, serve on HSE com-
mittees and facilitate new initiatives.
2.1 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
A. SCOPE
To define the organizational placement of the Environment, Health and Safety (HSE) function and the meth-
od employed by management to administer HSE-related activities. (See HSE-MS Block Diagram – Appendix 2)
B. DEFINITION
The corporate level HSE function within GTGC includes all aspects of environmental, health &safety.
At the division/department level, the HSE function may normally include HSE, fire protection, industrial hy-
giene workers compensation administration, vehicle safety, plant security, and environmental.
C. ORGANIZATION
HSE functions within GTGC are found at the corporate, and the division/department levels and projects. HSE
is line management responsibility in GTGC. All Projects normally employ a full-time HSE professional in ac-
cordance to OSHAD-SF.
On the corporate level, the Corporate HSE Manager of the HSE function reports to the General Manager of
the company.
HSE Officers at the site/facilities level reports organizationally to a wide range of functions including Project
Managers and HSE Manager
D. ADMINISTRATION
HSE is line management responsibility. All projects and work places where employees will likely work
or work will be possibly carried out.
 The Company (GTGC), management and staff are committed to utilize a systematic approach to en-
sure compliance with HSE polices procedures and regulatory standards developed by the client, all
local and national health, HSE and environment (HSE) laws and regulations that apply to its activi-
ties.
 The Company management and staff are committed to conduct activities in a manner designed to
minimize HSE risks to a level which is as Low as Reasonably Practicable.
 The Company management and staff aim to play a leading role in setting and promoting best HSE
practice that apply to its activities.
 The Company management will ensure that employees and visitors on sites are at a similar level of
commitment by adhering to established HSE procedures and relevant project HSE plans.
 The Company policy implemented through a documented HSE management system. The manage-
ment system will ensure that objectives are set, hazards are identified, risks assessed and control
measures implemented in a systematic manner.
 The Company HSE policy, HSE management systems, procedures and objectives will be regularly re-
viewed to identify and implement practicable improvements, which will promote continued HSE per-
formance improvement.
2.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
A. SCOPE
Provides general guidelines outlining the HSE responsibilities of each level of the organization and develops a
clear understanding of how these responsibilities are integrated.
B. DEFINITIONS
In these statements, the titles used were selected on the basis of common usage within the corporation.
Where various levels do not exist other levels may be used to carry out those responsibilities.
A. General Manager- responsible for all business matters conducted within a core business of Ghantoot.
B .Division Manager-responsible for all business matters conducted within the Division
C. Project Director/Senior Project Manager - responsible for business matters conducted within the area of
single or multiple facility/projects.
D. Project /Facility Manager - The manager responsible for all business conducted at a single facility/project
site.
E. Department / Construction Manager - The person responsible for all operations that comprise a section of
a department.
F. Supervisor/Foreman/Lead Person - The individual responsible for an assigned area within a department
/division or operation and who supervises and coordinates the activities of the employees.
G. HSE Manager - The person, usually a professional, who devotes full time to ensure implementation of HSE
policy and objectives in compliance with regulatory and statutory requirements.
H. HSE Officer - The person, usually someone who’s in charged with the responsibility of administering the
HSE program for facility/project.
I. Employees - Individuals who perform the day-to-day activities, services, administration actions criti-
cal to the success of the company. It includes individuals at all levels of the organization.
HSE-MS Block Diagram
Policy and Strategic

Objectives
Organisation,Responsibilities Improve
PLAN & Resources
Standards and Procedures Correct
Implementation
Control
FEED
DO & Performance Monitoring
BACK
CHECK Audit
Management Review
6
HSE-MS Elements
Appendix 2a
GTGC HSE ORGANIZATION CHART
General Manager
Senior
Corporate HSE Manager Management
Project HSE Manager
HSE Practitioners HSE Trainers Traffic Safety Officers
HSE Officers Medical Representatives
GTGC, Site HSE Structure
Corporate HSE Manager Senior Project Manager
Project HSE Manager
Site HSE Officer
HSE Crew
C. HSE RESPONSIBILITIES
 The Company (GTGC), management and staff are committed to utilize a systematic approach to en-
sure compliance with HSE polices procedures and regulatory standards developed by the client, all
local and national health, HSE and environment (HSE) laws and regulations that apply to its activi-
ties.
 The Company management and staff are committed to conduct activities in a manner designed to
minimize HSE risks to a level which is as Low as Reasonably Practicable.
 The Company management and staff aim to play a leading role in setting and promoting best HSE
practice that apply to its activities.
 The Company management will ensure that employees and visitors on sites are at a similar level of
commitment by adhering to established HSE procedures and relevant project HSE plans.
 The Company policy implemented through a documented HSE management system. The manage-
ment system will ensure that objectives are set, hazards are identified, risks assessed and control
measures implemented in a systematic manner.
 The Company HSE policy, HSE management systems, procedures and objectives will be regularly re-
viewed to identify and implement practicable improvements, which will promote continued HSE per-
formance improvement.
Senior & Corporate Management
Line management is responsible and accountable for HSE.

The General Manager has the ultimate responsibility for HSE in his division, including implementa-
tion of the HSE policy, allocating resources, establishing and supporting the overall HSE programs.
And he will take actions to ensure that all employees understand the meaning and importance of the
occupational health and safety (H&S) policy and Environmental Policy.
The corporate HSE Manager shall support the GTGC HSE Requirements in accordance the company IMS
System and the latest version of OSHAD-SF requirements to ensure HSE Compliance, this is includes
but not limited to conduct HSE Awareness, inspection, audit and advice accordingly.
The General Manager & Ghantoot top management are responsible for embedding a culture in the organ-
ization. They are also responsible for the review of the implementation and coordination with all Manag-
ers in order to ensure HSE Compliance.
The General Manager shall provide the HSE commitment to all company departments/sections in
order to ensure HSE Compliance
A. General Manager
The General Manager is responsible and accountable for the HSE performance.
Develops strong positive-HSE culture among those direct reports by setting the example and holding
them accountable for specific HSE objectives.
Provides guidance to Project Directors.
Establishes minimum acceptable HSE standards within the Ghantoot as per the legal requirements.
Provides for necessary staffing and funding of the HSE functions within the Ghantoot.
Authorizes necessary major expenditures.
Evaluates, approves and authorizes HSE-related projects developed by the corporate HSE functions.
Reviews and approves policies, procedures, and programs developed by corporate staff functions.
Maintains working knowledge of areas of HSE that are regulated by governmental agencies.
Keeps HSE in the forefront by including HSE in business discussions.
Reviews HSE performance statistics and action plans, and provides feedback to department/division
managers.
Reviews and acts upon major recommendations submitted by outside loss-prevention consultants.
Makes HSE a part of facility/site tours by including specific remarks about observations made that
correct and/or reinforces the desired behaviors.
Personally reviews reports involving fatalities, significant environmental incidents, and major
property losses.
Report to the concerned personnel/parties when and where required.
Support the resources required to ensure HSE compliance.
B. Projects Manager & Senior Project Manager
The Projects Manager & Senior Project Manager are responsible and accountable for the HSE perfor-
mance and responsible for providing safe working environment .
Develops a positive HSE culture among their direct reports by setting the example and holding them
accountable for specific HSE objectives.
Provides guidance to project /facility managers in the area of program development.
Establishes acceptable performance standards and minimum program requirements for the facili-
ty/project sites as per the legal requirements.
Makes site HSE inspections as part of routine site visits. Corrects and/or reinforces the desired behav-
iors.
Reviews statistics, action plans, and incident investigation reports, provides feedback to Pro-
ject/Facility managers.
Reviews outside loss-prevention reports and provides feedback to Project/Facility managers.
Personally reviews reports involving fatalities, severe injuries, environmental incidents and major
property losses.
C. Project/Facility Manager
 The Project/Facility manager is responsible and accountable for the Project’s HSE performance.
 Establishes, implements, and maintains a formal written HSE program that encompasses applicable
areas of loss prevention and is consistent with corporate policy.
 Establishes controls to assure uniform department/division performance to the HSE management sys-
tem. The establishment of controls should include corrective action and follow-up.
 Develops, by action and example, a positive HSE culture and a clear understanding of specific respon-
sibilities for direct reports.
 Approves and adopts local HSE policies, rules and procedures.
 Chairs the Executive HSE Committee (or its equivalent).
 Personally investigates fatalities, serious Lost Workday cases, environmental incidents or major prop-
erty losses.
 Assigns management members to serve on various HSE committees.
 Reviews monthly HSE activity report and performance statistics.
 Reviews Lost Workday Injury/Illness Investigation Reports.
 Reviews loss-control reports submitted by outside agencies.
 Makes site HSE audits on a regular basis in order to appraise program effectiveness and to correct and
reinforce behavior.
 Reviews annually the program effectiveness and makes adjustments where necessary.
 Evaluates the functional performance of the HSE staff and provides guidance training where neces-
sary.
 Personally reviews, signs, and approves of corrective action planned for Lost Workday cases.
D. Department / Construction Manager
 Contacts each supervisor/foreman/lead person frequently (daily) on HSE.

 Includes HSE as a meeting topic in staff meetings.
 Makes daily observations of supervisor/foreman/lead person’s HSE activities.
 Reviews and approves all job procedures growing out of Job Safety Analysis; installs approved proce-
dures; requires direct reports to check on use of procedures.
 Approves all departmental/divisional HSE rules and regulations and reviews annually; maintains strict
enforcement; and develops plan to ensure employee instruction and re-instruction.
 Establishes acceptable housekeeping standards, defining areas of responsibility; assigns areas to su-
pervisor/foreman/lead persons; makes daily spot check of some area; holds formal inspection with
supervisor/foreman/lead persons at least once per month; submits written report with assignments
and deadlines for correction.
 Authorizes purchases of tools and equipment to comply with specifications and governmental regula-
tions as required.
 Develops an indoctrination plan, which includes specific job instruction, for new or transferred em-
ployees; issues protective equipment and follow-up checks by supervisor/foreman/lead persons.
 Reviews the HSE performance of his area of responsibility.
 Personally investigates all "Lost Workday" cases and significant losses and reports to plant manager.
Follows-up on corrective action.
 Adopts standards for assigning protective equipment to employees; insists upon strict enforcement;
and makes spot field checks to determine compliance. Also reinforces safe behavior.
 Evaluates supervisor/foreman/lead persons’ HSE performance.
 Develops strong HSE culture and a clear-cut understanding of specific duties and responsibilities in
each member of management.
 Instills, by action, example, and training, a sincere HSE culture.
E. Supervisor/Foreman/Lead Person
 Makes daily safety observations of the work area and corrects unsafe behavior and reinforces safe
behavior.
 Arranges for development of job safety analysis; reviews all job safety analysis; and submits to de-
partment manager for approval.
 Develops a workable housekeeping program, defining areas assigned to work teams; makes daily spot
checks of an assigned work area; makes periodic housekeeping inspections, reporting results of in-
spection to department manager and indicating condition and corrective action.
 Ensures the indoctrination of new or transferred employees.
 Conducts Tool Box Meetings (TBM) and maintaining records.
 Develops protective apparel requirements, according to occupation; and makes spot fields checks to
determine compliance.
 Reports all injuries or illnesses of employees to department manager as soon as practical; reviews In-
cident Report with employees and, in case of injury, submits reports to department manager after
taking corrective action.
 Makes thorough investigation of all incidents and serious incidents occurring to employees in assigned
work area; makes personal inspection; and develops preliminary information.
 Conducts scheduled and assigned HSE training meetings.
 Participates on HSE committees as specified by company policy.
 Reviews unsafe conditions and unsafe behavior and directs daily HSE activities to correct these caus-
es.
 Instructs employees in HSE rules and regulations; records instruction; and enforces all HSE rules and
regulations at all times.
 Makes daily inspections of assigned work area and takes immediate steps to correct unsafe or unsatis-
factory conditions; reports to department manager those conditions which cannot be immediately
corrected; instructs employees on housekeeping standards.
 Instructs each new employee personally on job HSE requirements in assigned work areas.
 Enforces the medical department recommendations with respect to an employee’s physical limita-
tions; reports an employee’s apparent physical limitations to department manager.
 Enforces wearing of protective equipment; makes spot checks to determine that protective apparel is
being used; and makes periodic checks to appraise condition of equipment.
 Sees to it, in case of serious injury, that injured employee receives prompt medical attention; iso-
lates area or shuts down equipment, as necessary; and immediately reports to the department man-
ager the facts regarding employee’s incident or illness and the action taken. In serious incident cas-
es, the supervisor/foreman/lead person determines cause, takes immediate steps to correct condi-
tion, and isolates area and/or shuts down equipment, as necessary. Supervisor/foreman/lead person
immediately reports facts and action taken to the department/division/construction manager.
 Checks changes in operating practices, procedures and conditions at the start of each shift and be-
fore relieving the "on-duty" supervisor/foreman/lead person, noting facts related to HSE which have
occurred since his last working period.
 Makes, at the start of each shift, an immediate check to determine absentees. If site or facilities in-
jury is claimed, an immediate investigation is instituted and department/construction manager noti-
fied.
 Makes daily spot checks and takes the necessary corrective action regarding housekeeping; spills and
storage of hazardous waste & materials; unsafe behavior or practices; unsafe conditions, tools, lad-
ders, wire rope, chains, clevises, pins, spreaders, etc.; job procedures, and adherence to HSE rules.
 Instructs personally or provides on-the-job instruction in HSE and efficient performance of assigned
jobs.
 Takes action on all employee HSE complaints and suggestions.
 Maintains HSE signs and bulletin boards in a clean and legible condition, in assigned area.
F. HSE Manager
 Provide overall coordination and guidance to HSE efforts.
 Develop programs that are designed to reduce exposure to loss via personal injury or illness, loss by
fire, loss due to spill of hazardous materials or waste, and comply with governmental regulations.
 Supervise and coordinate the efforts of the HSE department staff.
 Collaborate on a routine basis with the site/facility manager in appraising the performance of all de-
partments.
 Develop recommendations for improvement of procedures, practices and activities directly or indi-
rectly involved in effective execution of HSE functions by site management.
 Advise and/or represent site/facility management in all matters concerning compliance with federal
and local HSE regulations.
 Audit the site/facility from a regulatory and management system perspective and recommend actions
to address deficiencies.
 Maintain membership in necessary outside HSE organizations.
 Participate in the review of all serious incidents, fatalities, and major disasters.
 Collaborate with the site/facility manager in the development and preparation of Executive HSE
Committee Meeting agenda.
 Serve as a member of site committees for special HSE studies and program development.
 Consult with the Planning Engineering department on original plans; see that all plans and specifica-
tions for new or proposed changes in processes, equipment or methods are reviewed from compli-
ance with HSE standards before being accepted.
 Function as liaison with insurance companies, Corporate HSE, local fire and rescue organizations, etc.
 Provides leadership to the /facility for the implementation of new technologies such as behavioral-
based safety management concepts.
 Reinforces safe behavior and corrects unsafe behavior.
G. HSE Officer
 Assist the site/facility manager in coordinating all HSE activities.

 Reinforces behavior and corrects unsafe behavior.
 Be constantly alert for unsafe conditions and bring such conditions to the attention of the supervisor
and, if necessary, the site/facility manager, without delay.
 Participates on the site’s Executive HSE Committee.
 Accompany outside inspectors representing insurance carriers of fire, casualty, and workers’ com-
pensation insurance.
 See that HSE promotional and reference literature, such as handouts, are available.
 Be thoroughly familiar with company HSE standards and assist the site/facility manager in imple-
menting them.
 Maintain injury and incident statistics.
 Assist the site/facility manager in analyzing incident records, develop supervisory and employee edu-
cational programs and stimulate a high level of interest in HSE through various employee-involvement
activities.
 Understand current International & Local HSE regulations.
 Serves as the liaison between Corporate HSE Manager and the site.
 Provides leadership to the site for the implementation of new technologies such as behavioral-based
safety management concepts.
 Regardless of the position the HSE Officer holds in the site organization, his function as HSE Officer
must be only advisory. Any corrective actions must be taken by the concerned line supervisor. It is
most important that the HSE Officer’s position be recognized as one of guidance not enforcement.
H. Individual Employees
 Employees must assume a high level of responsibility to work safely and strive for an incident-free
workplace by:
 Considering the consequences of their acts on their safety and that of fellow employees.
 Following all general and job related HSE work procedures and practices.
 Detecting, reporting and correcting unsafe work behavior or conditions.
 Applying HSE work practices both on and off the job.
 Making or suggesting enhancement to the jobs at hand to reduce or eliminate the risk or stresses as-
sociated with job performance.
 Reinforcing safe behavior.
 Working safely and with regard for the environment is a condition of employment and no employee
should ever consciously perform an unsafe act.
3.0 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND CONTROL
GTGC line management are responsible for ensuring that formal action is taken to identify hazards, assess
risks and implement suitable control measures for all activities for which they are responsible.
Each site/facility owned or operated by GTGC or location where GTGC carry out their duties and activities
must have a Risk Assessment Procedure, which covers identification of health, safety and environmental haz-
ards and assessment of risks at a level of detail appropriate for the site and which takes into account the
specific requirements of applicable local regulations. As a minimum this procedure must include:
 Carry out tour of the facility/site identifying potential hazards including: sources of fuel for a fire;
fire ignition sources such as electrical equipment; escape route blockage; unguarded equipment;
poor housekeeping; potential for pollution etc.
 Review presence and condition of protective systems such as fire detection and protection equip-
ment and associated maintenance records.
As low as reasonably practicable, take action to (in order of preference):
(1) Eliminate the hazard
(2) Prevent incidents occurring
(3) Protect people should an incident occur
(4) Reduce the consequences of an incident
 Identify users of non-renewable resources (materials and energy) and review potential for improve-
ments, including the use of recyclable consumables.
 Formally record actions taken in a risk assessment report.
 Review of the Risk Assessment Procedure to confirm it remains appropriate for the site and is up to
date.
 Repeat the process as often as appropriate for the site, but at least once every 6 months or if there
is a significant change to operation.
The responsibility for ensuring preparation, maintenance and implementation of the Risk Assessment
Procedure is that of the Project Manager at each location.
It is the responsibility of the Project Manager to ensure that the documented HSE objectives are met.
This will involve monitoring of relevant activities, inspecting and auditing and ensuring that non-
conformance is dealt with in a timely manner.
3.1 RISK ASSESSMENT
PURPOSE
The purpose of this program is to identify the potential hazards and take effective measures to elim-
inate, restrict, isolate, and control in a manner that minimizes potential risk to GTGC employees in the con-
struction site.
HAZARD CLASSIFICATION
Hazards are classified as Extreme, High (H), Medium (M) and Low (L) to describe potential severity in the
event of an incident.
 "Extreme" - A condition or practice likely to cause fatalities or permanent disability, loss of life
or body part and/or extensive loss of structure, equipment or material. Work can't be continue until
reduce the risk to an acceptable level.
 "High" - A condition or practice likely to cause permanent disability, loss of body part and/or ex-
tensive loss of structure, equipment or material.
 "Medium" - A condition or practice likely to cause serious injury or illness (resulting in temporary dis-
ability) or property damage that is disruptive, but less severe than "High".
 "Low" - A condition or practice likely to cause minor (non-disability) injury or illness or non-
disruptive property damage.

Risk assessment must be done prior to any activity and corrective and protective action taken.
Risk assessment must be done by the concerned Engineer/Supervisor using the appropriate format and re-
viewed by the HSE Officer. The records must be maintained by the HSE Officer for Client's Audit and future
requirements.
Risk Assessment meeting will be held prior to start the work on site with all site engineers, foremen, equip-
ment and work shop representative to explain the project risk assessment related to GTGC and control
measures required to minimize and control the risk (HSE Manager will lead that meeting).
All site engineers and foremen shall receive copy of the risk assessment for implementation.
Safety measures shall be explained to work force during the site safety talks by all site engineers and fore-
men, to let the work force aware about the hazards and control measures required at site.
In case of any future activity, specific risk assessment shall be produced on site prior to start the work.
Site HSE inspection and audits shall be conducted to make sure that all safety measures in place and properly
maintained.
Evaluation and risk management
APPLICATION OF RISK ASSESSMENT
Apart from reducing the likelihood of harm to personnel, loss of property and environmental damage or loss
of process, the risk assessment is beneficial in challenging existing working methods for carrying out existing
working methods for the project operations and in stimulating improved procedures for any new activity.
It is envisaged that risk assessment will form an integral part of the required safety controls by the Company,
when completing work permits and before commencing project’s field operations.
Risk management is an ongoing process, which should be carried out on a regular cyclical basis. It should
also be conducted whenever new plant, process or substances are to be introduced or where there is a
change in work practices.
The activities indicated in the flowchart as a typical example (Appendix 1) form part of the procedures and
must be implemented in order to ensure a correct risk assessment.
METHODOLOGY
The objective of this procedure is to identify the hazards, which are associated with the individual tasks, and
state the required controls to eliminate or reduce such risks.
The risk assessment shall take the form of step by step critical examination of the task, from start to finish,
analyzing each activity, source(s) of hazard and risk level.
This examination will identify the three main elements of risk (i.e. Consequences, Exposure and Probability)
and ascertain if existing controls are adequate or if additional controls need to be enforced.
The following steps identify the Risk Management Process:
 Identify sources of hazard and their causes.

 Analyze how and why the hazards could occur.
 Analyze the consequences of the hazards.
 Consider the likelihood of the hazard and estimate the risk.
 Judge the acceptability of the risk.
 Decide risk control options and implement selected controls.
 Monitor risk control options.
The first three steps constitute “Hazard Identification“, which becomes “Risk Assessment“ when the fre-
quency or probability of occurrence of the hazard is estimated (step 4) and the value of judgments concern-
ing risk acceptability and tolerance are considered in step 5.
Step 6 involves deciding on risk control options and the whole procedure is to describe as “Risk Management”
when the decision making stage is included.
Step 7 has been added to complete the process cycle. This stage progression is illustrated in the Table here-
after;
Stage 1 Stage 2
Stage 3
Steps 1 - 7 Hazard Identi- Risk Assess-
Risk Control
fication ment
1 Identify sources of hazard and
their causes.
2 Analyse how and why the haz-
ard could occur.
3 Analyse the consequences of
the risks.
4 Consider likelihood of the haz-
ard and estimate the risk.
5 Judge the acceptability of the
risk.
6 Decide risk control options and
implement selected controls.
7 Monitor risk control options.
 STAGE 1 – RISK IDENTIFICATION
This step seeks to identify what, why and how things can happen as a basis for further analysis. There are a
number of ways to identify potential sources of injury or disease. Selection of the appropriate procedure will
depend upon the type of work process and hazard involved. All company employees shall be provided with
suitable and sufficient information; instruction and training in respect of risk assessments, the requirements
to implement control measures and the need to ensure adequate levels of supervision are provided and main-
tained to ensure safe working.
Methods for identifying workplace risks and predicting potential damage include a combination of several
activities, which are further described below.
Hazard Inspections
A walk through survey using a simple checklist can identify sources of hazards. It is often useful to use a
person from outside the work area as a new set of eyes. The process should be planned and formal.
Past Records
Injury / incident occurrences and near miss records should be analyzed to identify areas where problems are
more expected. It should be recognized; that newly established companies would not have access to a
comprehensive database of own experiences and records.
This disadvantage can be overcome by membership to relevant associations who shares incident information
experienced by companies similar to us.
Hazard Analysis Techniques

Job Safety Analysis/Task Analysis and system safety techniques such as Fault Tree Analysis (FTA), Hazard
Operability (HAZOP) studies, Hazard Analysis (HAZAN), Management Oversight Risk Tree (MORT), Failure
Mode and Effect Analysis can be used to determine and evaluate the tasks associated with the work pro-
cesses which give rise to hazards.
Project Team Consultation

There is no substitute for a group of our managers and technical engineers who know the work activities and
work environment, sitting down and using the brainstorming principal and together listing the hazards and
risks faced by the scope of work.
The Contractors considers this to be one of the most effective means of identifying hazards associated with
our projects and workplace. The site manager and workforce are often in the best position to identify haz-
ards and assess the likely outcomes of these hazards. They will often know the best risk control option
(Step 6).
Product Information
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), Product Labels, Manufacturers and Suppliers are essential sources of in-
formation regarding the hazards associated with chemical substances.
External Specialists and Expert Judgments

Specialists Consultants from the Industry are a valuable source of information and may be utilized for criti-
cal reviews as Third Party Verifications of proposed procedures and methodologies.
Hazard Register
The conclusion of this stage will result in the documentation of a list of hazards, activities, tasks or process-
es involving some risk and identification of their potential consequences.
The Hazards Register form utilized for Hazard Identification stage is found in Appendix 2 hereto as Risk As-
sessment Record.
 STAGE 2 – RISK ASSESSMENT
The second stage of the risk management process is Risk Assessment or consideration of the likelihood or
probability that the incident sequence will follow to completion and result in injury or damage. This tech-
nique prepares for and facilitates judgment on the acceptability or otherwise of the risk compared to other
risks.
Risk assessment will evaluate the identification hazards in terms of level of risk and the degree of existing
control over each element. The establishment of risk criteria against which risk levels can be compared is
fundamental to ranking of risk exposures and determining priorities for management action. The methodol-
ogy as further outlined below is industry recognized and will be followed by projects unless Company re-
quires otherwise.
Evaluate the Risk

a) The purpose of risk evaluation is to make decisions, based on the outcomes of risk analysis, about
which risks need treatment and treatment priorities.
b) Risk evaluation involves comparing the level of risk found during the analysis process with risk crite-
ria established when the context was considered. The objective of the nominated entity and extent
of opportunity that could result shall be considered.
Decision shall take account of the wider context of the risk and include consideration of the tolera-
bility of the risks borne by parties other than the entity that benefit from it, for example the com-
munity.
c) In some circumstances, the risk evaluation may lead to a decision to undertake further analysis.
d) The relative risk score estimated enables definition between those risks that are significant, and
those that are of a lesser nature. This allows a better understanding of latest probable events with
high consequence against the highly probable low consequence events. Having established the com-
parative risk level applicable to individual impacts, it is possible to rank those risks.
e) Four risk categories are to be used: Extreme, High, Moderate, and Low.
Probability Guidelines
A Rare : So inconceivable that occurrence may never be experienced during the project.
B Possible : Improbable, but just possible to occur during the project.
C Likely : May occur sometime during the project.
D Often : Probable and liable to occur during the project.
E Frequent : May occur frequently during the project.
Risk Severity consequences

In order to quantify the risk, the following shall apply:
Insignificant (1): Slight Impact and no further action are required. Proceed with care.
Minor (2): Minor impact. Minor effect/ damage, injury or Health effects
Moderate (3): Hazards are to be investigated with a view to further reducing the risk. (Considerable
impact)
Major (4): Permanent or total disability and major damages. May be result will be Single
fatality or massive effect.
Catastrophic (5): Task must not be undertaken. Immediate actions are to eliminate hazard or substan-
tially reduce the risk by further or better control measures. (Multiples fatalities or permanent/ Total disa-
bilities)
The qualitative approach also uses a risk potential matrix as a guide in determining risk potential. The ma-
trix as depicted in Figure facilitates quick reference and assignment of risk levels for each of the three risk
categories (High, Medium, and Low). Thus hazards identified during audits, inspections, reviews, inci-
dent/incident investigation, qualitative risk assessment etc. may be assessed using this matrix.
RISK ASSESSMENT MATRIX.
 STAGE 3 – RISK CONTROL
Risk Control
The third stage of the Risk Management process is Risk Control, which involves;
 Identifying the range of options for dealing with the treatment and control of risks.
 Evaluating these options.
 Preparing risk control plans and implementing them.
The range of vessel / workplace risk control and reduction measures are listed below in order of preference:
 Design: Allows hazards to be designed out, and control measures to be designed in.
 Elimination: Modification to process method or material to eliminate the hazard completely.
 Substitution: Replacing the material, substance or process with a less hazardous one.
 Redesign: Redesigning plant or work process to reduce or eliminate risk.
 Separation: Isolating the hazards from persons by safeguarding, or by space or time separation.
 Administration: Adjusting the time or conditions of risk exposures / probation / training.
 PPE: Using the appropriately designed and properly fitting equipment where other controls are not
practicable.
These above treatment measures should be applied to reducing Consequences, reducing exposure and re-
ducing Probability of injury, damage and loss. This shall be done as described below:
Consequences
Applying proper management could reduce the consequences and other controls or physical barriers are in
place to minimize the adverse impact. This could include, but not limited to:
 Contingency planning
 Contracted arrangements
 Contract conditions
 Design features disaster recovery plans
 Emergency response procedures
 Engineering and structural barriers
Exposure
Minimizing exposures to sources of risk can be achieved by:
 Rotating personnel through high risk tasks
 Changing timings – (e.g. Avoiding peak work activity times)
 Transferring the risk
 Contracting the risk to those who are better skilled and have better equipment
Probability
Reduce the likelihood or probability of the occurrence through management controls, or other arrange-
ments, which reduce opportunity for error. These could include but are not limited to:
 Audit and compliance programs
 Contract conditions
 Formal design reviews, engineering and operations
 Inspection and process controls
 Preventive maintenance
 Quality assurance
 Research and development, technological developments
 Structured training and other programs
 Supervision
 Testing
Evaluating Control Options
Risk control options should be evaluated on the basis of the level of risk reduction and the level of benefits
or opportunities created. A number of risk control options may be considered and applied either individually
or in combination.
Selection of the most appropriate control option involves balancing the cost of implementing each option
against the benefits derived from it.
The general principal is that the adverse impact of risk should be made (ALARP) As Low As Reasonably Prac-
ticable.
The role of management is to create an environment, in which risks can be identified, measured and con-
trolled and secondly to create a forum or process in which positive risk assessment can occur.
 RISK CONTROL TREATMENT PLAN
It is necessary to plan how the options may be implemented. The risk treatment plan provides the tool for
implementation and will direct attention to the risk wherever the significant outcomes may be a disad-
vantage or a gain. Several or all risks may be addressed at the same time.
If, after primary and transfer treatments there is risk to be retained, further options for reducing likelihood
and consequences should be considered.
Where risks are transferred in whole or in part, it should be noted the project will have acquired a new risk
to be managed. This is the risk that the organization to which the risk has been transferred to should subse-
quently perform its own risk management role effectively.
 RECORDING THE RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS
The project will maintain the following system in place to record and monitor the Risk Management Process:
 A well-functioning HSE System.

 Equipment and Plants safely designed and maintained.
 Safe premises to enter work and leave.
 Qualified and competent personnel.
The form found in Appendix 2 will form the basis for the Projects Risk Assessment work and the overall re-
sult after completing the Project will be entered into Experience Feedback Report.
 RESULTS OF RISK ASSESSMENTS
The results of any Risk Assessment that highlights any potential or residual hazard must be communicated to
all the personnel during Safety Briefings and Tool Box Talks. Line management will be informed and any re-
quired action discussed.
Hierarchy of Risk Control:
-Elimination
Discontinue hazardous activity. Remove the hazard or modify a design to
eliminate the hazard (e.g. introduce mechanical lifting devices to elimi-
nate the manual handling hazard etc.)
Substitution
Substitute with a less hazardous material, equipment, process or reduce
the system energy (e.g. lower the force, amperage pressure, tempera-
ture, etc.)
Engineering Controls
Make structural changes to work environment or equipment’s (e.g. install
ventilation system, machine guarding interlocks, sound enclosures, etc.)
Signage/warning and/or administrative controls
Introduce administrative procedures 9e.g. polices, guidelines, SOPs, work
permit etc. Training and awareness, Display safety or hazard sign, Install
warning lights/alarms, carry out equipment inspections, introduce access
controls, tagging, job rotation, flexi-time, implement housekeeping etc.
Personnel protective equipment’s
Provide correctly fitted and properly maintained personal protective
equipment’s (e.g. safety glasses, ear-muffs, face shields, safety harness-
es, respirators and gloves.) and the training for its use.
HIERARCHY OF CONTROLS MEASURES
Risk Register
Risk Register shall be maintained and updated as per bellow sample;
SL. NO ACTIVITIES RISK LEVEL RESIDUAL RISK
1 Excavation works and backfilling of excavations. H L

2 Concrete Pours. M L
3 Concreting and shuttering. M L
4 Handling of timber. M L
5 Erection of fencing. H L
6 Transportation of gas cylinders. H L
7 Gas Cutting. H L
8 Transportation / lifting of heavy equipment. H L
9 Transportation of personnel or materials. H L
10 Welding operations. M L
11 Installation of pipeline and valve fittings. H L
12 Material Handling. H L
13 Electrical Works. H L
14 Grinding. M L
15 Hydro testing. H L
16 Working with electrical equipment. H L
17 Earth Works and work adjacent to vehicular traffic. H L
18 Working in hot environment. H L
19 Restoring ROW. H L
20 Working with power tools. H L

21 Machinery Works and work adjacent to vehicular traffic. H L
22 Waste Management. M L
23 Working close to existing facilities. H L
24 Road Cutting. H L
25 Operating Mechanical Excavator. M L
26 Confined Space Entry and working inside confined space. H L
27 Fuel Tanker Operation. M L
SL. NO ACTIVITIES RISK LEVEL RESIDUAL RISK
28 Scaffoldings. H L
29 De-Watering Operation. M L
30 Chemical Handling. H L
31 Working with Hand Tools. H L
32 Road &Asphalt Works. H L

33 Working at height. H L
34 Housekeeping. M L
35 Night Works. M L
36. Re-Fueling. M L
37. Offices and other services locations. M L
3.2 METHOD STATEMENTS
Objectives:
The purpose of these documents is to pre-evaluate the health and safety needs of a job, so that individuals
are pre-warned of the problems, which may be faced. A method statement is a statement prepared by ac-
tivity performing party, how a work operation is to be carried out.
A method statement is closely interlinked with a risk assessment and plays a fundamental part in the man-
agement procedures of a company. It provides the basic vehicle for the transmission of information to those
who will be doing the work. For all repetitive activities carried out, a specific method statement needs to
be written for the various options available for doing the work.
Method statement in Practice
Contractor/ Department staff carrying out the task/activity, prior to commence their activity in operating
sites, respectful to Appendix 1 content shall submit comprehensive method statement along with risk as-
sessment. Depends upon the activity risk rating, additional proactive measures e.g. Job safety analysis, pre
job meeting… would be prescribed by safety authorities accordingly.
To begin writing a method statement, put down whatever work task you intend to carry out, then how you
are to get the job done.
With the knowledge that you have gained, based on your experience of hazards, risks and the work itself,
you will know how to avoid problems, incidents and ill health. You will get the job done safely and efficient-
ly, knowing what you can do and what you can’t do.
If you do the same sort of task often, this will be quite easy, but if the job is more complicated or new to
you, it will require more thought.
Detail all the hazards that you think might be present. Write down the risks associated with those hazards
and the consequences if those hazards are realized and something goes wrong.
Then consider how to avoid things going wrong.

Think about:
 a safe system of work

 Information
 Instruction
 Training
 Supervision
 Providing suitable and adequate
– Work equipment
– Personal Protective Equipment
Once method statements has been written, a risk assessment will have to be prepared by risk assessment
team, to make employees aware of Those risks, and the procedures and protective measures necessary to
protect the safety of employees, occupiers and the public.
Method statements should be written clearly to enable those doing the work to understand fully the details
of the job, and the health and safety requirements. A method statement should contain the following de-
tails:
Project
…..............................................................................................................
Contractor..................................................................................................
Method Type.......…......................................................................................
Description of work Describe what is to be done
Sequence of operations Write down
Supervisors Define who they are and their duties
Controls and monitoring For what and by whom?
Plant inspection and operator training By whom, when and at what intervals?
Disconnection of services Who is responsible?
Occupational health assessments By whom, when and at what intervals?
Safety of the public and occupiers How, with what and by whom?
Environmental controls For what, when and by whom?
First aid and PPE When, how and why?
Emergency procedures How and by whom?
Notify HSE and local authority Who and how?
3.3 JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS
INTRODUCTION
This document aims to outline the GTGC approach to hazard identification and risk assessment of construc-
tion site activities on the Projects.
It provides an input into the HSEIA, which is the vehicle for demonstrating that all HSE risks – including that
resulting from Medium and Low incident hazards – will be managed and controlled via the project HSE Man-
agement System (HSE MS).
AIMS and OBJECTIVES
The aim is to collate a series of generic Job Hazard Analyses (JHAs) and associated Safety Task Analysis &
Risk Reduction Talk (STARRT) cards that reflect some typical construction activities that will occur on the
Projects.
The objective is to provide enough detail to allow the Project HSE MS for ongoing construction activities to
be adequately described in the HSEIA, and, if required, to provide inputs into the Hazard Register. It is com-
plimentary to the HAZID/ENVID, which is the primary means of identifying hazards.
GTGC JHA and STARRT Procedure
The GTGC Procedure for JHA and STARRT, which will apply to the Projects, is Core Process. This document
will be implemented on the GTGC project.
The two key forms are shown as Attachment A, which shows a STARRT card and Attachment B, which shows a
JHA form.
CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION ROLE
Supervisors will ensure employee involvement in the STARRT process is optimized by:
 Ensuring that all employees under his charge are trained in the STARRT process.
 Establishing a system to follow-up with all of his crews to verify the STARRT process is being correctly
implemented.
 Requiring his employees to participate in an individual STARRT review prior to the start of each shift
for each new task.
 Supervisors will discuss the risks associated with the project Scope of Work (e.g., Risk Assessment
and Method Statement for some projects) with the employees and compile information necessary
to complete the STARRT Card
 Upon completion of the STARRT Card, supervisors will review the requirements of the Card with
the employees.
 The employees performing the work and supervisor will sign the Card indicating their understand-
ing of its contents. The Card will be displayed and available for review in the immediate work ar-
ea.
 STARRT Cards are to be returned to the supervisor and forwarded to the HSE Office at the end of
each shift or completion of the work task. The supervisor is responsible for ensuring that Cards are
properly completed and returned.
 STARRT Cards are to be reviewed for proper usage/completion by the HSE Supervisor and main-
tained on file in the HSE Office. STARRT Cards will be retained until project close-out.
Approach to Development of JHAs and STARRT Cards.
The approach taken is that in some cases, involving complex or novel activities, JHAs are developed well
in advance of the activity in order to modify plans if necessary, or to build risk reduction and control
measures into the plan. On other occasions (e.g., on relatively routine activities), the JHA is conducted in
the weeks or days just before the activity, to ensure that required risk reduction and control measures are
implemented in a timely manner.
In either case, the risk assessment must be revisited immediately before the start of the work, to ensure
full account is taken of prevailing conditions at the time. The STARRT card must be revisited on a regular
basis and it is of paramount importance that the workforce signs the STARRT cards, to confirm their un-
derstanding of the risks and the control measures required.
Generic JHAs and STARRT CARDS
Although every project is different and each one requires a set of specific JHAs it is possible, based on
previous experience to anticipate the range of likely activities that will be conducted.
Each JHA requires an associated STARRT Card or series of these. This is the primary vehicle for informing
the workforce of the risks associated with the work and of the control measures that must be implement-
ed to allow work to be conducted safely.
Summary
This document outlines the GTGC approach to the management of construction risks on the GTGC Projects.
The system of risk assessment and of informing the workforce of risks and control measures is described and
attachments are included that allow an understanding of the key requirements of the GTGC HSE Management
System that will be applied.
This information will be fed forward into the HSEIA, as a part of the demonstration that construction HSE are
tolerable and ALARP.
SAMPLE SAFETY TASK ANALYSIS RISK REDUCTION TALK (STARRT) CARD/TAG

SUPERVISOR: DATE:
JOB DESCRIPTION:
PRIMARY HAZARDS RISKS: LOCATION:
ELECTRICAL N/A Y N HAZARDS (ENVIRONMENTAL) – continued N/A Y N

LOCKED & TAGGED HOT/COLD SURFACES/MATERIALS
TRY & TEST NOISE
DISCONNECTED HEAT STRESS/COLD STRESS
EXCAVATION & TRENCHING N/A Y N PROPER EQUIPMENT N/A Y N

SHORED/SLOPED MAN LIFT
LADDER PROVIDED FORKLIFT
DAILY INSPECTION CURRENT INSPECTIONS
ENTRY PERMIT JLG LIFT
HAZARDS (BODY) N/A Y N CRANE
FALL POTENTIAL (FALL FROM HEIGHTS) CHAIN FALL
PINCH POINTS HAND TOOLS
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAND POWER TOOLS
HOUSEKEEPING OPERATOR CERTIFICATIONS
SLIP/TRIP (FALL TO SAME LEVEL) PROPER RIGGING
FLYING PARTICLES TRUCK, TRACTORS, ETC.
THERMAL BURNS STANDBY PERSON (SAFETY WATCH) N/A Y N

MANUAL LIFTING CONFINED SPACE
SHARP OBJECTS FIRE WATCH (HOT WORK)
PERMITS N/A Y N SANDBLAST WATCH

HOT WORK TRAFFIC WATCH (FLAG PERSON)
CONFINED SPACE WELDING N/A Y N

EXCAVATION SHIELDS
CRITICAL LIFT FIRE BLANKET
PERSONNEL BASKET FIRE EXTINGUISHER
OVERHEAD WORK OR FLOOR OPENINGS N/A Y N CYLINDERS SECURED

FIXED BARRICADES COMBUSTIBLES/FLAMMABLES REMOVED
(TAPE) DANGER SPARKS CONTAINED
(TAPE) CAUTION PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) N/A Y N

BARRICADE TAGS WORK GLOVES
SIGNS CHEMICAL GLOVES
HOLE COVER/CLEAT ANTI-VIBRATION GLOVES
HANDRAILS/TOE BOARDS RAIN GEAR
PROCESS EQUIPMENT N/A Y N SAFETY SHOES (STEEL TOES) OR FOOT GUARDS
VALVES LOCKED RUBBER BOOTS

GTGC- HSE-MS & MANUAL, REV. 02, DATE 05 -05-2018 MONO GOGGLES
Page 40 of 29 2
TAGS HUNG
BLINDS INSTALLED AND TAGGED FACE SHIELD
PROOFED FRESH AIR SUPPLY/VENTILATION PROVISIONS
HAZARDS (CHEMICAL) N/A Y N EAR PROTECTION

MSDS(S) REVIEWED SAFETY HARNESS/FALL PROTECTION
CHEMICAL BURN POTENTIAL WELDING GOGGLES
SKIN/EYE IRRITANT HARD HAT
INHALATION SAFETY GLASSES
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT N/A Y N RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
FIRE EXTINGUISHER PRINT EMPLOYEE NAME EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE:

SAFETY SHOWER
EYEWASH
PERMIT DISPLAYED
ALL CONDITIONS MET
EVACUATION
ASSEMBLY AREA
HAZARDS (ENVIRONMENTAL) N/A Y N
AIRBORNE PARTICLES
VAPORS
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (HSE-MS) & MANUAL
Job Description: JHA No.:
Job Location: Contractor Name:
Job Hazard Analysis

Page of Prepared By: (Originator’s Name Date:
Signature – Team Members ➨
SEQUENCE OF JOB STEPS POTENTIAL INCIDENTS OR HAZARDS RECOMMENDED SAFE JOB PROCEDURE
Break the job down into basic Ask yourself for each step, what incidents could oc- For each potential incident, ask yourself what exactly
steps that tell what is done cur to the people during the job step. should that person do or not do to avoid the incident.
first, what is done next, and so Ask: Can they be struck by or contacted by anything? Describe specific precautions in concrete detail.
on. Can they be caught in, on, or between anything? Can Give each recommended precaution the same num-
Record the job steps in their they fall? Can their strain or over exert themselves? ber as was given each job step to which it applies.
normal job order of occurrence. Can they be exposed to gas, fumes, radiation, etc.? List the procedure number for those job steps includ-
Describe what is done, not the ed in the procedure.
details of how it is done. Usu- Avoid generalities like “be alert,” “be careful,” and
ally three or four words are suf- “take caution.”
ficient to describe each job Use simple do and don’t statements. If necessary,
step. explain how, as well as what to do.
Make the job steps neither too Also, question the basic job method. Is there an en-
fine nor too broad. They should tirely different way to do the job that is better and
sound natural. Sometimes the safe? If a repair or service job, can anything be dome
job step may be a major safety to increase the life of the job?
precaution; e.g., “Check for gas
before entry.”
Number each step.
GTGC, HSEMS & MANUAL, REV. 2, DATE 05-05-2018 Page 42 of 292

4. PERMIT TO WORK SYSTEM
1. Introduction
GTGC strategy for achieving safe systems of work includes two elements, the use of permits to work and
a system for the control of safety isolation. This document deals with permits, A Permit to Work is a for -
mal written document which is part of a system for the control of potentially hazardous activities.
2. Essential features of the Permit Procedure
a) Identifies the work to be done clearly and in sufficient detail to ensure HSE Compliance.
The Permit must not be used as the sole means of describing the work, (a method statement is more ap-
propriate for this purpose) except for the simplest of tasks as this would "overload" the document. Work
descriptions are highly desirable for most jobs they should not be discouraged, but the permit is not the
best place for these.
b) Indicate all limitations, for example, plant and equipment to be used, the period of validity, the area,
storage tank, pipeline, pump or storage silo, etc.
c) Ensure that all on site who need to be aware of an activity are properly informed.
d) Ensure that facilities are not put back into service until safe to be used.
e) Provide a record to prove that we have done all that we can to ensure a safe working environment.
3. When is a Permit Needed?
A permit must be drawn up for any potentially hazardous activity requiring control procedures in order to
achieve safety. Permits might not required for activities which are part of normal construction activities/
routines, the safety of which is covered by other means such as written work instructions, and recorded
in shift logs, or for very simple safe activities.
It is often advisable to use a permit procedure when, to achieve safety, there is a need to co-ordinate the
activities of separate participants.
Careful judgment must be exercised to ensure that permits are issued only when necessary as indiscrimi-
nate use would overload the system and lower the effectiveness of the permit system.
Examples of need for a permit are:
a) Hot work such as welding or grinding other than hot workshops.
b) Excavations.
c) Entry into confined spaces, silos, pits, tanks, etc.
e) Work on electrical facilities.
f) Work at Height i.e. Roof work, scaffolding, etc.
g) Lifting Activities
4. Authorized Persons
The permit system must only be operated by persons who are authorized to do so. These people must be
fully trained in all aspects of the task and appreciate the importance of operating the permit system
properly. A record of training authorized persons must be maintained. All involved in the permit system
must be aware who the authorized persons, or grades of persons are, which requires that it be formally
recorded.
The content of this procedure will provide the basis for at least part of the training.
5. Documents – See given permit forms
6. Making out a permit
An example of a required action would be where the isolation of a power source was needed and entered
as such on the permit. Once the isolation was complete using a hazard sign and lock, the authorized per-
son would/may issue the permit.
For every job a copy must be sited in weather protected housing at the job site.
7. Revalidation
The maximum period of validity for any permit is 12 hours this will cover both shift patterns beyond
which revalidation is necessary. All of the checks which needed to be done for the issue of the original
permit must be repeated by the authorized person prior to revalidation.
8. Cancellation of a Permit
Any member of staff can cancel a permit if they believe the conditions of issue are not being met. To
cancel a permit, cancelled is to be written across the permit in bold letters. The office copy must also be
cancelled.
9. Records
There is no known set period for retaining permits but a period of 3 years is set for documents of a similar
level of importance. Auditors will expect to witness records of permits to demonstrate a history of main-
taining a safety system of work.
10. Monitoring the System
It is essential that management regularly conduct an in depth formal recorded check of the efficient
working of the system covering three prime aspects.
Ideally only one permit book should be used at a time in order that full control can be exercised and to
facilitate the tracing of the permit for a particular job.
The permit should only be completed after the authorised person has conducted an inspection of the job
location. If this reveals an action needed before work can safely take place it should be entered on the
permit.
No section of the permit is to be left blank or merely lined through. Any section that does not apply is to
be marked clearly N/A (not applicable). Only when there is a tick or N/A against every section can the
permit be issued.
a) Persons involved in the issue of permits to work and those, to whom they are issued, must be inter-
viewed to ensure that they have had proper recorded training for their role, and that they understand all
those aspects of the permit system applicable to their role.
b) The permit paper work should be examined to ensure that the forms meet the needs of the mine, are
being filled in correctly with sufficient detail and in an unambiguous manner paying particular attention
to hand back procedures and temporary cessation of work.
c) An actual job should be checked to ensure that what the permit shows adequately covers the job and
that the job is being conducted as indicated on the permit. If isolation are involved it should be checked
that the factory system is being correctly adhered to. A copy of the permit being posted at the work site.
NOTE:
Any deficiencies found during the check must be recorded and action taken aimed at correcting them.
11. Method Statements of Risk Assessment
A permit to work system will demonstrate effective control of hazardous environments. These should not
be confused with a 'method statement', which are designed to record in detail all aspects of the work and
the personnel, particularly amongst contract labour, who will be responsible for ensuring compliance to
the method statement.
4.3.1 HOT WORK
INTRODUCTION
Hot work is any work which requires heat or open flame to complete. Hot work procedures include but
are not limited to torch cutting, grinding, brazing, welding, flame soldering, thawing pipes with torches,
and applying roofing materials with torches and other work where there is a risk of fire associated with
the work.
SCOPE
This procedure gives guidelines for the precautions and preparation that should be followed to ensure
that work covered by a hot work permit can be carried out safely without risk to people or property.
DEFINITIONS
Hazardous Area: An area in which flammable liquids, vapours or gasses; combustible liquids, dust or fi-
bres; or other flammable or explosive substance may be present.
Combustible Material: Material that can maintain combustion without the addition of an external heat
source, EG. timber framing present within wall and ceiling framing or forested areas containing dry grass.
Hot Work: Grinding, welding, thermal or oxygen cutting or heating, and other related heat-producing or
spark-producing operations.
HOT WORK PERMIT - Hot work Permit is required for any maintenance or construction procedure in-
volving hot work in:
 any hazardous area, or
 Any area containing combustible materials where after consideration of the below
General Precautions if there are any ‘YES’ answers to the questionnaires.
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
SUPERVISION - The Construction Manager shall ensure that:
 The hazards of the location are identified;
 The means of managing the hazards is in place; and
 Hot Work in Hazardous Areas is referred to the Site HSE Officer before approval to
Proceed is given
PRIOR TO PERFORMING HOT WORK - Consider the following:
 Can hot work be avoided?
 Can you use a safer alternative?
 Can the work be done outside the building?
 Can cutting with hand or electric saws or pipe cutters replace flame cutting?
 Is it feasible to use a mechanical means of joining egg. nuts and bolts, screwed fittings
or couplings?
 Is hand filing possible instead of grinding?
 Can threaded pipe be used instead of welded pipe?
COMPLIANCE - All hot work is to be conducted in accordance with OSHAD SF–RI–COP-21, 28.0 and HSE
Plan
GENERAL - This policy applies to any GTGC employees or any subcontractor who is performing new
construction, repair, maintenance, renovations and/or alterations that require hot work in any hazardous
area or area containing combustible materials.
HOT WORK AREA - The area within a radius of 15m in the case of hazardous areas and 3m from com-
bustible materials in any other area from the point where the hot work is to be undertaken, including the
space above and below that area, should be made safe by various techniques, preparation and testing, to
ensure that any risk of fire or explosion resulting from the hot work is eliminated.
The following containment’s should be effected:
o The hot work area should be isolated using appropriate warning barriers.
o Vapour-tight barriers may be necessary between equipment, piping, sewers, tanks and the like
that may contain hazardous materials and the hot work area. Screens should also be used to pro-
tect other workers from arc welding or cutting ‘flash’.
o Any pipe or tank in the hot work area that may be a hazard should be positively isolated by blank-
ing off, blinding, plugging or removing spool pieces and blanking off open ends.
o Discharge from pressure relief, excess flow and overflow valves should be piped to discharge at a
safe area. It may be necessary to find other means of venting the adja cent lines, to eliminate
the hazard of the relief valve opening while hot work is in progress.
o Valves, tapings and other equipment or facilities that may produce flammable or Combustible
liquids, gases or vapours in or around the safe area should be secured against inadvertent open-
ing.
SAFE ATMOSPHERES - Equipment, piping and tanks on which hot work is to be undertaken should be
thoroughly drained, flushed with water, dried, steamed and air purged as necessary, to provide an at-
mosphere that can be tested and certified gas free, immediately before commencement of hot work.
Sludge and scale should be removed, as they may have entrapped volatile material that could be released
and ignited by sparks or hot metal.
Ventilation should be provided to remove any existing fumes as well as those that may be generated from
the work (egg welding). Ventilation may need to be mechanical.
HOUSEKEEPING - Combustible material that cannot be removed should be covered with a safety-
secured non-flammable cover.
Oily surfaces and oil spills should be hosed down, then sanded over. Trash, oily rags and the like should
be removed.
SEWERS AND DRAINS - For sewers and drains fitted with a p-trap or other type of seal, the operator
should ensure that the bottom of the baffle is below water level. Sewers and drains should be covered by
wet sandbags, to prevent escape of vapours from the sewer.
Where a hazard exists in the vicinity of vent pipes from a liquid seal, the vents should be plugged or oth-
erwise blocked to prevent the escape of flammable vapours or gas.
FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT - On-site fire fighting equipment should be serviceable and ready to op-
erate should an emergency develop during a period of hot work. Users should be competent in its opera-
tion.
FIREWATCHERS - During progress of hot work, the assigned firewatcher should ensure that no condi-
tion arises, or action is taken, that will lead to a hazardous situation in the hot work area. Constant vigi-
lance, checking of adjacent equipment and observance of safe practices is essential.
CONTAMINATED GROUND - Ground that has been contaminated by spilled flammable or combus-
tible liquids should be covered with at least 50 mm of clean sand, and cleaned up and properly disposed
of afterwards.
WIND - Wind may carry gases, vapour or dust into a hot work area from adjacent areas. Regular gas test-
ing of hot work areas should be carried out to ensure that there is no ingress of flammable material.
MOVEMENT OF TRAFFIC - Whenever possible, vehicular traffic should be kept out of hot work areas
while work is in progress.
OPENING OF DRAINS - Before drains or sewers are opened, hot work permits should be withdrawn,
work stopped and a careful check made of smouldering materials.
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS - Do not take flammable liquids, including cleaning solvents, into an area cov-
ered by a hot work permit.
WELDING EQUIPMENT - Welding machines and gas cylinders should be located in a known gas-free
area at a safe distance from equipment being welded. Welding return leads should be connected as close
as practicable to the weld.
SHIELDING - Where shielding is required to confine a hot work area, non-combustible welding drapes
should be used in preference to wet tarpaulins. Signs should be displayed warning of hazards egg welding
flash.
JOB COMPLETION - At the completion of a job, the area/equipment should be returned to its normal-
ly secure mode and the fire fighting equipment that has been brought to the hot work site should be re-
turned to its normal storage.
SPECIAL OPERATIONS - In some cases, it is necessary to carry out hot work on lines or equipment
that are in service or where it is not possible to make a positive isolation. This type of work includes hot
tapping, welding brackets and the like onto operating equipment, and welding on lines after cold cutting
and plugging. Special precautions are required for this type of work and should be defined in the hot work
permit.
ISOLATION OF FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS - Contractors are to ensure fire detection systems in
the area of the Hot Work are isolated as appropriate.
Review the below questionnaire to determine if a hot work permit is required:
QUESTIONS YES NO
Do drains, pits and depressions need to be isolated and sealed?
Do combustible materials/gases need to be removed from the work area or made safe?
Do tanks, valves, vents and pipelines need to be blanked off or effectively isolated?
Is ventilation poor?
Are spark and splash screens required?
Are there contaminated areas to be covered?
Is there a need for fire equipment?
Is a fire watch required?
Is the wind direction and strength a factor?
Does the site of the Hot Work need to be isolated and barricaded off?
If there are any ‘YES’ answers then a Hot Work Permit is required.
HOT WORK PERMIT PROCEDURE
 Site Engineer / Foreman in charge as required and person doing the work to conduct
a thorough inspection of site where hot work is to be done in a hazardous area.
 To ensure approved method statement and risk assessment available at site and
communicated.
 Consider points previously raised in this document and on the Hot work Permit.
 Establish precautions that are to be taken.


 Hot work in any Hazardous Area is not to be undertaken unless the Site HSE Officer
has been consulted and his directions followed.
 Hot Work permit must be obtained prior to commencement of hot work. The form may
be obtained from the Safety Department. Authorization to proceed with hot work will be
issued by the Site HSE Officer.
 Person doing the work is to post the permit at the hot work location during the entire
works.
 If a fire watch is required the Site HSE Officer may inspect the work site during the
works and for the required period after.
 The Construction Manager / Site HSE Officer may cancel the hot work activity if safety
Instructions are not been followed. Upon completion of the works the Site Engineer /
Foreman as required and person doing the Work conduct thorough inspection of site
Where hot work was done.
 Return completed Hot work Permit to place of issue.
3.4.2 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY & WORK
A place, which is substantially, though not always entirely, enclosed or a place where there is a reasona -
bly foreseeable risk of serious injury from hazardous substances or conditions within the space or nearby.
Some confined spaces are easy to identify, such as: closed tanks, vessels and sewers. Others are less ob-
vious but may be equally dangerous, such as open-topped tanks and vats, silos or constructions that be-
come confined spaces during their manufacture. Some places may become a confined space only occa-
sionally, perhaps due to the type of work to be undertaken, such as a room during paint spraying. A con-
fined space may not necessarily be enclosed on all sides; some confined spaces, such as vats or silos, may
have open tops. Places not usually considered to be confined spaces may become confined spaces be-
cause of a change in the condition inside or a change in the degree of enclosure or confinement. The ex-
pression ‘confined space’ could also refer to the following examples: ducts, vessels, boreholes, building
voids and enclosures for the purpose of asbestos removal. This list is not exhaustive, and application of
the Confined Spaces regulations in any of these places will depend on the presence of a reasonably fore-
seeable risk of serious injury
A . HAZARD IDENTIFICATION:
I. Oxygen Deficiency:
The ordinary air that we breathe every day contains around 21% oxygen and, at that figure, work can pro-
ceed quite normally. A fall to 17% brings on the start of ill effects including the loss of co-ordination and
concentration, together with abnormal fatigue. A fall to 10% brings on breathing difficulties, and uncon -
sciousness and death can follow quite quickly.
Oxygen deficiency may be the result of:
 Displacement of oxygen by gas leaking in from elsewhere, or the deliberate introduction of

purge gas
 Oxidization, rusting or bacterial growth using up the oxygen in air
 Oxygen being consumed by people working and breathing, or by any process of combustion
 Welding
 Displacement of oxygen with fire extinguishing agent (CO2)
II. Toxic Atmosphere:
However much oxygen is present in the atmosphere, if there is also a toxic gas present in sufficient quan-
tity it will create a hazard. Some of the many toxic gases, which may be encountered, include:
 hydrogen sulphide, usually from sewage or decaying vegetation
 carbon monoxide from internal combustion engines, or any incomplete combustion, especially of
LPG
 carbon dioxide from any fermentation or being naturally evolved in soil and rocks, or coming from
the combustion of liquefied petroleum gases
 Fumes and vapors from chemicals such as ammonia, chlorine, sodium, and from petrol and sol-
vents.
Whenever a toxic gas (or any gas, fume or vapor, etc. that may be hazardous to health) is thought to be
(or known to be) present, then an assessment of the risk to health must be made and the appropriate
control measures must be put into place to eliminate or control the risk.
Petrol and diesel engines create carbon monoxide, which is an extremely toxic gas hazard; and liquid pe-
troleum gas engines create an excess of carbon dioxide, which is a suffocating hazard. The use of any
form of internal combustion engine within a confined space must be prohibited, unless a specifically ded-
icated exhaust extraction system is operative.
III. Flammable atmosphere:
Some gases need only be present in very small quantities to create a hazard. A few of the major sources
of explosive and flammable hazards are:
 Petrol or liquefied petroleum gas, such as vapor, propane, butane and acetylene. These are
explosive in the range of 2% in air upwards. The hazard is normally created by a spillage or
leakage methane and hydrogen sulphide, which are naturally evolved from sewage or decay-
ing organic matter. These are explosive in the range of 4% in air upwards
 Solvents, acetone, toluene, white spirit, alcohol, benzene, thinners, etc. These are explosive
in the range of 2% in air upwards. The hazard generally results from process plants and/or
spillage
 Hydrogen and other gases evolved from processes such as battery charging. In an explosive or
flammable atmosphere, a toxic or suffocating hazard may also exist.
IV. Hostile Environments:
Apart from the hazards dealt with above, other dangers may arise from the use of electrical and mechan-
ical equipment, from chemicals, process gas and liquids, dust, paint fumes, welding and cutting fumes.
Extremes of excess heat and cold can have adverse effects and may be intensified in a confined space.
Further dangers exist in the sheer difficulty of getting into or out of and working in a confined space. The
potential hazard of an inrush of water, gas, sludge, etc. due to a failure of walls or barriers, or leakage
from valves, flanges or blanks, must all be considered at the risk assessment stage.
B. INFORMATION, INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING
An entry into a deep confined space using breathing apparatus would require a full breathing apparatus
and rescue course.
Training, where appropriate, should involve demonstrations and practical exercises. It is important that
trainees are familiar with both equipment and procedures before working for the first time in confined
spaces.
Practical refresher training should be organized and available. The frequency with which refresher train-
ing is provided will depend upon how long since the type of work was last done, or if there have been
changes to methods of work, safety procedures or equipment.
No person should enter a confined space unless they are trained and competent to do so safely.
The training needs of each of the four categories of employee considered for confined space working
should be considered. They are:
 supervisors
 employees entering confined spaces
 persons employed as attendants outside confined spaces
 Rescue personnel.
Depends upon the case, some of the roles identified may be carried out by the same person.
C. SAFE WORKING
Safe working in a confined space can only be achieved by the use of a permit to work system in which
each step is planned and all foreseeable hazards are taken into account.
At the planning stage it will be necessary to determine:
(1) Work in a confined space without entry of persons

Any entrance to the confined space shall be prohibited. Mechanical, Electrical and process isolation must
be done as required. Other involved department shall be notified accordingly.
(2) Entry into a confined space without breathing apparatus

The task shall be performed under permit to work system and below safety instruction shall be rigorously
implemented:
 The space shall be withdrawn from the service
 Workplace shall be isolated from electrical, mechanical, chemical, heat and all other sources
 Check that no inward leakage of gas, steam or liquids, etc. is possible
 Clean, drain and purge the workplace as necessary for the type of work to be carried out and entry to
be made
 Test atmosphere for oxygen, flammable gas, toxic gas, etc.
 Carefully check any sludge or deposit that may harbor gas, etc.
 Chemical hazards assessment should be done, if necessary
 If necessary, clean, purge and ventilate the workplace again until the atmosphere is safe to enter
 Ensure that all tools and equipment are safe to use in the area
 Provision of protective clothing, harness, lifelines, rescue equipment, rescue personnel, etc shall be
arranged.
 All personnel must be debriefed on what is to be done and arrange communications
 The executive team must respect the time scale mentioned in the permit.
 Constantly monitor the workspace and communications shall be provided
 If the task is completed within the time scale, advise all concerned, cancel the Permit and return the
space to service
 If the work is not completed in time, withdraw all staff and start the permit to work system again
 Put in place adequate emergency arrangements before work starts, which will also safeguard rescu-
ers.
Entry into a confined space with breathing apparatus:

A safe system of work under permit to work system shall be followed as below,
 The space shall be withdrawn from the services
 Workplace shall be isolated from electrical, mechanical, chemical, heat and all other sources Check
that no inward leakage of gas, steam or liquids, etc. is possible
 Clean, drain and purge the workplace as necessary for the type of work to be carried out and entry to
be made
 Test atmosphere for oxygen, flammable gas, toxic gas, etc.
 Suitable Breathing Apparatus shall be selected
 Only trained and certified personnel are authorized to wear breathing apparatus
 Ensure that all tools and equipment are safe to use in the area
 Protective clothing, harness, lifelines, rescue equipment, rescue personnel, etc. shall be arranged.
 All personnel must be debriefed on what is to be done and arrange communications

 The executive team must respect the time scale mentioned in the permit.
 Constantly monitor the workspace and communications shall be provided
 If the task is completed within the time scale, advise all concerned, cancel the Permit and return the
space to service
 If the work is not completed in time, withdraw all staff and start the permit to work system again
 Put in place adequate emergency arrangements before work starts, which will also safeguard rescu-
ers.
In respect of (3) above, it should be emphasized that entry into a confined space using breathing appa-
ratus should not be made routinely or undertaken as a matter of convenience, where the use of mechani-
cal or forced ventilation would achieve a safe atmosphere.
If it is decided that the work can be done without anyone entering the confined space, provided that a
safe system of work exists and the confined space has been isolated from potential sources of hazard, the
work can proceed. It is important to avoid systems or plant being re-energized while work is proceeding
and everyone involved should be advised accordingly.
Once it has been decided that people must enter a confined space, a preliminary meeting should be held,
with all concerned, and effective lines of authority and communication established, in order to minimize
any risk of subsequent misunderstanding.
The exact routine to be followed will vary, depending on the type of confined space to be entered. The
provisions and precautions required for entry into a large empty surface water tank will obviously be dif-
ferent from those needed for entry into a sewer or drain, but the fundamental principle of a safe system
of work applies to these and other cases. The risk assessment, as mentioned previously, will have identi-
fied many of the above points and should be used as the basis for developing the safe system of work
i. Isolation
The confined space must be isolated from all possible external sources of danger to persons entering it. A
full Permit to Work system should be used to record the location and types of isolation, and the hazards
being guarded against.
Electrical isolation must never rely on a switch or fuse. The switchgear or fuse holder must be locked off
and the key lodged with a Permit to Work, issued by an authorized person.
Mechanical isolation of pipe work should not rely on a single valve or on a non-return valve; these may
let-by and create a hazard. Whenever possible, a section of pipe should be removed or a blank or spade
should be put into a flange between the valve and the confined space.
Paddles, stirrers or agitators, whether electrically or mechanically operated, should be physically discon-
nected by the removal of an operating arm.
ii. Cleaning
There are a variety of methods of cleaning the inside of confined spaces to remove hazardous solids, liq -
uids or gas. Cold-water washing, hot water washing and steaming will remove many contaminants, while
solvents or neutralizing agents may be necessary for others. If hot water or steam is used, with or without
a solvent, care must be taken to ensure that adequate ventilation exists for steam pressure and that con-
densation does not build up to unacceptable levels.
If steam is used or water is boiled in a confined space, account must be taken of the vacuum that can be
created on cooling.
When steam or solvents are used, these may in themselves create a toxic, suffocating or flammable haz-
ard; even though a space has been well cleaned, it must not be entered until it has been monitored.
Great care must be taken when dealing with any sludge or heavy deposits, which may release hazardous
fumes when disturbed.
iii. Purging and ventilation
Air purging and ventilation may be carried out by removing covers, opening inspection doors, etc. and
allowing ordinary air circulation, or by the introduction of compressed air via an airline.
Higher rates of air exchange can be achieved by the use of air movers, induction fans or extractor fans.
It is especially important that when an inert gas (e.g. nitrogen) has been used to purge or render inert a
flammable atmosphere, the inert gas itself is properly purged with air.
When air purging is taking place, the flow of air should be of a sufficient volume and velocity to ensure
that no pockets or layers of gas remain undisturbed.
iv. Atmospheric monitoring
Depending on the circumstances, as a result of Hazard Identification Process and risk assessment, atmos -
pheric monitoring may well be necessary when any work is to be done that would expose employees to
any substance hazardous to health.
Before an entry is made into a confined space, tests must be carried out to establish the levels of oxygen,
toxic gas or flammable gas in the atmosphere. If entry into the confined space is necessary to carry out
the tests, breathing apparatus or other respiratory protective equipment must be worn.
Suitably trained and qualified personnel may use simple, reliable instruments to measure oxygen a nd
flammable gas levels. The instruments need to be properly calibrated. Satisfactory oxygen content must
not in itself be relied upon to indicate safety since flammable, explosive or toxic gas may exist alongside
oxygen and need only be present in minute quantities to create a serious hazard.
The tests applied should take account of what the space is known to have contained, including any inert
gas used to purge a flammable atmosphere, which may itself produce toxic hazards or the risk of asphyxi -
ation. Account must also be taken of hazards arising from other sources such as materials used for clean-
ing. Methane, hydrogen sulphide and carbon dioxide can all evolve naturally due to the decomposition of
organic matter or, in some cases, by the effect of rainwater percolating through certain types of ground.
It is necessary to test the atmosphere of a confined space at both high and low level as well as in any
corners, etc. where pockets of gas may exist. Instances have occurred of carbon dioxide displacing oxy-
gen below ground level, while a normal oxygen level continues to exist above.
The sense of smell must never be relied upon to detect gases. Some are odorless, and hydrogen sulphide,
in particular, can paralyze the sense of smell to such an extent that even fatally high concentrations of
the gas cannot be detected. In any case, the sense of smell varies from person to person and deteriorates
with age.
v. Continuous monitoring
The initial monitoring and testing must establish that the confined space is safe to enter. Monitoring
should then be carried out at intervals to ensure the continued safety of personnel. Tests should be re-
peated after any breaks, such as lunch or overnight, or after the time limit set out in a Permit to Work
has expired.
It may be necessary to issue individual monitors to people working in a confined space, so as to give them
an instant warning of low oxygen, or toxic or flammable gas hazards.
vi. Competence of monitors
Persons who are competent to use the instruments and interpret the results must carry out all atmospher-
ic monitoring. They must have sufficient practical and theoretical knowledge to enable them to make a
valid judgment based on the results. They must be fully aware of their responsibilities in permitting an
entry into a confined space
vii. Hazards of excess oxygen
An oxygen-enriched atmosphere is, in itself, a very major hazard. Organic materials, such as oil and
grease, become highly combustible and ordinary materials, like paper and clothing, will burn with excep-
tional ferocity.
If excess oxygen is discovered, the space should be ventilated until normal levels of oxygen are regained.
viii. Selection of personnel
Care is required in selecting the right people to work in confined spaces, since conditions can be difficult.
They must be physically fit, agile and, most importantly, not be claustrophobic. Stamina is also required.
The wearing of any form of respiratory protection tends to lead to an increase in respiration and a higher
use of energy; the amount of work, which can be done in confined spaces, is less than that expected un-
der normal conditions.
When respiratory protection is to be used, it should be remembered that facial hair and spectacles often
prevent a respirator from fitting properly and thus achieving the assumed degree of protection.
ix. Communications
Adequate and effective communications must exist between those inside and those outside the confined
space, so that, in the event of an incident, a warning can be given and the space evacuated or those in-
side rescued. The system needs to be ‘fail safe’, ensuring that if a reply is not received or a scheduled
call not made, the procedure for rescue starts immediately.
All types of respiratory protection affect verbal communication to some degree and, whatever method of
communication is chosen; it should be tested and proved outside the confined space before entry is
made.
Any person entering a confined space where there is potential for deficiency of oxygen or which contains
toxic or noxious gases, must be fitted with a safety harness and lifeline.
The free end of the safety line should be under the control of a second person, safely positioned outside
the confined space, who must keep the wearer under constant surveillance and be ready to withdraw him
immediately, should the necessity arise.
When the safety harness and lifeline are used, pre-arranged signals shall be used.
These are as follows:

SIGNAL BY WEARER BY ATTENDANT
1 pull I am OK Are you OK?
2 pulls Pay out more line I am paying out more line
2 pulls – pause – 2 pulls Stop lowering, or paying out I am stopping lowering, or paying out
3 pulls Heave in slack line, or haul up I am heaving in slack line or hauling up.
Repeated, sharp pulls Danger, help me out Danger, come out at once
When signals are employed, they must be acknowledged by repeating the signal to show that it has been
understood or is being acted upon.
Work equipment
Only equipment that is correct and suitable for the job shall be used. All equipment’s must be well main-
tained and in good working order.
x. Use of tools
If there is any possibility of flammable gas existing in a confined space, even below the lower explosive
limit (LEL), all tools must be of a non-sparking material and all lighting and electrical equipment must
carry BASEEFA* or equivalent approval.
Smoking and naked lights must be strictly prohibited and care must be taken to avoid the generation of
static electricity with the consequent risk of sparks.
* British Approvals Service for Electrical Equipment in Flammable Atmospheres
xi. Safety equipment
To select appropriate Personal Protective Equipments, General assessment must be done. In deciding
which type to issue, the risk that the PPE is being used for, and that the PPE will fit the wearer and allow
them to work comfortably. If more than one task is to be performed, the employer should make sure
that the PPE is compatible and of use for every task that is to be undertaken.
xii. Fire safety
Where there is a risk of fire, appropriate fire extinguishers may need to be kept in the confined space at
the entry point. In the event of a fire, the local fire service should be called in case the fire cannot be
contained or extinguished.
xiii. First aid
Appropriate first aid equipment should be provided and available for emergencies and to provide first aid
until professional medical help arrives.
xiv. SUPERVISION
The intervention supervisor is assigned to monitor the activities in the confined space and the surrounding
area for hazardous conditions. This individual must be properly trained, be an assigned member of the
work group and named on the permit and will have the following additionally duties.
 Shut down or start up air compressor. Shut down welding machines, grit blaster, blowers, pumps,
etc., during an emergency situation.
 Shut off oxygen or acetylene / propane (or other gases as may be required during an emergency situ-
ation).
 Keep close watch on breathing air supply and pressure. Maintain rescue equipment as follows:
- Full body harness attached to lifeline.
- Whistle / Radio communication between personnel performing the work and standby personnel.
- Emergency rescue personnel on standby if necessary.
- Breathing apparatus with external air supply.
- Extinguishers.
 Maintain log-in/log-out book for all confined space personnel movements.
 Standby personnel will initial on confined space permit that the duties assigned are understood.
All confined space activities will be monitored by the log-in/log-out sheet maintained at the confined
space opening.
The following requirement applies:
i. All personnel entering/existing the confined space will log-in/log-out on the confined space log.
b) The intervention supervisor will maintain the log.
c) Any discrepancies within the log sheet will void a permit.
Allwork operations will cease and the permit voided if the following situations occur:
a) Oxygen level, LEL or toxic levels are not compliance with 6.15.
b) Intervention Supervisor is required to leave area for any reason and cannot be replaced.
c) Designated personnel void permit.
d) Operational upset or emergency alarm is sounded. All permits are void and shall be reissued when
emergency is over.
e) Logbook entries are inaccurate.
f) Permit requirement is not followed by personnel involved with work activities.
g) Stormy weather.
xv. RESCUE
The arrangements for the rescue of persons in the event of an emergency need to be suitable and suffi-
cient. The arrangements should be in place before any person enters or works in a confined space.
If a person is INJURED in a confined space that has been certified safe to enter without respiratory pro-
tection, an entry can be made to rescue and remove them straight away.
When a person COLLAPSES in a confined space and the cause is not known, irrespective of whether or not
the confined space was certified fit for entry without respiratory protection, no one must enter unless
they are wearing breathing apparatus. The collapse may have been due to deterioration in the atmos-
phere within the confined space or the inrush of a toxic or suffocating gas from outside. The first duty of
any rescuer is to ensure that they do not become a casualty themselves
xvi. Rescue equipment
Every person entering a confined space wearing breathing apparatus must also wear a safety harness. The
harness must be attached to a lifeline, attended by a person outside the confined space. This equipment
forms part of a safe system of work for any entry into a confined space.
Properly used, it may enable a rescue to be carried out successfully without the need for a rescuer to
enter the confined space.
Rescue equipment must include some means of lifting or pulling a person up from a confined space, since
it is virtually impossible for the average person to achieve this solely by muscular effort. There are a va -
riety of tripods, winches, blocks and tackles which, when used in conjunction with a safety harness, ena-
ble a person to be lifted quickly and safely out of a confined space.
Dependent on circumstances, rescue equipment may have to include first aid equipment, oxygen or re-
suscitation packs and rescue breathing apparatus. A secure line of communication to the emergency ser-
vices may also be required.
xvii. Respiratory protective equipment
A wide range of available respiratory equipment based on following principals could be classified:
By purifying the air breathed. The air inhaled is drawn through a filter or medium that removes the harm-
ful substance or pollutant. The nature of the filtering agent depends on the type of pollutant to be dealt
with. These types are commonly called respirators. The simplest form of respirator is the
‘Nuisance dust mask’ or dust mask gives no protection against harmful or toxic materials. More complex
types have filter cartridges that may be general for various types of dust or fume, or specific to a particu-
lar substance.
By supplying clean air. The air can be supplied straight through an airline via a pump or compressor or,
alternatively, the person may carry compressed air in cylinders. These types are known as breathing ap-
paratus.
NOTE: Respirators do not protect against Oxygen deficiency hence using air-purifying mask, inside the
confined space is prohibited unless all other methods of control or protection have been examined and it
is established that the use of respirator is the only reasonably practicable solution.
It is important to note that dust masks and canister and cartridge respirators have a limited period of us-
age before becoming clogged with the contaminant.
They may also have a limited shelf life, indicated by a use by date.
All respiratory protective equipment must be of a type suitable to the circumstances and, if it fits,
breathing apparatus should be maintained.
xviii. Access and egress
A safe way in and out of the confined space should be provided and, wherever possible, allow quick, un-
obstructed and ready access. The means of escape must be suitable for use by the individual who enters
the confined space so that they can quickly escape in an emergency.
Suitable means to prevent access should also be in place when there is no need for anybody to work in
the confined space.
There should be a safety sign that is clear and conspicuous to prohibit unauthorized entry alongside open-
ings that allow for safe access.
xix. Permit to Work
Every entry into a confined space must be made under a Permit to Work system, whereby a competent
person must be satisfied that all necessary precautions have been taken and provisions made to secure
the safety of those entering the confined space, before signing the Permit to Work. The signed Permit
thus gives an assurance that work may safely take place.
Named authorized persons, who must sign them, should only issue permits. Such persons must be compe-
tent, have authority and possess sufficient practical and theoretical knowledge and actual experience of
working conditions to enable them to judge whether everything necessary has been done to ensure the
safety of personnel. It is quite common for several authorized persons to sign a Permit to Work, each per -
son being competent in their own area, e.g. electrical isolation, atmospheric testing, etc. Where a Permit
to Work system involves the use of padlocks and keys, the keys must stay with an authorized person until
such time as the Permit is returned for cancellation.)
3.4.3 LOCK OUT TAG OUT (LOTO) PROCESS
Definition
The process of securing a hazard to eliminate risk and to provide temporary guarding of a machine or
process.
LOTO provides for a system of protection against electrical and mechanical hazards.
Examples
 Power circuits
 Reciprocating machinery
 Pressure vessels
 Welding equipment
Electrical Safety
 Controlled by Regulations.
 Applies to all electrical systems.
 Principal concern is high voltages defined as those above 110 volts.
 LOTO process involves locking out the main power switch.
 LOTO process involves clear marking of the main power switch to ensure that any third party is
aware of the hazard.
 LOTO process involves ensuring that all energy is dissipated before contact (e.g. capacitors).
Mechanical Safety
 Controlled by Regulations.
 Requirement for all work equipment to be guarded.
 Requirement for training prior to any work being performed.
 Requirement for maintenance & records to be kept.
Mechanical Hazards
 Prime movers
 In running nip
 Reciprocating movement
 Drive belts
 Rotating parts
 Pneumatic & hydraulic operations
Mechanical Safety
 LOTO process involves locking out the main power or control switch.
 LOTO process involves clear marking of the main power or control switch to ensure that any third
party is aware of the hazard.
 LOTO process involves ensuring that no further movement can occur.
Job Safety Analysis
Risk assessment
 Identify hazards
 Calculate risk rating
 Document controls
LOCKOUT / TAGOUT PROCEDURES
AUTHORISED EMPLOYEES ONLY
Equipment Type:
Notify Employees Affected employees will be notified of lockout activities verbally by

authorized employee(s) prior to and during implementation of lock-
out/tag out procedures.
Authorized employees include: Insert Names
Review the Operator/Service manual(s) for any special shut down or
Shut Down maintenance instructions. Perform normal shut down procedure at
Equipment control panel and turn power selection to the “off” position.
Operate Energy Operate the main power breaker. Operate any pneumatic valve when
Isolating Device servicing these items.
Apply LOTO Device Authorized employees apply Lockout/Tag out measures to the power
isolating devices mentioned above.
Dissipate/restrain Perform energy dissipation procedures for any internal capacitors.
Stored Energy Bleed down any remaining pressure at disconnect points for lines.
Verify After ensuring that no personnel are exposed to potential injury, and
Disconnect having disconnected all energy sources (LOTO), operate the power
activation controls to verify that the equipment will not operate.
Perform Return the operating control to “neutral” or “off” after the verifica-
Maintenance tion test. Perform necessary maintenance tasks on the equipment.
Check Area After the servicing is complete and the equipment or machine is
ready for normal operations, check the area around the equipment to
ensure that no one is exposed to danger and all tools have been re-
moved prior to re-energizing.
Remove LOTO Perform housekeeping check, reinstall guards, and ensure that all
Devices - Startup personnel are clear of the equipment. Remove LOTO devices. Re-
store energy to the equipment and verify safe operation.
GTGC-REQUEST FOR LOCK REMOVAL GTGC/HSE-FORM/RLR-27 / REV. 1
GTGC-ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL TAG OUT REGISTER GTGC/HSE-FORM/LOTO-29/ REV. 1
3.5. MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE
Each facility/site shall have management of change procedures in place to ensure that all changes to pro-
cesses, operations and procedures are first thoroughly and systematically evaluated to assure that HSE
performance is maintained or enhanced. The evaluation will include experienced professionals in the
appropriate HSE fields.
PURPOSE
To provide for an orderly and comprehensive review of any new operations, processes, construction,
equipment, machinery, demolition, remodeling, etc. prior to the actual change taking place.
GENERAL
Prior to any change within the scope of this policy, a safety review should be completed using the “Man-
agement of Change Procedure.”
It is the responsibility of the individual or team proposing the change to follow this procedure and com -
plete the safety review prior to making any changes.
Once the review has been completed by the individual or team, it must be approved by the Supervisor, as
well as Project/Facility, Safety and Environmental Managers.
At the completion of the change, the Project/Facility Managers and Safety and Environmental Managers
shall audit the changes against the approved plan.
PROCEDURE AND DETAIL
Describe in detail all proposed changes to the following:
Utility and energy requirements: Electrical, hydraulic, compressed air, steam, etc., piping pres-
sures and sizes for liquid and gas supplies, all means for de-energizing utilities provided and identified.
Hazardous materials: Names and descriptions, MSDSs, concentrations, size and type of packaging,
flash point, flammable limits, storage requirements, temperatures, etc.
Waste disposal: Wastes generated containers to be used and locations, amounts, drains used, flam-
mability, toxicity, reactivity, ingredients, associated wastes such as gloves and rags, disposal locations
such as compactor or strategic dumpster or hazardous waste drums.
Personal protective equipment: Types required for hazards present or anticipated.
Personnel: Types of training required for hazard communication, waste disposal, PPE, work permits,
confined space, moving vehicles, cranes, fire protection, lockout/tag out, new equipment, shifts to be
involved, use of temporary employees, qualifications of operators, testing of operators.
Material handling: Lifting devices required, cranes required, weights to be handled mechanically
and manually, forklift requirements, rack storage requirements, access to racks by forklifts, racks bolted
to floor, shelves in good condition, minimization of combustibles on racks, heaviest weights near the
bottom, manually lifted items at waist height, floors under racks kept clear, power requirements for lift-
ing aids.
Fire protection: Access to existing fire extinguishers and fire hoses, sprinklers protected and not
obstructed emergency response.
Walking surfaces: Access to aisles, aisles not used for working, aisles designated, clean and smooth
surfaces, floor mats, utilities not run over the floor, trip hazards.
Machinery and equipment: Guarding requirements, power transmission guarding, nip points, sharp
edges, foot treadles, energy sources, new equipment and tools, maintenance requirements, equipment
bolted to the floor, energy isolating requirements (lockout/tagout), special tools required, automatic
start or intermittent operations.
Ergonomics: Illumination, noise, worker position and posture, vibration, floor space, machine con-
trols, repetition, force, tool use, heat and cold, emergency stop location.
Ventilation: Airborne contaminants (vapor, gas, dusts, fumes, mists, smoke, vehicle exhaust, etc.),
control, methods, amounts of emissions, local and general (dilution) ventilation, CFM, permits required.
Radiation sources: Ultra-violet radiation from arc welding, laser, light energy from cutting, plasma,
microwave, radio frequency, etc.
Noise: Sound levels within 3’ of operating equipment-manufacturer’s certification, general survey of

sound levels when installed, acoustical sound or vibration control needed.
Material Flow or Parts Processing: Any temporary work around or permanent changes to material
flow through manufacturing processes. Make special note of any impact on the work flow as it effects
equipment operation.
3.6. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
Introduction
Each site/facility shall establish a comprehensive health and hygiene program to ensure that chemical,
biological, ergonomics, psychological and physical hazards are identified, evaluated and controlled in ac-
cordance with International/Local standards on Health and Hygiene.
Purpose
This describes the requirements for managing occupational health risks associated with the activities of
GTGC and its Subcontractors.
Scope
This guideline applies to all employees and Subcontractor staff. It addresses the following Occupational
Health risks:
 Biological
- Viruses, bacterias, fugi, protozoa
 Physical
- Hearing Conservation/Workplace Noise.
- Vibration
- Lighting
- Ventilation
- Heat
- Sunlight
- Dust
 Chemical
- Paints and Coatings
 Ergonomic
- Manual Handling
- Visual Display Units (VDUs)
 Psychological
- Stress
Records shall be maintained to document the implementation of this guideline.
Any non-compliance with this guideline shall be notified, investigated and reported per “HSE Management
System Manual”.
An occupational health monitoring program shall be developed, implemented and maintained to

demonstrate compliance with this guideline.
CONTROL OF NOISE AT WORK
GTGC management shall prevent or reduce risks to health and safety from exposure to noise at work as
following steps:
 To assess the risks to your employees from noise at work;
 To take action to reduce the noise exposure that produces those risks;
 To Provide employees with hearing protection if you cannot reduce the noise exposure enough by us-
ing other methods;
 To make sure the legal limits on noise exposure are not exceeded;
 To provide your employees with information, instruction and training;
 To carry out health surveillance where there is a risk to health.
 To protect members of the public exposed to noise from their non-work activities even from low-level
noise which is a nuisance but causes no risk of hearing damage.
Establishing noise levels
Unit of measurement
The unit of measurement for sound levels is the decibel dB. This scale is logarithmic which means that 90
dB is ten times the intensity of 80 dB and a hundred times the intensity of 70 dB. An increase of 3 dB
doubles the sound intensity, so that 87 dB is twice as noisy as 84 dB. Sound level meters, used for meas-
uring noise levels, have standard characteristics built into them which attenuate or emphasize signals at
different frequencies. This is known as ‘frequency weighting’. E.g. an instrument with a weighting corre-
sponding to the frequency response of the human ear (known as an ‘A’ weighted scale) is commonly used
on construction sites to measure noise from the working environment. Readings are shown as dB (A).
Measuring Noise
To get rough estimate of wither a risk assessment is required the following simple tests can be applied:
The noise is intrusive but normal conversation is possible-the probable noise level is 80dB. The risk as-
sessment is required if the noise exposure is for more than 6 hours.
The person has to shout to talk to someone 2 m away- the probable noise level is 85dB. A risk assessment
will be required if the noise exposure is more than 2 hours.
The person has to shout to talk to someone 1m away-the probable noise level is 90dB. A risk assessment
will be required if the noise exposure is more than 45min.
For accurate measurement using Sound Level Meter, only a competent person familiar with limitation,
calibration and measurement techniques should measure the noise level.
Noise Assessment
The purpose of the noise assessment is to identify people who are at risk of hearing damage as a result of
noise exposure. Workplace structure, area, jobs, people, work patterns, duration of exposures, the
sources of noise and any other information should be considered in assessment.
Noise Control
 Planning noise levels; Attention should be given at the planning stage to the following factors:
 design of project and of processes and equipment involved

 alternative methods and processes
 phasing of operations (especially if a number of contractors are working on site)
 local authority requirements (see below)
 location of site; or sites if work involves changing locations
 noise levels likely to be produced
 Site layout i.e. sitting of access points, batching plants, etc.
 hours of working
 provision for controlling noise on site
 Disturbance of nearby residents (if this is likely, the situation and measures to be taken to reduce
noise should be explained to persons likely to be affected).
 Limiting exposure to noise; can be reduced by:

 engineering control methods
 job rotation
 providing rest rooms or acoustic refuges
 re-arranging work locations
 Hearing Protection; based on risk assessment finding, appropriate ear plugs or ear muff would be as
the last resort of control advised. Adequate supervisory measures, along with provision of infor-
mation, instruction and training to achieve an acceptable level of protection are required.
For employees exposed to the noise above the allowed action levels, establishing a medical surveillance
program including test of employee’s hearing ability is required.
Vibration
Introduction
The use of various types of hand-held tools, in particular those which are of a rotary or percussive nature,
are a serious cause of growing concern.
The regular and prolonged use of such tools can cause the users to suffer various forms of damage, a con-
dition known as ‘hand-arm vibration syndrome’ (HAVS). The most common form of which is the damage
caused by vibration white finger (VWF), or Reynaud’s Syndrome.
People who are regularly exposed to high vibration can have conditions such as ‘dead finger’ or ‘dead
hand’ which is caused by damage to the blood vessels or blood supply. Damage to nerves of the finger
causing permanent loss of feeling and other damage to muscles and bone may also contribute to pain and
stiffness in the hands and wrists.
Whole body vibration can also cause damage to the spine or vertebrae after long exposure. Symptoms of
vibration white finger are usually set off by the cold, with early indications of the fingertips rapidly be-
coming pale and loss of feeling. These attacks can produce numbness and ‘pins and needles’. This phase
is followed by an intense red flush (sometimes preceded by a dusky bluish phase) signaling the return of
blood circulation to the fingers and is usually accompanied by an uncomfortable throbbing.
Continued work will see the affected area becoming larger.
Hazards of exposure to hand-arm vibration
All work tasks, including those involving vibration, should be taken into account during a risk assessment
Various tools and operations within the construction industry can expose personnel to hazards from vibra -
tions such as: road and concrete breaking, concrete vibro thickeners, chisels (air or electric), compressor
guns, pneumatic drills, angle grinders, cut-off wheels, chainsaws, woodworking machinery. The risk of
their causing vibration-related injury depends on a number of issues:
 the amount of vibration
 how long the equipment is used and the conditions of use
 the posture of the operative

 the temperature at which work is carried out
Note: vibration between 2 to 1500 HZ is potentially damaging and more serious at between 5 to 20HZ;
however risks depend on the vibration magnitude, and the strength of the grip and exposure type.
Strategy for reducing vibration
GTGC management shall reduce the vibration energy as following steps:

 Specifying new equipment’s as low vibration
 Substituting the process equipment, which contains less vibration
 Designing tools for low vibration
 Correct maintenance of equipment and tools
 Reducing the grip and push forces associated with work equipment
 Avoiding uninterrupted vibration exposure over long period by breaking up the work activities
 Providing information, instruction and training to increase awareness of employees. Familiarity
with early symptoms of the tingling, numbness and disorders would prevent worsening the cases.
 Establishing surveillance on affected employees
Lighting
Good lighting, whether natural or artificial, reduces health and safety risks as it allows hazards to be seen
and minimizes visual fatigue.
AREA LEVELS (LUX) ON THE WORKING PLANE

Cafeteria and dining areas 200
Car park 50
Cash offices 500
Catering preparation area 500
Computer rooms 500(At work surface)
Conference rooms 500(At table)
Drawing offices 750(At table)
First aid treatment rooms 500
Garage (working area) 500
Lifts 100
Normal offices 500(At desk)
Passageways 200
Plant rooms 200
Print rooms 500
Reception 150- 500
Recreation rooms/lounges 300
Stairs 150
Store rooms 200
Toilets 300
Workshops 500
Table 1: Levels of illumination (Lux)
Ventilation
Effective ventilation systems can provide a method of maintaining a breathable atmosphere within the
space by achieving a reduction in the level of atmospheric contaminates (gases, vapours, mists, fumes
and dust) within a workplace; and by heating or cooling air in the workplace to make the temperature
comfortable to work in.
There are essentially three methods of ventilation: the natural method; mechanical supply; and mechani -
cal exhausting. Choosing the best method will depend on the size and configuration of the workplace, the
work being performed, how many people are inside the workplace, and the nature of contaminates and
hazards to be managed.
‘Ventilation’ - the movement of air. One of the main purposes of ventilation is to remove contaminated
air from the workplace.
GTGC shall ensure that every workplace on site is ventilated, either by natural or mechanical means, in
such a way that -
 The air breathed by employees does not endanger their health or safety;
 the time-weighted average concentration of carbon dioxide therein, taken over an eight hour peri-
od, does not exceed one half per cent by volume of air;
 the carbon dioxide content does not at any time exceed three per cent by volume of air;
 the specified exposure limits for airborne substances are not exceeded; and
 the concentration of any explosive or flammable gas, vapour or dust does not exceed the lower ex-
plosive limit of that gas, vapour or dust.
Where the measures required above are not practicable, or where there is a danger of unsafe air in the
breathing zone of an employee, the following steps shall be taken:
 Provide every overexposed employee with respiratory protective equipment that reduces the expo-
sure of the employee to a safe level.
 Ensure that employees use the respiratory protective equipment correctly.
 Inform employees of the dangers of excessive exposure.
 Inform employees of the precautionary measures against excessive exposure.
Regular tests and reviews of the adequacy of ventilation shall be conducted in all relevant workplaces.
Records of ventilation reviews shall be kept for the duration of the project.
Heat
In the absence of appropriate quantitative standards, health risk exposure due to heat shall be
controlled, as appropriate to the environmental conditions, by applying the following:
 moderating work rate
 forced ventilation and air conditioning
 shade
 water supply
 scheduled rest breaks
 scheduling work in cooler parts of the day, or at night
 programming work for a cooler part of the year
All personnel shall be vigilant in identifying the symptoms of heat stress in themselves or their co-
workers. These symptoms include:
 rashes
 heat cramps
 heat syncope (fainting)
 heat exhaustion (dizziness, tiredness, general weakness, delirium)
 heat stroke (body temperature above 40C, skin very hot, often sweating has stopped, confusion,
unconscious)
If heat stress symptoms are identified, work shall cease until appropriate measures to control heat
exposure are implemented.
Sunlight
Exposure to ultraviolet (UV) radiation from the sun can lead to the following health effects:
 Sunburn (skin redness, tenderness, swelling, blistering, fever, nausea)
 Premature wrinkling
 Skin cancer
 Sun sensitivity (allergic reaction to sun exposure)
 Immune system suppression and disease
 Eye damage (including burning of the cornea, cataracts)
Health risk due to the sun's radiation shall be controlled, as appropriate to the environmental conditions,
by applying the following:
 Scheduling work in order to limit exposure to the sun between 10 a.m. and 4 p.m.
 Shade
 Protective clothing to cover the torso, legs and arms
 Headgear or a hat to protect the face, ears, neck and eyes
 Sunglasses rated for protection against UV radiation
 High Sun Protection Factor (SPF) sunscreen for all exposed areas of skin should be made available by
the Employer
All personnel shall be vigilant in identifying the symptoms of sunburn in themselves or their co-workers,
and shall take appropriate measures to protect themselves from the sun's radiation.
Dust and Fibers
Personnel shall not be exposed to levels of dust and Man Made Mineral Fibers (MMMF) in air in excess of
those stated in the most current version of the ACGIH TLV.
MMMF include those fibers that are manufactured from natural rock or other materials, readily melted
slag’s, glass or metallic oxide fibers. They can be classified into four groups:
 insulation wools
 refractory or ceramic fibers
 continuous filament fibers
 special purpose fibers
Exposure shall be controlled considering the following hierarchy:

 Use engineering principles of enclosure, isolation, local exhaust ventilation and wet techniques
 Provision of respiratory protective equipment.
Asbestos
Use of products containing asbestos generally pose little risk provided that they encapsulated and free
from vibration or damage. Health hazards generally arise when existing asbestos is disturbed and fibers
are released during repair work, removal, or through incidental damage. Repeated and prolonged
inhalation of any form of airborne asbestos fiber however, may cause irreversible lung disease and
cancer.
No new asbestos products shall be introduced into GTGC operations.
1 Exposure limit
Refer to the current ACGIH TLV Guidelines.
2 Control Measures
Over exposure to existing asbestos shall consider the following hierarchy:
 Replacing asbestos with a suitable alternative. The decision to remove or encapsulate existing
asbestos shall be preceded by an assessment of perceived risks and benefits.
 Engineering controls (including enclosure, isolation, local exhaust ventilation and wet techniques)
 Respiratory protective equipment and impervious coveralls, hand and footwear
 All asbestos removal projects shall be undertaken by specialist contractors.
3 Disposal of Asbestos
Asbestos and all asbestos contaminated materials (including clothing) shall be disposed of in accordance
with waste management procedure.
Chemicals
A wide range of chemicals are used in the construction industry. Chemicals of particular concern, with
respect to management of health hazards, are those which:
 cause irreversible harmful effects (e.g. carcinogens)
 are absorbed through the lungs or skin
 have an exposure response relationship which is ill defined
 have stringent occupational exposure limits (OELs)
 have poor warning properties are volatile
GTGC's requirements for chemicals management, including requirements for managing health hazards,
are defined in:
 Chemicals Management Procedure

 Personal Protective Equipment specifications
1 Paints and Coatings
Many paints, solvents, thinner and stripping fluids contain hazardous chemicals which give off toxic
vapours which will cause dizziness, nausea, eye and nose irritation, and if allowed to become
concentrated by inadequate ventilation, may lead to more severe symptoms such as unconsciousness,
vomiting or bronchitis.
Certain paints may contain heavy metals which are highly toxic (e.g. lead, mercuric oxides). These are
not now common, but may be encountered when stripping old equipment. Certain other paints and
thinners contain substances which are directly toxic:
 Solvents containing benzene (suspected human carcinogen)

 Lacquers based on tetrachloroethane (suspected human carcinogen)
Although few paints and coatings are corrosives or particularly irritant to the skin, contact dermatitis is a
frequent result of insufficient protection, particularly if paint thinners or solvents are used for skin
cleaning.
Water-based paints/coatings shall be selected in preference to solvent-based paints/coatings, whenever

practicable to do so.
The following precautionary measures shall be implemented, particularly if solvent-based paints /

coatings have to be used):
 Self-contained breathing apparatus shall be worn when painting in confined spaces
 Respiratory protection shall be worn when spray painting, unless specific exhaust ventilation systems
are in place
 Goggles, overalls and impermeable gloves shall be worn when handling or mixing products
 Long-sleeved and long-legged clothing shall be worn
Other control measures shall include:

 The airflow from behind the operator shall be maintained at a minimum of 1.5 m/s
 Paint spray equipment shall be regularly maintained, and users trained to use it correctly
 Solvents shall not be used for cleaning the skin, and appropriate skin cleansers shall be provided
Ergonomics
Ergonomics is a multi-disciplinary science that considers the interaction between humans and their
working environment to improve the design of work systems, workplaces and products. Ergonomics aims
at establishing a well-designed work environment by achieving a practical balance between design
functionality and ease of use.
Health hazards resulting from poor ergonomic design are mainly musculo-skeletal disorders (e.g. injuries
to the back, neck, hands, arms and feet). In many situations the hazards are not easily identified,
because many of these injuries build up over a period of time, rather than being caused by a single
incident.
Ergonomic considerations also include noise, lighting, thermal environment and vibration. These issues
are discussed separately within this Specification.
Ergonomic controls shall be considered throughout the full lifecycle of all projects, especially at
definition phase and execution phase
1 Manual Handling
The following control measures shall be implemented to control health risks due to manual handling in
both industrial and office work environments:
 Avoid the need for manual handling, as far as reasonably practicable.

 Use a lifting device or seek assistance to lift loads greater than 25 kg in weight.
 If manual handling is unavoidable, assess the injury risk by identifying:
- work tasks involving twisting, stooping, reaching, strenuous pushing or pulling, or repetitive
handling
- loads that are heavy, bulky, unwieldy or unstable
- working environments that constrain posture, restrict movement or have physical obstructions
 Assess and implement options for reducing risk of injury, including consideration of:
- design factors (e.g. altering the design of the physical working environment through automation,
mechanization, or changing the workplace layout)
- work organization factors (e.g. reducing physical strain through job rotation, adequate breaks and
group working)
 Educate and train personnel in identifying manual handling hazards and good handling technique.
2 Visual Display Units (VDUs)
Some users perceive that working with VDUs may damage their health. Extensive research found no
scientific evidence to date that VDUs can damage health (e.g. VDUs do not cause disease or permanent
damage to eyes, epilepsy, or health damage due to radiation emissions).
However, users of VDUs may experience visual fatigue (resulting in headaches, pain behind the eyes or
blurred vision) and postural fatigue (resulting in aches and pains in the hands, wrists, arms, neck,
shoulders or back), especially after long periods of VDU work.
Where health problems do occur, they are generally caused by the way in which VDUs are being used and
the working environment (e.g. working posture, furniture design, equipment set-up or the effects of bad
lighting), rather than the VDUs themselves. Problems can be avoided by good workplace and job design,
and by the way the VDU and workstation is used.
The following factors shall be considered in developing and implementing appropriate controls for
managing ergonomic issues associated with the use of VDUs:
 Task design (e.g. anticipated duration and intensity of VDU use)

 Work organization (e.g. job rotation, adequate breaks and changes in work routine)
 VDU requirements (e.g. flexibility and adjustability, display color and maintenance)
 Workstation requirements (e.g. chair, desk and furniture design, adjustability and set-up)
Personnel shall be given appropriate training to enable them to set up their work station for optimal user
comfort
Stress
Stress is a person's, or group of people's, adverse reaction to excessive pressure. If stress is excessive and
goes on for some time, it may lead to metal and physical ill health (e.g. depression, nervous breakdown,
heart disease) and considerable reduction in workplace productivity. People have differing thresholds of
pressure which will cause stress symptoms - but everyone is vulnerable to stress, depending on the
particular pressures at any given time.
Stress is usually caused by a sequence of events that may be related to a person's work, personal
circumstances, or a combination of these. Stress is rarely caused entirely by work-related factors, but
work may be a major factor.
The following control measures shall be implemented to minimize the potential for work-related stress:
 Watch for signs of stress in staff and intervene promptly

 Ensure that staff have the skills, training and resources they need to be confident and able to carry
out their work tasks
 Assess opportunities for varying working conditions and flexibility
 Ensure that people are treated fairly and that bullying / harassment in the workplace is not tolerated
 Maintain good two-way communication with staff, especially at times of change
In the event that a person complains about work-related stress, the following control measures shall be
implemented:
 Listen to, and be understanding of their concerns

 Act promptly to resolve the problem, if able to do so
 Involve the person concerned in deciding how to deal with the problem
3.7 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS (PPE) REQUIREMENTS
PURPOSE
To assist in ensuring that personnel are aware of the protective clothing and equipment provided
for their use, its maintenance and when and how to use it.
SCOPE
The present standard must be applied to all GTGC operating sites and must be considered as a minimum
requirement. Specific condition, such exposures dangerous chemical substances, requires additional pro-
tective equipment.
RESPONSIBLE PERSONS
All persons on site

All persons on site are responsible for:
- Wearing the appropriate protective clothing and using the correct equipment for the work in hand.
- Both junior, senior personnel and visitors shall not enter to the site without minimum required PPE.
- Ensuring that their protective clothing is maintained in a clean and serviceable condition.
- Reporting any defects to their Supervisor.
- Communicate with safety department or their Supervisor should the clothing / requirement be consid-
ered inadequate for the job in hand.
Site HSE Officer

The HSE Officer is responsible for:
- Monitoring that protective clothing is being worn as appropriate.
- Providing advice on the use of all types of protective clothing and equipment.
- Ensuring that safe working practices are being enforced at all times.
- Ensuring that defective equipment is withdrawn from service and repaired.
- Reporting nonconformities to GTGC Safety manager and project manager
Supervisors
Supervisors are responsible for:

- Ensuring that personnel are aware of the dangers of their work.
- Ensuring that personnel possess and use the required Company approved protective equipment and
that it is in good order.
- Ensuring that personnel know how to use the protective equipment.
- Authorizing the exchange of defective items of equipment.
- Performing regular and irregular inspection on their personnel PPE, to avoid appointing workforces on
duty without proper PPE.
- Conducting Tool Box Meeting in daily basis for workforces.
Project Manager/ Project director

GTGC project manager/Director is solely responsible for performing activities in compliance with HSE
manual and applicable Local and international orders.
Also the Project Manager is responsible for defining, in addition to the basic requirement contained in the
present Standard, additional protective devices to be made available to workers depending on:
- The specific hazards due to the work site environment,
- The specific risk of the work to be performed.
- When issued, work procedures should include the list of personnel and collective protective equip-
ment to be made available for a safe job performance (as a result of a risk assessment).
- Project Manager must ensure availability of minimum required PPE (Helmet, Safety Shoes and Cover-
all) for all staff including new employees and visitors. Quantity of site stock must be equal with twen-
ty percent of available employees on site.
Camp Boss
- Arrange appropriate space for changing cloth and any other required welfare facilities in order to help
workforces to comply the rules.
- Stop the workforces to get in the bus without minimum required PPE.
PROCEDURES
General
In general, protective clothing shall be worn by all personnel when working or visiting any operating
site outside office and accommodation areas. The minimum requirement shall be as follows:
To be worn at all times

- Safety shoes
- Hi-Visibility Vest (safety Jacket )
- Safety helmet
- Eye Protection
For workforces, coverall is compulsory

Working in more than 2 meters height non protected platform, full body safety harness with shock ab-
sorber and lanyard is compulsory.
To be carried at all times for use when required:
- Gloves
To be worn as appropriate depending upon the specific environment, the weather and working condi-
tions:
- eye protection / safety goggles
- ear defenders / plugs
- waterproof clothing
The following points should be noted:

- Loose clothing can get caught in moving machinery.
- All clothing should be correctly fastened, cuffs secured or sleeves rolled up.
- Contaminated clothing should be washed or discarded.
- Jewellery, particularly chains and other loose items, should not be worn for work on site.
- Overalls (working clothes) and working boots are not allowed to be worn in living quarters, site res-
taurants, etc.
NOTE: All personnel protective equipment shall be of proprietary manufacture and comply with a well -
known and accepted international STANDARD.
Training
GTGC shall provide training to each employee who is required to use PPE. Each such employee shall be
trained to know at least the following:
- When PPE is required;
- What PPE is necessary?
- How to properly don, doff, adjust, and wear PPE;
- The limitation of the PPE;
- The proper care, maintenance, useful life and disposal of the PPE.
NOTE: CHANGES IN TYPE OF PPE TO BE USED AND IN WORKPLACE RENDER PREVIOUS TRAINING OBSOLETE.
Foot protection
Safety footwear as appropriate must be worn for all work on site. Safety footwear should be in good
condition and free of grease / dirt. They should be constructed so as to prevent crushing and the soles must
be non-slip, corrosion resistant, resistant to puncture.
Safety Wellington's Boots should be worn for working with irritant or corrosive chemicals. They should not
be worn on scaffolding or "slippery" surfaces.
Safety shoes shall comply with one of following standards:
- ANSI Z41-1991, "American National Standard for Personal Protection-Protective Footwear,"
- EN345 to withstand 200joules impact and compression 15000 Newton’s
Head protection
Safety helmets must be worn at all times out of the administration and office buildings or in designated
areas. Chinstrap must be kept with helmet and shall be used as required.
For non-operational sites the requirement to wear safety helmets must be indicated by the appropriate
sign.
The painting of helmets or the use of the stickers is not recommended as chemical reactions could weak -
en the helmet and render it less effective. Metal helmets are prohibited.
Safety helmets which are used daily have a realistic life of about 3 years & should be replaced even if
showing no obvious signs of damage, etc.
Protective helmets shall comply with following standards:
- ANSI Z89.1-1996, American National Standard for personnel protection-protective headwear for
industrial workers-requirement Safety.
- BS EN 397
Coveralls
Coveralls must be worn if required by working conditions on the site.
Coveralls made of nylon material are prohibited. PVC coveralls may be worn when handling hazardous
substances if appropriate. Apron protection is applicable to work in battery rooms.
Coveralls for personnel who have specific firefighting duties etc. must be made of flame resistant materi -
als.
Safety Harnesses and Lifelines

- Where a work site is such that a worker might be falling into the water or more than 2 meters and
that it is not practicable to provide handrails, guards, safety nets, etc. a suitable safety harness
equipped with shock absorber together with its line, fittings and anchorage's should be permanently
used. Safety belts are prohibited to use on GTGC operating sites.
- Appropriate anchorage to hook the harness shall be provided. Tie back the lanyard by using Karabiner
hook is unacceptable.
- Safety harness shall conform EN361 and must be supported by regular and irregular inspection record.
Hand protection
Protective gloves of appropriate type must be worn for:
Lifting, carrying and handling objects with sharp edges, rough or slippery surfaces or with protrusions
such as splinters or nails.
Work where the hands may come into contact with surfaces of extreme temperature, either hot or cold.
Work where the hands may come into contact with chemical
The following gives examples of the types and uses of protective gloves:
Riggers gloves General use

PVC/rubberized gloves Handling chemicals
Thermal gloves Cold work (e.g. N2)
Rubber gloves Electrical work (live systems)
Leather gloves Work with hot surfaces
Against mechanical hazards such as abrasion, blade cutting, tear and puncture, gloves shall conform
EN 388 or equivalent.
Eye protection
Eye protection must be worn whenever there is the appropriate sign.
Goggles or a face shield must be used for:
- Chipping, grinding, cutting or breaking of brittle material (concrete/stone/glass/metal or other
hard materials) where particles may fly around. This requirement applies also to every personnel
present at vicinity.
- Paint spraying, air blowing, blast cleaning, high pressure water jetting.
- Handling chemicals, during maintenance of chemical pumps/equipment or certain routine tasks
such as draining, venting, sampling of chemicals.
- Sampling products from pressurized systems.
- Welding or gas cutting or assisting in these activities; the proper lens shade must be used.
Ear protection
Ear protection must be worn in areas indicated by the appropriate sign.
Type of ear protection should be available:
- Ear defenders
- Ear plugs
Even if not shown by the sign, ear protection should be worn in all noisy areas. In this context "noisy" (a
mean attenuation of 86 dba) if it is necessary to raise ones voice in order to be heard when talking to
someone from a distance of 1 meter.
Respiratory protection
DEFINITION
Canister Respirators
The respirator consists of a canister of absorbent material specific for certain atmospheres. Hence its use
is very limited & must only be used when the concentration of toxic gas is low & the time exposure is
short. They must not be used when there is a lack of oxygen. The manufacturer's instructions must be
strictly followed.
They must not be used in enclosed spaces, tanks or vessels. Approval must be sought from Safety Superin -
tendent / authority before using this type of respirator.
Dust Mask Respirator

Only suitable for mechanical removal of dust, or sprays from the atmosphere. They must not be
used in toxic/noxious atmosphere or where there may be a lack of oxygen.
Note: after use, all respirators etc. must be decontaminated for hygiene reasons.
USE
It is the responsibility of the GTGC project manager and the HSE Department to define the
geographical areas in which specific respiratory equipment must be worn.
3.8 WELFARE FACILITIES ARRANGEMENTS
1. LABOUR CAMP AND TEMPORARY BUILDING
i. INTRODUCTION
This manual sets minimum requirements for all GTGC temporary buildings and labor camps. A Site Fire
Safety Coordinator from the camp operator shall be nominated and asked to find out whether or not fire
precautions on a site are comprehensive and adequate in relation to the company requirements.
ii. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of these GTGC guidelines, Temporary Accommodation Includes:
a) Temporary (portable) Buildings - Imported units as new, built on site by contractor or refurbished units
imported or not - portable buildings, skid-mounted interconnected caravans (referred to as one unit), and
sectional buildings brought onto site for use as offices, stores, workshops, etc. during the course of the
project works.
b) Other Temporary Accommodation - Areas within a building under construction or undergoing
refurbishment occupied as offices, stores, workshops, etc. during the course of the project works.
iii. GENERAL INFORMATION
Temporary buildings, when located within another building or structure, shall be of either non-
combustible construction or of combustible construction having fire resistance of not less than 1 hour.
The size of the building plot for the sitting of camps must take into consideration the habitable space
provision required for each individual worker. The individual space requirement for each worker regard-
less of grade is minimum 4.5 m2 Gross. The number of caravans per hectare (ha) shall be no more than 60
are recommended. (E.g. 60 units with 4 persons/unit 240 persons). This excludes the spacing requirement
for the roads and amenities.
Written approval by Local Authority shall obtain and must be accessible and addressable for inspection
and audits.
iv. COMMUNITY FACILITIES
In planning for the workers camps, the impact on the local community facilities shall be addressed.
There may be an impact on local services/supplies within local townships e.g. shops. Providing alterna -
tive services within the local townships or in the camp boundary may relieve the burden on existing local
facilities.
Therefore the planning for sports and entertainment, banking, security, fire services and telecom as well
as supply stores and retail outlets must be included.
v. . LAYOUTS FOR WORKER CAMP AREAS
Labor’s camp layout shall include, but is not limited, to the following:
1. Overall plot layout
2. Road layouts
3. Structure layout standards
4. Accessibility for pedestrians
5. Accessibility for vehicles (services, emergency, etc.)
6. Transportation both local and municipal
7. Utilities, Water, Electricity etc.
8. Catering facilities
9. Waste management & Sewage treatment
10. Local amenities
a) Entertainment
c) Public telephones
d) Laundry
e) Salons
f) Retail outlets
g) Restaurants
11. Fire response
12. Medical response
vi. THE SITE
All sites used for camps shall be adequately drained. The camp shall be located so the drainage from and
through the camp will not endanger any domestic or public water supply. All sites shall be graded,
ditched, and rendered free from depressions in which water may become a nuisance.
All sites shall be adequate in size to prevent overcrowding of necessary structures. The grounds and open
areas surrounding the shelters shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition free from rubbish,
debris, waste paper, garbage, or other refuse.
Temporary accommodation should be erected in locations, which provide ease of access for the Civil
Defense and easy evacuation for personnel. In this respect locating temporary accommodation within
basements or on upper floors, i.e. at a height in excess of 7.5 (seven and a half) meters from site access
level shall be avoided.
When considering the separation distance and access, it shall be considered to include the requirement to
enable emergency response vehicles to enter and access all parts of the camp particularly accommoda-
tion but not excluding storage and lay down areas. The typical turning circle of a Civil Defense truck is
approximately 5 meters.
a. Roads and footpaths
Roads of suitable material shall be provided so that no caravan/unit or toilet blocks, is more than 45 me-
ters from a road. Single-track one way roads should not be less than 5 meters wide or, if they form part
of a two-way road each lane to be 3 meters wide with a total road width of 6 m. Each unit and toilet
block should be connected to a road by a footpath with a hard non-slip surface. Footpaths should not be
less than 0.75 meter wide.
E.g.
Figure 3
b. Hard Standings (base supports for units)
Every caravan/unit shall be positioned on a hard base of a suitable material (concrete), which should ex -
tend over the whole area occupied by the caravan placed upon it or on concrete blocks.
All cabins shall be provided with a fine metal mesh skirt to stop materials and rubbish accumulating under
the units.
vii. SHELTER
Every shelter in the camp shall be constructed in a manner that will provide protection against the elements.
As mentioned in General information section, each room used for sleeping purposes shall contain at least 50
square feet (4.5m2) of floor space for each occupant. At least a 7-foot(2.1m) ceiling shall be provided.
Beds, cots, or bunks, and suitable storage facilities such as wall lockers for clothing and personal articles
shall be provided in every room used for sleeping purposes. Such beds or similar facilities shall be spaced not
closer than 36 inches (0.9m) both laterally and end to end, and shall be elevated at least 12 inches (0.3m)
from the floor. If double-deck bunks are used, they shall be spaced not less than 48 inches (1.2m) both
laterally and end to end. The minimum clear space between the lower and upper bunk shall be not less than
27 inches (0.68m). Triple-deck bunks are prohibited.
Floors condition shall be maintained properly. All wooden floors shall be elevated not less than 1 foot (0.3m)
above the ground level at all points to prevent dampness and to permit free circulation of air beneath.
All living quarters shall be provided with windows the total of which shall be not less than one-tenth of the
floor area. At least one-half of each window shall be so constructed that it can be opened for purposes of
ventilation.
All exterior openings shall be effectively screened with 16-mesh material.
All heating, cooking, and water heating equipment shall be installed in accordance with local ordinances,
codes, and regulations governing such installations. If a camp is used during cold weather, adequate heat-
ing equipment shall be provided.
viii. WATER SUPPLY
An adequate and convenient water supply, approved by the appropriate health authority, shall be provid-
ed in each camp for drinking, cooking, bathing, and laundry purposes.
The distribution lines shall be capable of supplying water at normal operating pressures to all fixtures for
simultaneous operation. Water outlets shall be distributed throughout the camp in such a manner that no
shelter is more than 100 feet (30.48m) from a yard sweet water hydrant if water is not piped to the shel -
ters.
Where water under pressure is available, one or more drinking fountains shall be provided for each 100
occupants or fraction thereof. Common drinking cups are prohibited.
ix. TOILET FACILITIES
Toilet facilities adequate for the capacity of the camp shall be provided.
No. of Employees Min. No. of Facilities
20 or less 1
20 or more 1 toilet seat and 1 Urinal per 40 workers
200 or more 1 toilet seat and 2 urinals per 50 workers
* Minimum requirement specified by Abu Dhabi Municipality for construc-

tion site.
Every Sanitary convenience shall be sufficient ventilated with proper lighting and reasonable ac-
cessible.
In office premises, Where toilet facilities are shared, the number of water closets or privy seats provided
for each sex shall be based on the maximum number of persons of that sex which the temporary building
(office premises) is designed to house at any one time, in the ratio of one such unit to each 15 persons,
with a minimum of two units for any shared facility.
Toilets shall be cleaned at least daily.
x. SEWAGE DISPOSAL FACILITIES
In camps where public sewers are available, all sewer lines and floor drains from buildings shall
be connected thereto.
Sewage water from toilets shall drain freely into the pit or vault and the construction of this drain
shall be such as to exclude flies and rodents from the pit.
xi. LAUNDRY, HAND WASHING, AND BATHING FACILITIES
Laundry, hand washing, and bathing facilities shall be provided in the following ratio:
 Hand wash basin per 8-10 persons in shared facilities.
 Showerhead for every 10 persons.
 Laundry tray or tub for every 30 persons.
 Slop sink in each building used for laundry, hand washing, and bathing.
 Floors shall be of smooth finish but not slippery materials; they shall be impervious to moisture. Floor
drains shall be provided in all shower baths, shower rooms, or laundry rooms to remove wastewater
and facilitate cleaning. All junctions of the curbing and the floor shall be coved. The walls and parti-
tions of shower rooms shall be smooth and impervious to the height of splash.
 An adequate supply of hot and cold running water shall be provided for bathing and laundry purposes.
Facilities for heating water shall be provided.
 Every service building shall be provided with equipment capable of maintaining a temperature of at
least 70 deg. F (21.1oC) during cold weather.
 Facilities for drying clothes shall be provided. All service buildings shall be kept clean.
xii. LIGHTING
Where electric service is available, each habitable room in a camp shall be provided with at least one
ceiling-type light fixture and at least one separate floor- or wall-type convenience outlet. Laundry and
toilet rooms and rooms where people congregate shall contain at least one ceiling- or wall-type fixture.
xiii. WASTE MANAGEMENT
Fly-tight, rodent-tight, impervious, cleanable or single service containers, approved by the appropriate
health authority shall be provided for the storage of garbage. At least one such container shall be provid-
ed for each shelter and shall be located within 100 feet (30meters) of each shelter on a wooden, metal,
or concrete stand. Garbage containers shall be kept clean. Garbage containers shall be emptied when
full, but not less than twice a week.
Garbage skip approved by local authorities shall be utilized in each camp.
xiv. CONSTRUCTIONS AND OPERATION OF KITCHENS, DINING HALL, AND FEEDING FACILITIES
A properly constructed kitchen and dining hall adequate in size, separate from the sleeping quarters of
any of the workers, shall be provided in connection with all food handling facilities. There shall be no
direct opening from living or sleeping quarters into a kitchen or dining hall.
No person with any communicable disease shall be employed or permitted to work in the preparation,
cooking, serving, or other handling of food, foodstuffs, or materials used therein, in any kitchen or dining
room operated in connection with a camp or regularly used by persons living in a camp.
"Insect and rodent control." Effective measures shall be taken to prevent infestation by and harborage of
animal or insect vectors or pests.
xv. FIRST AID
Adequate first aid facilities approved by a health authority shall be maintained and made available in
every labor camp for the emergency treatment of injured persons.
Such facilities shall be managed by a person trained to administer first aid and shall be readily accessible
for use at all times.
xvi. REPORTING COMMUNICABLE DISEASE
It shall be the duty of the camp Boss to report immediately to the assigned health officer the name and
address of any individual in the camp known to have or suspected of having a communicable disease.
Whenever there shall occur in any camp a case of suspected food poisoning or an unusual prevalence of
any illness in which fever, diarrhea, sore throat, vomiting, or jaundice is a prominent symptom, it shall
be the duty of the camp Boss to report immediately the existence of the outbreak to the health authority
by telephone, electronic mail or any method that is equally fast.
xvii. FIRE SAFETY
a. GENERAL FIRE HAZARDS
The following items are to be addressed within a formal Safety program and a record of camp inspections
must be available at all times for inspection by Company.
Cooking is not permitted in private rooms. The catering facilities are to be used.
The area underneath the cabins shall not be used for storage.
Flammable materials shall be stored separately in an appropriate metal container and must be clearly
labeled.
Where flue/exhaust pipes run through the structure of the cabins e.g. laundry, kitchen, and the pipe
work shall be adequately insulated.
Carelessly drying clothes cause fires. Coat stands and drying racks shall be firmly positioned at a safe dis-
tance from heaters, which should be thermostatically controlled and have enclosed elements.
All heaters and cooking appliances must be installed, and ventilation provided, to manufacturer recom-
mendations. Electrical or gas cookers are to be provided. The uses of large portable type gas rings used
for cooking is not permitted unless they are fixed to a wall or floor and at the appropriate height for
cooking.
As far as reasonable practicable, utilizing synthetic materials shall be minimized.
b. Fire Service Main
A fire service main, approved by civil defense, shall be provided in all camp facilities, new or existing.
The option to provide the minimum standard can be as follows:
The fire main shall meet the appropriate British Standard or International Equivalent Standard [IES] e.g.
NFPA. All sites, new or existing sites, shall be provided with a fire water hose reel system. The size of the
pipe for the main shall be minimum 2 ½ Inch diameter supplying water to Fire Hose Reel. Hose reel with
30 meters length. The water supply must be of sufficient pressure to provide a 6 m jet of water at the
farthest hose reel point from the fire pump. The system shall meet the water flow requirements and pro-
vide one hour firewater protection e.g. for hose reel system required flow is 50 GPM (3000 gallon tank).
The requirement is to install a fire hose reel to cover all the area with reasonable overlap. The hose reels
shall be inspected and tested monthly. A record of such tests shall be maintained by the camp manager
and shall be available at all times for inspection or Audit by Company. Further inspections and tests e.g.
hose reel hydro test shall be done as per civil defense requirements.
At each fire hose point, an equipment cabinet for fighting hoses and nozzles shall be provided. This is
termed a fire point. At each fire point, Hoses shall be housed in a box painted red and marked ‘Fire Hose’
written in Arabic and English or other appropriate language for the occupants of the camp. A pictorial
sign is to be provided in addition to the written words.
c. Means of Escape
Ideally persons should be able to turn their back on a fire and walk away to a place of safety. In the plan-
ning stage for the buildings the following factors are to be considered:
- The nature of the occupants (different nationalities/sleeping).
- Number of people attempting to escape
- The distance they have to travel to Assembly Point
- Access to a place of safety considering obstructions and barriers
The caravans, which provide a window that can be opened, as well as a door, are preferred. This provides
a second option in the event of the exit being obscured or restricted by fire or products of fire.
A single exit doors, less than 750 mm, for each unit is acceptable where less than 5 persons occupy the
room as long as the travel distance is no more than 9 m. In all other cases the minimum door width is 750
mm. In all areas that occupy more than five personnel; (common areas, canteens, Recreation Room, etc.)
the number of exits shall be sufficient to evacuate the building in 2½ minutes (40 person / minute
through each 750 mm door).
d. Fire Fighting Preparedness
Camp Managers and their deputies are responsible to ensure that all personnel receive training in the fol -
lowing:
- Action to take in case of fire.
- Arrangements for calling the Civil Defense.
- Means of fighting the fire including chemical & fuel fires.
- Fire control.
- Arrangements for identifying the hazards for firefighting; particularly chemicals (MSDS Awareness).
A training record is to be kept on all personnel.
e. Fire Fighting, Personnel Protective Equipment and First Aid
All sites shall have a First Aid Post. The site shall make arrangements locally, for dealing with medical
emergencies and “Notices” shall be displayed so that every individual knows what action to take in the
event of an incident. The notice shall include all relevant telephone numbers and be written in all appro-
priate languages.
Where personnel are expected to deal with hydrocarbon fires and are remote from immediate medical
response then “Burn Kits” (water gel type) are to be considered. All requirements of the MSDS for chemi-
cal first aid shall be provided.
The Personal Protective Equipment and first aid stock shall be checked on a monthly basis by the camp
management. Records shall be maintained and well communicated with HSE Department.
f. Fire Warning System
A means of raising the alarm in the event of fire must be provided. A bell, gong or siren manual or manual
electric is to be provided. The travel distance that any person has to travel to raise an alarm must not
exceed 45 m.
Whether an automatic fire alarm system is provided or manual alternative, the warning device shall be
audible in all locations within the camp area. The warning system shall be tested once per week. A prac-
tice fire drill shall be conducted once in every three months. One of these drills shall be conducted in
during the hours of darkness. A record of such drills shall be maintained by the camp manager and shall
be available at all times for inspection or Audit by Company.
g. Fire fighting Appliances (Portable extinguishers)
Each caravan/unit shall be provided with one portable 9 L stored pressure water extinguisher (Standard
to BS 5423 1987) mounted externally in a cabinet or protective frame, located at the front entrance to
the unit. The carrying handle of the extinguisher should be positioned at 1.2-meter height from the floor
level. The extinguishers shall be red in color and any cabinet or shade provision should also be red in col -
or. Other types of extinguishers shall be provided for the different risks. All extinguishers must be provid-
ed with a pictorial design (how to use) instruction label. Each unit must be provided with a maintenance
inspection label, which must be of the gum type, (not tied to the extinguisher, but stuck to the extin -
guisher). The extinguishers shall be inspected on a monthly basis and all manufacturers’ requirements for
discharge and hydrostatic testing shall be applied.
A record of such tests shall be maintained by the camp manager and shall be available at all times for
inspection or Audit by Company.
h. Maintenance
All alarm and firefighting equipment shall be maintained in working order and tested as required in the
sections above. The records of such inspections and tests shall be available for inspection at all times for
inspection by Company.
17.9 Fire Notices (to BS 5499 and 5378 – Pictorial design)
A clearly written and conspicuous notice shall be provided and maintained at each fire point to indicate
the action to be taken in the event of fire and the location of the nearest telephone. This notice shall
include:
On discovery of fire:
- Ensure the caravan/unit or site building involved is evacuated.

- Raise the alarm.
- Call the site office or Civil Defense.
- Attack the fire using the fire equipment provided when it is safe to do so.
It is expected that all residents and workers, as well as visitors to the site, will be familiar with the above
routine and the method of operating the fire alarm and firefighting equipment.
18. LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS
When LPG cylinders are stored on construction sites, the area shall be:
- At ground level and readily accessible

- In open air, protected from unauthorized access by a fence at least 2m high
- Provide with sufficient shelter to prevent cylinder from being exposed to extreme weather.
- Keep clear of all combustible material
- Exhibited with a notice of “LPG- Highly Flammable” and “NO SMOKING OR NAKED FLAME”.
- Separate by 3 meters from other gas cylinders such as oxygen, chlorine, and ammonia.
The LPG store locations shall be provided with appropriate fire extinguishers prescribed by the Civil De-
fense.
All installations and maintenance shall be undertaken by trained LPG fitters and pipelines/hoses tested
for safe working/leak.
Where existing camps have cylinders located in an internal store, bottom and top ventilation is to be pro-
vided.
Where there is an existing internal store, the cylinder store shall be accessible direct from the outside
without traveling through an internal room. It is essential that the internal wall (adjoining the remainder
of the building) of the store is fire resistant for at least one hour.
A notice or the symbol for a gas container locker should be permanently fixed to the outside of the store
indicating the presence of gas cylinders. The storage of full and empty cylinders is to be separate.
19. GAS INSTALLATIONS
Pipe work shall be in copper or steel tube with compatible fittings. For detailed advice consider BS 5482
Part 2 1977 – Domestic Butane and propane. No pipeline within the building must exceed 50mbar pressure
(This standard in general requires that no flexible hose is put through walls, and that the flexible hose to
the cooker is restricted in length).
Where flexible tubing is necessary it shall comply with BS 3212. The gas connection from supply to the
unit e.g. cooker; the length of the flexible hose must not exceed 1 meter. It is also recommended to use
steel armored type hose to reduce the risk of mechanical damage. In addition to the main control valve
at the cylinder, each appliance and gas burner fitting must be provided with a shut off tap. A shut off
valve must be provided at the point of entry of the gas pipe into the building.
Gas installations shall be inspected on a monthly basis paying particular attention to cylinder storage and
flexible hoses. The camp manager shall keep records of these inspections and available at all times for
inspection by Company.
20. FUEL STORAGE
All fuel storage containers or vessels shall be remote from residential areas. Tanks at risk from lightning
strike shall be suitably protected. Warning signs relative to the risk are to be provided.
Portable cans used for the storage of petroleum products shall be kept in a suitable location remote from
other flammable liquids, gases or solids.
The delivery valves of tanks shall be in good working order and leaks should not be tolerated. A metal
drip tray or appropriate bunding shall be provided underneath the filling points.
Where a fuel tank is part of an indirect supply system (e.g. to a generator), there should be a means of
isolating the fuel from the system. The valve must be clearly marked and indicated.
Where tank supplies fuels to an indoor facility then a firebreak wall 60 minutes is to be provided between
the tank and the room.
21. TELEPHONES / RADIO
A direct line telephone shall be available at all times for calling the emergency services. This facility
must be centrally located, conspicuous and all personnel on site are to be notified of the facility. An in-
formation sheet (in all appropriate languages) with all emergency contact numbers is to be positioned at
each phone location.
22. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
New caravans are generally factory assembled; others may be refurbished locally. It is important that the
electrical standards incorporated in the design or installed locally meet the expected demands of the
site.
In order to ensure that the equipment is maintained in a safe condition, the camp manager shall ensure
that a competent person examines all electrical equipments regularly. This shall include provision and
testing fuses, residual current devices, earth leakage circuit breakers or similar devices used to connect
equipment to the electrical installation to buildings on the site.
All electrical work must be installed and maintained in accordance with Institute of Electrical Engineers
(IEE) wiring regulations particularly in relation to the laying of subsurface cables.
The electrical installation shall be inspected by a qualified electrician, at monthly basis and at any other
time where changes are made to the building layout or after any incident, adverse weather condition…
23. CAMP SITES INSPECTION
An appropriate Checklist shall be used to accumulate a record of the fire precaution history along with
other Health Safety and Environment requirements specified in this manual. The CHECKLIST takes the
form of a series of the works being surveyed is to comply with the standard.
All fire equipment shall be inspected and tested on a monthly basis by the camp management. A record
of such tests shall be maintained by the camp manager and shall be available at all times for inspection
audit by Company.
24. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF STANDARDS:
OSHA; occupational safety and health administration, Temporary Labor Camps-1910.142

NFPA (National Fire Protection Association)
3.9 FOOD SAFETY AND HYGIENE
Improper cooking and storing of food by catering operations before consumption have led to incidents of
food poisoning. Other problems include inadequate handling of food prepared at one site and transported
to and served at another site. Also problematic are facilities that are ill-equipped or unsuitable for the
volume of food prepared
‘Food safety’ – protecting the food supply from microbial, chemical (i.e. rancidity, browning) and physi-
cal (i.e. drying out, infestation) hazards or contamination that may occur during all stages of food pro-
duction and handling: i.e. growing, harvesting, processing, transporting, preparing, distributing and stor-
ing. The goal of food safety monitoring is to keep food wholesome.
Food – means any food or drink of any description, or any of the ingredients used in the preparation of
such food.
Food room – any room in which a person engages in the handling of food, including a food server or coun-
ter.
The proprietor of the food business must:

 make sure food is supplied or sold in a hygienic way
 identify food safety hazards
 know which steps in the activities are critical for food safety
 ensure safety controls are in place, maintained and reviewed.
The sighting, design and construction of the premises must aim to avoid contamination of food and har-
bouring of pests. It must be kept clean and in good repair so as to avoid food contamination.
Surfaces in contact with food must be easy to clean and, where necessary, disinfect. This will require the
use of smooth, washable, non-toxic materials and other materials are appropriate. Adequate provision
must be made for cleaning foodstuffs, and the cleaning and (where necessary) disinfection of utensils and
equipment. All reasonable, practical steps to avoid the risk of contamination of food or ingredients must
be implemented.
Washbasins must be designated for washing hands, have hot and cold (or appropriately mixed) running
water, and be equipped with soap and suitable hand-drying facilities, such as disposable towels. Lavato-
ries must not lead directly into food rooms and they must be kept clean, maintained in good repair and
ventilated.
Adequate arrangements and facilities for the hygienic storage and disposal of hazardous and inedible sub-
stances and waste (whether liquid or solid) must be available. Food waste must not be allowed to accu-
mulate in food rooms and should be deposited in closable containers. Adequate facilities and arrange-
ments for maintaining and monitoring suitable food temperature conditions must be available.
Stored raw materials and ingredients must be kept in appropriate conditions which will prevent harmful
deterioration and be protected from contamination likely to make them unfit for human consumption.
There must be an adequate supply of potable water which must be used whenever necessary to ensure
foodstuffs are not contaminated. This includes the use of ice which must also be made, handled and
stored to protect it from contamination.
Foods that intended for sale or supply which need temperature control for safety must be held either
HOT at or above a minimum temperature of 63°C or CHILLED at or below a maximum temperature of 8°C.
This will apply the requirement for temperature control to all types of food which might support the
growth of harmful (pathogenic) bacteria or the formation of poisons (toxins).
On sites where microwave ovens are used, the following points must be noted:
1. microwave ovens sold for purely domestic purposes are generally not suitable for use in the rugged
environment of a building or construction site
2. metal containers or utensils must not be placed in a microwave oven
3. door seals of microwave ovens should be periodically examined to see that they are not damaged
4. microwave ovens should not be over-loaded by trying to cook too many things at the same time
5. frozen food should be properly thawed
6. food should be thoroughly cooked. Follow packaging instructions and leave to stand
7. do not attempt to add anything to or stir any liquid which has just been removed from a microwave
oven and has not been allowed to stand, by using a metal spoon or utensil. Such an action may cause
the liquid to boil violently
8. always adhere to the supplier’s or manufacturer’s instructions.
Anyone who works in a food handling area must maintain a high degree of personal cleanliness. The way
in which they work must also be clean and hygienic. Food handlers must wear clean and, where appropri-
ate, protective over-clothes. Adequate changing facilities must be provided where necessary.
Food handlers must protect food and ingredients against contamination which is likely to render them
unfit for human consumption or create a health hazard. For example, uncooked poultry should not con-
taminate ready-to-eat foods, either through direct contact or through work surfaces or equipment. Any-
one whose work involves handling food should:
 observe good personal hygiene
 routinely wash their hands when handling foods
 never smoke in food handling areas
 report any illness (like infected wounds, skin infections, diarrhea or vomiting) to their manager or
supervisor immediately.
Food handlers must receive adequate supervision, instruction and training in food hygiene. Each food
business must decide what training or supervision their food handlers need by identifying the areas of
work most likely to affect food hygiene.
4. LAWS & REGULATIONS
Each Facility/Project site will assure that all personnel, as appropriate, understand and comply with all
HSE laws, regulations and ordinances relevant to their operations and activities. Every facilities or pro-
ject site will maintain all necessary permits, licenses and other approvals or registrations, in current and
operative status. Each facilities or project site will maintain documentation of compliance with applica-
ble HSE laws, regulations and permits.
HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS
HSE regulations have been prepared to safeguard works, employees and the public within the United Arab
Emirates. These regulations may be altered from time to time as required and such alterations will be
promulgated accordingly.
Ghantoot GTGC is responsible by Law under Ministerial Decision No.(32) of 1982 for the protection of la-
bor from risks at work of injuries, disease, fire, etc. which may result and he must take the appropriate
precautions to the satisfaction of the Local Authority.
GTGC work activities shall be complying with the OSHAD-SF (Abu Dhabi Occupational Safety and
Health System Framework and Code of Practice shall be the main reference in additional to the bel -
low references:
A) UAE Federal Labour Law No. 8 (1980) on regulation of labour regulations.
B) UAE Federal Labour Law No. 24 (1999) for the Protection and development of the environment
C) Ministerial Order No. 32 (1982) regarding the determination of the ways and means to protect
employees against occupational hazards.
D) Law no. 21 of 2005 for waste management in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
E) Latest Version of OSHAD SF requirements.
F) GTGC IMS Manual.
G) UAE Traffic Law.
H) ISO 45001:2018, ISO 14001:2015 and ISO 9001:2015
I) Technical Guidance Document for Environmental Audit Report (Environmental Agency –Abu Dha-
bi), Jan. 2011
J) Environmental Agency of Abu Dhabi Rules & Regulations.
K) Law No. (4) Of 1983 Regarding the Regulation of Building Works.
L) Law No. (4) 1985 for Amending the Regulation of Building Works.
M) Law No. (16) Of 2009 Amending Certain Provision of Law No. (4) Of 1983 Regarding the Regulation
of Building Works.
N) Administrative Resolution No. (20) Of 1994 Regarding the Executive Order for the Law of Regula-
tion of Building Works.
O) Decree No. (42) Of 2009 issue by the Executive Council Chairman concerning OSHAD.
P) ABU Dhabi occupational safety and Health System Frame work issued by OSHAD Center along with
collaboration of Abu Dhabi Executive council at website www.oshad.ae .
Q) UAE Fire and Life Safety Code for 2017.
R) Related Local and federal laws, legislation and regulations.
S) Ghantoot Manuals.
T) UAE Rules & Regulations.
5. TRAINING
Training is a fundamental part of an HSE program, and an important factor in incident prevention. Man-
agement will assure that all employees receive HSE training appropriate for their job duties. At a mini-
mum, training will include GTGC policies and standards, compliance requirements, and management of
HSE risks. All HSE professionals will have appropriate education, experience, and training sufficient to
perform their duties. HSE tasks performed by non-HSE professionals will meet the same standards of per-
formance as those performed by HSE professionals. Training shall be documented and verified through
testing when appropriate.
All employees, visitors and subcontractors on GTGC facilities or job sites shall receive an HSE induction
prior to beginning work.
Introduction
This Standard is produced to set out safety/emergency related training principles to ensure the health
and safety of all personnel going on the GTGC sites. Personnel on site are classified either as an Occa -
sional Visitor, a Frequent Visitor or as a Permanently Assigned Worker.
Safety training requirements will normally be dependent on the job title of the individual worker, time
spent on site, and what, if any, emergency duties he has been nominated to perform. The safety training
requirements as specified below must be met prior to personnel arriving on GTGC sites.
Definitions
Competence - the cluster of knowledge, skills, and abilities specific to the work or task being performed.
Instruction and coaching - verbal on-the-job assistance and direction given by a competent person.
Training - Formal classroom training, including applicable practical training.
Course refresher periods
Some of the courses listed will require personnel to receive periodic refreshment training. This will be
tracked via the training database kept on GTGC sites by the GTGC HSE Officer. Occasional and Frequent
Upon Join- Cause Tree Analysis

Safety Induction ing/After 1 years
incident
Basic First Aid 1 years Waste management system 1 years
Basic Fire Fighting 1 years Defensive Driving 1 years
Authorized Scaffolding Inspector 1 years Authorized gas test 1 years
Basic Scaffolding 1 years Confined space entry 1 years
Scaffolding Awareness 1 years Manual Handling 1 Years
Gas Cylinder Handling 1 years Crane Operations 1 years
Chemical Handling 1 years Scaffolding 1 years
Slinging and Rigging 1 years Emergency Response Procedure As per re-
quirement
Incident Report As per re-
Abrasive wheel 1 years
quirement
Welding safety 1 years Risk Assessment 1 Year
As per re- HSE Manual Familiarization As per re-
Occupational HSE System
quirement quirement
Visitors will be given refresher training every visit unless they have visited the site during the previous 2
months.
Refresher period
Others not listed do not require refreshment. However personnel who feel the need for further train-
ing/information should speak with their Supervisor or the HSE Officer and refreshers can be arranged.
Contents of main courses
1 HSE Induction
Section: A
1. Site Location and general information.
2. Information about key personnel at site.
3. HSE Policy.
4. General site safety rules, prohibition of horseplay, fighting, use of alcohol and drugs.
5. Safety organization.
6. Governmental regulations and Employees obligation on safety.
7. Client/Consultant Safety and health standards.
8. Personnel Protective Equipments (P.P.E)
9. Smoking regulation.
10. Fire Prevention and Fire Extinguisher.
11. First aid facilities.
12. Emergency Procedures.
13. Speed Limits/ Traffic rules.
14. Fall Prevention.

15. Working in hot weather conditions.
16. Reporting of Unsafe conditions, acts, near misses, incidents.
17. Visitors.
18. Safety meeting (Management meeting, S.O. meeting, TBT etc)
19. Disciplinary action.
20. Safety Incentive Scheme
21. Site Security.
Section: B
1. Housekeeping.
2. Scaffolding Safety, Working at height, importance of safety harness/ helmets.
3. Basic Electrical safety.
4. Unauthorized use of Machine/ Equipment/ Vehicle.
5. Safe Rigging and Cranes/ Lifting Equipment.
6. Permit System.
2 Basic First Aid

 Assessment of casualties,
 Vital signs,
 Unconsciousness,
 Resuscitation,
 Wounds and bleeding,
 Shock,
 Casualty Handling,
 Lifting/Movement,
 Use of Oxygen respirators.
3 Basic Firefighting
 Theory of combustion,
 Sources of ignition,
 Heat transfer,
 Classification of fires,
 Fire Prevention,
 Use of portable fire extinguishers,
 Extinguishing tray fires using foam and dry chemical extinguishers,
 Hose handling,
 Practical exercises.
4 Advanced Firefighting
 Pre-planning,
 Strategy & tactics,
 Internal firefighting,
 Use of water hoses / branches,
 Use of foam inductors / branches,
 Firefighting as part of fire-team,
 Elementary use of breathing apparatus etc,
 Correct methods of fighting gas fires etc.
5 Gas Testing
 Elementary theory of gases found in oil industry,
 Hazards and characteristics,
 Types of electronic gas monitor,
 Stain tubes,
 Calibration of electronic gas monitors,
 Correct operation,
 Correct sequence of gas sampling of confined space.
6 Rigging
 Inspection & examination,
 Fault identification,
 Correct load slinging,
 Load stability,
 Center of gravity,
 Calculations of load,
 Load and rigging protection,
 Tag line usage,
 Crane signaling.
7 Gas Cylinder Handling

 Regulations/Legislation,
 Cylinder requirements,
 Valve safety
 Hazards/characteristics of common gases,
 MSDS sheets,
 Safe handling procedures,
 Safe storage procedures,
 Gas regulators,
 Flame arrestors.
8 Chemical Handling
 Identification of hazardous substances,
 Hazardous effects identification,
 Risk assessment,
 Control measures,
 PPE requirements.
9 GTGC Incident Reporting Manual

 What are incidents & Unsafe Situation Report,
 Why report anomalies & near misses,
 Incident classifications as per GTGC incident manual,
 Reporting incidents as per GTGC format.
10 GTGC HSE Manual

 Personnel to gain familiarization with the manual, Senior personnel (persons who control staff) to ac-
quaint themselves with the manual.
11 Emergency Response
To be attended by Departments Superintendents.

To include:
 Types of emergencies and how to respond, alarm philosophy and responses
 Setting up site Emergency Response Room,
 Management of Emergency Response on site, ERT Organization
 Delegation,
 Communications, logistics means
 POB counting, SAR and Personnel Evacuation,
 Based on explanations of Site ERP.
12 Crane Operation
 This to be attended by the crane operators

 Good crane practice
 Correct communications
 Safety limits
 Basket transfers etc
6. HSE COMMUNICATIONS
Management will regularly communicate its commitment to the continual improvement of HSE perfor -
mance, articulating the responsibilities of all employees in achieving the desired level of performance
and sharing with employee progress in meeting those objectives. Each site or facility will maintain a pos-
itive relationship with its home community, including appropriate communications describing the nature
of the operations and the hazardous materials manufactured or handled. Each facility or project site will
participate as appropriate with local agencies, authorities and the public to minimize the risk posed by
our activities.
The form of the communication should support the organization by generating management reports, par-
ticipating in staff meetings, developing internal HSE notifications and updates to help employees to stay
aware, up-to-date and focused. In some cases there needs to be a system for sharing information with
other sites, departments, divisions and even the company when a serious incident occurred or a mile -
stone has been reached. To keep vigilance on HSE, sites can use banners, signs, and incentive programs
to help communicate HSE.
HSE meetings shall be used to communicate HSE issues and train employees. The frequency of the meet-
ings shall be based on the needs of the project site. The results of the meetings shall be documented.
6.1 CONSULTATION WITH EMPLOYEES
Objectives:
‘Consulting’ is a two way processes in which the employee receives information and provides feedback,
taking into account the views and issues of employees. Cooperation between management and workers
and or their representatives within the undertaking shall be essential element of organizational and other
measure taken.
The basic function of safety committee is to review the measures employers are taking to ensure the
health and safety at work of employees. The committees themselves should identify their objectives and
terms of reference.
Health and Safety Representatives
Functions:
Health and safety Representatives should encourage co-operation between Management /employees in
promoting and developing improvements in health and safety representatives as far as reasonably practi-
cable must have at least 2 years in service or experience in his position or his group. This should include:
1. Making representation to their Department/Division Management on general matters relating to

health or safety
2. Investigation of hazards, incidents and complaints
3. Inspection of workplace, usually:
- At intervals agreed with management;
- Following an incident, reportable disease or dangerous occurrence,
- When new information is published relating to hazards; and
- Following a change in conditions of work;
4. Consultation with enforcement inspectors
5. Attendance at appropriate Health and safety committees
Committee Meetings Topics:
Topics to be included on the agenda of health and safety committee meeting are:
 A review of progress towards health and safety objectives;

 A review of recent incidents;
 A review of proactive monitoring strategies such as safety inspectors and audits;
 Reports of following visits by enforcing authorities;
 The effects on the company of new or impending health and safety legislation;
 Possible amendments to the company’s health and safety policy and risk assessments;
 The extent and effectiveness of any health and safety policy and risk assessments;
 The extent and effectiveness of any health and safety training given to employees;
 The introduction of new equipment and processes;
 Health and safety concerns of employees, raised by their representatives; and
 Management concerns raised about poor safety practices.
 Welfare facilities provided by company
Effective Health and Safety Committees:

The following contribute to the effectiveness of health and safety committee meetings:
 The right number of members

 The right mixture of members
 Adequate authority to consider recommendations
 Knowledge and expertise,
 Good communication, management/ committee and committee/ employees
 A suitable level of formality (agenda, minutes, chairperson)
 At least half of the meeting must be proactive
 Inputs from outside (e.g. reviewed / new legislation, etc)
 Access to specialists;
 Minutes identifying who is ‘actioned‘ and deadlines;
 A limit on the input of individuals; and
 Identify and agreed priorities.
Ineffective health and safety committees:

Reasons why a health and safety committee may be ineffective include:
 A lack of management commitment;
 No clear terms of reference;
 No agenda or remit and / or no minutes or notes of meetings being produced;
 An uneven balance between management and employee representatives;
 Lack of respect from the management and / or employees;
 Poor leadership or chairing;
 No influence on the decision-making processes;
 Infrequent meetings;
 Inappropriate or trivial topics; and
 No access to relevant health and safety information and advice.
6.2 HSE PROGRAMS
To integrate HSE requirements into day to day progress activities of all levels of GTGC employees, the
comprehensive program as following details shall be followed. The aim is to involve the other divi-
sion/departments in managing HSE having Ownership in achievements;
Chaired / Con-
HSE programs Attendees Subjects Frequency
ducted by
Daily pref-
Direct supervisor Workforces Various HSE topics
Tool Box Meeting ered
Emergency response As per sched-

Special TBM for Fire HSE Officer Fire Wardens
Drills, Fire fighting ……. ule
Wardens
Accomplishing site Every 1 mil-
Project Manager All
safety milestone cer- lion man hour
emony without LTA
HSE Awarding Cere- All Best Safety Performance Monthly

Project Manager
mony
Foreman safety meet- Project manager
Site supervisor Site Safety issues Weekly
ings HSE Officer
Subcontractor
Subcontractor’s safety Project Manager Representa- Review the HSE performance
Weekly
meeting HSE Officer tives Site general safety issues
/Supervisor
Project Manager Dept./Div. Review the HSE performance

Weekly
Site HSE Meeting /HSE Officer Engrs. Site general safety issues
Clint/Consultants
GTGC Non-compliance in HSE Weekly
Progress meeting
General safety issues e.g.
housekeeping, access egress
Top management As per Sched-
HSE Tours and site lay out. Mainly create
(MD; PD; PM) ule
impression rather than sur-
veying the hazards
Project Manager
Fire safety drills All Evacuation procedures 06 months
HSE Officer
Job safety Analysis Project Manager Review of existing JSA, New
Supervisors Monthly
Meeting HSE Officer and Non-routine Activities
Risk assessment meet- Project Manager Review of existing RA, New
Supervisors Monthly
ings HSE Officer and Non-routine Activities
Every occur-
rence of any
Incident Investigation Project Manager Investigation
Incidents/Incidents Reports incident /
Meetings HSE Officer Team
incident on
site/facility
As duty of care owed by GTGC Company, necessary information and instruction in the following formats
shall be provided for employees:
Safety flash: to communicate the lessons learned from proactive and reactive monitoring, incident inves-
tigation feedback from the other companies or to get updated for new standards, rules and regulations.
Safety booklet: a pocket size safety booklet, multi language appropriate for all common spoken language
on site/facility.
Safety posters: to improve the level of realistic perception of risk in workplaces and activities.
Signage: any information, instructions displayed in the premises of the site/facility.
Provision of a site safety notice board located in different site positions is mandatory for the site/facility.
6.3 HSE Reporting
GTGC has established a weekly / monthly HSE report. The forms within this report are to be filled out by
the HSE Officer and copied to Project Manager. This report aims at compiling information that is neces-
sary to conduct trend analysis for each project/facility.
Upon conducting the analysis, the HSE Officer will be able to establish the cause of any incidents, if any,
and establish methods to prevent a recurrence.
6.4 HAND SIGNALS
Hand signal – a signal that provides coded (predetermined) safety information through the movements or
positions of arms and palms for persons who are carrying out maneuvers hazardous to surrounding persons
or are located in the operating area of these maneuvers
 hand signals used at workplaces are precise, simple, expansive, easy to make, clearly visible and un-
derstandable and comply with relevant legal requirements;
 where both arms are used in giving a hand signal, they shall be moved symmetrically and for giving
one signal only;
 hand signals are understandable and provide an equal level of safety;
 the signalman’s duties consist exclusively of directing maneuvers to ensure the safety of other em-
ployees;
 the signalman use brightly colored, clearly visible distinctive items (a jacket, helmet, armband, baton
or other similar items).
6.5 SIGNAGES
As following table, appropriate safety signage shall be provided by the site/facility management. Sign-
boards shall be posted in suitable locations easy to understand for employees. Notices shall be translat-
ed for common languages on the site/Facility.All signages shall be in accordance to the concerned UAE
standards.
Road Traffic Signs

All road traffic signs are to the appropriate standards as prescribed by the Abu Dhabi Municipality and
Roads and Traffic Authority.
7. BEHAVIOURAL SAFETY
7.1 INCENTIVE SCHEME PLAN
The scope is to establish a behavioral monitoring system to increase the motivation of levels of employ -
ees.
The purpose of this plan is to give a proper approach to the implementation of certain techniques ad-
dressed as an Incentive scheme in order to achieve zero incidents.
RESPONSIBILITIES
1. HSE Manager is responsible for the administration of the scheme.
2. HSE Department shall be responsible for monitoring and supporting the Site for proper implementation
of the Scheme.
PROCEDURE
1. Incentive Plan
To properly enforce the incentive scheme, the following items should be closely observed:
 Conduct weekly HSE inspections.

 Administer penalty for non-compliance.
 Implement disciplinary enforcement as necessary for non-compliance.
 Identify during training, the combination of hazards on site that the worker might be exposed to (in
the proper language).
 Provide Personal Protective Equipment training and adequate supply.
 Offer awards for workmen.
 Have more discussions related to hazards and HSE procedures, questions and tool box meeting.
 Occupational Health Activities to increase compliance.
 Drills relating to HSE and Training.
 Monitoring of compliance for use of PPE and of applying HSE procedures.
 Encourage Managers and Supervisors to comply with and participate in the HSE Activities.
 Develop a grading or scoring system for safe workers.
An incentive plan should include:

 good communications.
 viable suggestion system.
 recognition of good safety performance.
Incident prevention and production control can be accomplished by:

 Closely associated supervisory functions.
 Develop attitudes and impact necessary information to HSE Supervisors by training.
 Incident prevention training for workmen.
 Training and induction courses - job training.
Supervisors’ responsibilities:
 To ensure correct job methods
 Periodically remind workmen of hazards in the workplace.
2. Persuasion Techniques
Posters
The use of posters that indicate bad habits, pinpointing advantages of a safe working environment, de-
tailed information and advice, or instructions on special safety points to remember are among the best
persuasion techniques.
Posters have to be:
 Designed for specific industry and type of operation.

 Displayed where workmen spend free time (specific posters in specific areas).
 Mounted on properly designed and maintained bulletin boards.
 Changed at frequent intervals.
 Only few shown together.
 Made to reinforce and not substitute training.
Posters should show:
 Bad habits, advantages of working safely, special HSE procedures, etc.

 These have to be properly designed, placed, appropriate numbers posted (not too many).
 These will reinforce the knowledge, not replace training.
Workshops:
 Workshops to be arranged on a periodical basis.

 Separate Workshops should be organized for every different trade.
 Workers for every different trade should be allowed to speak freely and give their ideas in safer work-
ing conditions during the Workshop.
Training Videos:
 Training Videos showing bad habits and the proper techniques to be used to eliminate probable inci-
dents and showing the consequences after the incident if such proper techniques are not implement -
ed.
Demonstrations
 In high incident / incidence rate projects, patrols that can rotate on site shall be developed to moni-
tor HSE procedures being implemented.
3. Incentive Plan for Managerial Levels
At managerial level, the following points should be observed for initiating a proper Incentive Plan:
 Participate in inspections and audits.

 Offer awards for Best Project HSE Performance, based on a grading system (mainly financial awards).
 Introduce occupational Health Activities after working hours for remote areas (workers stay on site),
as well as other areas that accommodate personnel.
 Conduct workshops for the Top Level Management.
 Distribute Employee’s HSE Handbook (Safety).
 HSE related meetings should be attended by all Managers.
 Managers should accompany Ghantoot Audits and internal audits as necessary.
 Develop HSE education techniques, training for Managers.
 HSE Managers, Engineers, etc., should attend conferences and workshops relating to new technolo-
gies, practices, etc. This would develop necessary attitudes and impact necessary information.
6. Incentive Plan for Labor Force
 Administer penalty for violations and non-compliance.

 Evaluate the performance of workmen.
 Distribute pocket size HSE Booklets to the workers in the language they comprehend.
 Offer personal recognition awards
 Awards can be on the working record. For every few point’s awards, the worker shall receive a finan-
cial award.
 Conduct internal inspections and unannounced ones, in order to enforce compliance.
 Encourage the system of occupation Health related activities, i.e. conducting training, reading mate-
rial, review of Safety procedures, contests (Best Driver contest, Safest Worker contest, etc.).
5. Sample HSE Incentive Scheme
Objectives of scheme are:

 To generate an attitude of safety and safe working
 To minimize HSE violations
 To reward safe working
Benefits of scheme are:

 Each employee is encouraged to act safely
 Violations and violators are identified and corrective action can be taken.
 Training requirements can be identified
Scheme Outline
 The scheme operates for each calendar month of the project.
 Work groups of approximately the same size are identified by trade or discipline
 A cash award is made to the winning group each month
The Scheme:
 Each group is awarded a credit balance of 1000 points at the start of each month
 Scheduled inspections of work-sites vehicles and equipment inspection by safety department with
credit and debit points issued, based on inspection, observations and safety violations.
 Points are awarded for reporting hazard incidents and making HSE suggestions.
 A risk factor is applied to the end of month total that considers degree of difficulty.
 At month end the group with the highest total that is greater than month opening credit balance is
considered winner.
 Credit and debit awards are recorded on the attached matrix for each member of the group as re-
quired.
 HSE Department, under the supervision of the Project Manager, is responsible for the administration
of the scheme.
Awards:
At month end the group with highest total points will receive the following:
 Cash award in the local currency to be given equally divided among all group members.
 The Project Safety Cup & Flag will be retained by the winning group for the coming month.
 A ceremony will be held by the Project Manager in front of all project workers to inaugurate the win-
ning group. During the ceremony, medals will be handed over to all group members by the Project
Manager.
 Safety performance of each employee will be taken into consideration during the appraisal period.
 Safety Cup, medals & Flag can be supplied by the HSE Department to help in promoting overall HSE
performance of project personnel.
7.2 DISCIPLINARY ENFORCEMENT
HSE VIOLATION
A HSE violation is a case of INTENTIONAL disregard for a HSE procedure, which caused or could have
caused an incident.
HSE Officer shall immediately correct and report any violations seen in the course of his duties in writing
to HSE Manager and Project manager. These reports will be kept on file and will give details of the viola -
tion, work area, date and time, perpetrator, etc.
Disciplinary action will be considered for repeated offenders. The penalties shall be proportionate with
the severity of the violation, level of training and compliance with the local orders. In UAE, following ta-
ble could be used as reference.
Punishment shall be considered as the last resort whereas all proactive measure such as provision of
training, information, instruction and supervision have not been sufficient enough to promote the offend-
ers obeying HSE regulations.
Note: Disciplinary Enforcement will be conducted in accordance with UAE Law.
8. EMERGENCY PLANNING & MEDICAL SERVICES
8.1 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURE
i. INRODUCTION:
It is very important that emergency response procedure will be communicated, implemented, and
regularly tested. A good emergency response procedure saves lives and protects company assets. The
main objective of this procedure is to prevent, lessen, and manage foreseeable emergencies. The
main priority in tackling with emergencies is not to endanger the personnel safety of the people in-
volved.
ii. PURPOSE:
- Avoid or limit the impact of the emergency to personnel, property and the environment.
- Increase and effectively maintain an organizational framework and the environment.
- Provide a list of actions, which much is taken in an emergency with clear instructions.
- Assign and authorize personnel responsible for taking specific responsibilities and instruc-
tions.
- Provide communication channels essential to co-ordinate within the project and externally
with appropriate emergency service.
- Affix the emergency plans with detailed emergency numbers shall be displayed on different
areas of the site. The project HSE Engineer shall coordinate with the project manager f or
conducting the Emergency drills on site, the Fire Drill shall be conducted on quarterly basis.
Training for emergency purpose shall be conducted as per training matrixes The Emergency
exit and necessary details shall be included on induction talk. The project Manager is respon-
sible for all emergency procedures on site and HSE Engineer will look after and schedule the
events like Emergency preparedness training and awareness training
iii. OBJECTIVE:
The need of a planned emergency response procedure is declared and proper training and drill are
conducted to each employee to have a significant role to play in fulfilling the goals of the health, safety
and environment policy of Company.
During construction there are many activities which present high risk. Many of these activities are
planned and controlled. However in emergency situations incidents have already escalated and the situ-
ation requires the controlled management of workers, staff and subcontractors with a planned series of
actions and events to reduce the severity of an incident or emergency.
Fire is the most significant emergency risk but we also need to consider the response to other emergen-
cies such as medical emergency, environmental emergency, equipment failure emergency etc.
8.1.2 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS:

i. Fire Fighting Equipment Signs and Directions
Following Fighting equipment is available with CONTRACTOR worksite a part of Fire Prevention
Plan.
 Fire Extinguishers (Site Office and work site)
 Fire Blankets (Site Office and work site)
 All fire extinguishers must be inspected regularly and records shall be maintained.
 It shall be ensure that this equipment shall be in ready-to-operate condition.
 It shall be ensure that firefighting equipment is easily accessible without any hindrance.
 Only competent person shall inspect the fire extinguisher and hose reel.
 Fire Alarms and Smoke detectors should be installed in the offices
Emergency Evacuation Maps are displayed at various locations with Emergency Contact Numbers.
Following emergency contact numbers are displayed.
 Police 999
 Civil Defense 997
 Ambulance 998
Emergency contact numbers of following persons shall also be displayed:
 ERT Leader
 Safety Officer
 Project Manager
o Emergency exit signs are displayed at exit routes and assembly points are designated for
office staff.
o For project work sites HSE Officer is responsible for designating assembly points and
emergency exit routs.
o Fire alarms are installed at different locations.
o It is ensured that alarm can be heard by all persons in the site.
o A separated uninterrupted source of electric power is provided for Alarms.
o Fire alarm buttons are installed at different locations at visible places with proper identi-
fication sign.
o All emergency exits are properly identified by laminated signs. There are two designated
Assembly Points at sites and offices.
o Emergency equipment is identified by proper signage.
xiii. First Aid Kits

 Suitable numbers of First Aid kits are available at designated locations supported with first aid
signs.
 First aid kits are equipped with required items and inspected on regular basis.
 It shall be ensured that no expired items are kept in the kits.
 Records of first aid treatment shall be maintained by competent first aiders.
8.1.3 EMERGENCY RESPONSE AT THE WORK:

i. Communications:
Client or Contractor shall have the means of communication, either by telephone or mobile phone and
standby vehicles to drive to obtain assistance. Emergency response contact telephone number like 999
shall be made available and prominently displayed at all work sites.
Follow OSHAD SF-COP 4.0 & OSHAD SF Element 6.0, reporting to both Client and Authorities and
prevention measures.
KEY PERSONNEL CONTACT DETAILS
Shall be site/location specific

S/N NAME ROLES MOB #
GHANTOOT
1 TBA TEAM LEADER TBA
2 TBA EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATOR TBA
3 TBA AREA/FLOOR WARDEN TBA
4 TBA FIRE MARSHAL TBA
5 TBA FIRST AIDER TBA
6 TBA TRAFFIC COORDINATOR TBA
Emergency Equipment
First Aid equipment shall be made available, sufficient in quantity and scope to deal with
medical emergencies arises from the work being carried out .
Portable Fire Extinguishers
Fire extinguishers shall be available and maintained at site.
Emergency Response Exercises
In case of an emergency response exercises, the GHANTOOT emergency response organization

will be alerted and actively participate in the exercises
The objectives of Emergency Response Exercises are:

 State of Readiness to deal with a real emergency.
 To secure the maximum effective assistance in the earliest possible time.
 Priorities of emergency response situation are:
- Human life and health.
- Environment.
- COMPANY/ Third Party assistance.
- COMPANY image and reputation.
Emergency drill will be scheduled Semi annually
General Emergency Instructions
Action in the Event of Major Fire:
 Operate nearest Break Fire Alarm Point.
 Operate emergency shutdown switch.
 Operate any fixed fire protection system for affected area, if familiar with
equipment operation and after ensuring all personnel vacated the conference.
 Inform concerned person (Project Manager, HSE Officer and ……..) or telephone
provide the details as listed in the minor fire incident.
 Make your way to your designated / alternative assembly point.
Action in the event that personnel injured
1. If the person injured are not in imminent danger.

a. Stop and look for dangers/hazard to yourself before approaching.
b. Seek qualified medical assistance by:
 By notifying supervisor, HSE Officer.
 Give a concise report stating, your name, location of accident, number of persons
involved and nature of injuries if know.
 Give assistance as necessary.
 If the injured sustained fracture, he / she must not be moved.
2. If the person injured are in imminent danger (not breathing, under external threat to life, fire
and then).
 Look for dangers / hazards to yourself before approaching.
 Give immediately the necessary assistance to preserve life.
 Report accident to Head Office (concerned person) Project Manager,
 Supervision and HSE Officer.
 Continue assisting the injured person until the arrival of qualified medical
aid.
3. The scene of accident shall not be disturbed (under further damage or injury to personnel could
occur) until the P.M., HSE Officer has carried out the investigation.
 The area in which the accident is happened will be marked as designated
 Nobody shall enter other than the authorized personnel
 Proper actions shall be carried out as per the instruction of the HSE Officer.
Training and Competency:

 Employers shall ensure that all employees are capable of undertaking roles and
responsibilities assigned within this Procedure
 Employees shall receive the training and information necessary to recognize, re-
port and respond to emergencies in the workplace
 Drills and exercises shall be conducted and refresher training shall be provided at
appropriate intervals to assure that all employees can execute their roles and re-
sponsibilities.
Responsibility:
I. Project Manager
The Project Manager shall:
 Ensure effective implementation of this Plan, including provision of adequate resources;
 Maintain a working knowledge of the emergency management system, plan and processes;
 Ensure all positions in the ERT are staffed and maintain a roster to provide coverage for absences
and planned leave
 Initiate corrective actions and ensure effective implementation of actions as required.
II. Construction Manager

The Construction Manager shall:
 Act as initial Emergency Response Controller during emergencies until relieved by authorized
 emergency services or control is handed over to another member of the Project Team
 Maintain a working knowledge of the emergency management system, plan and processes;
 Maintain familiarity with this ERP
 Participate in the scheduled review of the ERP
 Ensure that drills and exercises are conducted throughout the Project to test the plan;
8.1.4 Duties of the emergency response team

I. Emergency Response Coordinator
On becoming aware of an emergency, the emergency response coordinator shall take the following ac-
tions:
 Raise the alarm for an emergency response
 Contact / communicate with emergency services
 Coordinate emergency response and monitor the effectiveness;
 Communicate with area / floor wardens
 Coordinate the activities of all personnel in the emergency response team and make further
directions as required by the situation;
 Give the all clear when authorized to do so by the emergency services, if appropriate;
 Chair the operational debrief on completion of the emergency situation;
 Arrange deputy when absent;
 Schedule emergency drills for all shifts and conduct debriefing of the results.
 An initial evacuation drill shall be carried out within 3 months of site possession.
 Coordinate training requirements for the emergency response team and all other site personnel.
II. Area/ floor warden

On becoming aware of an emergency, the area / floor warden shall take the following actions:
 Conduct a search sweep of the designated area, ensuring all persons have cleared the area;
 Report to the emergency response coordinator that search sweep is complete and advise of any
area or room unable to be searched, any persons unaccounted for;
 After completion of the search sweep, assemble at the designated emergency assembly area;
 Confirm that activities of the wardens are completed and report this to the emergency response
coordinator;
 Await roll call and / or further directions as given by the emergency response coordinator;
• Assist the emergency response coordinator as requested and attend de-briefing of the ERT.
III. First aiders

Apply and record first aid treatment where required.
IV. Traffic coordinator

On hearing an alarm or at the direction of the emergency response coordinator:
 Proceed to the site entry point;
 Ensure that no vehicles enter or exit the premise and that emergency vehicles have clear access
to site;
 Manage the evacuation of truck drivers on site at the time of the emergency;
 Control movement and/or placing of all vehicles.
 Attend de-briefing of the ERT.
 Participate in emergency drills and attend debriefing;
 Attend scheduled ERT meetings and training as required.
8.1.5 Procedure for workplace emergencies:

Fire Emergency
1. Once fire is detected, it has to be ensured that all necessary precautions are taken to ex-
tinguish the fire.
2. Should the fire get out of control, the company shall inform the authorities and ensure
that action is taken to prevent fire spreading
3. The HSE Officer has to inform the related authority as mentioned in the Emergency Re-
sponse Plan.
4. All personnel are evacuated from the area of danger and meet the designated location
(“Assembly Point”) for the site / office.
5. One person will be named responsible to ensure that all personnel remain at the desig-
nated location until cleared by the evacuation team
6. Only Trained personnel shall use proper fire extinguishers. However, should fire continue
to spread, priority is given to take firefighting personnel out of danger zone.
7. Designated personnel ensure that all access roads to the premises are free for the Emer-
gency services passage.
8. Upon arrival of Emergency services, they take over and all actions are coordinated with
them.
Medical Emergency
The following actions to be taken in event of Medical Emergency:

1. Ensure that the situation around the medical emergency is secured.
2. Only trained First-Aid personnel should attend the victim
3. Depending on assessed criticality, a doctor or ambulance shall be contacted / called.
4. The emergency authority is contacted and informed as per the Emergency Response Plan.
5. The Department’s Supervisor/Manager must be informed of the emergency.
6. Any investigation pertinent to the incident is performed by the direct supervisor of the in-
jured person in collaboration with PM/CM/ HSE Officer where applicable.
7. The Supervisor is also responsible to report all incidents as per Annexure N.
Reporting of Emergency Situations, Drill / Prevention

1. The Supervisor in charge of the facility / PM / CM / HSE Officer should inform emergency
to the Top Management.
2. The HSE Officer/ PM / CM appoints a person for searching the premises for employees left
behind during any emergency. First an assessment is done to judge on the safety of un-
dertaking a search operation towards locating / rescue of the missing. If and to the ex-
tent it is assessed as safe, such searching may be carried out.
3. After the designated person(s) completed search, they report back to the source to ensure
that all personnel have evacuated.
4. The Site Administrator at Site, Secretary / Security at Office shall provide a list of person-
nel currently available as the base for head count purposes. The lists of employees (own
or subcontracted) are maintained through the attendance system. For all other visitors,
Access Register is maintained which would provide track of visitors during any emergency.
5. In case of false alarm due to malfunctioning of the system, the Site Security / Site Admin-
istrator, in coordination with the HSE Officer/PM/CM shall confirm the matter and notify
the personnel.
6. Emergency drills are performed at regular intervals to ensure that all personnel are aware
of the duties and responsibilities during an actual emergency. The performance of such
drills is assessed and areas for improvement are identified and acted upon.
7. All employees including subcontractors shall be explained about the location of fire alarms,
access routes, emergency doors, assembly points, fire extinguishers and first aid kits.
8. The concerned employees especially security / secretary are responsible to explain the
emergency response procedure and related information, as per above clause, to visitors
and contract employees.
9. Once the situation is normalized, a detailed investigation is carried out on the causes of
the emergency situation. Risk assessment is revised accordingly where applicable.
10. The Emergency Response Plan shall be reviewed and updated, following every inci-
dent/accident/emergency situation.
11. The extent of damage caused to the personnel and property is assessed and adequate
Corrective and Preventive actions are identified.
12. The HSE Officer/ PM / CM shall ensure that sufficient employees are trained on fire
fighting and first aid technique.
Oil Spill Emergency

Protect Personal
1. Check material safety data sheets (MSDS), if available. Otherwise, assume the worse and
use the highest level of protection.
2. Pick the right protective clothing gear (i.e. goggles, boots, suite, gloves & mask)
3. Work in group, “buddy system”
4. Use communication devices.
5. Do not allow any unauthorized/ untrained personnel to enter the affected area.
Spill from Fuel Tanks:

Fuel tanks are provided with secondary containment equal to 110% capacity However, if a leak
develops from a tank that poses an imminent threat to human health or the environment, the
following actions shall be taken:
1. Stop flow, if any, into the tank and investigate the cause of release.
2. Prevent migration of the leak or spill to soils, surface water or ground water using con-
tainment methods and/or spill control kits.
3. Barricade the area of spillage and restrict the entry to the site
4. Stop any ignition sources in the vicinity of the release.
5. Assess the cause and consequence of any environmental damage.
Electrocution Emergency
Most electric strikes are not noticeable, but indications of strike include:
 POWER OUTAGE
 SMOKE
 EXPLOSION
 POPPING NOISES
 ARCING ELECTRICITY
Procedure
1. Warn people nearby that an electric strike has occurred. Have someone contact with
electric company and/or authorized persons.
2. Do not touch any equipment in the area.
3. Stay where you are unless you are wearing electrical insulation boots. If youleave, don’t
return to area or allow anyone into it. Contact emergency personnel.
4. TURN OFF THE ELECTRICITY! Switch off the current or turn off the master switch.
5. For trained persons only allow to move the injured person away from contact with the
electricity source. Use a wooden chair, broom handle, or other dry non-metal object.
6. Trained persons have to check for breathing and pulse for any injured persons. Give CPR
if necessary.
ROAD TRAFFIC INCIDENT PROCEDURE:

1. If the accident appears serious call the emergency services as before.
2. Ensure your own safety; do not create danger to yourself or others.
3. If in a vehicle park safely, well clear of the accident, set your hazard lights flashing.
4. Do not run across a busy motorway to reach the other side.
5. At night, wear or carry something light, or reflective, and use a torch.
6. Send bystanders to warn other drivers.
7. Set up warning triangles or lights 200metres/250 yards in each direction.
8. Switch off the ignition of any damaged vehicle and, if you know how, disconnect the bat-
tery.
9. Switch off the fuel supply on diesel vehicles.
10. Stabilize vehicles. If a vehicle is upright, apply the hand brake and put it in gear, or put
blocks at the wheels. If a vehicle is on its side, do not right it, but try to prevent it from
rolling over.
11. Look out for physical dangers. Is anyone smoking? Are there damaged power lines, or
spilt fuel?
12. Do not move injured people unless it is absolutely necessary to prevent further injuries.
13. If it is essential to move a casualty, you will need help to support the shoulders and
chest, hips and abdomen, and for the legs. You should support the head at all times, one
person taking charge of the moving operation.
14. Contact your supervisor in the company and/or authorized persons.
RECORDS:
All reports, sheets and forms are kept with the HSE Officer/ PM / CM. Retained for three
years.
8.1.6 PROCEDURES FOR MAJOR INCIDENTS:

In the event of major incident the following procedures will be followed.
A major incident involves Natural Disasters –Storms, fire, and collapse of crane or structure.
Procedures
 The person who first discover major incident will act as controller until relieved
by HSE Officer or his Safety Marshals.
 The HSE Officer will first inform the Emergency Services Call 999 and alert
 Ghantoot PM and state clearly the;- Location of the incident- Nature of incident
 The HSE Officer to be contacted and will take over as controller (the original con-
troller will remain in charge)
 Controller or HSE Officer shall operate nearest Break Fire Alarm Point
 All personnel are evacuated from the area of danger and meet the designated lo-
cation (“Assembly Point”) for the site / office.
 Start incident log to record the timings and action taken to inform the head of-
fice.
 Mobilize Ghantoot to assist Emergency Services.
 Contain incident with regard to minimize threat to;
 Human life
 Environment
 Equipment/plant
 Ensure that no further risk exists.
Natural Disasters – Sand Storms
Dust storms naturally occur in dry land areas. They are more likely to happen during the summer
and especially during periods of severe drought. During a dust storm visibility becomes very poor
and air quality is greatly reduced to the extent that it can have a negative impact on health.
For Site Office

 The safety Engineer/officer has to inform the related authority as mentioned in the
Emergency Response Plan the nature of the nature and any further information needed.
 Get inside as quickly as possible.

 Close all windows draw draperies, blinds and shut all doors.
 Take shelter in a room without windows
 One person will be held responsible to ensure that all personnel remain at the designated
location until cleared by the evacuation team.
 He shall notify all the guests and direct them to a safe place in the premises.
If outside office and cannot reach building.

 The Site Engineer/HSE Officer has to inform the related authority and the site office as
mentioned in the Emergency Response Plan the nature of the emergency and any further
information needed.
 Once the evacuation is commanded by the HSE Officer, direct all employees to a safe ar-
ea i.e. Assembly Point in accordance with the Evacuation Procedure.
 Site Engineer and Supervisor shall ensure wearing of a mask designated to filter out small
particle,
 All persons to wear airtight goggles to protect eyes.
 HSE Officer shall advise all to curl up into a ball and protect your head and face. If possi-
ble, cover your head and face with a sweater, coat or anything else you may have handy.
Winds from a dust storm can pick up and propel other objects, so make yourself as small
as you can and cover up.
 If you are with a group, stick together. A dust storm is similar to a blizzard – you can easi-
ly become disoriented and lost. If you are trying to get to a protected area, hold hands or
lock arms while walking.
 One person will be held responsible to ensure that all personnel remain at the designated
location until cleared by the evacuation team and arrival of emergency vehicle.
8.1.7 POST INCIDENT ACTIVITIES:

Ghantoot will undertake the following activities after incident occur
 Assess the damaged area to determine the total loss of product and environmental im-
pact.
 Isolate damaged equipment/area
 Prevent further damage
 Erect temporary shelter if necessary
 Continue air monitoring if toxic gases are present
 Check integrity of equipment to be returned to operation (i.e. X-ray, Ultrasonic or pres-
sure testing.
 Dispose wastes as per OSHAD SF Code of Practice 54.0 and CWM requirement
 Investigate and notify the incident.
 Prioritize information for preparation of necessary reports.
Injury and Damage Reporting:
Ghantoot shall insure that an immediate oral report is made to the company in case of all:
 Fatal injuries;
 Injuries require medical attention which result in lost time;
 Damage over DHS 10,000 to CONTRACTOR’S plant or equipment;
 Damage, in any amount to COMPANY’S equipment or property
 Fire;
Damage and near misses to cranes and heavy equipment;
 High potential near miss
For accidents involving Ghanoot employee fatalities, serious injury to five or more Ghantoot employees,
or damage to COMPANY equipment or property, a written report shall be submitted promptly to the com-
pany in compliance with the COMPANY Accident Escalation Guidance and Incident Investigation and Re -
porting procedure.
8.2 FIRE PREVENTION
The role of each individual on the Project/Facility is essential when an emergency occurs, but even more
important is each individual's contribution to the prevention of fire. Each individual has to prevent fire
and has to be able assist at request of the Project/Facility Manager. Since fuel, air and ignition sources
are constantly available in large quantities, fire prevention basically means: ‘KEEP THE THREE ELEMENTS
SEPARATED’
PREVENTION
That part of fire protection activities designed to prevent occurrence of unwanted fires. Such activities,
including training, enforcement, engineering, and reduction of fuel hazards, and are directed at reducing
or eliminating the number of fires that can start.
Elements of prevention are:
a) IDENTIFICATION - Identify ignition sources and/or fuel sources;
b) ELIMINATION - Eliminate ignition sources;

- Eliminate uncontrolled heating;
c) SEPARATION - Separate fuel and oxygen (air);
To a certain extent the above three elements should be taken into account during the design and con-
struction phase. Following items contribute to prevention during daily operations and are therefore in the
hands of site personnel.
 GOOD HOUSEKEEPING
 Eliminate fuel sources or separate them from air and ignition sources;
 HAZARD AWARENESS
 Safe operation procedures
 Equipment maintenance
 Education (d) Inspection
 Permit to Work systems.
Fire prevention policies shall be enforced by supervisory personnel. Any activity generating of using Open
flame, source of ignition like welding or grinding and oxy cutting shall be performed under Hot Work
permit system.
No Smoking Policy should be strictly enforced. Appropriate smoking area shall be designated for smokers.
Appropriate bunding, dip tray to contain chemical spillage e.g. around diesel tanks shall be provided.
Safe storage of chemical, minimizing the volume of storage and utilizing safe electrical connections,
maintaining earth and bonding connections and any preventive action would eliminate combination of fire
triangle on site.
FIRE PROTECTION AND FIGHTING
If prevention fails, depends upon the Suitable and sufficient fire risk assessment, all or some of, following
Fire fighting system shall be available on site/|Facility:
1. Passive fire protection e.g. fire retardant material, fire rated doors
2. Fixed systems (protection of construction and/or equipment)
3. Emergency systems i.e. shut down system mounted in some machinery and equipment
a) Detection systems
b) Alarm systems
c) Good engineering (fire walls, drains, effective fixed systems such as Fire hose and sprinklers)
d) Effective use of firefighting equipment (deluge, sprinklers, portable extinguishers.
PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS
Portable extinguishers are intended as the 'first line of defense' to cope with fires of limited sizes and to
overcome a few minutes 'preparing time' of the fire response team.
The selection of extinguishers for a given situation shall be determined by:

1. Character of fires anticipated e.g. CO2 agent for electrical devices and Foam agent for liquid fires
2. Exposures,
3. Fire development,
4. Ambient-temperature conditions and other specific atmospheric conditions (Wind / draft),
5. Potential severity (size / intensity) of any resulting fire,
6. Ease of use of the extinguisher,
7. Anticipated adverse reaction between the extinguishing agent and the burning Material
8. Health and operational safety concerns (exposure of operators during the fire control efforts)
To comply with local and international regulation respectful to the fire extinguisher specification, an ef -
fective inspection program should be implemented (every six month shall be done by the supplier inspec-
tor). Competent HSE Officer shall maintain the fire extinguisher inspection log (minimum monthly inter-
nal inspection)
NOTE: The effectiveness of portable extinguishers can be seriously reduced, if used while a sprinkler or
deluge system is activated.
Fixed Fire Fighting Equipment
Based on risk assessment findings, fire mains installation with full compliance with standards would be
provided. Installation, operation and maintenance of Pump, pipeline and accessories shall be performed
with full compliance of manufacturer specifications. Regular and irregular inspections, tests along with
frequent drills and exercises are compulsory. Emergency response team should be involved in this pro-
gram.
GAS DETECTION
Prevention of incidental fire involving flammable or combustible gases or vapors requires an accurate
knowledge of where and when a mixture within the flammable range can occur in order that precautions
can be taken to prevent ignition.
Enclosed areas where flammable or combustible gases or vapors can be present may be found in petrole-
um production and gas production facilities. Flammable gases or flammable liquid vapors can be detected
by instruments designed for that purpose.
PRINCIPLES OF EXTINGUISHMENT
Fire fighting suggests killing a fire. Fire Control is more likely the case. It is a matter of controlling igni-
tion sources and the release of flammable vapors. The response organization comes into action after an
alarm. This alarm can be triggered automatically (gas, fire or smoke) or manually. It’s obvious that the
(automatic) detection and alarm system needs to be in a good condition and very well understood by all
who have to respond.
A manual triggered alarm results from the interpretation of the situation by an individual. Therefore a
sound awareness of fire development must be present amongst all crew members.
Basically everyone should act according to the following:
 Find
 Isolate (close valve, transfer fuel or close doors)
 Report (sound the alarm)
 Extinguish (or evacuate)
The Fire Control is carried out by an emergency response team.
8.3 MEDICAL SERVICES
Every facility/project site shall provide appropriate medical services for treatment for all work-related
illnesses and injuries. Appropriate medical approval shall be required to return to work following an ex-
tended illness or injury.
First-aid Minimum Standards
1. SCOPE and OBJECTIVES
A life maybe saved by an immediate and proper treatment of an injury; such treatment is also an essen-
tial to pain relief and an effective recovery. If a trivial injury is neglected or treated ineffectively, it may
soon lead to infection or more serious illness.
To comply local and international orders, GTGC shall provide adequate and appropriate equipment and
facilities to enable the rendering of first aid to employees should they become injured or ill whilst at
work. Appropriate number trained personnel for rendering first aid to employees shall be provided. GTGC
shall inform employees of the first aid arrangements, including the location of first aid personnel, equip-
ment and facilities.
“Appointed” persons should not render any treatment other than emergency first aid and then only where
they have been specifically trained in those procedures; but should be responsible for calling professional
assistance.
2. Hazard Assessment
To determine what First Aid equipment, facilities, personnel etc, is required, following criteria shall be
considered;
1. The number of employees and the incident history of the department/site.
2. The nature of undertaking and its hazards and risks.
3. The size of the establishment and distribution of its employees.
4. The location of the establishment and the locations to which the employees go in course of their em -
ployment; work on multi occupied sites.
5. Use of shift working, lone working and remote working.
6. Distance from outside medical services.
7. Probability that first aid personnel maybe absent at times.
It is not sufficient just to rely on the number of employees to determine appropriate first aid cover.
3. FIRST AID REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Medical Attendant and First Aid Room
The employer in an establishment having more than 150 workers a room where the first-aider can admin-
ister first-aid shall be provided; it must be available and easily accessible at all times during working
hours, kept clean and in good order, ventilated, lighted, adequately heated and provided with water.
In establishment with more than 250 workers, GTGC shall assign a HAAD approved registered medical
practitioner or HAAD approved nurse in charge of full-time occupational health services.
This room must contain in particular:

1 stretcher
1 rescue breather / resuscitator
1 bed with mattress and pillows (Examination Table)
1 complete first-aid kit, suited to needs
1 cabinet for medical instruments and supplies
2 woolen blankets
1 waste receptacle with pedal-actuated lid

1 sink with running water (hot and cold) including an adaptor for eyewash
1 backboard or the equivalent
1 small refrigerator
1 table
2 chairs
Instruments:
1 sphygmomanometer
1 stethoscope
1 flashlight/penlight
1 pair bandage scissors
3 stainless-steel utility bowls / Kidney basins
1 one-wash bottle
1 eye bath
2 thermometers
1 pair thumb dressing forceps
Required Medical supplies: (Refer to Table 2)
3.2 First-aiders and First Aid Kits
First aider is a person who has received training and authority approves who holds a current first aid cer-
tificate from an organization or employer whose training and qualification for first aiders.
GTGC Management must make sure that at least one first-aider is present at all times during working
hours where there are between 10 and 50 workers on a shift and another first-aider for every additional
50 workers or fraction thereof assigned to the shift.
The first aid box must be provided, kept clean and adequately stocked with materials. It should contain
guidance on the treatment of injuries, particularly emergency procedures such as controlling of bleeding,
management of fractures, burns, and eye injuries. The HSE-recommended guidance card contains infor-
mation.(Refer to Table 1).
At the minimum, the content of the kit prescribed as follows;
The following instruments:

1 pair bandage scissors, 12 safety pins (assorted sizes);
The following dressings (or equivalents sizes):

5 sterile adhesive bandages (25 mm × 75 mm) individually wrapped,
5 sterile gauze squares (101,6 mm × 101,6 mm) individually wrapped,
1 roll sterile gauze bandage (50 mm × 9 m),
1 roll sterile gauze bandage (101,6 mm × 9 m),
2 sterile bandage compresses (101,6 mm × 101,6 mm) individual by wrapped,
2 triangular bandages,
1 roll adhesive tape (25 mm × 9 m);
Elastic Bandage of different sizes;
Antiseptics:
5 alcohol swabs individually wrapped.
Betadine solution;
Antiseptic spray
4. FIRST AID TRAINING
Refer to GTGC HSE training manual for first-aiders; an approved third party training provider shall cover
following areas.
 Assessment of casualties,
 Vital signs,
 Unconsciousness,
 Resuscitation, (CPR)
 Wounds and bleeding,
 Shock,
 Casualty Handling,
 Lifting/Movement,
5. SIGNS
Adequate signs must indicate how to find easily and rapidly the first-aid kits and the communica-
tions system prescribed in this Regulation as well as any other first-aid equipment.
The work location, the job, the family name and given name of the first-aider or first-aiders working in
the establishment must be printed on a sign placed in a conspicuous place accessible to all workers. On a
construction site, the first-aider or first-aiders must wear a safety hat bearing a cross.
6. REGISTRY
A Nurse/first-aider giving first-aid to a worker must fill a report containing his family name and
given name as well as those of the injured worker, and the time and description of the injury or
sickness as well as the type of first-aid given.
Table 1:
Work place must have first-aid facility established in accordance with the following table:
Number of Employees 1 - 50 50 - 150 150 - 250 More than 250
Must be available in each working

No. Of First-aid boxes 1 2 2
areas
First-Aid room Yes Yes
Trained certified first-aid staff,(Medical At-
Yes
tendant)
Note: Depends upon the result of “Hazard Assessment”, certified Nurse or a Doctor holding license ap-
proved by local authority e.g. HAAD (Health Authority of Abu Dhabi) in UAE would be assigned in the es-
tablishment.
Table 2: Site Clinic Pharmaceutical Requirements
9. DOCUMENTS & RECORDS

All documents and data needed to manage operations and demonstrate compliance with this management
system and regulatory requirements will be maintained in accordance with company’s records retention
policy.
The system for managing documentation is described in the IMS Manual. Documents with an important
HSE function (such as this document) must have a HSE Document Number, which clearly identifies it as an
HSE document, displayed on the header of each page.
Records and Record Management

All records that serve to demonstrate that this HSE Management System has been implemented correctly
and is operating effectively must be kept for a minimum period of the project plus 3 years or as required
by local regulations. Records specifically required for compliance with local regulations must be marked
accordingly.
HSE records include:
 HSE Manual
 HSE Plan
 Procedures
 Forms
 Notices
 Drawings
 Guidelines
 Specifications
 HSE Reports
 Minutes of Meetings
 Memoranda
 Other HSE related documents
HSE records must be available to GTGC personnel planning and carrying out audits and, where necessary,
to government inspectors.
No HSE record must be disposed of without the written authority of the relevant Facility/Project Manag -
er/HSE Manager.
10. SUBCONTRACTOR & SUPPLIER MANAGEMENT
 Under this GTGC procedure - Management of Contractors, all contractors have a duty to develop and
implement a management of contractor procedure that is relevant to their undertakings.
 The procedure should include, as a minimum the following requirements:
a. Establishment of Project HSE Requirements;
b. Evaluation / Selection;
c. Co-ordination and Communication;
d. Mobilization / Work in Progress;
e. Monitoring Performance;
f. Commissioning;
g. Demobilization / Decommissioning; and
h. Contract Close-Out
 Each of the requirements will be discussed in detail later in this document, however prior to the de-
velopment of a procedure, it is vital that contractors understand fully where contractors are to be
engaged and for what purpose.
 GTGC should undertake a review of their undertakings and identify those areas where specialized
contractors are required. This review should be done in conjunction with the requirements of OSHAD
SF - Element 04— Risk Management.
 As part of this review, contractors should be able to gain an understanding of the risks involved with
the works and this will help determine the level of detail and complexity required within the entitles
management of contractors process
a. Establishment of Project HSE Requirements:
 It is vital that prior to any tender being issued, the contractors must first fully understand all the HSE
requirements for the project and how these will impact upon the contractor that has been selected
to undertake the works.
 These impacts could be in a variety of forms, such as restricting the working hours due to the sur-
rounding neighborhood, the times that goods can be delivered to the project or specific HSE require-
ments that the contractor must adhere to whilst on site.
 All this information should be gathered and included within the tender documentation to ensure that
all contractors are aware of the HSE requirements for the project and also have allowed sufficient
costs, time and resources to meet those requirements.
 The main purpose of providing this information is to ensure that all parties who are tendering for the
project are fully aware of all the significant risks, any restrictions that are to be placed on them
whilst working on the project and also the minimum HSE requirements/systems they must have in
place. This will ensure that there are no surprises to either party once the project commences and
should be the foundation of a successful project.
 As a minimum the following should be included within the tender documentation:
(i) detailed scope of works;
(ii) known HSE Hazards and Risks; and
(iii) Minimum HSE requirements.
i. Scope of Works
 The tender documents should include not only a detailed scope of works, but also any information
related to sequencing and phasing within the scope
 The scope of works should include sufficient detail to allow a competent contractor to fully under-
stand the requirements of the project
ii. Known HSE Hazards and Risks:

 The Contractor must provide a list of all known significant risks and hazards associated with the pro-
ject. This list should be limited to those risks and hazards that are considered significant or medium
to high risk.
 Further if the contractor requires that the hazard is managed in a particular manner or has defined
parameters that are different from those defined in legislation or best practice, these should also be
stipulated within the tender document.
 An example of this could be noise. The contractor may have identified noise as a general hazard on
the project, however due to their own risk management systems; the contractor has a lower noise ac-
tion level than that is set within the current legal standards. This information must be provided to
the contractor at this stage otherwise it would be reasonable for the contractor to provide costs and
information to only manage the noise to the levels as defined in current standards.
 Other issues the contractor may wish to highlight when discussing the project hazards and risks, could
be the manner in which they are managed. The contractor may wish to have set criteria for different
hazards or may require the use of permit to work systems for set hazards and risks. This should be
highlighted to the tendering contractors to allow them to include this in their considerations.
iii. Minimum HSE requirements:

 The contractor should highlight the minimum HSE requirements that each contractor must have in
place when undertaking the works that are being tendered for. The requirements will differ depend-
ant on the risk and complexity of each project, however as a minimum these should include:
(i) Adequate HSE Resources;

(ii) Legal Compliance;
(iii) Risk Management Programs;
(iv) HSE performance monitoring and incident reporting;
(v) HSE Training and Competency;
(vi) HSE reporting
(vii) Incident Investigation

(viii) Emergency Management
(ix) HSE Inspection and Auditing requirements; And
(x) Non Compliance and Enforcement procedures
 The contractor should specify what the criteria are for each element. As an example, if it is a high
risk project, the contractors may require a high level of HSE management and supervision. As part of
the tender documents, this should be specified, including the competency levels that are required for
each role. This again ensures that all parties are clear on the requirements prior to the project com-
mencing.
 Further to the contractor highlighting the minimum requirements that the successful contractor shall
have in place, they should also provide information on the systems they will have to comply with
whilst on the project.
 The contractor should ensure that the successful contractor is fully aware of any requirements that
will be in place that may be a burden (in terms of time, resource or cost) to the successful contrac-
tor.
 Examples of this could be that the contractor requires all staff who is working on the project to un-
dergo a specific induction program, the content of which is developed by the contractor. This would
be an additional induction to the project specific HSE induction that the contractor would normally
provide and would be a burden upon the contractor in terms of time and cost.
 Other examples could include the requirement that the contractor will undertake site inspections or
regular audits or requires the project HSE manager to attend a weekly HSE meeting. The contractor
should be aware of these facts prior to tendering for the project.
b. Evaluation / Selection:
 Following the release of tender information and responses from interested contractors, the GTGC
should develop a systematic approach to evaluating these responses to ensure HSE requirements have
been fully considered and complies with the HSE requirements issued within the tender documenta -
tion.
 The review for HSE should be integrated into an overall contractor review process to ensure that the
successful contractor has not only solid HSE systems and performance, but has adequate resources,
financial ability and experience to undertake the project.
 The process that is utilized for the review, should take into account the complexity and risk of the
project that is going to be undertaken, for example for a high risk contract the Ghantoot should con-
sider meeting with prospective contractors to review their systems and examine how they have un-
dertaken previous similar works. They may also wish to visit previous works to judge completion. For
a low risk, straight forward project, a desk top review of responses may be considered adequate.
 Ghantoot should also give preference to those contractors that already have an approved HSEMS,
under Decree 42 of 2009 and revised to OSHAD SF, as they will already have a documented approved
HSEMS that has been independently reviewed and is implemented (or in the process of) into the or-
ganization. Further, contractors who do already have an approved HSEMS should be able to demon-
strate solid risk management processes and will be regular audited and inspected by government au-
thorities.
 The scope of the evaluation of HSE performance and systems should be defined by the risks and com-
plexity of the project. If the risk is deemed medium then as a minimum the contractor should be im-
plementing the requirements of OSHAD - Mechanism 5.0— HSE Requirements for medium Risk Entities.
 If the risk is seen and medium to high, then ideally the contractor selected should hold an approved
HSEMS, however if this is not the case then the following should be in place as a minimum:
i. HSE Policy:
 A good environment, health and safety policy will have been reviewed within two years and signed by
the responsible person within the organization. The policy should include three definite sections:
(i) Statement of intent - The statement of intent will be a top line statement that
outlines the company objectives for health, safety and environmental quality;
(ii) Organization - Organization outlines the company organization for Health, Safety and
the Environment, including roles and responsibilities within that organization; and
(iii) Arrangements — this will detail how the company intends to achieve the objec-
tives delineated in the statement of intent.
ii. Roles and Responsibilities:

 A vital element of a successful project is the clear definition of roles and responsibilities on behalf of
the contractor. The contractor should provide a clear outline of all key roles and responsibilities
throughout the life of the project.
 The contractors should also define a clear organizational structure for the projects as part of his
submission. For more complex projects, the contractor should have been requested to submit CV's of
the staff he is planning to utilize on the projects. These should be reviewed to ensure they meet the
competency requirements that have been set as part of the pre tender information.
iii. Legal Compliance:

 The successful contractor should be able to demonstrate how they identify and comply with all appli-
cable legal requirements. The procedure should clearly identify what legislation is relevant to the
contractor, how it impacts their operations and also how they comply with the requirement.
 Further contractor with robust management systems will be able to demonstrate how these require-
ments are communicated within their firm and also responsibilities for the upkeep and review of the
legal registers etc.
 When reviewing the legal compliance of a contractor, it is important that the contractor understands
any specific legal requirements for the project, and ensures that the contractor has incorporated this
into his register.
iv. HSE Risk Management:

 The contractor should define within his submission how he will manage the risk management program
for the project. It is important that this is site specific rather than the overall corporate procedure.
 Also as part of the submission the contractor should outline who will have overall responsibility for
the risk management program, including the review and approval of all risk assessments /method
statements for the project.
 Further it is important to ensure that this program covers the review and approval of any sub-
contractors risk assessments as these are often overlooked.
 The procedure should also include information on any known hazard's that have been defined in the
pre tender information, and how the contractor will manage the said hazard / risk.
 Dependant on the current status of the projects or information known, the contractor may be in a
position to submit some specific project risk assessments.
v. HSE Performance and Monitoring:

 The contractor should define what the performance targets are and how they will ensure they
achieve them during the life of the contract. The performance targets that are set out should also in-
clude any that the client originally set as part of the pre tender information.
 Further to discussing that the performance targets are, the contractor should also show how these
will be managed and achieved. This, ideally, should come in the form of an action plan that identifies
the required actions, timescales and owners for each individual target.
 The contractor should also review the past performance of the contractor as this will give information
on how they have performed on previous contracts. Again dependant on the risks involved, it may be
prudent to contact previous clients to review past performance and gain references.
c. Communication and Consultation activities:

 It is important that robust procedures are in place to manage consultation and communication to en-
sure that all parties are aware of the latest information and have had an opportunity to input to the
decision making process.
 The contractor should define how this will be managed during the contract, including the communica-
tion with all external and internal parties such as sub-contractors, regulatory authorities or the cli-
ent.
 The contractor should also define how he will communicate with his employees on HSE matter includ-
ing how they will be consulted on these matters.
i. Emergency Management:
 The contractor should define what the emergency management procedure will be for the project /
contract along with the detailed arrangements for managing these situations.
 The Ghantoot should ensure that the contractor has identified all foreseeable emergency situations
and that the arrangements are reasonable for managing the situation.
 Also the contract should provide information on who will form the emergency management team or
crisis management team.
ii. Incident Investigation and Reporting:

 Each contractor should define what the procedures are for incident investigation and reporting on the
project. This should also include any specific requirements that the client has set as part of the pre
tender information.
 The procedure should clearly show how incidents will be managed from the point of initial notifica-
tion right through until close out and corrective actions.
 The procedure should also show how incidents will be reported, both internally and externally.
iii. Training and Competency:

 As part of the submission the contractor should define how they will identify and manage training
requirements during the contract. This should include the monitoring of training requirements and al-
so refresher training.
 Further, the contractor should also include information on how they will train employees on any spe-
cific hazards or risks that have been identified as part of the pre tender information.
iv. HSE Inspection and Monitoring:

 Regardless of complexity of risk, all projects will require an element of inspection and auditing to
ensure compliance to agreed standards. The contractor should define what these arrangements are
and how they will be managed on the project.
 Further it is important to ensure that these arrangements incorporate all other parties that are in-
volved on the project, such as sub-contractors.
 The contractor should also discuss how they will ensure compliance to any client audit and inspection
requirements that have been set as part of the pre tender information.
v. HSE Reporting:
 Each project / contractor will have different reporting requirements and these should be defined in
the pre tender information that was developed. The contractor should show how HSE information will
be gathered, defined and then reported.
 This procedure should also include internal and external reporting
vi. Non Compliance and Enforcement:

 The contractor should define what the arrangements are for the management and
enforcement of any non-compliance within the project. It is important that this pro-
cedure also includes any other parties on the project.
vii. Preferred Contractor / Supplier Register:

 As part of the management of contractor's procedure that each contractor is required to develop and
implement, it is good practice to hold a list of preferred contractors / suppliers that have already
been evaluated. The procedure should stipulate that only contractors who have met the criteria set
for evaluation can be used within the unit.
 When developing a preferred suppliers list, you should consider how many contractors you wish to
hold on the preferred list for each type of activity you use contractors for. If your organization uses
contractors on a regular basis, then it may be best to have up to three different contractors / suppli-
ers for each different activity. For those contractors that only seldom use contractors, then the pre-
ferred list may be smaller.
 Regardless of the complexity of the preferred list, this register should be used as a tool to manage
contractors and track performance. Contractors and suppliers should be revaluated on an annual ba-
sis, including an examination of past performance during the year.
viii. Contractual Agreement:

 Contracts and services agreements are essential business tools for professional trading and business
relationships. Without clearly defined and agreed contracts, misunderstandings can develop, expecta-
tions of client and provider (customer and supplier) fail to match, and all sorts of problems can oc-
cur.
 While the tradition and spirit of shaking hands on a verbal deal between two friends in business is
helpful in underpinning a good trading relationship, it is sensible for significant supply arrangements
to be documented and agreed, usually by signatures.
 Aside from the process of clearly agreeing and understanding the expectations between supplier and
client, contracts or agreements also help if one or both of the original deal- makers one day move on,
which can then give other people the problem of how to make sense of what might or might not have
been agreed between the two parties.
 Each contractor can reduce the formality and detail according to their own situation and the risks
involved with the works being undertaken, however each contractor needs to be aware of the risks if
potentially contentious matters are vague and open to dispute.
 Robust contracts and agreements provide an essential reference point upon which to discuss and ne-
gotiate effective outcomes whenever situations change, in terms of the client's requirements and the
provider's capability.
 Contractors should ensure that all HSE requirements are clearly stipulated within the service con-
tract. The complexity or level of detail required will be defined by the risk of the project or works
that are being undertaken; however as a minimum it shall include the following items:
(i) that contractors have an approved HSEMS, or , if contractors do not have an ap-
proved HSEMS, then they shall induct and train the contractor on the clients
standards and ensure the contractor has systems in place to manage the risks from
their undertakings.;
(ii) the requirement for adequate HSE resources;

(iii) HSE roles, responsibilities and accountabilities of all relevant stakeholders are
clearly defined and communicated;
(iv) a chronological division of work to be performed under the contract (or subcon-
tract) up until the completion of a project;
(v) a description in sufficient detail to enable contractors to understand the

complexity, potential hazards and level of risk of the work to be performed;
(vi) the requirements of contractors in respect of HSE;
(vii)mechanisms and/or penalties for managing ongoing non-conformance to

HSE requirements; and
relevant project HSE documentation (e.g. site induction requirements, site safety plan, HSE proce-
dures, permit systems and HSE policy).
d. Mobilization / Pre-Start:
 Prior to mobilizing any contract, there are a number of issues that the contractor must ensure are in
place. These include:
I. nomination of a main focal point within the GTGC for the contractor;
II. providing all contractors staff with the relevant HSE information; and
III. checking that the staff that have been allocated by the contractor are competent
I. Contractors Main Focal Point:

 The Ghantoot shall nominate someone from within their own organization to be the main focal point
/ responsible person for the contractor whilst undertaking the works. This has many advantages in-
cluding:
I. one point of contact for the contractor;
II. ensures information is not 'lost' by going through different parties; and
III. helps to build stronger relationships with the contractor
 The person that is nominated by the GTGC shall have a working knowledge of the work that is being
undertaken to allow them to make informed decisions when required.
 The focal point should have full responsibility to ensure that the contract and works are managed in
line with the contractor and legal requirements.
 Depending on the complexity or risk of the contract, the focal point may require additional sup-
port to assist in the management of the works.
II. Communication and Consultation:
 Prior to mobilizing any contract, entities should consider allocating appropriate levels of plan-
ning, coordination and communication to the management of contractors to ensure that all risks
are identified and activities are properly planned.
 Coordination activities may include:
a. forward planning of work activities and tasks between contractors to minimize risks;
b. joint risk assessment of work activities and tasks;

c. contractor's participation in consultative activities (e.g. HSE committee);
d. employee welfare related and transportation activities;
e. emergency response and management arrangements;
f. communication of HSE information (including hazard alerts, site safety alerts and incident re-
ports, toolbox meetings, etc.); and
g. HSE record keeping requirements.
iii. Provision of HSE Information:

 Each contractor has a legal obligation to ensure that all staff who are working within their prem-
ises or on their behalf are aware of all HSE hazards and risks that are present. This obligation also
includes staffs who have been employed by a contractor to work on behalf of the GTGC. This is
often delivered through a contractor's induction procedure.
 When developing a contractors induction, the contractor should consider not only what HSE in-
formation is required, but should also ensure that other vital information such as site rules, what
facilities are available etc. are included as part of the induction.
 The contractor should also ensure that it includes information on the risks that are present within
their facility and also what procedures are in place to manage the risks.
 When developing contractors induction program the Sub contractor should consider the following
issues:
a. HSE legal requirements;
b. contact information — focal point / responsible person;
c. site rules;
d. Working hours — including any restrictions (noise etc.);
e. reporting procedures;
f. restricted areas;
g. facilities available;
h. emergency procedures;
i. high risk activates — Permit to Work procedures;
j. HSE risks and procedures;
k. storage areas — if relevant; and
l. ongoing communication and consultation
 The issues that are covered within the induction will be determined by the risks and complexity
of the works and also the environment they will be undertaken within. For example if the con-
tract is considered a low risk and is undertaken within a very controlled environment, the amount
of information that is required by the contractor is probably minimal.
 Dependant on the size, complexity duration of the contract, the contractor may choose to allow
the contractor to deliver the induction, however the contractor still has a duty to ensure that all
staff have undertaken the induction and that the information passed is factually correct and un-
derstood by the attendees. This can be done through a series of audits or ongoing inspections.
iv. Contractor Staff Competency:

 The contractor may have stipulated within the pre tender information that all persons working on
the contract must have certain competencies. This should be checked prior to work commencing.
It is also good practice to undertake ongoing checks as part of the inspection and auditing of the
contractors performance.
e. Monitoring Contractor Performance:

 Following the evaluation of competence, it is often assumed that there is no need to undertake
any further action and the contractor is responsible for the works and any problems that may
arise. Although contractors do hold the main responsibility, under current legislation (see
OSHAD SF - Element 03 - Management of Contractor's section 3.1) the contractor is required to
ensure that the standards that have been agreed through the pre tender information are being
adhered to.
 Dependant on the risk and complexity of the works, the contractor should develop an audit and
inspection program to cover the works that are being undertaken. The frequency of the audit
and inspection program should be defined by the risks and complexity of the works.
 If the works are identified as high risk, then as a minimum, daily checks should be undertaken
out on the work activities. If the works are not defined as high risk, then checks must still be
carried out, but on a less frequent basis.
 Further if the work is being undertaken under a permit to work system, additional control
measures and requirements will be needed, refer to OSHAD SF— Cop 21.0 — Permit to Work Sys-
tems.
 The contractor should inform the contractor of what the audit and inspection plans are for the
contract as part of the pre tender information so he is fully aware and also to allow them to in-
clude any additional requirements within his own systems, costs or resources. Further the con-
tractor may also decide that they will undertake random unplanned inspections on the works,
 It is important that the work is inspected to ensure that the safe systems of work and risk as-
sessments that the supplier provided are being followed and correctly implemented. The con-
tractor's staff should be questioned on site to ensure they are aware of the content of the risk
assessments and the actions they should take to mitigate any risks.
 Other stakeholders, such as the finance or security, should also be asked for feedback on the
contractors' performance during the works. This should also be gathered and used as part of the
evaluation of performance.
i. Key performance Indicators:

As part of the contract that has been agreed between both parties, several Key Performance Indi-
cators (KPI's) should have been defined. As a minimum these will include the KPI's that are de-
fined within OSHAD Mechanism 6.0— OSH Performance Monitoring and Reporting.
The contractor should ensure that the contractors' performance against these KPI's is regularly
measured and also that feedback is given to ensure they are aware of their current performance.
II. Contractor Meetings:

Depending on the length and complexity of the contract, the contractor may also wish to hold
regular meetings with the contractor to discuss performance and any ongoing issues. These meet-
ing can be a valuable tool to ensure that contracts run smoothly and all parties are aware of any
issues.
For longer fixed contracts, such as cleaning services etc., it is good practice to meet with the
contractor at least four times a year. The frequency of these meetings should be defined by the
risks and complexity of the works being undertaken.
The following issues should be considered when meeting with contractors:

a. key performance Indicators;
b. results of audits and inspections;
c. incidents;
d. ongoing issues / remedial actions;
e. feedback from other suppliers; and
f. Future planned activities (both from the contractor and sub contractor).
f) Commissioning:
 Depending on the works that have been undertaken, the contractor shall ensure that all activi-
ties related to the commissioning of plant and equipment are undertaken by trained and
Competent persons and that prior to any activities being undertaken, the contractor has full doc-
umented operating procedures for the commissioning activity.
The commissioning procedures shall document a logical progression of steps necessary to verify
that installed plant is fully functional and fit for purpose.
These procedures shall include the following steps (not an exhaustive list):
1. permit to work procedures;
2. isolation (Lock-out / Tag-out) procedures;
3. restrictive access;
4. operator training and competency;
5. system configuration check;
6. calibration of vessels and instrumentation;
7. start-up protocol;
8. shut-down protocol;
9. chemical (live) trials; and
10. Handover.
g) Contract Close Out:

Upon completion of the works or end of the contractual period, the contractor shall ensure that all
HSE requirements have been complied with and all necessary records have been handed over by
the contractor. This list of records will be dependent on the scope of works that was undertaken
and could vary from a complex operating manual for a piece of machinery through to simple time
keeping records for staff.
The contractor should also ensure that the area of the works has been returned to the original
state or to an agreed condition.
11. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
The following items shall be considered for Environmental Management
Roles and responsibilities.
i. -Employer:
a) An employer shall provide and maintain for their employees contractors and relevant other persons a
work place that is as far as reasonably practicable, safe and without risk to health and does not cause
pollution of the environment.
b) An employer shall
i. Provide appropriate resources (e.g. budget, human, equipment, and training) for achieving its
HSEMS objectives.
ii. Employ or engage persons who are competent in relation to the management of HSE to pro-
vide advice about the management of such issues;
iii. Ensure appropriate control measures and other safe systems of work are implemented, in line
with OSHAD SF-Element 02-Risk Management.
iv. Ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, the safe use, handling and storage, transportation
and disposal of materials, substances and wastes.
v. Provide and maintain plant, equipment and or systems of work that are, so far so far is rea-
sonably practicable safe and without risk to health and environment.
vi. Provide appropriate facilities for the welfare of employees.
vii. Provide such information, instruction, training and supervision to employees, as is appropri-
ate to enable those persons to perform their work in a way that is safe and without risks to
the health or environment (in appropriate languages)
viii. Empower employees to stop work or remove themselves from a work situation of immediate
or imminent exposure to a hazard if they consider it constitute a reasonable risk to the
health and safety of themselves, their colleagues, the public and/or the environment.
ix. Monitor health and safety of the employees.
x. Monitor conditions, discharges and emission at any workplace under the employer’s man-
agement and control.
xi. Consult with employees and relevant stake holders on HSE matter, so far as is reasonably
practicable.
ii. -Employees:
a) While at work, (and while on work premises) an employee shall :

i. Take reasonable care of their own health and safety;
ii. Take reasonable care of the health and safety of persons and environment that may be af-
fected by their acts or omissions at work.
iii. Co-operate with their employer with respect to any instructions and or/actions taken by the
employer to protect the employee and/or comply with HSE requirements.
iv. Report to their immediate supervisor any situation which have reason to believe could pre-
sent a hazard and which they cannot themselves correct.
v. Report all HSE incidents and work –related injuries; and
vi. Not intentionally or recklessly interfere with or misuse anything provided at the workplace in
the interest of health, safety, welfare or protection or management of the environment.
 Training and competency
GTGC will ensure that HSE training complies with the requirements of
 OSHAD SF – Element -05 – Training and competency.
GTGC will ensure that the employees required to implement the requirements of environmental agency
are trained in appropriate environmental management and understand the associated risks and the con-
trol measures put in place by the employer.
GTGC will ensure that all persons holding environmental management responsibilities are competent to
undertake their specific roles and responsibilities as described within all applicable environmental regula-
tions, standard operating procedure (SOPs), Technical guidance documents and technical guidelines.
Trained and certified personnel should be in charge.
11.2 Environmental Control Plan

GTGC shall consider the control measures to minimise waste as well as ensure the proper management
and disposal of all solid and liquid waste generated during construction are provided in this control plan.
The following hierarchy for waste management is always preferred:
1) Waste avoidance and/or reduction.
2) Reuse.
3) Recycle.
Diverting the waste stream in these ways means that waste storage, treatment and disposal options can
be reduced. Minimizing the amount of waste on site not only protects the environment but it has the po-
tential to cut down costs that may be incurred by Ghantoot or the proponent for handling and disposing
of the waste. Construction sites should pursue this hierarchy and seek out waste minimization opportuni-
ties first and foremost, followed by proper waste storage and disposal.
Environmental Control Measures

General Procedures for Waste Minimization
Control Measures
Obtain construction materials, paints, lubricants and other liquids in reusable packaging and contain-
ers.
Use noise barriers made from recycled materials.

Send waste concrete from demolition activities to a concrete recycler instead of landfill.
Separate and recycle solid wastes generated by construction activities, offices and mess-rooms.
Collect lubricating oil from construction vehicles and sending it to a recycler.

For overall waste minimization during construction, reduction, reuse and recycling options must be
implemented wherever possible.
Based on Ghantoot’s scope of construction activities, the two main categories of waste which are ex-
pected to be generated during construction works include:
 Non-hazardous waste such as paper, packaging and boxes, kitchen and office waste, cardboard, scrap
metal, piping, etc.
 Hazardous waste such as oil and lubricants, paint, batteries, cans and small drums, filters, etc.
The following section provides specific control measures for waste minimization of the non-hazardous and
hazardous waste generated during construction.
Procedures for Non-Hazardous Waste Minimization
Control Measures
Where possible, materials should be ordered in bulk to reduce packaging. Suppliers will be requested
to use minimal packaging.
To the greatest extent practicable, excavated materials should be reused in filling operations or in
other processes.
Use of disposable materials such as plastic cups should be avoided.

Where possible, construction materials should be re-used. For example using wooden pallets and other
packaging materials for creating signs.
Reports should be printed on double side and paper will be re-used where possible. For example,
printing rough drafts on the clear side of used paper sheets.
Plastic drums, empty plastic bottles, scrap metal, and waste paper should be segregated on site and
sent to recycling.
Procedures for Hazardous Waste Minimization
Hazardous waste in general cannot be re-used, however minimization procedures for some haz-
ardous items such as empty paint/oil containers can be implemented as described below.
Control Measures
When mixing or diluting chemicals, ensure that the correct amounts of chemicals are used so that chem -
icals are not wasted unnecessarily.
Appropriate storage of hazardous materials to ensure that they are not spilt or contaminated and thus
rendered unusable.
Suppliers will be requested to use minimal packaging. Chemicals should be ordered in returnable drums.
“Buy-back” arrangements will be made with key suppliers so that any surplus chemicals or materials can
be returned.
Refillable containers will be used, where possible, for collection of waste fluids such as waste oil, hy-
draulic oils, and used grease.
Filter systems on all engines will be changed regularly.
Procedures for Waste Storage and Disposal
Following the appropriate waste minimization procedures described in detail above, proper
storage and disposal techniques of the remaining solid and liquid waste must be implemented.
Inappropriate storage, handling and disposal of project wastes could potentially impact soil,
groundwater and marine quality.
Control Measures
Control Measures
All storage areas should be well organized and waste appropriately managed through separation of haz -
ardous and non-hazardous solid and liquid waste. Waste within each category will be further separated
by type (paper, plastic, metal, etc.) and whether the material is recyclable or non-recyclable. Con-
struction waste will be separated into combustible and non-combustible, and all flammable substances
must be kept away from sources of ignition. Different types of hazardous waste will be stored separate-
ly to avoid adverse chemical reactions.
Storage containers will be bunded and sealed where necessary and will be of sufficient size and quantity
to contain all waste generated between collections / disposal.
Fire prevention systems and pollution control equipment should be provided for storage facilities where
necessary, to prevent fires or the release of hazardous materials to the environment.
For litter (food waste, domestic trash), an adequate number of bins should be strategically placed
throughout the site at locations where construction workers and staff consume food. These will be regu -
larly collected and taken to the main waste storage area. Maintain a high quality of housekeeping and
ensure that materials are not left where they can be washed or blown away to become litter. Conduct
ongoing awareness with staff of the need to avoid littering.
Hazardous liquid waste should be stored in a secure area with an impervious bunded base that has the
capacity to contain 110% of the total volume of stored materials. This area must be placed away from
any sources of ignition.
Hazardous liquid waste will be stored in tightly closed, leak proof containers made of material that is
compatible with the stored hazardous waste.
Containers will be clearly marked with appropriate warning labels to accurately describe their contents
and detailed safety precautions. Labels will be waterproof, securely attached, and written in English
and Arabic. Wherever possible, chemicals will be kept in their original container.
As mentioned above, different types of hazardous liquid waste will be stored separately to avoid ad-
verse chemical reactions. Hazardous materials will be stored and handled according to their material
safety data sheets (MSDS).
Equipment, materials and skills will be readily available to deal with spillages. Any spill will be immedi-
ately cleaned up and wastes properly disposed of.
Both non-hazardous and hazardous solid and liquid waste generated during construction will only be
transported off-site for disposal by an appropriately licensed environmental service provider. This ap-
proved contractor will follow the proper protocols to ensure that all waste handling and disposal from
the site is carried out according to accepted environmental regulations.
Waste management on site shall be strictly controlled and monitored. Only approved waste disposal
methods shall be allowed. The Contractor shall ensure that all site personnel are instructed in the proper
disposal of all waste.
SOLID WASTE
The Contractor shall ensure that all facilities are maintained in a neat and tidy condition and the site
shall be kept free of litter. Measures shall be taken to reduce the potential for litter and negligent behav-
ior with regard to the disposal of all refuse. At all places of work the Contractor shall provide litter bins,
containers and refuse collection facilities for later disposal.
Solid waste may be temporarily stored on site in a designated area approved by the Environmental Con-
sultant prior to collection and disposal. Waste storage containers shall be covered, tip-proof, weather-
proof and scavenger proof. The waste storage area shall be fenced off to prevent wind-blown litter.
No burning, on-site burying or dumping of waste shall occur.

All solid waste shall be disposed of off - site at an approved landfill site. The Contractor shall supply the
Environmental Consultant with certificates of disposal.
DOMESTIC WASTE
The Contractor shall provide metal refuse bins or equivalent plastic refuse bins, all with lids, for all build-
ings. Refuse shall be collected and removed from all facilities at least twice per week. Domestic waste
shall be transported to the approved refuse disposal site in covered containers or trucks.
CONSTRUCTION RUBBLE/WASTE
Inert construction rubble and waste materials shall be disposed of by burying in the borrow pits or at a
site approved by the Environmental Consultant.
SCRAP METAL
Scrap metal shall be disposed of off – site in accordance with EAD Rules & Regulations.
HAZARDOUS WASTE
Used oil and grease shall be removed from site and sold to an approved used oil recycling company. Un-
der no circumstances shall the spoiling of tar or bituminous products on the site, over embankments, in
borrow pits or any burying, be allowed.
Unused or rejected tar or bituminous products shall be returned to the supplier’s production plant.
Used oil, lubricants, cleaning materials, etc. from the maintenance of vehicles and machinery shall be
collected in holding tanks and sent back to the supplier or removed from site by a specialist oil recycling
company for disposal.
WASTE WATER
Water from kitchens, showers, laboratories, sinks etc. shall be connected to an existing sewer network
and in absence of the above a septic tank/soakage pit shall be constructed on site/camp and disposal of
the collected waste shall be carried out in an approved manner.
Runoff from fuel depots / workshops / machinery shall be collected in trays and later disposed off in an
approved manner. Water from concrete batching and washing areas shall be collected in sedimentation
tanks from where the aggregates shall be segregated from the cement slurry. These aggregates can be
reused for multiple purposes and the clean water shall be reused for the washing of vehicles. The sedi-
ment sludge shall be then disposed off to the approved designated areas.
NOISE CONTROL
Endeavor shall be made to keep noise generating activities to a minimum. The Contractor shall restrict all
operations that result in undue noise disturbance to local communities and/or dwellings (e.g. blasting,
crushing, etc.) to daylight hours on weekdays or as otherwise agreed with the Environmental Consultant
The local communities and/or residents shall be aware of the disturbances caused by noise generating
activities such as blasting well in advance and such activities shall be kept to a minimum.
DUST CONTROL
The generation of dust shall be minimized and a dust control program shall be implemented to maintain a
safe working environment, minimize nuisance for surrounding residential areas / dwellings and protect
damage to natural vegetation, crops, etc.
Construction vehicles shall comply with speed limits and haul distances shall be minimized.
Material loads shall be suitably covered and secured during transportation.
Exposed soil and material stockpiles shall be protected against wind erosion and the location of stockpiles
shall take into consideration the prevailing wind directions and locations of sensitive receptors
Dust suppression measures shall be implemented (e.g. water spray vehicles, covering of material stock-
piles, etc.) if and when required.
11.3 -ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES.
Regular monitoring is required during construction to determine whether environmental standards

and regulations are being complied with.
i. Air Quality
During construction, air quality and the occupational health of working labourers can be impacted by
the generation of dust (particulate matter and total suspended particulates), and to a lesser extent,
air emissions, which include combustion and exhaust gases of NO2 and SO2.
As long as the proper precautions and control measures to minimise air emissions of NO 2 and SO2 are
carried out, including the regular inspection and maintenance of all construction machinery, the im-
pact will be minimal. Additionally, since the impact is expected to be temporary and localised to the
project area, only visual observations of heavy smoke or fumes, indicating a strong release of com -
bustion and exhaust gases will be required during construction to monitor these air emissions.
The following sources shall be in compliance with maximum allowable limits set forth in Decree
No.(12) of 2006: Regulation concerning protection of air from pollution.
o All stationary sources
o All hydrocarbon fuel combustion sources
o All solid waste incinerators; and
o All hazardous and medical waste incinerators.
It should also be noted that if any odour complaints were made during construction, appropriate
odour monitoring will be carried out.
ii. Noise
EAD’s recommended noise limits for construction is advised at around 92 dB(A) 15 meters away from
equipment and machinery, and 80 dB(A) at the site boundary. The purpose of noise monitoring will be
to check compliance of these limits during construction. Noise monitoring should be measured for ac-
tivities with high noise impacts, activities in close proximity of sensitive receptors, or in the case of
noise complaints (being non-compliance). It is proposed to monitor these locations once a month, or
after receiving a complaint
Ghantoot will strictly adhere to OSHAD SF CoP 3.0 occupational noise and Annexure “N” and EAD re-
quirements to ensure compliance and to implement an effective hear conservation program.
Noise monitoring would be conducted continuously at each determined location during normal con-
struction works. In order to achieve representative conditions, monitoring will be taken on a typical
weekday, not on a weekend or public holiday.
All noise monitoring equipment used is of type 1 sound meter compliant with the relevant standards
and is within manufacturer’s calibration. Equipment has to be calibrated before and after monitoring,
and any drift recorded. Measures have to be taken to avoid interference from background noise lev -
els.
iii. Soil and Groundwater

Appropriate control measures must be employed to prevent contamination of the groundwater. As
part of the environmental management requirements of Ghantoot, groundwater quality within the
site and camp should be regularly monitored during construction.
Additionally, in the event of a non-compliance or contamination incident, and after the appropriate
incident response procedures and contingency plan are in place, emergency soil and groundwater
monitoring will also be conducted. The parameters to be tested will be determined by the nature and
scale of the spill or leak to the ground.
iv. Fuel
The consumption of fuel at site and camp is tracked from the purchase records i.e. fuel pump station
invoices and weight slips (if purchased in bulk quantities). Weekly the fuel consumption data is ob-
tained from the purchase department and recorded in the weekly statistic.
Tips to minimize fuel consumption
Equipment, machinery and plant should be in good operating condition and maintained free of leaks,
Drive only when needed
Keep the windows closed.
Minimize air conditioning.
Replace dirty air filters.
Maintain proper tire inflation
v. Water
Non-drinking water consumption is monitored from the number of water tankers of known capacity
used/offloaded at site and camp. A designated supervisor is assigned to count the number of trips
made by water tankers. Drinking water consumption is tracked from the units (cubic meter) con-
sumed. The water consumed is calculated and recorded in weekly statistics.
A prerequisite for understanding how to reduce water usage on construction sites is to have a
clear understanding of where water is used, how much is used, where water is being wasted and
what behaviours and/or technologies can be introduced to successfully reduce water wastage.
The first and immediate priority for reducing water use on construction sites is to eliminate/minimize
water wastage.
To Eliminate/minimize water wastage on site
• Improve efficiency of water using processes
• Offset consumption of mains water with alternative sources such as water from lagoons.
• Water efficient bathroom products and taps should be installed.
• Water meter adapter / add-on
• Auto shut-off taps.
• Ensure water supply able to be switched off at point of use e.g. through trigger guns on hoses.
• Auto shut-off taps (e.g. trigger type hoses/taps)
• Use temporary settlement lagoons and look at early construction of lagoons so that they can be uti -
lized early.
• Milling materials to be spread on access roads.
• Recovery of water for re-use of lorry washouts
vi. Electricity
As currently diesel driven generator are used to supply power to all site. Therefore no such systems
are implemented to monitor the consumption of electricity.
However efforts are made for installation of energy efficient products at site and site offices. Some
other tips are
Maximizing natural day light by using natural light instead of overhead or fluorescent light.
Normally work is executed in day time only.
Use of low voltage products.
Adjusting thermostat in the offices based on season.
vii. Handling & Storage of Materials
The handling and transportation of material is carried out in accordance with the manufacturer’s normal
methods or recommendations to prevent any damage or deterioration to that material.
Where appropriate, specific documentation, e.g. drawings, sketches or work instructions shall be es-
tablished for unusual handling and / or transport operations in accordance with the manufacturer rec-
ommendations. Only trained personnel shall operate Heavy Lifting Equipment.
Storage is organized in order to ensure that materials or equipments received on site do not deteriorate
or become damaged prior to installation.
Storage areas are inspected on regular basis to assess the conditions of the stored items.
The list of the stored perishable goods (construction elements, sealants and paints) shall be established
and maintained. Work instructions shall be given in order to: -
a) Store materials in appropriate environment.

b) Avoid the incorporation of materials beyond their expiry dates.
c) Identify and control dangerous and toxic materials.
Authorized personnel shall requisition materials issued for use in the permanent works and records of
the issue shall be maintained.
Where equipment is required to be maintained whilst in storage, a schedule of preservation measures
shall be established.
viii. Site Reinstatement
1. After back - filling, GTGC shall arrange the cleaning up and surface restoration of the right of way
and of any other additional area disturbed by work.
2. The back-fill surplus can be scattered over the ground surface of involved areas in line with Client’s
recommendations and approval.
3. The restoration works will be carried on without interruption until all work is completed.
4. Slopes, water streams’ banks or embankments, partially demolished during the works, will be re-
stored to their original form and condition and will be suitably strengthened.
5. Drainage ditches, drains or masonry will be restored to original operating condition.
6. Fencing that has been removed will be reinstalled, unless otherwise requested by owners.
7. When entrances to the right of way had been opened, they shall be properly closed again, leaving
open only those necessary for eventual subsequent construction works.
8. Private entrance roads, used by GTGC during the construction process will be reinstated or repaired.
9. Streets, footpaths, central strips or other public areas with surface works will be restored.
10. Dry walls, drainage, irrigation canals, agricultural improvement set-ups, miscellaneous brickwork and
any other facility, shall be restored.
11. In connection with very steep grade slopes subject to land-sliding hazards, GTGC shall take particular
precautions to prevent soil erosion.
12. At the end of these phases GTGC shall completely dismantle and remove all temporary plant and
buildings.
12. SECURITY & TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT
A. PROJECT SITE/FACILITY SECURITY
It is important to have a formalized security program in place that complies with corporate and in some
cases government procedures. Each business and site will have in place appropriate measures to protect
its sites or facilities and assets, business information, products, wastes and other materials from unau-
thorized personnel. These security efforts will be designed to prevent unauthorized personnel from put-
ting the environment, human health or safety or GTGC ability to effectively conduct its business at risk.
The security force or other appropriate personnel should be trained in assessing risk and administering an
orientation program to visitors. Also maintain day-to-day security activities which involve: entry/exiting,
emergency response plan, badges, screening practices, theft (vandalism) and in some cases, decontami-
nation procedures.
Standard programs and processes such as perimeter guarding, guard services, alarm systems, business
resumption plans, workplace violence programs, etc. are examples of measures to be considered to ad-
dress security risks at facilities.
12.1 SECURITY DEPLOYMENT PLAN

i. Security Objectives
Deployment Plan is to clarify scope of works and obligations required for facilities as a concern of securi-
ty.
GTGC shall provide effective and efficient security coverage to its Projects/ facilities, employees, visi -
tors, contractors and suppliers by utilizing professional expertise. GTGC will deploy well-qualified, expe-
rienced and trained personnel.
GTGC will implement the security system, which suits the contract and management requirements and
which will best achieve the objectives. GTGC staff will promote security and safety procedures by being
vigilant, attentive and proactive. The staff will be assertive in their approach and will deal with any in-
cidents professionally & tactfully. The main objective of security deployment will be to promote a safe
and secure environment.
ii. Security Mission
As the matter of challenging nature of construction site, Construction site security covers all the essen-
tials of planning, prioritizing and implementing construction site security.
Watching over tools, machinery, and vehicles for theft and vandalism is a challenge. Security vigilance
will protect resources and equipment and take adequate precautions to protect assets and equipment
from exposure, vandalism, improper usage, other types of damage and illegal activity.
Establish an identification system to identify authorized persons and limitations to their approved activi -
ties.
Assign responsibility for enforcing authority for entry and exit requirements
iii. Coordination and Liaison
GTGC Security will liaise with concerned safety & management personnel to understand the implications
of the site Policies in respect of Emergency Operation and Response. GTGC shall develop a training pro-
gramme as well as staff instructions to ensure that each member of staff is fully conversant with their
role and responsibilities with regard to actions pertaining to this policy. Records must be submitted to
GTGC Management.
Involvement of all of the individual staff members with the client representative, project managers, con-
tractors and any concerned to a suitable level in each case will be regulated. Interaction will be straight-
forward, professional and helpful. Concerned staff photo along with mobile number should be communi-
cated in all operational sites.
iv. Perimeter Security
To detect, deter and deny unauthorized access to the area maintaining a secure environment while pre -
serving the integrity of this facility.
Establish the visibility of security and provide physical security for the various assets, under guidelines
provided by appointed supervisors.
As a part of GTGC project management responsibility, a sturdy fencing is particularly important on the
construction job site and ideally the entire construction sites should be securely fenced. Special attention
should be given to the fencing areas used to store hazardous/ flammable materials and these areas should
be periodically checked and maintained.
Enclose each equipment storage area with a security fence to. Restrict access to equipment storage areas
to designated workers/supervisor. No duplication of keys and log books to be maintained.
v. Site access Control and Gate Pass
GTGC will assist and coordinate with management to develop access control and gate pass systems and
procedures. Preventing of unauthorized removal of items from the site will be a key issue in this policy.
As the projects of the company are concerned with construction; hence many contracting companies will
be involved, a huge amount of movement of equipment and tools is expected. The security staff will
maintain a check on all incoming and outgoing manifests. The security staff will also ensure that they
deal with requests to remove items promptly and efficiently and that the required documentation is
completed to the satisfaction of the authorized personnel in GTGC management.
A key requirement of the policy is to ensure that all personnel entering the site are identified and regis-
tered. The security staff will ensure that only approved and official forms of identification are used to
permit entry. GTGC undertakes to enforce all the requirements of the Access Control Policy.
ID badges provide instant verification on individuals authorized to be at a utility facility. Color-coded
badges can be used to alert others if employees / workers are in an inappropriate area or restricted sites.
ID badges can contain an up to date photo along with a date of expiration. Renewal of ID badges may oc-
cur at a period not to exceed 1 year from the date of issue or as agreed with management. Such badges
should be issued to authorized personnel working on sites, and visiting the sites. (Badges are issued to
personnel who have a need to cross the site on official business.)
Visitor badges: Project manager /supervisor to approve all visitors to the site and making sure there is a
valid purpose for a visit and trained site personnel accompanying visitors at all times at the Site.
Establish good sign-in and sign-out procedures and limiting access to sensitive areas.
Provide any assistance that may be needed to include but not limited to;
Maintenance of communication between security incidents, provide necessary documentation on inci -
dents and supervision control, contact of emergency services.
vi. Patrolling and Detection of Crime
The main element of security procedure is patrolling. The site is located in a light commercial and urban
area with moderate amount of foot and heavy vehicular traffic. In order to check and record activities on
site, following dual patrol strategy for the project is proposed.
Internal patrol: Patrolling on foot and by vehicle.

External perimeter patrol: Patrolling by vehicle
These patrols are also required in order to ensure that the contractors comply with safety regulations and
associated procedures. Security personnel will advise and report on any irregularities and play a full part
in any corrective action.
GTGC security staff will be vigilant and proactive in their search for signs of criminal activity. They will
look for suspicious actions on the part of people in the environment and will act to reduce crime. It is
not possible to completely prevent crime from occurring, however a plan will be developed, based on a
visibly attentive, confident and assertive guard force and this will deter all but the most determined
criminals. The regular patrols of the facilities and the vigilant attitude of the security personnel will con-
tribute to Incidents on the premises being kept to the minimum.
vii. Mobile Patrol
Vehicle patrol is essential for prompt and efficient response to incidents on the site. Vehicles shall be
allocated full time as per the contract requirements. The vehicles will be fitted with adequate first aid
and fire extinguishers to cater for any emergency situation. The vehicles will also be fitted with two-way
radios (Walkie-talkie system). The vehicles will be new and will be maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations.
viii. Documentation and Log Books
The Security Record is a corner stone of the service. There is discipline required to ensure that the rec-
ords kept are complete concise and legible. All incidents regardless of how serious they are will be rec-
orded in the logbook for the building and reports will be forwarded to the management and control cen-
tre in order that trends can be spotted and action can be taken proactively. The following logbooks will
be maintained:
 Occurrence Logbook
 Visitor Logbook as per GTGC Visitor Log sheet
 Vehicle Movement Logbook as per GTGC vehicle Log Sheet
 Delivery Logbook
 Lost and Found Logbook
 First Aid Logbook
 Instruction and Order Book
 Attendance and Duty roster Book
ix. Communication
When it comes to safety and security and emergency response, effective communication is the single
most important concept that can assist in repair of a problem.
GTGC will procure and deploy two-way radios (Walkie-talkie) as per the contract and site requirements.
All staff on duty will be provided with a two-way radio and with chargers. Adequate base stations will be
installed as per the requirements to deal with the emergency situations.
x. Incident Reporting
A key duty for security personnel on the site is to report incidents and incidents in a full, clear and
prompt manner. There will be a logbook, which will be kept up-to-date and maintained on a regular ba-
sis. The relevant authorities and concerned staff can inspect the logbook. Security supervisor, team lead-
er and all guards will be trained in the preparation of the standard Incident/Incident reports. GTGC will
also ensure that copies of reports are distributed properly to the relevant authorities.
Reporting without Delay;

 Any security violation that is reported/Observed
 Any fire
 Any medical incident demanding attention
 Any unusual occurrence demanding attention.
 Lost and found
Lost and found incidents will be dealt with as per the policy adopted by GTGC management. All lost and
found incidents will be recorded in the logbook and items will be kept in custody till the owner claims it
or in the case that no claim is made then management will be informed for further action.
xi. Emergency Procedures and Evacuation
Internal communication practice is important in preparing, identifying and responding to security con-
cerns. Following standardized procedures when communicating with fellow staff during an emergency is
extremely valuable.
GTGC security personnel shall be trained to respond to any emergency, especially fire and emergency
situations. In relation to the GTGC site, GTGC should seek details of the system or systems, which will be
installed and would develop in conjunction with GTGC an approved system of response to an emergency
situation. Depending on GTGC requirements, the response may include evacuation of people from the site
concerned as well as managing contact and information exchange with Civil Defense.
Emergency contact lists are essential for contacting staff after hours for emergencies. Contact lists
should be reviewed at least every 6 months and updated as necessary.
xii. Attendance and Duty Roster
GTGC undertakes to ensure that the security staff employed will work no more than 12 hours per day.
Each man is relieved by his replacement on a face-to-face basis, at the regularly scheduled times.
A Day-off and relieving schedule will be maintained and will be submitted to management for approval.
There will be sufficient relievers in place to permit this to happen and days off will be staggered.
GTGC also organizes the leave of its security staff in order that the minimum numbers of people are on
leave at one time. Leave is spread throughout the year and that ensures both that the contracts will be
covered correctly, and the staff will receive the leave that they are due. In the event that an individual
or individuals are demonstrably shown to be performing their duties at less than optimum level then
GTGC undertakes to replace the staff member for that shift.
xiii. Welfare of Staff
All members of the security staff are issued with sufficient uniforms to allow them to carry out their du-
ties in a smart and professional way. Staffs are transported to and from work in busses or minibuses.
xiv. Quality System
In order to ensure continuous improvement of the service, it is important that the company receives
feedback on the quality of the service being delivered. Performance review meeting in regular & irregular
basis to find opportunities for improvements shall be conducted.
In the event that the GTGC perceives that an aspect of the operation is not being performed to the satis-
faction of the Representative, GTGC shall take the necessary action to ensure that the situation is recti-
fied and if necessary will modify procedures to ensure that the situation will not recur.
xv. Security Training
GTGC will ensure for GTGC project that all security personnel provided for the contract are fully trained
in both Fire and First Aid.
Refresher and ongoing training programs ensure that people are kept up to date with innovation and
changes to procedures as well as the evolving demands of the contracts.
The security staff will be made aware of the security policy of the site during the phase in period. They
will receive training on the policy and will have written instructions on how to implement the policy in
each respect. A key requirement of the policy is to ensure that all personnel entering the site are identi-
fied and registered. GTGC staff will ensure that only approved and official forms of identification provid-
ed by the client are used to permit entry. GTGC undertakes to enforce all the requirements of the Site
Access Control Policy.
Security personnel are trained to follow instructions. They are also familiar with operating procedures
and are exposed to refresher trainings when one or more aspects of the service change. When GTGC re-
vise instructions or procedures or introduce other requirements then GTGC staff will be trained or briefed
in the revised requirement. The GTGC procedures will be updated and re-issued as appropriate.
12.2 SITE TRANSPORT
This section addresses the safe management and operation of mobile plant and transport. (Transportation
vehicles are defined as 'those used to carry persons or materials). To simplify terminology, the term 'facil-
ity vehicles' is used when referring to both mobile plant and transport collectively.
Preconstruction Traffic Management Plan; including following details shall be provided:
Preconstruction traffic management Plan to aid bidding, design and procurement process and should de-
tail the following shall be provided:
 Name of responsible person/s.
 Include map of site location and surrounding roads and buildings, site lay-out sketch and proposed
site entrance, traffic routes, turning points, materials storage areas and highlight any high risk issues
such as weak structures or hazardous installations. Consideration given as to likely number and nature
of vehicle and pedestrian movements.
 Establish off-site holding area for delivery vehicles where practical.
 Send out to relevant parties for consideration.
 Plan revised as necessary and changes communicated to relevant parties.
Construction Phase Traffic Management Plan :
The project team should develop a construction phase traffic management plan and again include it as
part of the projects overall logistics plan.
 Arrangements for segregating vehicles and pedestrians, including types of barriers and signage in dif-
ferent locations (areas where there is a high risk should have substantial barriers egg Jersey barriers;
routes in low risk areas can be marked by fencing or netting).
 Arrangements for authorizing road closure permits for excavations and any other activities causing
temporary alteration on site traffic routes.
 Site rules need to be identified within the plan specifically dealing with issues such as pedestrian re-
quirements and drivers requirements such as wearing high visibility clothing.
 Access arrangements for client representatives and other visitors.
 Site rules re use of signalers
 Driver competence checks – induction training – disciplinary procedures.
 Vehicle standards – size, maintenance, inspection certificates, emissions, vibration, noise, visibility
aids (CCTV, mirrors) warning devices (radar, bleeper’s) hazard warning lights or a mounted flashing
lamps.
 Restrictions on visiting vehicles, including cars, being allowed to enter site.
 Site speed limits.
 Adequate site lighting appropriate for the movement of vehicles during site hours, including night-
shifts.
 Arrangements to communicate the traffic/pedestrian routes and rules to delivery vehicle drivers in
advance of arrival at site, egg notification of gates to deliver to, site rules etc.
 Arrangements external to the site to guide vehicles/pedestrians to the correct entrances and to ad-
vice of potential hazards, and the provision of public protection from vehicles (where necessary, egg
where loading/off-loading can only be done from the public highway).
 Arrangements for avoiding reversing vehicles (one-way routes or turning circles) or reducing the risks
associated with restricted driver vision to rear of vehicles (convex mirrors, CCTV, proximity warning
devices, signaler).
 Hazards that might affect vehicle movement, egg, man-holes, excavations, soft spots, chemical stor-
age areas, limited space, etc.
 Entrance signage.
 Site visitors escorted at all times.
 Planning loading and unloading, egg sling loads before transport – or measures to prevent falls while
off-loading.
 Safe storage areas.
 Vehicle wheel wash.
 Illumination of perimeter/walkways/entrances.
 Measures to prevent persons working with plant or vehicles being struck by them, egg barrier off area
to prevent all persons approaching working plant/vehicles.
 Ensure ground conditions are able to take loads of vehicles and mobile plant.
 Project team to review construction phase traffic management monthly or more frequently if neces-
sary and changes communicated to relevant parties.
The logistics team will make adequate arrangements for the management of their use of vehicle and de-
livery vehicles, including:
 Methods for communicating site rules for traffic management to their drivers and visiting delivery
drivers.
 Driver competence checks and training, performance monitoring, disciplinary procedures, etc.
 Provision and use of safe, suitable and well maintained vehicles.
The traffic management plan must be reviewed at least monthly whilst construction is occurring to en-
sure that changes in work activities are captured in revised editions and that such alterations are effec-
tively communicated.
Road Safety Enforcement
The use of plant and other vehicles on construction sites can affect the surrounding environment in which
they are working. The progression of the construction work means that site conditions can change on a
daily basis, therefore because it was acceptable yesterday may not mean it is acceptable today.
Site/Facility management shall ensure that site traffic plan being effectively implemented. Any alteration
in traffic routes shall be authorized by the site/Facility management. Prior to authorize an excavation
causing obstruction in traffic routes, impacts on site traffic shall be considered. Provision of an alternate
route, availability of physical barriers and warning signs and communicating all associated hazards with
site employees are compulsory.
Based on risk assessment findings, establishing site gate pass system, for site vehicles might be necessary.
Prior to entry to the site/Facility, after familiarization with site safety rules and procedures, Temporary
vehicles shall obtain temporary gate pass.
Risk of adverse effect on public transportation, from site vehicle shall be minimized.
Vehicle and pedestrian access routes should be cleaned, maintained free of pot holes and constructed of
either of a temporary or permanent hard surface. Close proximity of routes to shafts, holes, excavations,
wells and water hazards should be avoided.
Protection should be provided to any permanent or temporary structures such as scaffolds and false work
which might be damaged and made unsafe if struck by a vehicle.
Where overhead cables cross or are in close proximity to trafficked routes then protection must be pro-
vided.
All reversing vehicles should have warning lights and alarms in good working order. A competent banks
man should be in place to control the vehicle and he must ensure that he is in constant communication
with the driver and should not put himself at risk by standing directly behind a reversing vehicle. A desig-
nated clear access route for emergency vehicles should be established with procedures to ensure unob -
structed passage can be maintained.
A banks man wearing a high visibility jacket/vest must be provided where vehicles are reversing in the
proximity of pedestrians.
BANKSMEN
Banks men should be appointed to ensure clear and precise commands are given to all machine opera-
tors/drivers. Banks men should be readily identifiable to all concerned in the operations (by wearing a
different colored helmet and high visibility vest to other operatives).
Banks men should:
 Be medically fit for the purpose (eyesight, hearing and reflexes etc)
 Have an aptitude for judging distance, height and clearance and a sensible knowledge of the safe
working with the machines
 Be agile and strong enough to handle the gear and to identify the defects
 Be trained in the general techniques of the operations
 Be capable of directing the safe movement and to maintain the safety of all personnel
 Be aware of the environmental conditions during the operation (obstructions, people, excava-
tions, etc)
 Be aware of the other people in the vicinity when maneuvering/ reversing and warn the other
people by a whistle.
Banks man’s Instruction Guide:
Drivers, operators
Only competent drivers/operators are authorized to drive/operate vehicles on site. An inspection of the
driver’s license and relevant permits if necessary should be undertaken to establish plant categories for
which training has been provided. The GTGC site management should retain a copy for record purposes,
and should check with training providers to ensure that cards are valid.
If there is any doubt regarding a person’s eligibility to operate or drive any form of transport or to the
validity of its license, registration or insurance cover the vehicle must not be used and further advice
must be sought from the safety department.
If driven on the public highway then the driver must hold a current relevant driving license. Drivers must
ensure no passengers are carried on vehicles which do not have proper seats.
Parking:
Car parks will be established within or close to the development. No cars will be allowed to park on the
construction zones site access roads. Any vehicle parked on the site access roads should be towed away.
A tow away fee could be charged for recovery of the vehicle. All of this will need to be coordinated with
the security team.
Other facility vehicles (mobile plant, trailers, etc.) should be parked in designated areas on site, prefera-
bly a safe distance from the site security fence, and immobilized.
Parking areas should be on level ground where possible, and of a suitable facility for the specific facility
vehicles. Debris and materials (especially combustible) should not be allowed to accumulate in parking
areas and flammable liquid/fuel stores should be sited a safe distance away.
Loading and storage areas: The planning and design of loading and storage areas requires careful assess-
ment of material delivery programming, quantities, bulk and protection from the weather, both in the
short term and long term. Facility vehicle movements should also be considered to eliminate reversing
(where possible) and avoid double handling.
Special attention should be given to access routes to loading and storage areas and the area available for
maneuvering facility vehicles especially articulated vehicles. Pedestrian access to these areas should be
limited, so far as is reasonably practicable, to those controlling facility vehicle movements, such as banks
men and drivers/operators, who should wear high visibility clothing.
Strategically placed visibility aids such as large convex mirrors will reduce the number of blind spots with-
in these areas, and therefore reduce risks to safety. Sufficient and adequate fixed signs and lighting
should be provided. On sites where little storage space is available, off-site arrangements may have to be
made.
Lighting: Where primary lighting (daylight) is insufficient to provide a safe means of access, or safe work-
ing conditions for pedestrians and/or facility vehicles, secondary lighting (artificial lighting) should be
provided, Insufficient primary lighting may occur due to:
 Seasonal time changes;
 Agreed or extended working hours;
 Adverse weather conditions, including storms, rain, fog, hail and snow; and
 Enclosed/shaded structures.
An assessment should be made to determine the lighting requirements of access routes and work areas.
Signs: Site pedestrian and facility vehicle signs and road markings should be provided to the standards set
by the local authorities. To ensure a standard approach, signs should not be dissimilar to the public high-
way signs.
Signs should be provided to:
 Instruct pedestrians to keep to the pedestrian routes.
 warn pedestrians of facility vehicle hazards;
 instruct driver/operators which facility vehicle routes to use, including parking, delivery/storage,
one-way systems, no entries, welfare compound facilities, reversing areas, etc.,
 instruct drivers/operators to keep to speed limits, etc.; and
 Warn facility vehicle drivers/operators of hazards, including pedestrian movements. Signs in the form
of barriers, cones and warning tape should be conspicuous and be accompanied by an instruction sign
explaining the hazards.
All signs should be maintained to high standards. This may require:

 stocks of signs kept on site;
 a cleaning regime; and
 A resource to carry out maintenance work.
Maintenance: The facility vehicle access routes and work areas should be maintained to high standards,
providing suitable conditions for safe operation. A road-sweeper (or similar equipment) may need to be
used to maintain any access routes and adjacent highways in a clean, safe condition.
Temporary structures: Any temporary structures, such as sheeting gantries, wheel wash/ wash down facil -
ities should be designed to facilitate safe erection/dismantling, and ensure safety during opera -
tion/usage.
Risks of facility vehicles to the public:
 ensure pedestrian and facility vehicle safety management systems are developed and in place;
 ensure the public (especially children) are excluded from the operational areas where facility vehi-
cles are working, by means of fencing, barriers, etc.;
 facility vehicles should be immobilized whenever not in use,
 Particular attention should be given to controlling the movements of facility vehicles and the public
when public footways and roads need to be crossed.
 deliveries should be restricted to off peak times, or strictly controlled, where the increased volume
of traffic (pedestrian and/or vehicular) may significantly increase the risks subjected to both parties;
 Traffic routes on progressively occupied sites, such as industrial estates of single projects should be
carefully planned and managed.
 Provide information for site personnel and those people not involved in facility work, including the
general public, on the measures put in place to reduce risks to safety;
 Segregate public pedestrian and vehicle routes from the site pedestrian and vehicle routes;
 Ensure public vehicles can be parked in safe areas away from the working site and safe access is pro-
vided to the occupied areas and structures; and
 Ensure all parties are informed of any changes to pedestrian or traffic routes as work on the remain-
ing facility site progresses.
Maintenance & repair: Poor maintenance leads to facility/Site vehicles being used in a bad mechanical
state and often leads to injury producing incidents. All vehicles shall be maintained in such condition that
they may be used safely and without risk to health and also under established formal inspection regimes.
Basic maintenance can frequently be carried out by the driver/operator on a daily/weekly basis. A record
of inspection, maintenance and repairs must be kept.
Maintenance can be divided into three categories:

Water, oil, fuel, lights, tyres and brakes (including checking
Daily inspection Driver /Operator
the pressure gauge or air brakes).
Driver /Operator
Weekly Inspec- Or Deeper than daily inspection, more detail, for example by a
tion Mechanical techni- fitter
cian
Should be done on an hour’s or mileage basis in accordance
Periodic servic-
Specialist with the manufacturers' instructions.
ing
Planned inspection and maintenance needs to follow manufacturer’s instructions and include, where ap-
propriate:
 Braking systems, seatbelts, tyres, including condition and pressures, tracks, steering, visibility aids
e.g. convex mirrors, lights and indicators, safety devices such as interlocks, warning signals, wind -
screen washers and wipers, fire-fighting equipment, condition of cab protection devices e.g. ROPS
and FOPS, functional checks on the vehicle, including controls and starting systems, Correct location
of guards and panels on the vehicle.
Appropriate temporary workshop shall be assigned in the site. As far as reasonably practicable all mainte-
nance, repair and cleaning activities shall be performed within the workshop. Adequate means of fire
prevention and protection, spillage control and any other HSE requirements should be provided.
In case of an emergency or any difficulties to perform the task within the workshop, additional precau-
tion to preserve the other moving vehicle, operators and maintenance team shall be provided. Using safe-
ty cones, signage, flagman, flash lights
Tyre changing: Failure to observe safety precautions, or to follow proper tyre changing procedures, can
cause serious injury or death.
Persons without proper training and equipment should never attempt the work.
13. PERFOMANCE MONITORING AND REVIEW
The effect that the facility/site HSE management process is having on HSE performance that can be moni-
tored by a series of audits, inspections, incident/incident investigation reporting and the monthly HSE
performance reporting designed to identify and correct unsafe behavior and conditions. These programs
shall be present at each facility/site and to involve all levels of the organization.
13.1 PRO-ACTIVE MONITORING
13.1.1 Inspections
The main purpose of a safety inspection is to identify those hazards that are not controlled to some
standard (e.g. legal requirement).
Inspections may be carried out by:
HSE Officers/committees
Enforcement officers
Competent engineers (statutory engineering inspections of cranes, hoists, lifting tackle, pressure vessels
etc.).
In their most basic form, (a general workplace inspection) inspections involve the identification of obvi-
ous visible hazards with the objective of eliminating or controlling the hazards that have been identified.
Carrying out a General Workplace Safety Inspection
The following points shall be followed when carrying out inspections in workplaces:
1. before the inspection:

Look at the previous inspection records and familiarize yourself as much as possible with laws and
other standards.
Consider the use of a checklist of topics, this might include various points under the following headings:
 The workplace (floors, walls, roofs, access/egress).
 Work equipment (guarding, condition, and suitability).
 Personal protection equipment (suitability, use, storage).
 Fire precautions (alarms, extinguishers, escape routes, signs).
 Ergonomics (workstation layouts, manual handling).
 Materials (proper storage and handling, hazardous and flammable substances).
2. during the inspection:

 Note: any suspected breaches of law or other standards
 Record inadequately controlled hazards
 Record any improvements.
 Avoid listing trivial details if there are more serious problems,
 Include plant rooms, storage areas etc.
3. After the inspection:

Simply identifying hazards and listing them is unlikely to improve safety; inspections must lead to
corrective action. Following an inspection it is essential to:
 Identify actions to eliminate or control the hazards now, and also to prevent them from occurring
again.
 Prioritize the actions to be taken.
 Set clear responsibilities and dates for action
The three major limitations of inspection checklists for general workplace inspections are:
 Some hazards are not visible, e.g. psychological stress, poor process design.
 Some hazards are not always present, e.g. intermittent mechanical faults, overflowing or leaking
vessels, hazards that may occur in certain circumstances.
 Unsafe practices (i.e. people behaving in a manner, which may expose them to a hazard) are just
as important as hazards.
These limitations can be overcome by the use of other proactive techniques in addition to inspections:
13.1.2 HSE Sampling
This is a random sampling exercise in which observers follow a pre-determined route usually at normal
walking pace and note any omissions or non-compliances.
The number of omissions or non-compliances is then counted to provide a score of the overall effective-
ness of the safety performance. The technique has little scientific validity (the observer's attentiveness is
sure to vary) but has the advantage of raising the profile of the safety improvement effort.
13.1.3 HSE Tours
A safety tour is an unscheduled (usually) examination of the workplace to assess whether or not accepta -
ble standards of housekeeping, safe access, fire precautions are being maintained. Some hazards may be
identified but a tour gives a general impression rather than a thorough analysis of hazards.
13.1.4 HSE Surveys
As with site/facility surveys, a safety survey is normally carried out by a specialist who will either be fo-
cusing on specific topics (e.g. a survey of fire precautions, electrical, etc.) or will be asked to report on
the main strengths and weaknesses. Detailed reports are normally produced as a result of surveys.
13.1.5 Audits
Audits (involving a comprehensive & independent examination of all aspects of an organization’s Envi-
ronmental health and safety management system against stated objectives)
An audit is not intended to identify all of the hazards; it is intended as an evaluation of health and safety
management systems.
Evidence is gathered from people (interviews), the workplace (a tour) and documents (an examination of
records of training, inspection/test, maintenance etc.). A thorough audit is very detailed but could be
described as "a full examination of the systems of management to ensure that they exist, are adequate
and are used in practice".
Environment, Health and Safety (E.H.S.) management system auditing is a process whereby GTGC can
review and continually evaluate the effectiveness of the HSE management system
HSE management system audits need to consider HSE policy and procedures, and the conditions and prac-
tices in the workplace.
An internal HSE management system audit program shall be established to allow the GTGC to review the
conformity of its HSE management system.
Planned HSE management system audits shall be carried out by personnel from within the GTGC and/or
by external personnel selected by the GTGC, to establish the degree of conformity to the documented
HSE procedures, and to assess whether or not the system is effective in meeting the HSE objectives of the
GTGC. In either case, the personnel conducting the HSE management system audits must be in a position
to do so impartially and objectively.
A HSE Audit questionnaire form shall be used to evaluate the HSE management system in the site/facility.
Annual Third Party External Compliance Audit Reporting
a) GTGC shall undergo an annual third party external compliance audit.

b) GTGC shall submit the annual external compliance audit result to Sector Regulatory Authority by
completing and submitting OSHAD – Form – F – Entity Annual External OSH MS Audit Report and
the audit report within 30 calendar days of the audit.
13.1.6 Benchmarking:
Is the process of learning from an organization and establishing a baseline to find opportunities for im-
provement.;
13.2 REACTIVE MONITORING
13.2.1 Incident Investigation & Reporting System
To ensure that all incidents are reported, recorded and analyzed, and that corrective action is taken to
prevent recurrence.
To ensure that such reporting is done through a coherent system that would give the management all ap -
propriate tools to efficiently monitor HSE performances, and to perform relevant systematic analysis of
reported incidents.
Definitions
Is an unplanned event or chain of events, which has, or could have, caused injury or
Incident -
illness and/or damage (loss) to people, assets, the environment, or reputation?
Incident Is an incident which has caused harm?
Is an incident which resulted in no injury, illness, damage, product loss or harm to
Near Miss
the company reputation?
Is an incident that caused property loss, environmental impact or reputation of the
Dangerous Occurrence
company is involved.
Is any work-related abnormal condition or disorder, other than one resulting from a
reportable injury, caused by or mainly caused by exposure to environmental factors
Occupational Illness
associated with the employment. It includes acute and chronic illness or diseases
which may be caused by inhalation, absorption, ingestion, or direct contact.
Any one-time treatment and subsequent observation of minor scratches, cuts, burns,
First Aid Cases (FAC)
splinters, etc. , which do not ordinarily require medical care by a physician.
Lost Time Incident Is an incident which resulted to one days (excluding the day of incident) of incapacity
(LTA) to work.
Lost Time Injury Any work related injury or illness which results in a person being medically unfit for
(LTI) work on any day after the day of occurrence of the injury.
Medical Treatment is any reportable injury that which requires treatment by, or under the specific order
Cases (MTC) of, a medical practitioner
Is a classification of a death resulting from a Work Injury, or Occupational Illness, re-
Fatality (FTA)
gardless of the time intervening between injury/illness and death..
Restrict Work Cases Is any work injury which results in a work assignment after the day the incident oc-
(RWC) curred that does not include all the normal duties of the person's Regular Job.
Is any work injury which results in the complete loss, or permanent loss of use, of any
Permanent Partial member or part of the body or any permanent impairment of functions of parts of the
Disability (PPD) body, regardless of any pre-existing disability of the injured member or impaired
body function.
Permanent Total Disa- Is any work injury which incapacitates an Employee permanently and results in termi-
bility(PTD) nation of employment. It is a Lost Time Injury.
1. Incident Management
1. Immediately assess the seriousness of the situation.

2. Eliminate and contain hazards. If necessary, remove non essential personnel on area of danger.
3. Provision of First Aid as soon as possible
4. Call ambulance immediately, if a life threat occurs.
5. Secure the area
6. Find out where the injured person(s) was taken
7. Inform the Project Manager. Project Manager shall inform the Client immediately.
2. Incident Notification:
a) GTGC shall officially notify Sector Regulatory Authority(SRA) within 24 hours of an incident oc-
curring at a work place which result in following incident types (Reportable Incidents)
1) Fatality
2) Reportable Serious Injury
3) Reportable Dangerous Occurrence
4) Receipt of a written diagnosis or other knowledge of the occurrence of reportable Occupa-
tional illness or Disease arising out of and in the course of work
5) Major or moderate Environment Incident
b) GTGC shall officially notify of relevant incidents by completing and submitting OSHAD Incident
Notification Form– Form G – (as a minimum) within maximum of 24 hours in case of fatality and
03 working days for other serious injuries, as soon as practicable through the HSE emergency Con-
tact Hot line – 800 555
c) Depending upon the magnitude of incident GTGC shall notify to other relevant authorities. (eg.
Ministry of Labour, AD police, etc.)
d) Depending upon the contractual or other obligation GTGC may require reporting HSE performance
and Incidents to other relevant stake holders (eg. Client, relevant authorities).
3. Incident Reporting
With respect to following steps, Incident form shall be filled up by HSE Officer.
Step 1: Incident Classification – reporter have to determine whether it is Incident, Near Miss or Danger-
ous Occurrence. (Check the definition of each classification). Box shall be ticked by reporter. e.g. for an
incident resulted in medical treatment case for an employee, reported shall tick the boxes of incident
and MTC.
Step 2: Severity Classification – this will be the actual and potential severity to People, Assets, Environ-
ment or Reputation. A Near Miss shall always have a zero actual severity but the potential severity could
equal or greater than 2.
People Assets Environment Reputation

RATE
PO AC PO AC PO AC PO AC
T. T. T T. T. T. T. T.
1 Minor health Minor damage Minor effect Limited impact
effect/ injury <US $100K
2 Major health Localised Localised ef- Considerable

effect/ damage fect impact
Injury includ- < US$ 1M
ing LTI
3 PTD,1 Fatality Major damage Major effect National / in-

or Multiple <US$10M ternational
Fatalities impact
Table 1: Severity Rate Matrix
Step 3: Injured persons – state the name, employer, trade, I.D. No., Employee no., Nationality, age and
gender. (if multiple persons are injured, get the exact number and provide a list.)
Step 4: Summary of incident – an abstract of the incident
Step 5: Details of Incident – what was done, where, by whom, how, PTW reference
Step 6: Immediate action taken to eliminate the Incident: an action to secure the area of the incident
such as Stopping an activity near or within the vicinity of the incident until corrective actions are in
place, Permit to work system, or thorough inspections.
Step 7: Causes of Incident – to find out the underlying and immediate causes
Immediate Cause – Unsafe acts and Unsafe conditions
Basic Causes are:

 Job Factor – Ergonomics, Decision making, Procedures, working environment, maintenance, Working
Time
 Individual Factor – Work attitude, Motivation, Physical Capabilities, Perception of risk, Age, Medical
conditions, levels of Training and experience
Underlying Cause – inefficient management system that failures and deficiencies are neglected.
Step 8: Further Recommendations to prevent recurrence in future: a further corrective action included
but not limited to:
1. Housekeeping
2. Tool Box Talks
3. Regular Inspections
4. Safe systems of work to be followed
5. Permit to Work System
6. Information, Instructions, Training & Supervision

7. Equipment Maintenance
8. Review of Risk assessment
Step 9: Reported by - a person who initiated the report. (HSE officer/Manager)

Reviewed by - Project Manager and HSE Manager
Step 10: Distribution – Copies of the report shall be distributed to Project Director, Project/Facility
Manager, Supervisor, HSE Officer.
Concerned incident investigation and reporting forms shall be submit to the concerned authorities such as
the Sector Regulatory Authority (SRA).
4. Incident investigation
Once the actions described above have been completed, the Investigation team shall initiate an
investigation according to the level of severity rate.
SEVERITY RATE INVESTIGATION TEAM

POTENTIAL – LESS THAN 1
1 DIRECT SUPERVISOR, HSE OFFICER
ACTUAL – LESS THAN 1
POTENTIAL – MORE THAN 1
2 HSE OFFICER; PROJECT/FACILITY MANAGER; ANY RELEVANT SPECIALIST
ACTUAL – MORE THAN 2
POTENTIAL – MORE THAN 2 MANAGING DIRECTOR; PROJECT DIRECTOR; PROJECT MANAGER; HSE OF-
3
ACTUAL – MORE THAN 2 FICER; SAFETY REPRESENTATIVE
Incidents are to be investigated to determine underlying causes, using an appropriate method. As a
minimum the following are to be investigated and reviewed by Investigation Team.
5. Analyzing data
Incident Review follows Investigation and is principally concerned with preventing the recurrence
of incidents via discussions on underlying causes and remedial actions. Incidents should be re-
viewed to a level of detail commensurate with Risk Potential.
The HSE Manager’s prime responsibilities are:
 To challenge and test investigation team to ensure all active and latent failures are identified.
 To review and endorse the actual severity and potential risk rating provisionally assigned to
each incident.
 To endorse recommended corrective and remedial action items
 To confirm actions, action parties and deadline for close out.
 Note: assigned action parties outside the Project Director’s/Deputy General Manager’s direct
control shall formally agree to accept the action item.
 To determine appropriate lateral learning method to ensure that all key personnel are ade-
quately informed to prevent a reoccurrence.
 Minutes of the Incident Review meetings shall be recorded.
6. Action plan
Corrective actions must be designed to address management system needs and deficiencies, in ad-
dition to preventing recurrence of all root and direct causes.
Action plan must be Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic, Time bound (S.M.A.R.T.)
13.2.2 HSE MONTHLY PERFORMANCE REPORT
SCOPE
The purpose of the Monthly HSE Report is to provide a statistical measurement tool for facility/project
site management to determine progress toward objectives; make industry comparisons; and provide a
measurement base for consideration in recognition programs, both internal and external.
Incident Statistics
A tool to monitor the health and safety performances and to be able to analyze the data and track the
trends on unwanted events such as incidents or incidents.
Incidence Rate
The average number of incidents per employee (in a given period)

The incident incidence rate is a measure of:
Total number of incidents X 1000.000

Average number employed during the period (usually a year)
Usually, only incidents that are reportable under the local legislation are included. Some organizations
include all "lost time" incidents but "lost time" can be defined as more than a day, more than an hour etc.
Frequency Rate
- The average number of hours worked per incident.

Total number of incidents x 1000,000
Total number of person hours worked
Severity rate
The average length of time taken off work by employees as a result of incidents at work. In reality the
number of incidents in a period can be more of a measure of the effectiveness of the reporting system
than of safety performance. A large number of minor incidents might be of less concern than a smaller
number of serious ones.
One measure of the seriousness of an incident is the length of absence resulting from it.
A. Procedure
A HSE Monthly Performance Report Form is to be completed each month by the HSE Officer and sent to
the Project Manager and HSE Manager by the fifth working day following the report period.
B. Distribution
The HSE Officer is responsible for distributing the report as follows:

 One copy – HSE Manager
 One copy – Project Director
 One copy – Project Manager
 One copy – Consultant
 One Copy - Client/Facility Owner
C. Other Reports
A copy of any lost workday injury/illness investigation reports must be attached for each lost workday
injury reported during the month.
These individual facility/site reports will be consolidated each month by HSE Manager to produce an
overall company performance report.
14. RULES & SAFE OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
HSE rules and procedures shall be established and made available to all employees. Also depart-
mental/divisional rules and procedures shall be established based on the safe operation and handling of
specific equipment, process jobs or machines. These rules and procedures should be developed on the
basis of site job requirements and any applicable regulatory requirements. All HSE rules and procedures
should have significant employee input.
Specific procedures such as control of energy sources, hot work, confined space entry and hazard com-
munication should be in place based on the applicability to the site.
NO HSE RULES AND PROCEDURES NO HSE RULES AND PROCEDURES

1. General Site/Facility Safety Rules 20. Waste Management
2. House keeping 21. Temporary Fuel Storage
3. Night Working 22. Working at, Over or Near Water
4. Pile Driving 23. Working in Danger of Engulfment
5. Excavation Safety 24. Garbage Chutes
6. Scaffolding Safety 25. Vessels Under Pressure
7. Safe Use of Ladder 26. Equipment Maintenance
8. Elevating Work Platforms 27. Water Proofing
9. Fall Protection 28. Concreting
10. Floor and Wall Openings, Stairways 29. Retaining Wall
11. Form Work 30. Steel Reinforcement
12. Electrical Safety 31. Masonry Work
13. Hand and Portable Power Tools 32. Painting
14. Plant and Equipment 33. False Work
15. Lifting Operations 34. Carpentry
16. Pre Cast Concrete 35. Safety Precautions for Demolition
17. Machine Guarding 36. Hot Weather and Heat Stress
18. Manual Handling 37. Hand Over Process
19. Chemical Hazards Control
14.1. General Site /FACILITY Safety Rules
1. Know the job, follow the standard operating procedures.
2. Observe all safety rules and regulation plus fire prevention procedures and safety programs which
are framed for site.
3. Practice good housekeeping. Do not leave tools / materials /scraps at your site. Keep your site
(work – place) clean and tidy.
4. Wear the appropriate work clothing and personal protective equipment for your job.
5. Work permits are required for certain specific jobs. Follow the safety instructions and procedures of
site. Work permit to be signed by HSE personnel.
6. Locate machines, benches and work areas in such a way so as to allow free movements.
7. Adequate and suitable firefighting equipment must be provided for all hot works or area where com-
bustible or flammable materials are stored. Know the exact location of firefighting equipment.
8. Standard emergency kit and first aid equipment must be provided and readily available at all times
at site.
9. Know the potential hazards of your job and take precautions that are required at site.
10. Smoking is allowed only in designated smoking area.“No Smoking“signs and all other warning signs
exhibited should be followed strictly.
11. All incidents causing injuries / damages shall be reported and treated by the site first aider. All inci-
dents must also be reported to the personnel department for onward information to insurance of-
fice.
12. Conduct safety induction and on the job familiarization programs for new employees of the site.
Safety induction stickers to be put on helmet for personnel already under gone training.
13. Drivers and operators must obey all speed limits and other traffic rules and regulations on site.
14. Do not tamper with any fire equipment, be sure to understand emergency procedures and know
what to do at site in case of emergency.
15. Intoxicating drugs or beverages are forbidden at site.
16. No visitor or client shall be allowed inside hazardous site (if any) without supervision.
17. Check that all tools and equipment are in safe condition. Use tools and equipment correctly. If de-
fective, report to the supervisor. Never use unsafe tools and equipment at site.
18. Only operate equipment, machines, apparatus etc. of which you are familiar to work at site.
19. Maintain all equipment in accordance with manufacture specifications.
20. Do not repair any machines or equipments while it is running / energized.
21. Use and place all type of ladders in safe condition at site.
22. Poisonous / dangerous chemicals must never be kept in unauthorized bottles / cans at site.
23. Do not clean your hands with solvents such as gasoline, thinner. Use prescribed cleaning agents.
24. Do not store gasoline or other flammable materials in open containers. It should be stored in closed
metal containers.
25. Wash your hands before eating. Personal hygiene is very important.
14.2. Housekeeping
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all areas of work including offices, workshops, fabrication yards, welfare facili -
ties, construction sites.
PURPOSE
The purpose of this procedure is to outline the requirements for managing and controlling housekeeping
operations during construction and commissioning.
DEFINITIONS
1. Housekeeping is the act of keeping the working environment cleared of all unnecessary waste and ma -
terials.
2. Hazardous waste include batteries, fluorescent lighting, containers that have been used for the trans-
portation of flammable, toxic or corrosive liquids.
RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Project Manager
 Ensure that housekeeping practices are being applied in conformance with this procedure through
GTGC.
 Will ensure that sufficient resources are provided to implement this procedure and that the proce-
dure is being applied correctly.
 Responsible for the update, implementation and monitoring of this procedure and monitoring compli -
ance.
3. Site Supervisor
 Will assign duties under this procedure for the establishment and maintenance of good housekeeping
standards.
 Will carry out regular inspection of the area’s under their control to ensure compliance.
4. Subcontractors
 All Subcontractors shall be required to comply with this procedure.
PROCEDURE
1. Offices
The following arrangements will be applied to office accommodation:

 All exits and access passageways, fire doors, break-glass alarm points, firefighting equipment, first
aid stations, and other emergency stations are to be kept clear and unobstructed.
 Litter bins will be emptied whenever needed or at least at the end of each working day.
 Cords and leads will be situated to prevent trip hazards.
 Fire extinguishers shall not be removed from their location.
 Copier fluid or any other source of combustible material will be stored in a safe place away from any
potential ignition sources.
 Disposal of any hazardous waste will be in accordance with Environmental Management Procedure.
 Personnel will maintain a clean desk policy to prevent the buildup of paper or other combustible
sources.
2. Construction Site
 All workplace area’s are to be maintained clear of debris waste and other rubbish, which shall be dis-
posed of in segregated containers for disposal.
 An adequate number of container for storage and disposal of waste materials will be provided
 Any spillages, such as oil or grease will be immediately cleaned up, by absorption in inert absorbent
material or other suitable materials. Toxic, corrosive or other hazardous liquids shall be cleared up in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions or material safety data sheet. All material used to mop
up spills shall be immediately removed to a safe place and stored in closed containers for safe dispos-
al.
 Tools, equipment and raw materials in use at the workplace will be kept to the minimum required, as
commensurate with efficient working practice. Tools and other equipment shall be removed as soon
as possible to their defined storage area after use.
 Cables and hoses will be routed wherever possible above grade to eliminate tripping hazards.
 Shuttering and other timber articles will be de-nailed and stacked in a location away from the work
areas and access routes.
 Scaffolds will be swept and loose material removed on a regular basis.
 Designated area’s will be identified for the racking and storage of scaffold tubes and fittings.
 Where materials are being removed from elevated structures proper arrangements shall be in place
e.g., Barriers, signs, winches, hoists etc. to eliminate the risk of injury to personnel working in the
area.
 A concrete washing area with suitable drainage shall be identified for concrete trucks, to prevent
build up of waste concrete from building up in site area’s.
3. Maintenance Workshops
 Flammable liquids, including paints, thinners and solvents will be kept in purpose built containers
away from sources of ignition.
 Rags, Cardboard or other carbonaceous materials contaminated by oil or other combustibles, shall be
disposed of on a regular basis to prevent build up and shall be contained in a sealed container.
 Area’s around grinders, lathes and other rotating equipment shall be kept free of trip hazards and
shall have safe access maintained.
 Maintenance pits shall be regularly cleaned and have any liquid build up removed.
 Sump oil shall be drained and contained in sealed containers.
4. General Considerations
 When storing or placing materials, such as boxes, pallets or containers supervision shall ensure that
they do not pose a threat to workers from lifting, tripping or blocking egress routes.
 Offices and workshops shall be maintained clear of debris, waste and other rubbish, which shall be
disposed of in accordance with manufacturers guidelines and the projects Environmental Management
Procedure.
 Adequate time will be assigned to ensure that good housekeeping is maintained. This may be carried
out by the workers in the particular office, workshop or site, or at the discretion of the management,
by a team of specialists cleaners
 Any instances of poor housekeeping that results in the creation of a tripping slipping of fire hazard
shall be immediately dealt with.
 Materials shall be stacked and stored in a safe manner that prevents sliding, falling or collapse.
 Waste disposal containers shall be sited for food waste, and other such areas as utilized for eating
shall be kept clean and tidy.
14.3. Night Working
This procedure shall apply to all activities that necessitate the need for working during the night time on
the project. The purpose is to outline the requirements and responsibilities for any work or activity car-
ried out, or in areas where artificial lighting is required.
Requirements and responsibilities
 A valid permit or approval from local authorities for night activities

 Adequate supervisory measures in the light of compliance with regulatory and company procedures.
 Adequate resources required to perform the activities safely; machinery, tools, equipments.
 Communication, hand over policy, walkie talkie,
 Reflective jacket/clothing to improve visibility of employees; PPE shall always be required.
 Precautions to avoid nuisance for adjacent residential and public shall be taken.
 Security of the site/facility
 General lighting; specially for access and egress.
 Special Lone workers shall be supervised from time to time
 Medical services shall be available in time of Emergency.
14.4. Pile-driving
1. REQUIREMENTS
 All pile-driving equipment shall be of good design and construction taking into account as far as pos-
sible ergonomic principles, and be properly maintained.
 Pile-driving shall be carried out only under the supervision of a competent person.
 Prior to piling, all underground services in the area shall be located and rendered safe.
 Pile-drivers shall be firmly supported on heavy timber sills, concrete beds or other secure foundation.
 If necessary to prevent danger, pile-drivers shall be adequately guyed.
 Precautions shall be taken if it is necessary to erect pile-drivers in dangerous proximity to electrical
conductors to ensure they are first made dead.
 If two pile-drivers are erected at one place they shall be separated by a distance at least equal to the
longest leg.
 When leads have to be inclined:
o they shall be adequately counterbalanced;
o the tilting device shall be secured against slipping.
 The hoses of steam and air hammers shall be securely lashed to the hammer so as to prevent them
from whipping if a connection breaks.
 Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent a pile-driver from overturning.
 Adequate precautions shall be taken, by providing stirrups or by other effective means, to prevent
the rope from coming out of the top pulley or wheel.
 Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the hammer from missing the pile.
 If necessary to prevent danger, long piles and heavy sheet piling shall be secured against falling.
2. Inspection and maintenance of pile-driving equipment
 Pile-driving equipment shall not be taken into use until it has been inspected and found to be safe.
 Pile-driving equipment in use shall be inspected at suitable intervals.
 Pile lines and pulley blocks shall be inspected before the beginning of each shift.
3. Operation of pile-driving equipment
 Only competent persons shall operate pile-drivers.

 Pile-driving operations shall be governed by suitable signals.
 Workers employed in the vicinity of pile-drivers shall wear ear protection and safety helmets or hard
hats.
 As far as practicable, piles shall be prepared at a distance at least equal to twice the length of the
longest pile from the pile-driver.
 When piles are driven at an inclination to the vertical, if necessary to prevent danger, they shall rest
in a guide.
 When a pile-driver is not in use, the hammer shall be blocked at the bottom of the leads.
4. Floating pile-drivers
 When pile-drivers are working over water, all relevant precautions for work over water shall be taken
in accordance with this manual and in particular a suitable boat shall be kept readily available at all
times.
 All members of floating pile-driver crews shall be trained to handle boats.
 Floating pile-drivers shall be provided with a whistle, siren, horn or other effective signaling equip-
ment.
 Floating pile-drivers shall be provided with adequate fire-fighting equipment.
 The weight of machinery on a floating pile-driver shall be evenly distributed so that the deck of the
installation is horizontal.
 Steel pile-driver hulls shall be divided into watertight compartments.
 Watertight compartments shall be provided with siphons for the removal of water seepage.
 Deck hatches shall have firmly fastened covers that fit flush with the deck.
 Sufficient sheaves shall be provided on deck to enable the pile-driver to be safely maneuvered in any
direction and safely secured in position.
 Regular head counts shall be taken of the pile-driving crew members.
5. Sheet piling
 If necessary to prevent danger from wind or other sources, handlines shall be used to control the
load.
 Where practicable, a "gate support system" made up from timber "H" frames shall be considered. If
the gates are over 2 m high they shall not be used as a working platform unless fitted with guard-
rails, toe-boards and ladder access.
 Remote release shackles shall be used where possible. The length of the operating rope shall be less
than the length of the pile and the rope shall be secured around the pile to prevent snagging, or be-
ing caught in the wind and becoming inaccessible.
 If piles are too heavy for a remote release shackle and work cannot be carried out safely from a lad-
der, a lifting cage shall be provided to gain access for unscrewing the shackle.
 Long sheet piles shall be pitched with a pile spreader. When this is not possible, a pile-pitching cage
shall be used which shall hang from the adjacent pile. The operatives shall be provided with a safety
harness to be attached to the adjacent pile.
 Workers handling sheets shall wear gloves.
 While it is being weighted with stones, etc., sheet piling shall be securely moored.
 Adequate pumping facilities shall be available at cofferdams to keep them clear of water.
14.5. Excavation Safety
SCOPE
This Excavation Safety Procedure applies to all open excavations made in the earth’s surface and provides
guidelines for protecting employees who may work in or adjacent to an excavation or trench.
PURPOSE
To protect the employees who may work in or adjacent to an excavation or trench.
DEFINITIONS
BENCHING: method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating these sides of an excavation to
form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near surfaces between levels.
Competent Person: One who is capable by training and is knowledgeable about soil classification, protec-
tive systems, and is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surrounding, work area.
Working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authoriza-
tion to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. Proper documentation of the competent per-
sons training shall be kept.
EXCAVATION: Any manmade cut, cavity, trench or depression in the earth’s surfaces, formed by earth
removal.
HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE: An atmosphere which by reason being explosive, flammable, poisonous, cor-
rosive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen deficient, toxic, or otherwise harmful may cause death, injury or ill-
ness.
PROTECTIVE SYSTEM: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins. Protective systems include: sup-
port systems, sloping and benching systems, shield or shoring systems, and other systems that provide
necessary protection.
RESPONSIBILITIES
The Project Manager shall be responsible for implementing the Excavation Safety Procedure.
PROCEDURE
1. Requirements
 The Local Authority shall be contacted and advised of the proposed work in order to establish the lo-
cation of underground utilities such as electrical, gas, sewer, communication, fuel, and water lines.
Overhead power transmission lines must be de-energized and visibility grounded or insulated by bar-
riers to avoid contact by equipment that cannot maintain the minimum clearances.
 Warning signs and adequate physical barricades or protective covers must be provided for all trench-
es, wells, pits and shafts. Physical barriers must be erected around all excavation.
 Employees shall not work in excavations in which water is accumulating, unless adequate precautions
have been taken to protect employees against the hazards posed by water accumulation. Precautions
include special support or shield systems to protect from cave-ins, water removal to control the level
of accumulating water, and use of a safety harness and lifeline.
 If water is controlled or prevented from accumulating by the use of water removal equipment, the
water removal equipment and operations shall be monitored by an attendant and competent person
to ensure proper operation.
 Where the stability of adjoining buildings, walls, or other structures is endangered by excavation op-
erations, support systems such as shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be provided as determined
by the Engineer to ensure the stability of such structures.
 Excavations that exceed 1.2m or 4 ft in depth and require personnel to enter or perform works must
implement the confined space entry procedure.
2. Access and Egress
 A stairway, ladder, ramp or other safe means of access or egress shall be provided in all trenches that
are 4 feet (1.2.m) or more in depth and shall be positioned at adequate intervals of lateral travel for
employees. In addition, two access and egress points should be established if possible.
 Standard guardrails shall be provided on all walkways, ramps or bridges where employees are re-
quired or permitted to cross over excavation or trenches.
3. Loose Rock or Soil
 Employee shall be protected from excavated or other materials, or equipment that could fall or roll
into the excavation by placing and storing such material or equipment a minimum distance of 4 feet
(1.2m) from the edge of the excavation.
4. Hazardous Atmospheres
 All trenches and excavations greater than 4 feet (1.2m) in depth shall be atmospherically tested prior
to employees entering the excavation or trench. Excavations at locations where hazardous atmos-
pheres can be reasonably expected to exist, such as landfills or plant that process and store hazard-
ous substances. These shall be air monitored on a continuous basis. Employees who may be subjected
to hazardous dusts, gases, fumes or an oxygen deficient atmosphere shall be provided with appropri-
ate respiratory protection. The safety department will determine what type of respiratory protection
is required.
 Confined Space Entry Procedure must be utilized with this procedure.
5. Inspections
 Prior to the start of work, the competent person shall make daily inspections of excavations, trench-
es, adjacent areas, and protective systems and as required throughout the shift. Inspections shall be
made after every rainstorm, or unusual work activities e.g. excess heavy equipment travel or vibra-
tion.
 Employees will not be permitted to work in excavations or trenches if the competent person finds
evidence of a situation that could result in a possible cave-in, failure of a protective system, hazard-
ous atmosphere or other hazardous condition.
 Inspections will be properly documented. This record should be maintained on file in the HSE De-
partment until the excavation is back-filled and shall be available for review upon request.
6. Requirements for Protective Systems
 Each employee in an excavation shall be protected from cave-ins by an adequate protective system.
 Exceptions:
 Excavations in stable rock.
 Excavations are less than 4 feet (1.2 m) and examined by a competent person and classified as stable
rock by written that provides no indication of a potential cave-in.
SOIL TYPE IDENTIFICATION
Soil is classified into four categories:
Stable Rock
Type A
Type B
Type C
Note: Stability is greatest in stable rock and decreases through Type A and B or Type C, which is the least
stable.
Soil Type Definitions
1. Stable Rock
Is defined as natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides and remain intact
while exposed. A common misconception is that all rock is stable; most is not because it is fractured, fis-
sured, faulted, bedded or shale.
2. Type A
Is defined as cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 tons per square foot (1.36
metric ton per 92.9 cm2 or greater). Examples of cohesive soils are: clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam
and, in some cases, silty and sandy clay loam.
However, no soil is Type A if: It is fissured.
The soil is subject to vibration from heavy traffic, pile driving or similar effects.
The soil has been previously disturbed.
The soil is part of a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four
horizontal to one vertical or greater.
The material is subject to other factors that would require it to be classified as a less stable material.
The exclusion for Type A eliminates its use in most typical construction situations.
3. Type B
Cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength greater than 0.5 TSF (0.453 metric ton / 92.9 cm2)
but less than 1.5 TSF (1.36 metric tons / 92.9 cm2 ). Granular cohesion less soils including: angular grav-
el, silt, silt loam, sandy loam and in some cases silty and sandy clay loam.
Previously disturbed soils except those that would be classified as Type C soil.
Soil that meets the unconfined compressive strength or cementation requirements for Type A, but is fis-
sured or subject to vibration. Dray rock that is not stable. Material that is part of a sloped, layered sys-
tem where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope less steep than four horizontal to one vertical,
but only if the material would otherwise be classified as Type B. Most soils fall into this category until
they become predominantly granular or saturated, at which time they become Type C.
4. Type C
Cohesive soil with a confined compressive strength of 0.5 TSF (0.453metric tons / 929 cm2 ) or less.
Granular soils including gravel, sand and loamy sand.
Submerged soil or soil from which water is freely seeping.
Submerged rock that is not stable.
Material in a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal
to one vertical or steeper.
Soil Testing
The Competent Person shall classify the soil type in accordance with the definitions section and on the
basis of at least one visual and one manual analysis, or as per prior Company classification of soil type.
These tests are designed to determine stability based on a number of criteria:
cohesiveness, whether or not it is fissured, the presence and amount of water, the unconfined compres-
sive strength, the presence of layering, prior excavation and vibration.
An examination of the job site will determine sources of vibration or evidence of prior excavation, such
as existing underground utilities. Observation of the excavation will determine the presence and amount
of moisture as well as layering, faulting and fracturing.
The unconfined compressive strength will type a sample. There are several methods of testing for it. The
thumb penetration test is useful and easy to perform. If the sample can be dented, but penetrated only
with great effort, it is type A. If it can be penetrated several inches and molded by light pressure, it is
Type C. Type B can be penetrated with little effort and molded.
Note: Field tests are to be performed on “freshly excavated” samples.
The Competent Person shall perform multiple checks at each 4 foot (1.2m) level of the excavation to
generate consistent, corroborating data along its depth and length. The soil type is likely to change many
times along a right of way and the moisture content will vary with the weather and job conditions. All
these factors must be taken into consideration during the course of the work. It is the responsibility of
the competent person to be sure of the soil type at all times and that the protective measures are also
sufficient at all times.
All testing will be documented, dated and signed by the competent person and will be maintained on file
by the HSE Department.
Design of Sloping and Benching Systems
The slopes and configuration of sloping and benching system for excavation 5 feet (1.5m) to 20 feet
(6.0m) in depth shall be selected by the employer or his designee and shall be in accordance with the
following requirements:
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES
SOIL OR ROCK TYPE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES

(H:V) (1) FOR EXCAVATIONS LESS THAN 20 FEET DEEP (3)
STABLE ROCK VERTICAL (90 degrees)

TYPE A (2) 3/4: 1 (53 degrees)
TYPE B 1:1 (45 degrees)
TYPE C 1-1/2:1 (34 degrees)
Notes:
Simple slope excavations in Type A soil which are open 24 hours or less (short term) and which are12 feet
(3.7 meters) or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1/2:1. All simple slope excavation
in Type A soil 20 feet (6.0m) or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3/4:1. All sloping
and benching of excavation in excess of 20 feet (6.0m) shall be approved by the Engineer.
Support systems, Shield Systems, Other Protective Systems
Design of support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems shall be selected and constructed
by the employer or his designee.
Timber or aluminum hydraulic shoring in trenches shall be determined in accordance with the conditions
of soil classification
Design of support systems, shield systems or other protective systems, that are drawn from manufactur-
er’s tabulated data shall be in accordance with all specifications, recommendations and limitations issued
or made by the manufacturer (for example: hydraulic shores). This information must be maintained on
file on site.
Materials and Equipment
Materials and equipment used for protective systems shall be free from damage or defects that might
impair their proper function.
Manufactured materials and equipment used for protective systems shall be used and maintained in a
manner that is consistent with the recommendations of the manufacturer, and in a manner that will pre-
vent employee exposure to hazards.
Any modification, alteration or repair to a protective support system shall be made only with the approv -
al of the Engineer. Documentation such as charts, tables, drawing, welding specifications, etc., which
identify the Engineer who approved the modification, alteration or repair of the protective system shall
be maintained at the site.
Installation and Removal of Support Systems
Members of support systems shall be securely connected together to prevent sliding falling, kick-outs, or
other predictable failure.
Support systems shall be installed and removed in a manner that protects employees from cave-ins, struc-
tural collapses, or from being struck by members of the support system.
Individual members of support systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding which the members
were designed to withstand.
Before temporary removal of individual support members begins, additional precautions shall be taken to
ensure the safety of employees, such as installing other structural members to carry the loads imposed on
the support system.
Removal shall begin at, and progress from, the bottom of the excavation. Support members shall be re-
leased slowly so as to note any indication of possible failure of the remaining members of the structure or
possible cave-in of the sides of the excavation.
Back-filling shall progress together with the removal of support systems from excavations.
Shield Systems
Shield systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those which the system was designed to with-
stand.
Shields shall be installed in a manner to restrict lateral or other hazardous movement of the shield.
Employees shall be protected from the hazard of cave-ins when entering or exiting the areas protected by
shields.
Employees shall not be allowed in shields when shields are being installed, removed, or moved vertically.
14.6. Scaffolding Safety
SCOPE
This procedure shall apply to all scaffolding structure used for temporary access rather than form works
bearing which is covered in formworks safety procedure separately.
The purpose of this procedure is to set standards for materials, erection, use and inspection of the scaf -
folding.
This procedure sets the standards and recommendation to observe the safety of all employees involved in
erecting and using the scaffolds.
DEFINITION
Scaffolding is a temporary structure that provides access and working platform that can be used to sup-
port materials, slab, plant or equipment. Broad ranges of scaffolding system as following table are avail-
able:
Scaffolding sys- Applicable

Components Advantage Remarks
tem standard
Tube and cou- Tubes: BS 5973:1993 Needs expertise and appro-
pler system Vertical: standard priate planning prior to erec-
Horizontal: ledger, tion of scaffolds
transom
Bracing, tie, base &
Sole plate, fittings,
scaffolding boards,
H frame Frames BS 5973:1993 Component thickness less Not Recommend-
Diagonal braces than 4mm, transom distance ed
exceeding max limit, less
durable, maintaining access
almost impossible.
Cup-lock system Standards BS 5973:1993 Easy to erect, less expertise
Ledgers required, less planning prior
Transoms to erect required
Universal jacks
Bracings
TYPES OF SCAFFOLDS
1. System Scaffold
Where a system scaffold is being erected it shall be constructed in strict compliance with manufacturer’s
instructions.
Different manufacturers’ systems will not be intermixed, it is however permissible to use standard tube
and coupler with any one system.
A copy of the manufacturers’ instructions shall be given to the Safety Department before any system scaf -
fold is erected.
Personnel who erect system scaffolds will be trained and competent to do so.
2. Independent Tied Scaffolds
This consists of two rows of standards running parallel to a building joined together with ledgers and
transoms and adequately braced in two directions.
Independent tied scaffolds will not be erected to a height of more than 45 meters without design calcula-
tions being submitted to the Project Manager, by a competent scaffold engineer.
3. Birdcage Scaffold
Birdcage scaffolds are constructed in a grid pattern using standards arranged at regular intervals in paral -
lel lines.
The standards will be laced together with a grid of ledgers and transoms fixed by right angle couplers at
every lift. The transoms in the top working lift may be secured with putlog clips.
Standards will be spaced at a maximum distance of 2.5 meters in each direction.
The first lift will be secured at a maximum height of 2.5 meters. Subsequent lifts will not exceed 2 me-
ters vertical height.
Braces will be provided for every six standards in each line, in both directions.
4. Free Standing Towers / Mobile scaffolds
Free standing towers may be fitted with castors or wheels for mobility or erected as free standing towers.
They support a single working platform only, which shall not project beyond the base area. Access to the
platform shall be by vertical ladder lashed internal to the tower at one of the shortest sides.
The smallest base dimension will be no less than 1.2 meters.
The height to base dimension ratio will be as follows:
 Mobile Towers: No more than three times the minimum base dimension.
 Stationary Towers: No more than three times the minimum base dimension.
 Mobile towers will only be used and moved on firm and level surfaces or steel channels.
Castors or wheels will be used which suit the size and loading of the tower. They must be fixed to each
extreme corner in the base of mobile towers and secured so that they cannot fall out when tower is
moved.
Castors and wheels will be fitted with an effective brake which must be applied when the mobile tower is
in use.
Lift heights will not exceed 2.7 meters, with the lowest lift being fixed as near to the base as possible.
Transoms and ledgers will be secured using right angle couplers.
Ledger to ledger (dog leg braces), will be fixed to the full height of the tower on every side.
Plan braces will be fixed at every alternate lift, using right angle couplers. The bottom lift and the top
lift will always to plan braced.
Under no circumstances will horizontal forces be applied at the level of the working platform by pulling
heavy cables or ropes.
Under no circumstances will mobile towers be moved with men or material on the working platform.
In all other respects free standing towers will comply with the general requirements as specified in this
Section.
5. Slung Scaffolds (Single Lift Only)
Slung scaffold is a grid platform of tubes and couplers suspended below load bearing beams, structural
members or other overhead structures.
Guard-rails will not be used as supports for slung scaffolds.
Hangers will not be spaced more than 2.5 meters in either directions.
Vertical hanging tubes will be secured with right angle couplers. A check fitting will be fixed to the hang-
ing tube immediately above the securing right angle coupler, at the suspension point and immediately
underneath the right angle coupler securing the ledger, at the working platform.
Adequate braces will be inserted to remove any sway in either direction.
In all other respects a hanging scaffold will comply with the general requirements as specified in this Sec-
tion.
6. Cradles (Suspended Scaffold Access)
This shall be applied to all users of temporary access cradles and platforms. It will also help those who
select and specify such equipment and clients on whose structures the equipment is used. Because of the
many similar requirements, it will also be helpful to users of permanent cradles. The sheet covers action
to be taken by users before, during and after use.
Serious and fatal incidents can happen during installation, use and dismantling of temporary cradles. Most
are due to:
• Unsafe access to and from the cradle;
• Insufficient or poorly secured counterweights, and holding down systems;
• Failure of the cradle platform or components such as drop nose pins or bolts;
•Poor maintenance, particularly of winches, climbing devices, safety gear and ropes.
Equipment should be manufactured, selected, installed, tested and dismantled so that it is suitable for its
intended purpose. This should be undertaken by competent contractors. The equipment should be de-
signed so that the omission or failure of any individual joint or fixing component does not lead to struc-
tural collapse.
Before use
Before using access equipment for the first time, users should clarify whether the equipment is suitable
and fit for the purpose intended. This will include checking the following:
• the equipment is capable of fitting closely to (but not so that it will collide with or snag on), the
building;
• any buffers or rollers fitted to protect the cradle from swinging into the facade of the building will
run against suitable features on the building;
• the building is capable of carrying the loads placed upon it, particularly under the counterweights
and under the fulcrum (or pivot) point of the outrigger;
• jib spacing matches the cradle length;
• a factor of safety of no less than three is available to prevent overturning;
• all lifting tackle and ropes have been tested, certificated and examined by a competent person;
• electric cables are laid out so that no excessive physical loads are applied to junction boxes or
• similar vulnerable parts and that they will not get trapped or damaged;
• a fall arrest device operating on a secondary safety rope is provided and used;
• the cradle or platform has the correct safe working load notice firmly attached to it;
• There is safe access, normally at ground or roof level. Guard rails and toe boards at the edge of the
roof or other protection may be needed. Climbing up or down the ropes or jumping into or out of the
cradle or platform should not be allowed;
• the supplier has provided adequate operating instructions and is capable of providing adequate tech-
nical support and training as necessary;
• Obtaining a test and inspection certificate from approved third company;
• Copy of test and inspection certificates and Safe Working Load (SWL) are displayed on the cradle.
• Those who are going to use the equipment have sufficient skills to be able to do so safely.
Use
Those using the equipment should know about all operating procedures, including emergency and evacua-
tion procedures. In general, more than one person will be needed to ensure safe operation.
All users/operators must obtain a training certificate for operation of the equipment.
Adequate supervision should be provided. Appropriate personal protective equipment will also be re-
quired, including safety helmets.
A safe system of work needs to be prepared and followed. This will include the following:
• ensuring building occupants do not open windows in the operating area;

• agreeing the area of the site which may need restricted access;
• providing suitable warning signs and barriers to stop people from passing beneath the cradle and
where necessary to provide protective fans;
• Ensuring before any suspended cradle access equipment is used a proper handover certificate is pro-
vided by the installer to the user. This should cover how to deal with emergencies, operate, check
and maintain the equipment, and ensure the safe working load.
The equipment should always be used safely by:
• Preventing any damage from swinging against the building. Work should stop when adverse weather
conditions affecting the stability, vision of users. ( wind speed becomes excessive);
• checking that ropes are running smoothly over pulleys and drums;
• ensuring all electric cables are laid out so no strain is put on connectors and they are protected from
sharp edges; • making sure the safe working load is not being exceeded and loads are as uniformly
placed on the platform or cradle as possible;
• maneuvering the cradle or platform into the most suitable height for the work;
• keeping the cradle as level as possible when it is being moved and when work is being done from it;
• Ensuring there is safe access onto the cradle.
Refer to HSE MANUAL section 9; fall protection system, appropriate personal fall arrest sys-
tem/equipment for cradle operators shall be provided. When vertical life line is used, each employee
should be attached to separate line. Vertical life line must be protected from friction, contact and abra-
sion. Full body harness lanyard shall be as short as possible, while allowing the operator free movement.
Note: Cradle shall be considered as a lifting equipment carrying person hence every six months or any
alterations, repairs, change of location and modifications shall be certified by approved third party com -
pany
It is important that a thorough visual inspection for obvious faults is carried out before each use. In addi -
tion, a weekly inspection should be carried out by a competent person.
After work is over for the day/dismantling
At the end of each day check that:

• the platform is cleared of tools and equipment;
• all power has been switched off and where appropriate, cables have been placed in store;
• equipment is secured where it will not be accessible to vandals or trespassers, or where it, the sus-
pension ropes and power cables will not be damaged in high winds;
• Cradles shall be tightly secured at the lowest level as possible.
• Notices are attached to the cradle warning that it is out of commission .and must not be used.
7. Tanks & Other Vessels
Where a scaffold is erected around tanks or other spherical vessels, it will be permissible to cape and
corner (overlap) the boards forming the working platform.
Fixed ladders with backing hoops which normally provide access to the tank or vessel will not be used as
scaffold access ladders.
Trestle scaffolds.
Trestle scaffold, shall not be used unless –

 It is soundly constructed of solid material, and
 All reasonable precautionary measures have been taken to prevent the unexpected spreading of its
supporting legs when it is in use.
Trestle scaffold shall not be used if it –
 Is higher than 3m; or
 Consists of more than two tiers.





REQUIREMENTS
1. Foundations
The foundations shall be level and adequate to carry the load imposed. Base plates shall be placed under
every standard irrespective of the foundation surface. Under no circumstances will scaffolds be under-
mined by excavation.
2. Materials and Components
All scaffolding material will be of sound construction and adequate strength and will be manufactured,
constructed and maintained to international standards as BS 5973:1993. The materials used to erect the
scaffold structures shall conform to the following:
 Tubes, units, frames, timbers etc. shall be straight to the eye and shall be free of cracks, splits, ex -
cessive corrosion or other defects. The ends shall be cut square with the axis of the tube.
 Any tube, unit or frame requiring a high degree of maintenance such as wire brushing or scraping
shall be replaced.
 No tube, unit or frame will be painted. The only acceptable coating will be galvanizing and zinc pri-
mer.
 No black steel tube shall be used.
Storage of Materials shall be arranged in safe manner preserving materials, expediting the erection pro-
cess and preventing secondary hazards e.g. tripping hazards on site. E.g. tubes will be sorted by length,
Couplers by type and Boards will be stored no more than 20 high
3. Safe Erection of scaffolding
Scaffolds shall be erected by workmen deemed competent to carry out such activities. All such compe-
tent workmen shall operate under the control of a competent supervisor.
Appropriate fall arrest system for scaffolding erection team to prevent falling from height shall be en-
forced on site. prevention of falling objects by cordon off the beneath areas, arrangement to stop con-
flicting activities on lower levels and provision of adequate means of hazard communication e.g. assigning
stand by man/ watchman are required.
All ties will be positive two-way ties, i.e., they will prevent movement of the scaffold either into or away
from the building, structure or column. All scaffolds will be braced in both directions. To control side
loads imposed to the structure, appropriate bracing shall be provided and extended to the full height of
the structure.
Working Platform will normally be five boards wide but may be reduced to three boards where the scaf-
fold has been erected for inspection or access purposes only. They shall be close boarded with boards.
Board’s will either be cut to fit around standards, pipe penetrations etc., or have the gaps filled in with
the use of suitable fixed wooden boarding, i.e., ply wood. As per requirements mentioned in Fall Protec-
tion procedure, Standard guard rail system including Handrail, Mid rail and toe board shall be provided.
Safe use of ladder shall be respected during erection and after completion of the structure.
Where a scaffold is left in an incomplete state, access routes shall be removed or restricted and a notice
will be secured to the lower lift stating “Danger Incomplete Scaffold Keep Off”, and will be tagged red
(not fit to use).
Unattended tubes or boards will not be left on scaffolding after its completion.
Inspections and Monitoring
Scaffolding structure shall be inspected regularly and irregularly by competent person. Frequency of in-
spection shall not be exceeding more than a week. Visual inspection prior to use scaffolding shall be done
by competent person. After adverse climate conditions e.g. storm and after any alteration in structure,
scaffolding shall be inspected by the competent person.
Scafftag is a system of inspection whereby a weather proofed plasticized tag or equivalent, is placed at
all the access points of a scaffold. Information on tag will include the date built, safe working load, in-
spector’s initial, name and signature. The tag (generally GREEN) indicates that the scaffold is “Safe to
Use”.
Records of inspection shall be maintained on the site.
Dismantling
Scaffolds shall be dismantled by workmen deemed competent to carry out such activities. All such com-
petent workmen shall operate under the control of a competent supervisor. Handballing will be the nor-
mal method of dismantling a scaffold. During dismantling, scaffolding team shall ensure that ties are left
in place. Scaffolding materials shall be stored in designated area by same components.
Training
To improve general awareness of employees, scaffolding hazards and control measures shall be included
in safety induction courses, Tool Box Meetings and ‘’Scaffolding Awareness’’ Training mentioned in GTGC
training matrix. For scaffolding erection team specific scaffolding erection provided by an approved train-
ing company and achieving the competency certificate is compulsory.
14.7. Safe Use of Ladders
Ladders and related equipment should be closely controlled when purchased, stored, selected for use,
inspections and repair.
SCOPE
Ladder incidents usually result from faulty care or improper use of ladders. Some of the most frequent
causes of incidents are: using a broken ladder, improper climbing procedure, improperly securing the
ladder, selecting the incorrect ladder for a job, reaching too far to the side and hand-carrying loads up or
down the ladder.
DEFINITION
Fixed-ladder - a ladder that cannot be readily moved or carried because it is an integral part of a building
or structure.
Maximum intended load - the total load of all employees, equipment, tools, materials, transmitted loads,
and other loads anticipated to be applied to a ladder component at any one time.
PROCEDURE
 All ladder users and supervisory personnel shall be required to be in compliance with the provisions of
this procedure. In all areas, within site/facilities, no task shall be performed which is not in compli-
ance.
 All purchase requisitions initiated for ladder purchase must carry:
o The identification of the ladder manufacturer which states name, duty rating and conformance to
ANSI standard & a label which gives safety instructions for ladder usage.
o Ladders are constructed from four basic materials: aluminum, glass fiber, reinforced plastic or
steel. Industry recognizes three general classes of ladders:
Type Mode Load Capacity Intended Use

Industrial Heavy duty Not more than 250 pounds Maintenance, construction, or heavy-duty work.
Commercial Medium-duty Not more than 225 pounds Painting or other medium-work
Household Light-duty Not more than 200 pounds General household use
a) Selection
The job to be done and the time required are very important factors in ladder selection.
 Each site/facility or location has its own particular needs for portable ladders and its own specific
problems associated with their use and care.
 Portable ladders should be vendor-certified to meet the following requirements:
1. Wood ladders: ANSI A 14.1, with stepladders to be Type I Industrial.

2. Metal ladders: ANSI 14.2, with single, extension and stepladders to be Type I Heavy-Duty.
Reinforced plastic ladders: equivalent to ANSI A 14.2 metal ladders of Type I Heavy Duty. May be used
near exposed electrical equipment if circuits are to be certified capable of meeting the dielectric
strength of 50,000 volts/inch when tested in full section of 1-inch length.
b) Structural Characteristics
Type Specifications Safety Practices

A. Step Ladders
1.Folding Step Lad-

They are not designed to be used
ders Stepladders cannot be longer than 20 feet.
as straight ladders.
The platform must be capable of

2.Platform Step lad- Should have the platforms 24 inches from the
supporting a load of 200 pounds
ders top, with a platform area of not less than 200
(91 kilograms).
square inches .
Must be made in accordance with

Must not be longer than 12 feet (3.7 meters)
Type II stepladder requirements
3.Painters’ steplad-
ders
Straight ladders are designed to
Single ladders are not to be greater than 30 feet
B. Straight Ladders lean against a wall or the edge of a
(9.2 meters) in length
roof, beam, or other solid support
Extension ladders may be equipped
Not to be longer than 60 feet (18.4 meters).
with a rope and pulley to facilitate
Two-section ladders up to and including 36 feet
C. Extension Ladders extension and retraction.
(11 meters) of length must overlap 3 feet (0.9
All hardware locks and guide irons
meters) and so on accordingly.
should be of metal
These are rung-type, portable,
non-self-supporting ladders made
The maximum height of sectional ladders is 30
D. Section Ladders in sections that are joined together
feet (9.2 meters).
for use.
They are not to exceed 20 feet in height. These ladders are not designed for
E. Trestle & exten-
climbing. They are designed to
sion trestle ladders
support planks or scaffold boards.
F. Trolley and Side- These ladders are not to exceed 20
Are portable & easy to shift.
Rolling Ladders feet in length.
c.) Storage
 When not used, ladders should be stored in a location protected from the elements where there is
good ventilation.
 Ladders stored in a horizontal position should be supported at a sufficient number of points to avoid
sagging and permanent set.
 Wood ladders should not be stored near radiators, steam pipes or other placed subjected to excessive
heat or dampness.
d.) Inspection
 Ladders should be maintained in good condition at all times. It is the basic responsibility of the user
to inspect the ladder each time before use.
 Periodic overall inspection certification by qualified employee and color-coded inspection stickers
with expiration date affixed to the ladders are recommended.
 Bends, dents, cracks, loose rivets, disconnected braces, and corrosion can weaken a ladder seriously
and are reasons for taking it out of service. Ladders having defects should be removed from service
and tagged until repaired.
 Replace worn or frayed ropes on extension ladders at once.
 Aluminum or steel ladders should be inspected for rough burrs and sharp edges. Check for loose
joints and bolts, insecure welds and cracks.
e.) Maintenance and Repair
 Ladders must be maintained in good condition at all times with tight joints, securely attached hard-
ware and fittings, and freely operating movable parts.
 Defective ladders must be tagged "Dangerous - Do Not Use," removed from service and forwarded to
the Maintenance Department for repair or destruction. The repair of the defective ladder shall be of
such quality that the repaired ladder would pass the requirement tests of a new ladder.
 Wood ladders are not to be painted, except as noted below. They should be treated regularly with
linseed oil or other preservatives or given several coats of spar varnish. The top step of stepladders
may be painted to indicate to the user that it is not to be stepped on.
 Metal ladders to be used in a corrosive environment should be coated with an epoxy (or lacquer) be-
fore use.
f.) Use Procedure
 Two or more persons should not work on a ladder unless it is specifically designed for this use.
 When using an extension or straight ladder, be sure that it is the proper length to extend to the de-
sired height. Ladders used to reach a walking surface or roof must extend at least 36 inches (92 cen-
timeters) above the landing.
 Never stand on the top three rungs of a straight ladder.
 When adjusting the length of an extension ladder, make sure the locking device is fully secured be-
fore using the ladder.
 Both hands must be unencumbered and the user must face the ladder when climbing or descending.
Materials should be hoisted, not carried, to the working level.
 A straight ladder should be placed with a pitch of 75-1/2 degrees with respect to the horizontal (one
foot at base for every four feet of length to top support).
 Ladder footing should be firm and level. Special precautions should be taken to secure ladder feet
when slippery conditions exist.
 Ladders in use should be tied, blocked or otherwise secured to prevent displacement. Ladders should
not be erected in front of doors unless the door is blocked open, locked or guarded.
 The body should never be overextended on a ladder past the belt buckle.
 The steps and rungs of ladders should be kept free from grease, oil, paint, snow, ice, mud or other
slippery substances.
 Be sure a stepladder is fully opened and has its spreaders locked before climbing it. Never climb
higher than the step below the top of the stepladder. Never walk a stepladder while standing on it.
 Ladders should not be handled or used where it is possible for the ladder or user to contact electrical
power lines. Metal or metal reinforced ladders should not be used in the vicinity of live electrical
equipment (timber ladders often have metal running along their length)
It is the responsibility of the Department/Division Supervisors of the user of the ladder to assure that the
user is trained and understands the use procedure.
14.8. Mobile ELEVATING WORK PLATFORMS (MEWPs)
The basic types of mobile elevating work platform are: scissor lifts, telescopic booms or jibs, articulating
and telescopic booms.
The term mobile elevating work platform covers pedestrian-controlled, self-propelled and power-
operated mobile elevating work and access platforms. The main functional differences between the three
basic types of platform are described below.
Scissor lift: Vertical lift only. May be fitted with outriggers, depending on size and height to which it ex-
tends.
Telescopic boom: Gives vertical height and outreach. Platform may also be maneuverable
Articulating and telescopic boom: Usually vehicle mounted. It gives a wide range of reach and height,
with platform mobility and always equipped with outriggers. There are specialized types giving, for in-
stance, access to the underside of bridges from above. Some units have ‘travel while elevated’ ability
and four wheel drive. Rough terrain mobile elevating work platforms have been specially developed for
construction site work.
The mobile elevating work platform is designed to provide a temporary working platform which can be
easily moved from one location to another. It is particularly suitable for short duration tasks, where the
use of a ladder would be unsafe and the erection of a scaffolding platform time-consuming or impractica-
ble in relation to the job to be done.
Some units have specialized applications.
GTGC as main contractor is legally responsible to provide, as far as is reasonably practicable, a safe place
of work and the necessary training and supervision. The manufacturer or hire company who supplies the
platform must provide all the information necessary to ensure that the user is not exposed to any risk or
danger when the platform is used correctly.
The most important points are:

· Suitability of the equipment for the task to be carried out
· Operator training
· Competent supervision
Safe system of MEWP operation
Suitable and sufficient assessment of every work activity to detect and define any hazard that employees
might encounter during their work, or to any other person who might be affected by their operations.
Based on risk assessment findings, refer to GTGC HSE manual, appropriate protective clothing comforta-
ble for user and compatible with operation shall be used. Safety helmet with chin strap is compulsory.
Full body safety harness equipped with shock absorber will prevent personnel from being catapulted out
of the platform in the event of: the base being struck by another vehicle, hitting an obstacle, a wheel
going into a pothole, the whiplash effect on undulating ground. It will also prevent falls due to overreach-
ing or overbalancing by the operator.
The safe working load (SWL) specified by the manufacturer must not be exceeded. The maximum number
of persons permitted on the platform may also be given but, if it is not, 80–85 kg of the safe working load
should be allowed for each person. Care must be taken not to exceed the SWL with tools and equipment
when work is being carried out from the platform.
Height and reach; the figures given by manufacturers are the maximum possible; allowance has already
been made for the physical height and reach of the operator.
Operating envelope; All configurations of mobile elevating work platforms have an operating area or en-
velope. e.g. With scissor lifts, the operating envelope may be just straight up for the width of the plat-
form; with articulated booms, it is a more complex shape. As maximum height and maximum reach are
not usually available at the same time, care is needed to ensure that the intended work area is within the
machines’ operating envelope
Ground conditions; Mobile elevating work platforms are often fitted with outriggers or stabilizers and
these must always be deployed and used as recommended by the manufacturer. Attempting to operate
the unit too close to a building or obstruction can make it impossible to fully extend the outriggers, and
therefore unsafe to use.
Traveling in operational mode; Traveling with the platform occupied or boom extended should only be
undertaken when this mode of operation is within the machine’s specified capabilities. Travel must never
take place with outriggers or stabilizers extended, unless the machine is designed for that.
Tandem use; No two platforms should be linked together or bridged. Manufacturers can advise on the in-
terlocking of platforms and controls so that one set of controls operates both platforms, allowing direc-
tional stability to be maintained at all times.
Wind and wind speeds; A mobile elevating work platform must not be used in wind speeds exceeding
those specified by the manufacturer One commonly specified wind speed is that of 30 mph (Beaufort
Scale 6 – Strong Breeze), or about 12.5 m per second. This is also generally accepted as the maximum
wind strength in which an operator can work without undue discomfort.
Prohibited uses; Mobile elevating work platforms must not be used:

 As jacks, props, ties or supports
 Primarily for the transfer of goods or materials
 As a crane or lifting appliance
Operator’s Physical fitness; Persons nominated as, or applying for, training as operators should meet the
following general requirements:
 must have full physical mobility
 must have sufficient agility to climb in and out of the platform
 must have a good head for heights, and not be subject to vertigo or acrophobia (fear of heights)
 must have good hearing in case warning signals are given
 must have the correct color vision for color coded controls
 must have the ability to accurately judge space and distances
 must have good eyesight, with glasses if necessary.
 must have a stable disposition. Fainting or dizziness may render persons unsuitable as operatives.
Working near over head services; should be performed with maintaining a safe distance with electrical
cables.
Interference with vehicles in public places; Additional interlocks or guards may be necessary to prevent
the operation of, or tampering with, ground level controls by unauthorized persons.
Maintenance and inspections; The maintenance of this type of work equipment is an essential feature in
ensuring its safety when it is in use. As an lifting equipment carry the individual, the equipment shall be
certified by third party every six months.
14.9. FALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS
1. CONVENTIONAL FALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS
To minimize the risk associated with fall hazards e.g. falling from the height, falling objects, Based on
risk assessment findings, one or combination of following systems shall be utilized.
1. Guardrail System
2. Hole Covers
3. Safety Nets
4. Personal Fall Arrest System
5. Positioning Systems
6. Personal Fall Restraint Systems
Conventional fall arrest systems could be broken down into two categories, active fall protection system
and passive fall protection systems. The difference between the two systems is the amount of workers
involvement in determining the proper installation and use of the systems. A consideration when choosing
conventional fall protection is whether the fall hazard is eliminated (fall prevention) or controlled (fall
protection). A fall prevention system that limits workers involvement and eliminates the fall hazard, for
example guardrails, is the preferred method for providing worker protection against falls.
Conventional Fall Protection

Active Fall Protection Sys- Passive Fall Arrest System
tems  Guardrail Systems*
 Personal Fall Arrest Sys-  Hole Covers*
tems  Safety Nets
 Positioning Systems
 Personal Fall Restraint
Systems*
* Eliminates Fall Hazards (fall prevention)
Guardrail Systems
The top edge height of top rail must be 1.1 m above the working/walking level. Screens, midrails, mesh
must be installed between the top edge and walking surface. A toe board with minimum 15 cm height
should be installed around the platform.
Guardrails are one of the most common forms of fall protection seen on the construction site. The OSHA
standard requires that guarding or some form of fall protection must be provided when an employee is
exposed to a fall of 6 feet or more. The following areas lend themselves to the installation of guardrail
systems for fall prevention.
1. Along the edge of all open sides floors or edges where a fall exposure exists.
2. On work platform where a fall exposure exists.

3. On stair systems.
4. Around floors and roof openings.
5. Around holes too large to place cover over.
6. Around the exterior of a roof openings.
7. On articulating/elevating work platforms.
8. Near window openings where the sill is lower than 39 inches.
9. In an area/edge where a possible falls would allow an employee to strike dangerous equipment or
material, regardless of the fall distance.
10. On the access ways, ramps or catwalks where there is a fall exposure.
11. Parapets less than 39” in height.
General Requirements of Guardrail Systems
 Where employees will be using stilts, the height of the top rail must be increased a height equal
to the height of the stilts which effect serve as the walking/working surface.
 Wire rope guardrails must be made from ¼ inch diameter cable or larger and shall be flagged
every 6 feet with a high visibility material like caution or surveyors tape
Hole Covers
Hole covers are another method to protect against fall. A hole is any opening measuring 2 inches or more
in its least dimension in a floor, roof or walking surface. The following guidelines should assist in the
placement of hole covers.
1. Place covers over all holes on the site, for larger holes guardrail systems are an option.
2. Construct the covers to support two (2) times the weight that will cross over them. This includes em -
ployees, equipment, tools and construction vehicles, such as scissor lifts.
3. If plywood is used a hole cover, it must be at least ¾ inch thick.
4. All covers must be secured. Cleats, wires, nails or any other method, which will not allow the cover
to be displaced, can do this.
5. After the cover is placed, write the word hole or cover on it fro identification. This can be easily done
with a can of spray paint.
6. If the cover is too small to write “hole” on it, then they must be color coded for identification and
employees must be trained to recognize that the color is identifying.
Safety Net Systems
The installation of a safety net does not keep an employee from falling; rather they catch the employee
after the fall. They are though, similar to guardrails and covers in the respect that these three systems
are recognized as passive fall protection. Safety nets are commonly installed in the following ways.
1. Safety nets are also acceptable means of fall protection for holes, open sided floors, catch platforms
and steel/concrete erection.
2. During demolition or maintenance work. Safety nets can be designed to provide personal fall protec-
tion, and to collect falling debris. In any event, the installation of safety nets must be done by indi-
viduals protected from the fall hazards they are exposed to during installation.
3. Roof works whereas other means of fall arrest, e.g. full body harness fail to minimize the risk.
General Requirements for Safety Nets
1. They must be installed as close as possible under walking/working surface.

2. The nets must be installed in a manner that should an individual fall, they will not strike any object
below the net.
3. Defective safety nets will not be used.
4. Safety nets must be inspected weekly for wear, damage and any deterioration.
5. Nets must be inspected after any occurrence which could affect t its integrity, such as a steel mem-
ber falling into the net.
6. Any materials, scrap, tools, or equipment that falls into the net must be removed as soon as possible
but no later than the end of the work shift.
7. Each net shall be permanently labeled with the following information:
a. Name of the manufacturer
b. Identification of net material
c. Date of manufacture
d. Date of prototype test
e. Name of testing agency
f. Serial number
Personal fall Arrest System/Equipment
The personal fall arrest systems used in construction should be used as a last resort. Site management
should focus on fall prevention methods first such as guardrails or hole covers. If after all pre-planning for
fall prevention still leaves a fall exposure then a personal fall arrest system could be implemented. The
following are some key concerns when implementing a personal fall arrest option.
1. Only a full body harness with a retractable or shock absorbing lanyard and locking snap hook is used.
2. Anchor point for tying off needs to be structurally sound.
3. Employees are constantly tied-off when in the area of a fall hazard.
4. All personal fall arrest equipment needs to be inspected according to the manufacturers’ directions.
5. The system needs to be installed/designed to limit the free fall to 6 feet.
6. Fall forces must be within acceptable limits.
7. Any additional hazards that could arise in the event of a fall needs to be eliminated.
8. A rescue plan needs to be in place in the event of fall.
9. Employees need to be trained in the use of the personal fall arrest system. Records shall be main-
tained.
10. Full body harness with the D-ring positioned in the middle of back must be used.
11. Unless the snap hook is designed for the following connections, snap hooks shall not be engaged:
a. Directly to webbing, rope or wire rope.
b. To each other.
c. To a D-ring to which another snap hook or other connector is attached.
d. To a horizontal lifeline.
e. To any object in which its shape or dimension is incompatible in relation to the snap hook such
that unintentional disengagement could occur by the connected object being able to depress the
snap hook keeper and release itself.
12. Horizontal lifelines shall be designed, installed, and used, under the supervision of a qualified person,
as part of a complete personal fall arrest system, which maintains a safety factor of at least two.
13. When vertical lifelines are used, each employee shall be attached to a separate lifeline.
14. Lifeline shall be protected against being cut or abraded.

15. Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards which automatically limit free fall distance to 2 feet or less shall
be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 3,000 pounds applied to the device with the life-
line or lanyards in the fully extended position.
16. Ropes and straps (webbing) used in lanyards, lifelines, and strength components of body belts and
body harnesses shall be made from synthetic fibers.
17. Anchorages used for attachments of the personal fall arrest shall be independent of any anchorage
being used to support or suspend platforms.
18. Shock absorbing packs and lanyards will limit the fall forces subjected to someone who has fallen.
They also increase the fall distance, so consideration must be taken to ensure proper clearance is
provided.
19. Personal fall arrest systems and components shall be used only for employee protection and not to
hoist materials.
20. Personal fall arrest systems and components subjected to impact loading shall be immediately re-
moved from service and shall not be use again for employee protection until inspected and deter-
mined by a component and suitable reuse.
21. The employee shall provide for prompt rescue of employee in the event of a fall or shall assure that
employees are able to rescue themselves.
22. Personal fall arrest systems shall be inspected prior to each use for wear, damage and other deterio-
ration, and defective components shall be removed from service.
23. Personal fall arrest systems shall not be attached to guardrail systems, nor shall they be attached to
hoist except as specified in other subparts.
Positioning Systems
Positioning systems in use are most commonly seen during from work and tying of rebar. The following
are key issues to address when allowed to use a positioning system.
1. Positioning systems must limit free fall to 2 feet.

2. Ensure that employees are trained in the use of positioning systems.
3. Positioning systems must be inspected.
Personal Fall Restraint System
Fall restraint is an option, which is available in a number of situations. Fall restraint is a system, which
physically limits an employee’s exposure to a fall hazard by stopping them before they fall. For example,
when a cable assembly 20 feet long is attached to an anchor 22 feet from a floor opening and attached to
a body harness, this will stop the employee 2 feet before they reach the fall exposure. This system may
be used is areas where other systems like; guardrails, hole covers, safety nets etc. cannot be installed or
are removed to facilitate work. The following are key concerns when using personal fall restraint and pos-
sible application.
1. Some areas that fall restraint has been used include roofing operation, open sided floors, floor and
roof openings, catch platforms and work platforms.
2. The rope or cable being used must be rigged in such a manner to physically restrict access to the haz-
ard.
3. Employees must be trained in the use and limitations of fall restraints.
4. Employees must not use the restraining system in the vicinity to other hazards.
5. Fall restraint equipment must be inspected according to manufacturers’ directions.
2. SPECIALIZED FALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS
Based on risk assessment findings one or combination of following specialized protection system shall be
used.
1. Safety Monitor
2. Warning Line
3. Safety Monitor/Warning Line
4. Controlled Access Zone
5. Fall Protection Plan
Safety Monitor
Used when no other alternative fall protection has been implemented. The safety monitor system is de-
signed for work on low-sloped roofs, 4/12 pitch or less, and roofs less than 50 feet in width. Any employ-
ees performing roofing operations with unprotected sides or edges 6 feet more or more above the next
level must be provided with the fall protection, a safety monitor is one option. Also acceptable are fall
arrest systems, safety nets and guardrail system.
The safety monitoring system and its use shall comply with the following guidelines:
1. Competent person shall monitor the safety of other employees; the safety monitor shall be compe-
tent to recognize fall hazards.
2. The safety monitor shall warn the employee when it appears that the employee is unaware of a fall
hazard or is acting in an unsafe manner.
3. The safety monitor shall be on the same walking/working surface and within visual sighting distance
to the employee being monitored.
4. The safety monitor shall be close enough to communicate orally with the employee.
Warning Line
Warning line systems are their use shall comply with the following provisions:
1. The warning line shall be erected around all sides of the roof work area.
2. Warning lines shall consist of ropes, wires, or chains and supporting stanchions erected as follows.
3. The rope, wire, or chain shall be flagged at or not more than 6-foot intervals with high-visibility ma-
terial.
4. No employee shall be allowed in the area between a roof edge and a warning line unless the employ-
ee is performing roofing work in that area.
5. Mechanical equipment on roofs shall be used or stores only in areas where employees are protected
by a warning line system. Guardrail system or personal fall arrest system.
Warning Line/Safety Monitor System
A combination of warning line and safety monitor may be used to comply with the requirements of each
system. When an employee is working outside the warning line, they must be monitored by a competent
person (safety monitor) who is within visual and verbal employees.
Controlled access Zones
Controlled access zones are only allowed during leading edge work, overhand brick laying, pre-cast con-
crete erection. In a controlled access zone, a line must identify the area where the specific work is being
done and must physically restrict this area to trained employees completing the work.
The type of controlled access zone, line distance to work area, shall be identified. Access of unauthorized
persons shall be restricted. Appropriate means of barrier (similar to warning line system), signage and
monitoring are compulsory.
Fall protection Plan:
This option is applicable for activities engaged in leading edge work, pre-cast concrete and using conven-
tional fall protection system might be infeasible or might create greater hazards. A competent person
shall prepare the plan.
14.10. FLOOR AND WALL OPENING, STAIRWAYS
1. Floor and Wall Openings
 All floor, grating or roof openings within a building, or other structure during the course of construc-
tion, alterations, or repairing, shall be covered with planks so as to carry safely any load which may
be required to be supported thereon, or shall be fenced in on all sides by a standard railing and toe
board.
 Wall openings, from which there is a drop of more than 1.2 meters, and the bottom of the opening is
less than 90 cm above the working surface, must be guarded by standard guardrails. Is the bottom of
the wall opening is less than 10 cm above the working surface toe boards must be installed.
2. Guarding of Open-Sided Floor and Platforms
 Standard guardrails and toe boards must guard every open-sided floor or platform 1.8 meters or more
above adjacent floor or ground level.
 Regardless of height, open-sided floors, walkways, platforms, or runways above or adjacent to dan-
gerous equipment, pickling or galvanizing tanks, degreasing units and similar hazards must be guard-
ed with a standard railing and toe board.
3. Guardrails, Stair, Railings and Toe boards
 A standard railing shall consist of top rail, intermediate rail, toe board, and posts, and shall have a
vertical height of approximately 1 meter from upper surface of top rail shall be smooth-surfaced
throughout the length of the railing. The intermediate rail shall be halfway between the top rail and
the floor, platform, runway, or ramp. Minimum requirements for standard railing under various types
of construction are as follows:
1. For pipe railings, posts and top and intermediate railings shall be a least 1/2inches nominal diam-
eter with posts spaced not more than 2.4 meters on centers.
2. For structural steel railings, posts and top and intermediate rails shall be 50 mm by 50mm by
10mm angles or other metal shapes of equivalent bending strength, with posts spaced not more
than 2.4 meters on centers.
 Stair railing
A stair railing shall be of construction similar to a standard railings, but the vertical height shall be not
more than 85cm nor less than 75cm from upper surface of top rail to surface of tread in line with face of
riser at forward edge of tread.
 Stairs and Stairways
On all structures, two or more floors (6 meters or over) in height, stairways, ladders, or ramps, shall be
provided for employees during construction period. Debris, slippery and other loose materials, shall not
be allowed on or under stairways.
Stairs shall be installed at angles to the horizontal of between 30 and 50. Rise height and tread width
shall be uniform throughout any flight of stairs including any foundation structure used as one or more
treads of the stairs.
Stairways having one or both open sides shall have a stair railing along the open side or sides.
14.11. FORMWORK
1. DEFINITIONS
False work, in relation to a form or structure, means the structural supports and bracing used to support
all or part of the form or structure.
Flying formwork is a designed system which can be hoisted between levels as a unit.
Forms are the moulds into which concrete or another material is poured.
Formwork is a system of forms connected together.
Gang forms are large panels designed to be hoisted as a unit, and to be erected, stripped, and re-used.
Knock-down forms are traditional formwork supported by false work and shoring, assembled from bulk
materials, used once, and then dismantled.
Panels are sections of form intended to be connected together.
Sheathing is the material directly supported by Wales, and against which concrete is to be placed.
Specialty formwork is designed specifically for a particular structure or placing technique.
Struts are vertical members of shoring that directly resist pressure from Wales.
Wales are horizontal members of shoring that are placed against sheathing to directly resist pressure from
the sheathing.
2. INTRODUCTION
In most cases, the formwork required for concrete construction is built by carpenters. Shoring and bracing
support the forms that contain the wet concrete.
Formwork must also support the temporary weight of material such as bundles of reinforcing steel and
live loads of workers and equipment.
There are three stages in formwork operations:

— assembly and erection
— concrete placement
— stripping and dismantling.
To be done safely, each of these jobs requires planning, knowledge, and skill from both supervisors and
workers. Design and planning are a supervisory function that may also legally require a professional engi-
neer's involvement. Small construction and renovation jobs, however, sometimes call for design on site by
workers. Where design drawings are provided, it is important to construct the formwork as designed. Any
confusion regarding the design should be cleared up with the designer. If site conditions require changes
or the design does not seem to suit the situation, clarification should also be obtained from the designer.
Formwork failures frequently involve deviations from the original design that were done without consult-
ing the designer. They may also involve human error. For these reasons, formwork and shoring must al-
ways be inspected before concrete is placed.
All large formwork installations must be designed by a professional engineer. But there are always smaller
jobs of moderate height or depth – basements, footings, stairs – that may include formwork designed and
constructed on the site.
Every carpenter should therefore know the type of formwork needed and how to build, install, and dis-
mantle it safely.
Formwork must always be constructed according to good, safe, and sound carpentry practice. There must
be
— adequate braces and supports
— reliable bearing surfaces, especially where wood structures are involved
— adequate ties, bolts, or bracing to prevent movement or bulging.
Because wood is relatively soft, it will crush under heavy loads such as concrete when the bearing surface
of joists on stringers, or studs on wales, is not adequate.
Crushing can be avoided by increasing the bearing area between members, using spreader washers or in-
creasing the number of joists or studs.
3. Hazards
The following are the main hazard areas in formwork operations.
• Falls – They are the major hazard because they are potentially fatal. Cramped work areas, inadequate
access, failure to install guardrails, failure to use fall arrest systems, tools or material left underfoot, and
surfaces slippery from form oil can all lead to falls. Ladders are also frequently involved in falls.
• Materials handling – The activity most frequently connected with injury. Improper or excessive materi-
als handling can result in sprains, strains, and overexertion in shoulders, arms, and back, as well as bruis-
es, abrasions, and crushed fingers.
• Struck against – Common because formwork operations are constantly changing and involve the move-
ment of heavy, awkward, and pointed components. Wales, beams, panels, snap-ties, nails, bolts, and re-
bar can cause punctures, cuts, contusions, and abrasions.
• Struck by – Another common cause of injury. Rebar, formwork panels, concrete buckets, and other ma-
terial hoisted overhead can strike workers. Struck-by injuries can also be caused by hammers, pry bars,
stakes, wedges, and material such as joists and panels during stripping.
• Electrical contact – Power tools, extension cords, and temporary supply and wiring systems, used under
less-than-ideal conditions – mud, ground water, wet excavations, fresh concrete – can lead to ground
faults, short-circuits, and shock hazards. Ground fault circuit interrupters are legally required for porta-
ble tools used outdoors or in wet locations.
• Collapses – Even with advanced methods of design and installation, there is always the risk that form-
work, slab-forms, wall forms, and other large components can come loose, slip out of place, or fall over,
striking or crushing workers underneath.
• Health hazards – The spraying of form oils and curing compounds can irritate the lungs. Contact with
these chemicals can irritate the skin, leading to redness, inflammation, or dermatitis. The same condi-
tions can result from the abrasive/corrosive effect of skin contact with concrete or cement, especially
when inadvertently left inside boots all day.
• Environmental conditions – water or rain create slippery conditions. Wind can be a major hazard. Han-
dling sheets of plywood becomes more difficult, panels may require more bracing, and hoisting gets hard-
er, especially with large panels or tables.
• Dust and concrete – Blowing dust and flying concrete particles during the chipping or cleaning of form-
work can injure unprotected eyes.
• Access equipment – Access equipment such as ladders and scaffolds is involved not only in falls but in
slips, trips, and other incidents. Hazards include ladders not tied off, workers carrying materials while
climbing, ladders obstructed at top or bottom, scaffolds not completely decked in, and scaffolds erected
or dismantled without fall protection.
• Lighting – Inadequate lighting can create or aggravate hazards when workers install or strip forms in
dark areas or place concrete at night.
4. Injuries
Formwork hazards can lead to the injuries – and be prevented by the measures – described below.
• Eye injuries – These are quite prevalent in formwork operations. Most result from particles of wood or
concrete that fall or are blown into the eye during chipping and cleaning. The injuries may not be severe
but most can be prevented by wearing eye protection. It is strongly recommended that everyone on site
wear eye protection at all times.
• Cuts, scrapes, punctures – The manhandling necessary to install and strip formwork can lead to cut
hands, arms, and legs, as well as pinched or crushed fingers. Gloves help to prevent injuries from rough
or sharp edges on formwork components. But workers must also have the knowledge, skill, and physical
ability necessary for safe materials handling.
• Back injuries – These injuries are frequently related to materials handling. The most important preven-
tive measure is back care. Exercise programs, warm-ups before work, and knowing your limitations can
help to prevent sprains and strains. Wherever necessary, get help or use dollies, carts, or other mechani-
cal devices.
• Ankle sprains and fractures – Working in close quarters, stepping over debris and material, climbing into
excavations, turning with awkward loads, jumping down from scaffolds or benches — these can lead to
ankle and other foot or leg injuries. Prevention starts with proper housekeeping and materials handling.
• Bruises and contusions – Handling formwork under rushed, cramped, or slippery conditions or beyond
your limitations can lead to bruises. Bruises and contusions also result from contact with protruding
formwork components. More serious are contusions from falling formwork materials. Formwork must be
braced to ensure stability, especially under windy conditions. Try to avoid areas where work such as
hoisting or stripping is being done overhead.
• Fall injuries – All of the injuries above, and many others, can result from falls. Most falls are caused by
missing or inadequate guardrails, failure to use fall arrest equipment, failure to completely plank scaf -
folds and other work platforms, and standing or climbing on surfaces not meant to be used as such – the
tops of wall forms or 2 x 4 wales, for example. Installing and stripping formwork often requires the use of
a fall arrest system. Falls also result from holes left unguarded or uncovered in formwork. These should
be covered up or fitted with guardrails as quickly as possible. Where this cannot be done, the area should
be roped off and posted with warning signs to prevent unauthorized entry.
5. Planning
Planning is the first and most important step in reducing hazards and preventing injuries. Because form-
work operations must often be carried out in congested areas where other trades are also working, plan-
ning is essential in making the most of the time and space available to improve safety and efficiency.
Planning is a must for fall protection, work platforms, material staging areas, housekeeping, and material
handling and movement. Planning should take place at every level from manager through supervisor to
worker. Planning labour, materials, equipment, and work schedules to meet design requirements is the
responsibility of management and supervision. Workers must plan the details of their assigned tasks based
on the most effective work methods and safety measures to follow in each case.
6.Design
Safety and economy are the main factors in design. Both have to be considered because adjustments in
one affect the other.
For example, reducing the support structure for wall forms in expectation of reduced pouring rates
should not be considered if the rate of pour is not going to be controlled on the job. Fresh concrete ex-
erts a pressure on formwork similar to liquids. However, concrete starts to set when poured so that if the
pour rate is slow the maximum pressure can be reduced, since concrete at the bottom will be set before
concrete at the top is poured.
Other factors determine how long concrete will remain liquid, such as temperature, slump, vibration, and
admixtures. For example, concrete will set much more quickly in hot summer weather than in cold winter
weather. As a result, the same form filled at the same pour rate may be subjected to greater pressure in
winter than in summer.
Concrete pumping may cause additional pressure, as well as vibration, on forms and must be considered
at the design stage. Consider using bracing systems and spreaders for wall forms. Concrete filling the bot -
tom of the form may cause forces at the top to push the two sides together unless they are properly
braced and/or separated with spreaders.
Formwork has to be designed to resist such forces. During pouring, ensure that spreaders are not removed
until concrete has reached at least two-thirds of the form height. On wooden forms, crush plates or filler
strips should be used at corners such as slab-and column or slab-and-wall. The plates or strips are easily
removed with a wrecking bar and, once removed, make the stripping of adjacent panels much easier. The
strips should be big enough to leave space at the edges of the panels to accommodate wrecking bars. Re-
alistic design demands consideration of the size as well as the weight of panels.
A formwork panel or wall form to be lifted as a single unit must be designed to withstand the loads and
forces exerted by hoisting. In most cases, this means designing a more substantial structure. Fastening
components may also need more attention at the design stage.
7.Types of Formwork
A. Below Grade
In most cases the shoring must be designed by an engineer. Engineers may also specify slopes for excava-
tions. In both instances the design drawings must be kept on the project. Excavations should be kept es-
sentially dry. Water should be pumped out. Mud should be cleared off and replaced by compacted granu-
lar material in work areas and on surfaces where concrete will be placed. Mud presents slipping hazards
and can lead to inferior construction if not removed or replaced. Water and mud also contribute to elec-
trical hazards. Grounding and insulation must be effective and intact.
Ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs) are required by law on all portable tools used outdoors or in wet
locations. Formwork for footings and grade walls frequently begins before excavation in the area is com-
plete. Wherever possible, formwork operations should be roped off from other work such as excavation or
pile-driving. Separate access ramps for vehicles and workers are strongly recommended.
Stairs are an even better alternative for personnel on foot. Mud sills must be used to support any shoring
or bracing that rests on soil in the excavation. The sill must bear on the soil throughout its length. Sills
should not be used to bridge holes or irregular surfaces. To ensure uniform bearing, soil should be leveled
before sills are set in position. The soil must have the capacity to bear whatever loads are applied. This
information may or may not be on the design drawings.
In Situ Bearing Pressure for Dry Soil Conditions
Silt and clay 1200 lbs/square foot

Sands 4000 lbs/square foot
Gravelly sands 6000 lbs/square foot
Gravel 8000 lbs/square foot
Soil that supports bracing or shoring should be compacted and qualify as good soil at least (cohesive,
hard, with no water). Professional advice is recommended and may be required for heavy structures such
as elevated equipment supports shored at or below grade.
Formwork in these situations is frequently built in place. Planning is required to store material and
equipment out of the way, dispose of scrap and debris, and ensure safe, efficient access. Because condi-
tions are often cramped and scrap accumulates quickly, it is important to clean up as work proceeds.
B. Wall Forms
Wall forms built in place are hazardous to construct.
Hazards include
o Dowels sticking up from concrete slabs or footings
o Unstable work surfaces and access created by poor planning
o Manual handling of heavy material such as plywood sheets, panels, wales, and buckets of
snap-ties, wedges, and plates
o Slippery surfaces at and below grade
o Inadequate design
o Improper construction.
The best protection against dowels is a wood cover built of lumber at least 1-1/2 inches thick and wired
in place.
Starting the Form
Setting up the first form is always hard, heavy, manual work. It calls for enough workers to do the job
without overexertion or injury. Temporary bracing is needed from the start and at every step to prevent
wind loads from toppling the forms – historically the cause of many serious injuries. A wind of 30 km/h
will create a dangerous wind load on formwork.
Access to wall forms is not always given enough thought. Forms more than 2 metres high will require ac-
cess platforms for workers involved in concrete placing. The platforms can also be used to complete the
upper portion of the formwork. An alternative is a frame scaffold, which can also be used to install rein-
forcing steel.
Fall-arrest systems or scaffolds with guardrails must be used where workers may fall more than 2 metres,
or onto hazards such as projecting dowels. Materials should be distributed along the work location to min-
imize further handling. But traffic and work areas must be kept clear for the safe movement and installa -
tion of material.
Form Construction
Wall forms must be constructed as designed. The design must indicate clearly what is required. Some wall
forms are designed for specific concrete placement rates expressed in meters of height per hour (m/hr).
A wall form in which concrete is placed to a height of one meter in one hour would have a placement rate
of 1 m/hr. Slower pouring rates result in lower formwork pressure because the bottom concrete has
started to set. Ensure that ties and braces are installed where indicated on design drawings. Ties should
be snugged up. Braces should be securely fastened to forms and wedged or fastened to a support that will
not settle or deform under load.
Formwork platforms must be

– Capable of bearing at least 50 pounds/square foot
– Adequately supported
– Equipped with guardrails
– Secured at the level or levels where work such as pouring and stripping will be done.
C. Slab Forms or False work Built in Place
With slab forms built in place the major hazard is falls. Injuries are also connected with the manual han-
dling of heavy materials and components. Forms built in place usually have to be taken down in place.
This should be considered at the construction stage. Stability may also be a consideration where the
structure is high, carries heavy loads, and is placed on grade as in bridge and overpass construction.
Fall protection is difficult to provide for workers building slab forms in place. That's why planning is es-
sential both in the design and erection procedure.
Make sure you have fall protection at all stages of formwork construction. Wherever possible, cranes or
other equipment should be used to move material, thereby reducing the amount of manual carrying, lift-
ing, and handling.
Shoring towers require special consideration.

 Towers must remain stable during construction and dismantling. Guys may be necessary to main-
tain stability
 If towers are to be tied together and braced horizontally, this should be done as work progresses.
 Shoring towers and shores should be installed so they are plumb to within 1/8 inch in 3 feet.
 Shoring towers should be snugged up under the stringers with adjustable base plates and U-heads.
 If frames do not ride tightly on top of one another after tightening, one or more are out of square
and should be replaced.
 With single-post shores, provide adequate lateral bracing.
Stairwells and balconies are places where horizontal bracing for single-post shoring systems may be re-
quired. Frequently, supports for built-in-place forms are deliberately left out to allow other work to be
done. One example might be a row of single-post shores left out until work below is complete. Or, an ar-
ea might be supported temporarily during construction by a few single-post shores that will be replaced
later by a shoring tower.
In these and other instances of incomplete formwork, heavy temporary loads such as bundles of rebar or
stacks of plywood should not be placed on the structure. Even on completed formwork, make sure that
landed material will not overload the structure.
D. Flying Forms
Flying forms must always be designed by a professional engineer and constructed, hoisted, moved, and
set strictly according to the instructions of the designer or manufacturer. Using forms designed for typical
floors in non-typical situations has resulted in serious incidents. Before using any flying form under non-
typical conditions, consult the designer or manufacturer. Wall forms should not be extended in height or
width, for instance, or slab panels cantilevered without professional consultation.
Such situations usually occur with penthouses or mechanical rooms where wall and ceiling heights are
greater than for typical floors. Apart from misuse, hazards with flying forms include
o stability during initial fabrication
o fill-in work between slab panels
o stripping, flying, and re-setting.
In the last category especially, falls are a common hazard.
Although a flying form is designed to be stable when complete, it may not be stable during fabrication or
erection. Temporary bracing or temporary support by a crane may be necessary to ensure stability during
certain phases of the operation.
Work with flying forms requires adequate space for stacking materials and components. Working in
cramped quarters is not only difficult but hazardous.
Fall Protection — Flying Forms
A fall-arrest system should be used by any worker who is

o installing
o pushing a panel out toward the slab edge
o receiving a panel in from the slab edge
o helping other workers attach rigging hardware such as slings.
o getting on and off
o bolting and unbolting wall forms for exterior walls and elevator shafts.
o stepping onto a panel to attach slings to pick points.
Each worker's fall-arrest system must be attached to an individual anchor independent of the flying form.
Concerned Engineer shall provide for anchorage by casting rebar anchors in columns or other areas to be
covered over or filled in later.
Safety below Flying Forms
The previous section covered the safety of workers flying the forms. But precautions must also be taken
to protect workers below the hoisting operation and the public at large, since forms are often swung out
over sidewalks and streets. The most efficient protection for workers is to rope off the area below to
prevent anyone from entering the area. Pedestrian traffic on sidewalks, as well as vehicle traffic if neces-
sary, should be detoured around the area while hoisting is under way.
Communication
Flying forms are heavy, large, and awkward. To hoist and move them safely requires clear reliable com-
munication. While hand signals are often necessary, direct radio communication between work crew and
crane operator is more accurate and effective. Relying on hand signals alone is not recommended.
Stripping
General
Formwork stripping is probably the most hazardous operation in concrete construction. Hazards include
o falling material
o material and equipment underfoot
o manual handling of heavy or awkward forms, panels, and other components
o prying forms loose from concrete presents risk of overexertion, lost balance, and slips and
falls.
Hazards can be reduced by

o planning and providing for stripping when designing and constructing formwork
o supplying facilities and equipment for removing materials as they are stripped
o providing proper tools and adequate access for the stripping crew
o training personnel properly for this and other aspects of formwork.
Forms can be designed with crush plates or filler strips to facilitate removal at difficult intersections of
columns, beams, and wall forms. Later, form oils should be used liberally to make stripping easier. Wher-
ever possible, materials and debris should be removed from the area as work proceeds. This will reduce
the need to walk over or work around things left on floor or ground.
Providing carts or cradles can help the crew remove material and reduce the need for lifting and carry-
ing. Material on a cart can be rolled away. Material in cradles can be hoisted off by a crane.
Climbing partially stripped formwork is not only hazardous but unnecessary. Safe access such as rolling
scaffolds or powered elevating work platforms should be provided for stripping formwork at elevated lo-
cations.
Poor lighting is sometimes a hazard in formwork stripping. Mobile light stands are probably the best solu-
tion, since pigtail stringers can easily be knocked down and damaged during stripping. Wherever possible,
stripping crews should be small. This is especially important with knock-down systems. In small crews
each person can keep track of what the others are doing. Workers are not as likely to cause problems for
each other. Crews of two or three are recommended for knock-down systems. If more workers are re-
quired, they can still be divided into small crews working in separate areas.
Other trades and operations should not be allowed in areas where stripping is under way. Given the many
hazards involved, the area should be roped off and warning signs posted.
E. Knock-Down Slab Systems
Stripping these forms is difficult because much of the work is overhead. The usual arrangement involves
shoring frames or a combination of shoring frames and jacks. Wherever possible, the work should proceed
from one side. That means taking out one row of formwork supported by a row of stringers on shoring
frames.
The first step is to back off the adjustable base plates and U-heads in one area, which will in turn lower
the stringers, joists, and plywood.
In practice, however, the plywood will stick, especially around beams, column caps, and similar points.
Wherever possible, stuck sheets should be loosened and removed before the shoring structure is disman-
tled.
Stripping should proceed in reverse order to erection. Plywood should be removed first, followed by joists
and stringers. The last items to be removed are the shoring frames. When scaffold or shoring frames are
used for access, the platform should be completely decked in with planks. Otherwise planks can shift and
slide as workers pry or pull at stuck pieces of formwork, lose their balance, and fall.
This has been a frequent cause of injuries. The area where stripping starts should allow access for taking
away material as it is dismantled.
Sound training, well-designed forms, safe access facilities, and immediate and continuous cleanup can
help reduce hazards in stripping knock-down slab forms.
F. Built-in-Place Wall Forms
These forms are frequently of only moderate height. Taller types usually make use of large panels erect-
ed and removed by crane rather than hand. Built-in-place wall forms are usually a stud-and-wale system
using some type of ties. Where workers cannot reach the top of the wall, scaffolding should be provided
for removing wales on the upper level. Safe access is essential for the dismantling and manhandling of
wales that are frequently long, heavy, and waterlogged. Material should then be removed immediately to
a staging area.
G. Slip Forms & Jump Forms
Slip forms and jump forms are the terms given to self-climbing formwork systems specifically intended to
construct concrete walls and columns in high rise buildings and other concrete structures such as chim-
neys. In slip forms, the climbing is usually carried out continuously during the concrete pour. With jump
forms, the climbing is done in steps, following the concrete pour. The term "climb form" is also used to
describe a slip form or jump form. The power for the climbing operation can be provided in a variety of
ways, but usually by means of hydraulic rams or electric motors connected to climbing feet or screw
shafts.
Slip forms and jump forms usually consist of a number of decks and may also be fitted with trailing
screens that are suspended from the form. As with perimeter screens, trailing screens may provide edge
protection for persons, prevent materials from falling, provide support for work platforms or a combina-
tion of these uses. No two slip forms or jump forms will be identical because their design depends on the
size and configuration of the building under construction.
When designing and operating these types of form, the following issues should be addressed:
 Provision for safe access to all areas and work platforms;

 Control of risk associated with working at height;
 Provision of sufficient working space and head room;
 Specification of appropriate manual handling methods for shutters and other components.
 Provision for retrieval of an injured or incapacitated person from any work area located within
the structure.
It is acknowledged it may not be practical to provide an access system and working environment on a
jump form or slip form that are of the same standard as elsewhere. This is primarily due to building char-
acteristics and weight limitations. A designer must endeavour to minimise potential hazards.
Access and Egress
Access to the form may be provided in a variety of ways including one or more of the following:
 personnel and material hoists on the building;

 permanent stair systems in the building;
 a trailing stair system suspended from the slip form or jump form; and
 a trailing ladder system.
A trailing stair system is preferable to a ladder system because it is easier for persons to ascend and de-
scend and emergency evacuation is generally easier on a stair system.
A designer of formwork should ensure the trailing access system is designed for loads that could be ap -
plied in an emergency evacuation situation. Both the strength of the system itself, and the ability of the
form to withstand applied loads from the access system, should be adequate.
Access openings for ladders on working decks should be provided with trapdoors that are closed except
when being accessed. Trapdoors should be provided with a device so that they can be easily opened from
above. This device should not pose a trip hazard for persons on the deck.
Access ways should be kept free of materials and rubbish to prevent objects falling to the level(s) below.
Working platforms and penetrations
 All penetrations should be covered by form ply that is secured in position or should be provided
with leading or perimeter edge protection;
 When placing steel or pouring concrete into a form, controls should be provided to prevent a per-
son falling into or off the form.
 All platforms that may be affected by uplift should be positively secured so that uplift cannot oc-
cur. Uplift can occur from wind loading or when a platform is out-of-level and unsecured. where
individual cells of the form are climbed at different times, edge protection should be provided on
each of the raised cells.
Trailing screens and platforms
Trailing screens can provide edge protection, a means of preventing falling objects and be designed to
incorporate working platforms. Where platforms are provided these are usually for the purpose of patch-
ing the building or carrying out minor repairs, and for access for persons climbing the form. A designer of
formwork will specifically need to address all issues for which the trailing screen system is designed. The
following issues must be included in the design:
 A suitable design loading for any platforms on the trailing system. As a guide, platforms should be
designed to support a minimum load of 2.5 kpa.
 Adequate controls should be provided to control the risk of falling materials; and
 All platforms should be secured to prevent uplift or any other movement.
Except where it is impractical to do otherwise, a person should not be located on trailing platforms while
the platforms are crane lifted.
If a person is located on a platform while it is being lifted by a crane, the following controls must be im-
plemented:
 The person should be prevented from falling down any gap that may exist on the inside edge of
the platform that is, between the platform and the wall being constructed.
 Persons on the platform hold at least a rigger certificate or a person with such a certificate is also
located on the platform as it is lifted;
 A clear method of communication between the crane operator and the rigger responsible for di-
recting the lift exists that is , a whistle or two way radios; and
Climbing the form
It is important to ensure the different parts of the form remain level during the climbing process. Climb-
ing is usually carried out using a series of climbing devices set up to lift at the same time and at the same
rate. If the lifting system is not properly synchronised the form may become wedged on the structure or
structural members may be overloaded. There should therefore be a system to ensure that the form does
not go out-of-level during the climbing procedure. This system may be an automated system or may rely
on operators stopping the climbing process.
The following must be ensured:
 Only persons directly involved with the climbing process should be located on the form during the
climbing process;
 Any potential nip or shear points where a person could be injured during the climb are identified
and controlled;
 All obstructions on the form have been removed prior to the form being climbed. A 'sign-off' pro-
cedure for this should be provided. This includes the removal of 'Z-bars', ferrule bolts and other
material that would snag on the structure if they were not removed; and
 Services including electrical cable and water pipes have been designed so that they will not rup-
ture or snag as the form is climbed.
When removing a form from a vertical element, the form must be effectively supported such that it never
relies on suction for support. Serious incidents have occurred when it has been assumed that a form is
supported from above when it is in fact relying on 'through bolts' through the wall for support. When the
bolts have been removed the form has fallen, with the persons still standing on a platform attached to
the form. This hazard can apply both to crane lifted forms and jump forms.
Training
In view of the specialised work systems and unique hazards that exist on jump forms and slip forms, spe-
cific training should be provided for persons intending to work on the forms.
Training should include, but not be limited to:
 The maximum loadings that can be applied to the various areas on the form. This would include
information about areas where materials can be stored;
 Restricted access areas and procedures for installation and removal of edge protection;
 Climbing or jumping procedures for those involved in these operations;
 Emergency evacuation procedures for those required to work on the form;
 Fire fighting procedures to be used in emergency situations prior to fire fighting personnel arriv-
ing at the scene; and
 Any other special work procedures that specifically apply to working on the form.
Health issues and amenities
Adequate ventilation and access to all cells in jump forms or slip forms should be provided. It is difficult
for persons to spend extended periods in cells due to the heat and cramped working conditions. Allow-
ance should be made for these issues and it may be necessary to specify maximum times for particular
cells depending on temperature, humidity and cell size. These times should be developed as part of a
work method statement following consultation between the workers and their employer.
Clean drinking water should be provided on the top level of the slip form and jump form. On larger slip
forms and jump forms it may be necessary to provide clean drinking water on other levels. A chemical
toilet should be provided on the top of the jump form.
Engineering issues
The design of jump forms and slip forms is more complex than the design of formwork systems for floors.
Greater technical input from a designer is required including consideration of wind loading. For this rea -
son, the slip form or jump form designer must be a professional engineer.
The jump form or slip form designer must be involved both in the initial design of the form and in ad-
dressing ongoing design issues that will occur during form erection and during the life of the building pro-
ject. Many of the design problems associated with jump forms and slip forms will not become apparent
until the job is progressing, and it is likely that alterations to the design of the form will be necessary.
The designer must therefore inspect the form on site and work closely with persons involved in its opera-
tion, and the principal contractor, to determine if difficulties are being encountered.
In addition, the following factors must be addressed by the designer of these types of formwork:
 Minimum concrete strength required prior to climbing;

 allowance for all loads, including dynamic and wind loads that may be applied to the form. Loads
applied by workers and concrete placing activities must also be allowed for.
 The maximum degree to which the form can be out-of-level during climbing, and the procedure
required both to minimise the likelihood of this occurring and how to remedy the situation if the
form becomes out-of-level; and
 Consideration of rescue procedures that may affect the design of the form. The rescue procedure
may require access to all levels of the form and cells, either through the provision of gates or re-
moval of panels on the form.
Emergency issues
Fire extinguishers, hoses and other means of fire prevention and control must be provided on the jump
form or slip form in accordance with relevant legislation.
Emergency procedures for the jump form or slip form must be developed, documented and implemented.
Persons must be trained in these procedures and a list of persons who have received the training must be
documented.
The emergency procedures must include, but not be limited to the following:
 The method of alert in the event of an emergency and the method of extracting persons from
each location or cell that the persons have access to or could fall into;
 When to evacuate persons from the form;
 Evacuation muster points both on and off the form;
 Training in the use of fire extinguishers;
 Identifying persons responsible for ensuring evacuation takes place;
 Rescue procedures in the event of severe medical conditions;
 Identifying persons responsible for rescuing workers; and
 Rescue training for persons involved in rescuing others, where outside experts will not be respon-
sible for performing the rescue.
Where the form can be accessed using cranes on site, a first aid box for emergency rescue of injured and
incapacitated persons must be readily available and accessible at all times while work is being undertak-
en.
Response to emergency situations must be considered during formwork design stages and in an ongoing
way during construction. Emergency situations requiring evacuation of an injured worker from a formwork
'cell' need to consider how to safely remove an immobilised or unconscious person. This may include cre-
ating emergency access holes and doorways through decks and screens. Procedures must identify how to
access lift voids and other areas, including cells within the core which may have limited access.
Emergency services contacts must be clearly identified and available. These must be nominated by all
parties on site, including the principal contractor, sub-contractors and workers.
8. Inspection
Before concrete placing begins, formwork must be inspected and signed off by the designer or a compe-
tent person to ensure that it has been constructed to provide for worker safety and to meet job specifica-
tions. Formwork requiring design by an engineer must be inspected by an engineer or a designated com-
petent worker. A report must be filed stating whether the formwork has been constructed according to
the design. Any discrepancies should be cleared up with the design engineer before concrete placing pro-
ceeds.
Inspection should start when the forms are being constructed and continue until concrete placing is com-
plete. Checking line and grade is best carried out while the formwork is being constructed. Shoring struc-
tures should be within the alignment limits specified on the design drawings. Line and grade should also
be checked during the pour to determine whether formwork is shifting or deflecting.
Dimensions of special features like beams, column capitals, and inserts are best checked during construc-
tion. If inspection is delayed until formwork is completed, some details may be covered up or become
more difficult to check.
Columns
Check that
• The proper size and type of materials are used
• Column ties or column clamps are spaced according to design drawings
• The spacing of ties or clamps is based on a sound assessment of concrete pressure (generally columns
are designed for a full liquid head of 150 pounds/foot2 times height in feet)
• Columns are adequately braced where they are not tied in to a slab-form structure.
Wall Forms
Check that
• Materials and any manufactured components are as specified in design drawings (size and spacing of
studs, wales, and ties are crucial to safety)
• Ties are snugged up before concrete is placed
• Wedges in wedged systems are tight
• Nuts in threaded systems are tight
• Bracing conforms to design drawings
• Bree-standing formwork is braced to ensure stability and resistance to loads during concrete placing
• Specified pour rates are not exceeded (wall forms are often designed for specific pour rates; exceeding
these rates can cause failure or collapse).
Slab Forms
From a safety perspective, this is the most critical type of formwork. The collapse of slab forms has
caused many injuries and deaths, whether from flawed design, unauthorized modifications in the field, or
failure to inspect.
Check that
• Grade beams or mud sills supporting shoring are properly sized and located
• hazardous soil conditions such as excessive moisture, freezing, and uncompacted soil are reported and
discussed with the designer
• Shoring frames and jacks are located and aligned within tolerances specified on the drawings
• shoring frames and jacks are out of plumb no more than 1/8 inch in 3 feet
• adjustable base plates for shoring frames and jacks are snugged up
• U-heads are wedged in place
• Stringers are the specified size and number, with supports properly spaced
• Aluminum stringers have no bent flanges or other damage

• Joists are the specified size and properly spaced
• Support structures and shoring for beam bottoms and column capitals are constructed according to de-
sign
• Lateral bracing is provided where required (for instance, on freestanding formwork for bridges and
overpasses)
• The bearing surface for lateral bracing is adequate — that is, stable footings or well-compacted soil
• Temporary loads such as rebar are not obviously overloading the system.
Concrete Placing
Inspection of forms should continue during concrete placing. Any signs of movement, crushing, or deflec-
tion are cause for alarm. Pouring should be suspended until the situation is corrected.
Watch for the following warning signs:
o Movement of single-post shoring for slab forms

o Movement or deflection of lateral bracing for single-post shores
o Movement of stringers on U-heads
o Crushing of wooden stringers on U-heads
o Shoring that is not snugged up under stringers
o Deflection of stringers between supports
o Deflection of wales or strong backs on wall forms
o Bulging of wall forms
o Crushing of wales or strong backs at washers for ties
o Movement of wall forms
o Uplifting of battered forms
O Pour rates that exceed design specifications.
14.12. ELECTRICAL SAFETY
Most trades people tend to take electricity for granted as a steady, reliable source of power for a wide
variety of tools, equipment, and operations. But familiarity can create a false sense of security. Remem-
ber that electricity is always a potential source of danger.
The basic rule is straightforward: Consider all electrical wires and equipment live until they are tested
and proven otherwise.
Shock
The passage of electricity through the body is called shock. Effects can range from a tingling sensation to
death. A shock that may not be enough to kill or even injure can nonetheless startle a worker and cause a
fall from a ladder or work platform.
Requirements
All electrical equipment and installations shall be constructed, installed and maintained by a competent
person, and so used as to guard against danger.
Before construction is commenced and during the progress thereof, adequate steps shall be taken to as-
certain the presence of and to guard against danger to workers from any live electrical cable or apparatus
which is under, over or on the site.
The laying and maintenance of electrical cables and apparatus on construction sites shall be governed by
national laws and regulations.
All parts of electrical installations shall be of adequate size and characteristics for the power require-
ments and work they may be called upon to do and in particular they shall:
 be of adequate mechanical strength to withstand working conditions in construction operations;
 not be liable to damage by water, dust or electrical, thermal or chemical action to which they
may be subjected in construction operations.
All parts of electrical installations shall be so constructed, installed and maintained as to prevent danger
of electric shock, fire and external explosion.
The electrical distribution at each site shall be via an isolator which cuts off current from all conductors,
is readily accessible and can be locked in the "off" position but not locked in the "on" position.
The power supply to all electrical equipment shall be provided with means of cutting off current from all
conductors in an emergency.
All electrical appliances and outlets shall be clearly marked to indicate their purpose and voltage.
When the layout of an installation cannot be clearly recognized, the circuits and appliances shall be iden-
tified by labels or other effective means.
Circuits and appliances carrying different voltages in the same installation shall be clearly distinguished
by conspicuous means such as colored markings.
Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent installations from receiving current at a higher voltage
from other installations.
Where necessary to prevent danger, installations shall be protected against lightning.
Lines for signaling and telecommunication systems shall not be laid on the same supports as medium - and
high-voltage lines.
Only flameproof equipment and conductors shall be installed in explosive atmospheres or in store places
for explosives or flammable liquids.
A notice or notices shall be kept exhibited at suitable places:

 prohibiting unauthorized persons from entering electrical equipment rooms or from handling or
interfering with electrical apparatus;
 containing directions as to procedures in case of fire, rescue of persons in contact with live con-
ductors and the restoration of persons suffering from electric shock;
 Specifying the person to be notified in case of electrical incident or dangerous occurrence, and
indicating how to communicate with him.
Suitable warnings shall be displayed at all places where contact with or proximity to electrical equipment
can cause danger.
Persons having to operate electrical equipment shall be fully instructed as to any possible dangers of the
equipment concerned.
Inspection and maintenance
All electrical equipment shall be inspected before it is taken into use to ensure that it is suitable for its
proposed use.
At the beginning of every shift, the person using the electrical equipment shall make a careful external
examination of the equipment and conductors, especially the flexible cables.
Apart from some exceptional cases, work on or near live parts of electrical equipment shall be forbidden.
Before any work is begun on conductors or equipment that do not have to remain live:
 the current shall be switched off by a responsible person;
 adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the current from being switched on again;
 the conductors or the equipment shall be tested to ascertain that they are dead;
 the conductors and equipment shall be earthed and short-circuited;
 neighboring live parts shall be adequately protected against incidental contact.
After work has been done on conductors and equipment, the current shall only be switched on again on
the orders of a competent person after the earthing and short-circuiting have been removed and the
workplace reported safe.
Electricians shall be supplied with sufficient adequate tools, and personal protective equipment such as
rubber gloves, mats and blankets.
All conductors and equipment shall be considered to be live unless there is certain proof of the contrary.
When work has to be done in dangerous proximity to live parts the current shall be cut off. If for opera-
tional reasons this is not possible, the live parts shall be fenced off or enclosed by qualified staff from the
power station concerned.
Testing
Electrical installations shall be inspected and tested and the results recorded in accordance with national
laws or regulations.
Periodic testing of the efficiency of the earth leakage protective devices shall be carried out.
Particular attention shall be paid to the earthing of apparatus, the continuity of protective conductors,
polarity and insulation resistance, protection against mechanical damage and condition of connections at
points of entry.
Procedure for Unbroken Contact
1. In some electrical incidents, the injured or unconscious person remains in contact with the live wire or
equipment. Rescue should only be attempted after power has been turned off.
2. In some cases of low voltage, when power cannot be turned off, break contact if possible. Use a dry
board, rubber hose, or dry polypropylene rope to move either the injured person or the line. An object
can sometimes be thrown to separate the injured person from the wire. If you don't know the voltage,
treat it as high.
3. WARNING. Even with dry wood or rubber, touching the injured person can be dangerous. High voltage
can jump a considerable gap and objects that are normally insulators may become conductors.
Only electrical personnel specially trained and equipped to use special live-line tools can attempt rescue
safely.
4. Call emergency services — in most cases, ambulance, fire department, and utility.
WARNING. Give first aid only after the injured person is free of contact.
Burns are the most common shock-related injury. Electricity can cause severe burns at points of entry and
exit. The damage is often more serious than it looks. Although entry and exit wounds may be small, bone
and muscle can be extensively burned in between.
Shock can also cause irregular beating of the heart (fibrillation) leading to respiratory failure and cardiac
arrest. Get medical help as soon as possible after electrical contact.
The effect of electric shock on the body is determined by three main factors:
i. how much current is flowing through the body (measured in amperes and determined by voltage and
resistance)
ii. the path of current through the body
iii. how long the body is in the circuit.
Electrical Fires
Never put water on fires in live electrical equipment or wiring. Water is a conductor and increases the
risk of flash, arc, and electrocution.
An electrical fire in a confined space can rapidly deplete oxygen and may release toxic fumes. If possible,
switch off power.
Avoid inhaling fumes and vacate the area at once. If necessary, breathe through a damp cloth and stay
close to the floor.
Use a Class C fire extinguisher. Intended for electrical fires, this type employs a non-conductive extin-
guishing agent. An ABC fire extinguisher may also be used on an electrical fire.
Every worker who may be required to use a fire extinguisher must be trained in its use.
Report fires immediately.
Wiring or equipment involved in a fire must be inspected by the electrical utility inspector before being
reactivated.
Powerlines
• Contact utilities to locate all underground and overhead services before starting work. Determine volt -
age. Mark underground lines on all drawings. Post warning signs along their route.
• Have power lines moved, insulated, or de-energized where necessary.
• Avoid storing material or equipment under power lines. If it must be stored there, hang warning flags
and signs to prevent other workers from using hoisting equipment to move or lift it.
• The constructor is required to have written procedures in place to prevent equipment from encroaching
on the minimum distance from a power line, when:
 equipment such as a crane, dump truck, or other vehicle is going to be operated near an ener-
gized overhead electrical conductor, and
 the equipment will operate within reach of (and could therefore encroach on) the minimum per-
mitted distance from the power line.
Copies of the procedures must be available for every employer on the project.
• Use a signaler to warn the operator when any part of the equipment or load could encroach on the min-
imum allowable distance.
• Before moving ladders, rolling scaffolds, or elevating work platforms, always check for overhead wires.
Death and injury have been caused by electrical contact with access equipment.
Temporary Lighting
• Avoid contact with the wires strung for temporary lighting. Frequent relocation of circuits can loosen
connections, break insulation, and create other hazards.
• Beware of tripping and shock hazards from stringers overhead and underfoot.
• Do not use temporary lighting circuits as extension cords. If a fuse blows, it can be dangerous to find
your way to the panel in the dark.
• Take care that exposed wires do not contact steel door frames in the final stages of work, when tempo-
rary lines often pass through doors that may be incidentally closed on them.
• Replace missing or burned-out bulbs to maintain required levels of illumination in stairwells, base-
ments, halls, and other areas. Bulbs must be caged.
• Do not modify manufactured stringers.
Panels
• Temporary panel boards must be securely mounted, protected from weather and water, accessible to
workers, and kept clear of obstructions.
• Use only fuses or breakers of the recommended amperage.
• Follow regulated procedures for lockout and tagging.
Cords and Plugs

• Never cut off, bend back, or cheat the ground pin on three-prong plugs.
• Make sure that plugs and cords are in good condition.
• Make sure that extension cords are the right gauge for the job to prevent overheating, voltage drops,
and tool burnout.
• Check extension cords and outlets with a circuit-tester before use.
• Use cords fitted with dead front plugs. These present less risk of shock and short-circuit than open front
plugs.
• Do not use extension or tool cords that are defective or have been improperly repaired.
• Do not wire plugs into outlets. Disconnecting will take too long in an emergency.
• Protect cords from traffic. Protect bulbs with cages.
Tools
• Use only tools that are grounded or double-insulated. Make sure the casings of double-insulated tools
are not cracked or broken.
• Always use a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) with any portable electric tool operated outdoors or
in wet locations. GFCIs detect current leaking to ground from the tool or cord and shut off power be-
fore injury or damage can occur. Only type A GFCIs are designed to trip at about 5 milliamperes (5
thousandths of an ampere), offering adequate protection to workers.
• Use hand tools with insulated handles and grips. Whenever required, wear protective equipment—safety
goggles, insulated gloves, shock-resistant footwear.
• Do not hold water pipes or other grounded conductors when using electric tools. A defect in tool or cord
will make you part of the circuit, causing shock, a fall off your ladder, or, at worst, electrocution.
• Before drilling, hammering, or cutting with hand or power tools, check for electrical wires or equip-
ment behind walls, above ceilings, and under floors.
• Keep cords out of the path of electric tools and equipment.
• Before making adjustments or changing attachments, disconnect electric tools from the power source.
Switching off the tool may not be enough to prevent incidental startup.
• Never bypass broken switches on tools or equipment by plugging and unplugging the cord. Shutting off
power will take too long in an emergency.
• Any shock or tingle, no matter how slight, means that the tool or equipment should be checked and re-
paired if necessary.
• Never use metal or metal-reinforced ladders near live wires or equipment. Use wooden or fibre glass
ladders.
14.13 HAND AND Portable Power Tools
SCOPE
The scope of this procedure is to define safe methods for maintaining safe condition of hand and portable
power tools in use and ensure safety of all Project and Subcontractor(s) Personnel.
PURPOSE
1. The main objective of this procedure is to ensure Safety to all personnel using, handling, maintaining
and storing of these tools
2. To provide safety awareness to personnel involved, in order to carry out their tasks in a safe manner.
3. To eliminate causes of incidents and prevent injury to persons and damage to equipment.
RESPONSIBILITIES
Project Manager
 Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure within his area of
work.
 He shall ensure that his subordinates and other workers on site understand and follow up these HSE
regulations during their day to day work.
Supervisors
 Supervisors shall ensure that their workers are competent and experienced to work safely with any
tool that is going to be used, prior to leaving them to work unsupervised.
Store Keeper
 Shall ensure that all tools provided are inspected fit for the purpose of work required, and are main-
tained (while in store), in a condition which will prevent incidental harm and injury to the user.
 Shall ensure that hand and portable power tools are properly stored, and that proper boxes and racks
are provided in a manner easy to reach.
 Shall maintain records and logs of all tools issued, returned, repaired and withdrawn from use (when-
ever a defect is observed).
All Employees
 All employees (Users of the tools) shall be responsible for the safe and correct use of hand and porta-
ble power tools, and for reporting any defects, once observed, which would render them unsuitable
and or unsafe for use.
 All Employees and subcontractors shall be responsible to respect, adhere and refer to this procedure
whenever handling of such hand tools is required.
PROCEDURE
1. General Requirements
 Hand and portable power tools shall be of good quality and recognized manufacturing material. They
shall be appropriate for the work for which they will be used.
 All handles of cutting tools shall have shields or guards projections that prevent the hand from slip-
ping onto the blade. The cutting edges of cutting tools shall be kept sharp (blunt blades result in ex-
cessive pressure being used).
 All handles of shock tools (e.g. hammers, chisels, picks and shovels) shall be securely fastened with
wedges. Mushroom heads of cold chisels, etc. shall be dressed or ground to prevent fragments from
flying off.
 Maintenance and repair of hand and portable power tools shall be carried out by a Competent and
Experienced Person in the workshop.
2. General Regulations
 All hand and portable power tools shall be assigned to a responsible person. This may be on an indi-
vidual basis, or a single person may be assigned to control the hand tools of a particular work area or
shop.
 The assigned responsible person shall ensure that hand and portable power tools are maintained in
good condition. Monthly or daily inspections prior to use shall be made of all hand and portable power
tools in use and records of these monthly inspections shall be maintained.
 If any defects are identified, the tool shall be removed from service, tagged (not to be used) and ei-
ther be repaired or replaced and records shall be maintained.
 Hand and portable power tools shall only be issued to personnel who have the necessary knowledge,
experience and skill to operate them safely
 When using hand tools on small work pieces inside a workshop, the work pieces shall be suitably se -
cured to the workbench using a vice or clamps
3. Handling and Use Of Tools
 Hand and potable power tools and associated implements, shall be used only for the specific purpose
they were designed. (Do not improvise with the wrong tools or handmade tools).
 The use of tools with powered machines such as lathes or grinders shall be strictly controlled. Only
competent personnel shall be allowed access to such powered machines.
 Tools shall at all times be transported from one work location to another (when required), in ade -
quate containers and in such a way as not to endanger the safety of other personnel available in the
area.
4. Sharp-edged and sharp-pointed tools shall not be handled as follows:
 Thrown from person to person.

 Be used in close proximity to others (e.g. a slip of the tool may injure someone not involved in the
task.
 Be used in close proximity to moving machinery without proper precautions being considered.
 Not be left lying around where personnel have to pass (especially on elevated work platforms where
they might fall on persons below).
 Only insulated or non-conductive tools shall be used on or near live electrical equipment, where
there is a risk of electrical shock.
 Open jawed wrenches shall be pulled, not pushed.
 Lengths of pipe, or other makeshift means, shall not be used over spanners or wrench handles to ex-
tend the leverage.
 Shims or other material shall not be used with open ended spanners or wrenches to make them fit.
 Files shall be fitted with proper, secure handles.
 Chisels being driven with hammers shall be in proper condition.
5. Electric Power Tool (Portable)
 Electric portable power tools which have defective cords, switches or electrical connections shall not
be used, and only when used worth ground ELCB.
 Electric portable power tools shall not be used in the vicinity of flammable gaseous vapors.
 Cords shall not be hung over the sharp edges or strung surfaces where they may be damaged by vehi-
cles, persons or materials passing by them.
 Cords shall not be permitted to contact oil, hot surfaces or chemicals liquids.
 Cords shall not be located to cause tripping hazards.
 Portable power tools equipped with guards shall not be used without the guard in place.
 Electric portable power tools shall have a built in ground.
 Before use of power tool, it shall be examined to assure that cords, plug and switch are in all good
conditions. On the other side, defective tools shall be turn-in to tool room for appropriate actions or
removed from jobsite.
 Power tools shall be operated only by authorized personnel.
 Electric portable power tools shall be properly stored and protected from damage. The cords shall be
coiled to protect them from damage when not in use.
 Electric portable tools shall not be carried or held by the cord.
 When using portable electrical power tools in the overhead position, a safety belt or similar method
for protection shall break or short circuit shocks the operator. Eye and ear protection will be used.
6. Cartridge-operated tools
1. Whenever practicable, a low-velocity tool shall be used.
2. Cartridge-operated tools shall have:

 a guard or protective shield that cannot be removed without rendering the tool inoperative;
 a device that prevents the tool from firing inadvertently, for example if it is dropped or while it is
being loaded;
 a device that prevents the tool from firing if it is not approximately perpendicular to the working sur-
face;
 a device that prevents the tool from firing if the muzzle is not pressed against the working surface.
3. The recoil of a cartridge-operated tool shall not be capable of injuring the user.
4. The noise of the detonation shall not be such as to damage hearing.
5. A cartridge-operated tool, before each occasion of use, shall be inspected to ensure that it is safe to
use, and in particular:
 that the safety devices are in proper working order;
 that the tool is clean;
 that all moving parts work easily;
 that the barrel is unobstructed.
6. At intervals recommended by the manufacturer the tool shall be completely dismantled and inspected
for wear on the safety devices by a competent person.
7. Cartridge-operated tools shall only be repaired by the manufacturer or by competent persons.
8. Cartridges shall not be stored nor cartridge tools operated:

 in a place or environment Where these could explode incidentally;
 in an explosive atmosphere.
9. When not required for use, inspection or other purpose, cartridge- perated tools shall be kept in a
suitable container that:
 is made of suitable material;
 is clearly marked to indicate its contents;
 is kept locked when not in use;
 contains nothing except the tools and cartridges.
10. No cartridge-operated tool shall be stored or transported loaded, or left loaded when not in use.
11. Cartridge-operated tools shall be accompanied by instructions for their maintenance and use and shall
only be operated by persons trained in their safe use.
7. Storage Of tools
 Sharp tools shall be stored with their blades/edges protected or be placed in a safe position to avoid
incidental contact or falling onto personnel.
 Tools shall be kept clean and free from moisture and chemicals, and where necessary, lightly oiled to
prevent damage and corrosion.
 Prior to storing, tools shall be regularly inspected for defects and where necessary, repaired or dis-
posed of. Only safe and good condition tools shall be stored for future use.
14.14 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Introduction
This section identifies the general principles of selecting, sitting, maintaining and using plant and equip-
ment. The general risks of specific items are also described.
General Principles
GTGC is requiring all persons engaged in construction work to be adequately trained and/or experienced,
unless under competent supervision.
Operators should have been trained not only in the correct operation of the plant and equipment, but
also in the limitations of its use, and the hazards which exist if it is not used properly. It is required that
all plant operators hold relevant Certificates of Training.
Manufacturers of mechanical plant and equipment have a duty to provide information on any hazards as-
sociated with their products and advice on their safe use. Users should ensure they are in possession of
this information, and make certain that the operators are instructed accordingly.
Selection
The proper selection of plant and equipment is of paramount importance to reducing risks in the work-
place.
The exact requirements for each specific item of plant or equipment should be determined by risk as-
sessment. Above anything it should be safe and 'fit for purpose'.
The following issues shall be considered when making selections:

 the location of use and any limitations, egg noise, weight, vibration, fumes, fire risk, etc. that exist
or will exist?
 the space required to safely operate the plant or equipment?
 the method in which the plant or equipment will be safely transported to site, safely offloaded and
safely positioned?
 the performance of the plant or equipment to ensure it is capable of performing the task without be-
ing overloaded?
 the availability of suitably trained, experienced and competent personnel to operate the specific
plant or equipment?
 any special requirements for guarding?
 if appropriate, whether electric or combustion engine options are more suitable for the workplace?
 what type of ground conditions are required to support the plant or equipment?
 if appropriate, whether solid tyres are a safer option than pneumatic tyres, or vice-versa?
 if appropriate, what heights are required to be reached?
 is the plant or equipment new? If not, are maintenance details available?
 what maintenance of the specific item is required and how frequently?
 whether the item of plant or equipment can be safely removed from its location after construction
works have progressed?
 will any lifting operations be required to position the plant or equipment?
Siting
As previously mentioned, specific items of plant and equipment should be selected with exact siting (lo-
cation and suitability) requirements in mind.
In some cases, the area where the plant or equipment is to be sited will need to be prepared. For in-
stance, ground compaction, level firm surfaces, extract systems, exclusion zones, sound barriers, etc,
may be needed.
A risk assessment should be used to determine the safe method of siting the plant or equipment, taking
into account all the hazards from when it enters the site gate to its final position(s).
Maintenance
Any item of plant or equipment will remain safe to operate only if it is properly maintained in good condi-
tion. A programme of regular preventative maintenance shall be established to ensure that all plant and
equipment is systematically inspected, serviced, maintained and repaired as necessary. Responsibility for
taking this action should be clearly identified.
Personnel undertaking maintenance work shall be suitably trained, experienced and competent to under-
take their works safely. Those who are not fully competent, egg trainees should be provided with addi-
tional supervision.
A safe system of work must be maintained during all maintenance and repair operations and, where nec-
essary, a permit to work system (egg a lock-out system) should be established to ensure that no part of
the machinery is incidentally set into motion whilst work on it is being carried out.
While personnel are carrying out inspections, maintenance or repair tasks, machinery should be isolated
and inspection covers, etc should be securely propped to ensure the safety of the inspector.
The appropriate manufacturer's repair and servicing instructions should be make available to all persons
responsible For carrying out the work.
Use
Before any item of plant or equipment is put into operation, it should be assessed to ensure that it is in
accordance with the selection specification, and safe for use.
All operatives should be trained and/or experienced and competent to safely operate the plant or equip-
ment.
No plant or equipment should be used if it is not in a safe working condition.
All specific safety control measures determined by risk assessment should be in place before the plant or
equipment is used.
Specific Items
Compressors, air receivers and pneumatic tools
The following points should be checked:-

 That the V-belt and pulley drive is adequately guarded.
 That the air receiver is clearly marked with its safe working pressure and distinguishing number.
 That the air receiver is fitted with a safety valve, a pressure gauge, a drain cock and a manhole.
 That if an airline is used for blowing out, the activity is strictly controlled and that the person using
the airline,
 and other persons in the vicinity, are adequately protected (e.g. by goggles).
 Those joints in air lines are made with purpose-made connections.
 That the air supply to all tools is switched off when tools are left unattended or changed. Under no
circumstances should horseplay with air lines be permitted.
Cement and concrete mixers
The Following precautions should be taken when using cement and concrete mixers:
 Operatives should be experienced and competent to operate the mixer. Where the operative is not
experienced, a higher level of supervision will be required.
 The mixer should be sited on a Firm level hard standing to ensure its stability during all modes of op-
eration. A paved surface, egg concrete, will contribute to the ease in which the workplace can be
maintained in a safe manner.
 Sufficient room will be required around the mixer for easy/local access for materials.
 Provision should be made to facilitate the delivery of materials to the mixer workplace without the
need to move the mixer, equipment or materials.
 The mixer workplace should be maintained to provide a safe work environment for the attendant,
those people delivering materials and those people collecting cement or concrete.
 The mixer set-up should be positioned to allow sufficient ventilation for diesel/petrol fumes to ex-
haust away from the operation.
 If the area is not sufficiently ventilated, a change of location should be considered, but if this is not
reasonably practicable, an exhaust extract system will be required.
 All pulley wheels, belts and gears must be guarded as per the manufactures' standards.
 On diesel/petrol engine mixers, the exhaust should be suitably shielded to prevent burns.
 Unless otherwise stated by the manufacturer, the cover lid over the engine/motor should be closed
whilst the mixer is operational.
 Fuel tanks should not be filled whilst the engine is running.
 The mixer should never be stopped when materials remain inside. Restarting the mixer when it is
loaded poses increased risks to safety.
 The mixer should not be loaded beyond its designed limits. If it will not do what is required of it with
reasonable ease, then it is probably not the correct machine for the job.
 Oil levels must be regularly checked to prevent overheating.
 Care should be taken when operating the wheel. A tight grip is required when unloading the mixer to
prevent the wheel spinning, which can result in arm and hand injuries.
 The mixer and workplace should be inspected daily to ensure continued safe working. Any faults or
damage should be repaired.
 Many diesel engine mixers generate potentially harmful noise levels, especially for mixer attendants
working in the noise for many hours at a time. Risk assessment will determine what ear defenders are
required (if any) and who is required to wear them.
 The proper procedure for starting diesel engines with a starting handle should be followed to prevent
thumb/hand injuries.
 Electric mixers should be regularly checked for conditions of leads, plugs etc.
 Attendants should wear suitable gloves whilst handling the mixer (but not for starting it). The gloves
should also be suitable for handling cement, lime and sand.
 'Tip-up, or 'barrow' mixers pose other hazards:
 The mixer should never be handled on or off the stand sing le-handedly.
 The mixer should be empty of material and stationery before attempting to manually lift it.
 When tipping the cement or concrete, a tight grip of the handles is required to prevent the drum
lurching down and the handles lurching up, sometimes into the attendants face.
Batch plants
Every batch plant has certain basic capabilities that are common to all batch plants. These include the
process equipment, equipment control systems, operators who interact with the process, product reci-
pes, a production schedule and a historical data record of activities, parameters and results.
‘Batch Plant’ - machinery, appliances or other similar devices that are assembled in a manner that ena-
bles mixing of materials in bulk for the purpose of using the mixed product for construction work.
GTGC shall ensure that -
 all batch plants are operated and supervised by a competent person who has been appointed in writ -
ing;
 no person supervising or operating a batch plant shall authorize any other person to operate the
plant, unless such person is competent to operate such machinery;
 the placement and erection of a batch plant complies with the requirements set out by the manufac-
turer and that such plant is erected as designed;
 all devices to start and stop a batch plant are provided and that these devices are placed in an easily
accessible position; and constructed in a manner that will prevent incidental starting;
 the machinery and plant selected is suitable for the task and that all dangerous moving parts of a
mixer are placed beyond the reach of persons by means of doors, covers or similar means;
 no person removes or modifies any guard or safety equipment relating to a batch plant while in mo-
tion;
 all precautionary measures are adhered to when entering any silo;
 all lifting machines and lifting tackle used in the operation of a batch plant complies with the re-
quirements; and
 All batch plant effluent is treated in a suitably designed sedimentation dam, according to relevant
legal requirements, to prevent surface and groundwater pollution.
Mixing and batching

 the location for the batch plant is approved by the Project Engineer;
 the proposed arrangements for the storage of aggregate and batching and mixing of concrete is
submitted to the Project Engineer for approval before any mixing plant is erected; details on the
type/s of mixers and machines used are submitted;
 proposals for the means of conveying mixed concrete from the mixer to the points of deposition are
submitted;
 all concrete is batched by weight and the weight-batching machines used are approved by the Pro-
ject Engineer;
 the cement is batched by weight and the water by weight or volume;
 checks as required by the Project Engineer are carried out to determine whether the weighting de-
vices register correctly;
 each mixer is fitted with a water-measuring device; and
 any deposit of old concrete in the mixer drum is cleaned out by rotating clean aggregate
 and water in the drum before any fresh concrete is mixed.
Operational control
GTGC shall –
 ensure that the equipment has an automatic system that records the amount of each constituent
material in each batch;
 reduce cement dust to a minimum;
 provide control interlocks on the mixing equipment to ensure that a batch cannot be discharged un-
til the mixing time has elapsed;
 discharge the entire batch without segregation before the mixer is recharged;
 use separate containers and measuring devices for admixtures;
 ensure that the amount of concrete mixed in any one batch does not exceed the rated capacity of
the mixer;
 ensure that the mixing efficiency of the equipment is not impaired by the build-up of cement and
mortar on the mixing drum blades;
 ensure that all batch plant operators wear overalls, safety boots, dust masks, ear protection and
safety goggles when operating plant; and
 arrange for annual medical screenings to be done on operators.
Concrete pumps
There are many varied risks associated with concrete pumping. It may be useful to list risks in terms of
their originating hazard. Risk may originate from hazards such as:
 Plant and equipment
 Placement of plant and equipment
 By-products, e.g. noise and fumes
 Tasks, including:
 Concrete delivery
 Pump and boom operation
 Concrete pouring
 Line cleaning
 Pump cleaning
 Road travel
‘Hopper’ - a receptacle in which materials (concrete) are held in readiness for unloading or dispersing.
‘Mobile plant’ - machinery, appliances or other similar devices that are able to move independently to
perform work on the project site.

 all pipe supports of concrete pumping systems are designed to 100% overload;
 partially hardened concrete is not remixed with or without additional cement, aggregate or water;
 storage bins, silos and containers are equipped with conical or tapered bottoms, and have mechani-
cal or pneumatic controls to pour the material;
 entry into storage facilities is only permitted in accordance with the lock-out and tag-out procedure
in effect at the time;
 mixers with 1 (one) cubic meter or larger loading skips are equipped with a mechanical device to
clear the skip of materials, with guardrails installed on each side of the skip;
 tremies, elephant trunks, etc. sections are secured with fail-safe chain or wire rope in addition to
regular couplings or connections;
 the handles of concrete buggies do not extend beyond the wheels on either side of the buggy;
 where there is a possibility of contact with energized electrical conductors, handles on bull floats
will be constructed of non-conductive material or insulated with a non-conductive sheath; and
 all potentially hazardous energy sources must be locked out and tagged before performing mainte-
nance or repair on equipment.
GTGC shall outline the particular risks from:

 Plant and equipment – such as concrete placement booms, pipelines, delivery hoses, gauges,
clamps, brackets, pipe movements, receiving hoppers and other parts
 The placement of concrete pumping plant and equipment close to traffic, members of the public,
power lines, trenches and unstable ground
 Major tasks such as concrete delivery, line cleaning, pump and boom operation, concrete pouring,
pump cleaning and road travel
 By-products of concrete pumping including fumes and noise from the concrete pump;
 The time schedule for a major concrete pour
 Volume of concrete
 Site limitations
 Equipment back-up and capacity
 Placement of compressed air or water lines supplied
The concrete pump operator shall -

 consult with the Principal Contractor or responsible person about the plan for pumping concrete on
site;
 provide enough workers to pump concrete safely, including a competent worker to operate the
emergency shutdown system if necessary;
 use the best method for pumping concrete to the pour site;
 ensure that electrical safety includes safeguards from nearby power lines;
 remove risks to health and safety from manual handling, trip, slip and fall hazards; and
 provide safety equipment including personal protective equipment.
Concrete delivery trucks

When concrete is delivered, GTGC shall ensure that -
 concrete delivery trucks have clear and safe access to approach and leave the receiving hopper of
the pump;
 a spotter or traffic controller is on site to direct the movement of trucks where more than one con-
crete delivery truck is required;
 there is adequate room for the concrete delivery truck driver to operate the truck safely;
 no person stands between the reversing concrete delivery truck and the hopper;
 all concrete delivery trucks are fitted with audible reversing alarms and hazard lights;
 the concrete chute on concrete trucks is only moved when the truck is stationary and only by the
driver or with the agreement of the driver;
 the concrete receiving hopper is at a height that allows a gravity flow of concrete into the hopper;
and
 where ramps are used, they are designed so that the truck cannot back off the ramps, remain sta -
ble and ramps have non-slip surfaces.
Concrete pumping
When concrete trucks deliver concrete to a concrete pump, the Contractor shall remove the risk of
the following:
 Reversing trucks hitting or entrapping people between the truck and concrete hopper
 Concrete striking any person due to equipment failure such as burst lines while concrete is deliv-
ered to the hopper
 Any person being struck by ejected pipes from the concrete pump due to clamp failures, while dis-
charging concrete into the hopper
 Entanglement, crushing and amputation from the concrete hopper
Pump and boom operation
GTGC shall ensure that plant operators –

 are familiar with and operate the plant and equipment in line with advice and information from the
manufacturer;
 undertake daily inspections and maintenance before pumping starts;
 · always attend to the equipment or make sure that a competent person is in attendance if working
away from the equipment;
 pump concrete only when the grill is in the closed position;
 make sure that pump flow rates match discharge rates of concrete delivery trucks;
 when using a remote control, are based at the pump and have a clear view of both the hose-hand
and the hopper; and
 follow the directions of and maintain communications with the hose hand.
Cleaning pipelines and pumps
GTGC shall ensure that the following safety precautions are followed during cleaning:
 Water rather than air is used for cleaning and only experienced, trained workers carry out line
cleaning
 The pipeline is relieved of pressure and not dismantled for cleaning or other purposes until it has
been relieved
 The rubber hose at the end of the pipeline is removed and all parts of the pipeline are secured to
prevent uncontrolled movement during purging
 A device is attached to the discharge end of the pipeline to catch the cleaning device while the
concrete is still flowing
 When concrete is discharged under pressure from the end, the workers are moved to a safe area
 When cleaning or maintenance requires entry to the hopper, the equipment is shut down
a. Dumpers and dump trucks
Dumpers and dump trucks have accounted for around 10 fatalities and 85 major injuries in the construc-
tion industry. These incidents are the result of: -
 poor maintenance, particularly of braking systems;
o failure to provide stop blocks to prevent the vehicle falling down spoil heaps and excavations;
o inexperienced and inadequately trained drivers;
o using dumpers and dump trucks up and down or across gradients which are beyond their capability;
and
o carrying passengers on dumpers and dump trucks which have not been designed for passenger
transport.
Prevention of dumper and dump truck incidents should be managed by: -

1. ensuring that only trained, competent people are permitted to drive;
2. providing wheel stops at a sufficient distance from the edges of excavations, spoil heaps, pits,
etc.;
3 ensuring a safe system of work is developed, followed and monitored;
4. ensuring that the dumpers and dump trucks can operate safely on the gradients which exist or
will exist on site;
5. driving at suitable speeds for the ground conditions and vehicle capabilities;
6. instructing drivers to maneuver carefully on gradients;

7. instructing drivers not to operate any controls unless they are sat on the driver’s seat;
8. reversing only when there is adequate rear view visibility or under the directions of a banks man;
9. not carrying passengers unless specific seating has been provided in accordance with the manu-
facturers recommendations;
10. ensuring loads which might cause injury if they move or come off, are securely fixed;
11. only loading when the dumper or dump truck is level and the handbrake engaged;
12. ensuring drivers get off the vehicle when it is being loaded, unless it is fitted with a falling object
protective structure (FOPS);
13. ensuring the engine is turned off when the driver has dismounted from the vehicle;
14. only tipping loads when the vehicle is stopped with the parking brake on and out of gear;
15. ensuring the skip is in its horizontal 'rest' position at all times except when tipping;
16. using the designed towing points with the required towing pins if the dumper or dump truck is
used to tow trailers, other items of plant or used for recovery towing;
17. ensuring site roads and dumper tipping routes are maintained to reduce risks;
18. ensuring any faults on the vehicles are rectified immediately or the vehicle is taken out of action;
and
19. instructing drivers how to reduce the risks when using the starting handle and prevent unintended
movement of the vehicle during the starting procedure.
3 Lift trucks and telescopic handlers

Lift trucks and telescopic handlers are often put to work in unsuitable conditions and with incompe-
tent, untrained drivers. The result can be an overturned vehicle due to: -
1. working on gradients that are beyond the vehicles capability;
2. driving on ground which is uneven or too soft for the vehicle;
3. overloading; and
4. driving at excessive speeds for the vehicle in specific conditions.
Lift truck and telescopic handler drivers should be trained to appropriate standards.
4 Tipper Lorries
Instability usually occurs on unmade or uneven ground and rear-tipping lorries can overturn during the
tipping operation.
Overturning can be prevented by: -

1. ensuring the ground is compact, firm and level;
2. ensuring that tipper lorries do not carry out tipping operations on excessive slopes in any direction;
3. restricting specific tipping operations during high winds;
4. ensuring a trained competent banks men is directing the tipping operation;
5. tipping loads in a controlled manner, without excessive speed or fierce braking;
6. ensuring loads are evenly distributed;
7. ensuring that the tractor unit of an articulated unit is lined up with the tipping trailer body;
8.looking out for significant amounts of material which have stuck in the tipper body, which may
cause instability during the tipping operation;
9. ensuring the tipper body is lowered as soon as the tipping operation is complete and before the
lorry moves away.
Movements of tipper lorries on site should be directed by a banks man at all times, with special attention
given during tight maneuvering, reversing and tipping operations.
Reversing lights and alarms should be fitted to tipper lorries used on construction sites. These warning
devices should operate automatically when reversing.
Visibility aids such as convex mirrors are likely to be required to reduce the risks of blind spots.
5 Skip wagons
The skip wagon is often perceived as a vehicle that can be driven anywhere but it is essentially a road
vehicle. Problems occur when skips are positioned in areas that are not suitable for skip wagons to ac-
cess.
The following items should be included in a safe system of work for skip wagon operations: -
1. skips should be positioned on level ground adjacent to firm, even ground for the safe operation of
the skip wagon;
2. the skip wagon should always be able to be positioned directly in front of the skip being collected;
3. both the rear stabilizers should be used when lifting or lowering skips regardless of whether they
are full or not;
4.ground conditions for the skip wagon should be such that the rear stabilizers can be lowered onto
firm ground that is capable of supporting the total loads of the skip lifting operation;
5. suitable adjustments to the rear stabilizers before the load is lifted prevents uneven loading on the
lifting arms;
6.skips should only be transported on site whilst seated and locked on the skip wagon. The practice
of lowering the wagon lifting arm, lifting the skip to clear the ground and transporting should be
prohibited;
7.when not attached to the skip, lifting chains should always be 'hooked-up' on the hooking points
provided and not left to swing as the wagon is moved;
8.skips should be maintained in a condition which does not present a risk to safety. Management of
the site should set the standards required. Skips which are brought to site in a condition that does
not meet these standards should be prohibited;
9.where the material or equipment loaded within a skip could present a safety risk to others, e.g.
materials / objects bouncing out or sheet materials blowing out, etc., it should be netted;
10. the netting operation should be carried out prior to lifting the skip to reduce the risks of working
on the rear platform of the skip wagon;
11. the skip wagon should be maintained in a safe condition. Site management should ensure the sup-
pliers have rigorous inspection and maintenance regimes in place, including fully documented rec-
ords.
6 Excavators
Generally there are two types of hydraulic excavators, one being mounted on tracks, the other mounted
on wheels. Rope operated excavators are generally mounted on tracks.
It must always be ensured that when the machine is being operated in confined places. or near other site
personnel, there is clearance of at least 600mm for "tail swing"; the danger area must be barricaded if
necessary.
If it is necessary for anyone to go into the machine's working radius whilst it is working then the machine
operator must be made aware by signals or other means such as radio, before doing so. No person should
be permitted at any time to be within the machine's working radius without obtaining permission from the
operator.
No excavator bucket or load should be slewed directly over personnel or vehicle cabins: vehicles should
be loaded over the side or rear, and the material should not be dropped from an unnecessary height.
The manufacturer's recommended bucket size must not be exceeded. It may be possible to lift the load
with the bucket in close to the machine at ground level but, as the load radius and elevation increases,
the lifting capacity of the machine decreases.
Dangerous overhangs must not be created on a high workface; the wheels or tracks of the machine should
be positioned at 90° to the workface to enable quick withdrawal, if necessary. In excavating, the type of
soil must be taken into account in determining a safe position for the machine. A workface below the
level of a machine must never be undercut so as to affect the stability of the machine.
If operating on a gradient cannot be avoided, it must be ensured that the working cycle is slowed down,
that the bucket is not extended too far in the downhill direction, and that travel is undertaken with ex-
treme caution.
A large excavator must never be permitted to travel in a confined area, or around people, without a
banks man to guide the driver, who should have the excavator attachment close in to the machine, with
the bucket just clear of the ground.
On wheeled excavators, it is essential that the tyres are in good condition and correctly inflated. If stabi-
lizing devices are fitted, they should be employed when the machine is excavating.
Generally, the precautions applicable to excavators are common to backhoe loaders.

In addition:
1. When the front shovel is being employed, the backhoe attachment should be in its "travel" po-
sition, with the safety locking device in place.
2. When operating the backhoe in poor ground conditions, the stabilizers tend to sink into the
surface of the ground, reducing stability. Frequent checks should therefore be made of the stabil-
ity of the machine. The loading shovel should always be lowered to the ground to stabilize the
machine when the backhoe is employed.
7 Crawler tractors (Dozers)
Crawler tractors, regardless of their size, are powerful. All purpose machines, both for pushing and pull-
ing. They have low operating speeds and can cause damage to pavements and other surfaces. Their use
should therefore be restricted to 'on-site' operations.
When fitted with a 'blade' the machine excels in bulk earthmoving over bad terrain. It can be used to
clear boulders and large rocks, fell and clear trees and scrub, general clearance and site levelling. It can
also serve as a prime mover to pull towed scrapers, rooters or compaction equipment, or as a 'pusher' to
load motorized scrapers.
When employed as a dozer, the machine spends a considerable amount of its working cycle reversing.
Being bulky, noisy in operation and with restricted vision, this calls for the strictest control and supervi-
sion of both the machine and nearby site activities. The machine operator and other persons working in
the vicinity of the machine must be made aware of each other's activities and work boundaries.
Crawler tractors are designed to work on sloping and uneven ground. However, such work on wet, rocky
or frozen gradients can prove hazardous; the track grousers fill and allow the machine to slide out of con-
trol downhill, regardless of the direction the machine is facing or attempting to move. Slopes on "soft fill"
can be particularly hazardous because the lower track sinks deeper than the upper one.
When employing a dozer to clear material from the top of a "soft fill" tip or stockpile, it must always be
ensured that a mound of material is kept above the edge of the tip, and that the machine approaches the
edge of the tip at right angles. The extra height of material, which should be just back from the tip edge,
provides a safety barrier.
When travelling, the dozer blade should be kept at its lowest possible position to allow maximum opera-
tor vision and machine stability.
If a tractor dozer is employed on clearing scrub or felling trees, it should be provided with adequate driv -
er protection (FOPS).
8 Loading Shovels
The loading shovel is a versatile machine, manufactured in an extremely wide range of types and sizes.
The range of work it is capable of performing is equally wide and varied.
The loading shovel is fitted with a bucket (shovel) generally hydraulically controlled, which can be used
to excavate loose soils and other materials, transport them for limited distances, and load vehicles or
hoppers, etc.
The machine can be mounted on tracks or wheels, the latter being steered conventionally (i.e. front or
rear wheel steer, or articulation), or by "skidding" the wheels around the machine's centre (skid steer
loaders).
Being highly mobile, the machine requires more than average control and supervision on working sites.
Generally, the precautions which apply to one type of loading shovel are common to them all. In particu-
lar, the following should be noted:
1.On wheeled machines, it is essential that the tyres are in good condition, and correctly inflated. Should
the wheels be "hydroflated" (contain liquid), which causes surge and bounce, particularly when driven
fast then the operator must be aware of the machine's limitations under braking, cornering and
acceleration.
2. To ensure adequate machine stability and operator visibility, the bucket should be carried low while
travelling.
3. When climbing steep inclines with a full bucket, travel should always be made with the bucket leading.
4. The speed of travel should always be adjusted to suit site and job conditions.
5. Harsh braking should be avoided, particularly when the bucket is full.
6.Loading shovels spend almost 50% of their working cycle reversing. Operators must look to the rear be-
fore and during reversing the machine.
7. 'Coasting' machines down inclines is bad practice, and should never be permitted.
8. Where there is a ROPS cab, seat belts should be used.
9. Loading vehicles on cross slopes is hazardous and should be discouraged.
9 Tankers
Fuel tankers on construction sites are normally used for the carriage of gas oil. Where drivers are to be
involved in loading and unloading, they should have adequate knowledge and understanding of loading
and unloading procedures and the correct use of associated equipment.
Spillage should be avoided and smoking prohibited.
When driving a full tanker it is important to avoid fierce braking or fast cornering, as liquid surges and
creates instability. All hoses should be secured, since trailing hose connections create heat and hence a
fire risk.
Tanks of fuel bowsers should be checked frequently for leaks or weeping joints, and the pumps main-
tained in good condition. If repairs are found to be necessary then, wherever practicable, gas oil (a
flammable material) must be removed completely from the tank before it is subjected to any process in-
volving the application of heat. Where complete removal of the gas oil cannot be effected, the tank
should be filled with an inert gas such as nitrogen or carbon dioxide, or with water. If anyone has to enter
a tank in order to repair it, all the precautions which are associated with work in confined spaces must be
fully implemented (see Confined Spaces).
Cleaning of the fuel bowser tank must not be done with compressed air since these tanks are not de-
signed to withstand pressurization. The containers of water bowsers should be cleaned out regularly to
avoid contamination. Again these are not pressure-tested tanks, so compressed air must not be used to
clean them; the work should be done by means of steam purging or other suitable method.
10 Trailers
As with any construction vehicle, inspection and maintenance of trailers is essential for their continued
safe operation. Trailers have often been overlooked in this respect and therefore a standard of inspection
and maintenance should be set.
This maintenance and inspection regime should follow the requirements of the manufacturer.
The driver / operator of the vehicle(s) towing the trailer should undertake general inspection on a daily
basis or each time the trailer is used, as follows: -
1. condition of the tyres, including tyre pressures;
2. condition of wheels, including rim damage;
3. effectiveness of the braking system, including the parking brake;
4. condition of the suspension (if applicable);
5. check for fatigue in welds particularly around the towing hitch;
6. check the condition of integral 'stands' used when the trailer is unhitched; and
7. check for any damage to the trailer which may pose a risk to safety.
8. Should the trailer require repair, it should be taken out of service or repaired immediately.
11 Hydraulic mechanical breakers
Generally there are two types, one being a hydraulically operated breaker steel which is driven into the
material; the other a hydraulically operated mechanical device which clamps on to concrete and breaks
pieces off by using the principle of applied leverage.
Both types of breakers are attachments to hydraulic excavators and it must be ensured that:-
1. the excavator is in good condition and that it is capable of carrying the weight of the attach-
ments and is strong enough to do the job.
2. the concrete breaking clamping device is in good condition,
3. the breaker steel device is in good condition and that it is kept properly sharpened and tem-
pered,
4. hydraulic rams and hoses are in good condition,
5. if there is a possibility of splintering rock or concrete, persons are kept clear of the breaker;
and that those who have to remain are provided with and wear eye protection and safety hel-
mets.
Accessories
The most important factor when selecting accessories for use with construction vehicles is to ensure that
they are compatible. For example, small dumpers should not tow beyond their designed capacity; excava-
tors should not be fitted with buckets larger than those recommended by the manufacturers; etc.
One area of concern relating to incompatible accessories is that of 'long reach' construction vehicles. As
the requirement for long reach vehicles grows, particularly in demolition operations, it is of paramount
importance to ensure that the vehicle is capable of remaining stable in all full extension situations. Only
accessories recommended by the manufacturer for the specific vehicle should be used.
The safe operation of such construction vehicles requires increased competence and the selection of
competent drivers/operators should take this into account.
Third Party Certification
GTGC shall ensure that –
 all plants and equipments used for the project/facility are certified;
 the initial inspection for plant certification is done by the Project Engineer or his repre-
sentative;
 a certificate of compliance, including a copy of the certification checklist, is issued to the
plant owner and displayed in the plant control room;
 the certification is effective from the date of issue and is subject to continued compli-
ance; and
 any plant and equipment that is significantly modified, relocated or changes ownership is
recertified prior to use.
Inspection, testing and maintenance
Plant and Equipment inspections and preventive maintenance shall be carried out on a regular basis to
ensure that operation is safe and according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Records
Records of inspections done on plants and equipments shall be kept for the duration of the project and
test certificates shall be kept in the HSE File.
14. 15. LIFTING OPERATIONS
SCOPE
The scope of this procedure is to define methodologies, on managing and controlling lifting operations on
the work sites of the Facility/Project, in compliance with the Project Health, Safety and Environment
Policy and Procedures.
PURPOSE
The main objectives of this procedure shall be, but not limited to the followings:
1. To outline the basic requirements in lifting operations, involving the use of cranes and other lifting
equipment used on Facility/Project Sites.
2. To provide adequate guidelines, in order to eliminate or minimize exposure to risks, related to lifting
operations, so as to ensure that lifting is being carried out in such a way, that all personnel involved, and
others working in the vicinity are not endangered.
3. Ensure that all lifting operations shall be controlled and carried out by qualified and experienced per-
sonnel.
4. Ensure that all lifting operations shall be carried in compliance with the relevant rules and regulations
and Local Laws.
DEFINITIONS
Competent Person - A person qualified to ensure the testing, examination and certification of lifting
equipment and who shall have the requisite knowledge and certify whether the lifting equipment is free
from patent defects and is suitable in every way for the duty for which is required.
Lifting Gear - Any item used to connect a load to a lifting machine or appliance, but which is not in itself
capable of providing any movement to lift or lower the load.
Lifting Appliance - Any machine which is able to raise, lower or suspend a load, but excluding devices
machines incorporating a guided load and continuous mechanical handling, i.e. conveyors and lifts.
Crane Configuration - is referred to “such variable” as: Boom length, boom angle, counterweight, outrig-
gers extended etc. In another word, all items that affect the gross capacity of the crane and shall be tak-
en into consideration prior to start any lift.
In Service Inspection - A visual inspection performed by a responsible person, to check for obvious signs of
damage or wear that may affect the fitness for use of any equipment.
Working Load Limit (W.L.L.) - The maximum (safe working load), which the item of lifting equipment has
been designed to raise, lower or suspend.
Safe Working Load (S.W.L.) - The maximum load with reference to Manufactures design data, as assessed
by a competent person which an item of lifting equipment may raise, lower or suspend under specified
service conditions.
The safe working load (S.W.L.), will normally be the same as the working load limit (W.L.L.), where the
term is used, but it may be less.
Certificate of Test - A written or printed document, signed by a competent person, attesting to the valid-
ity of the test performed.
Testing - The application of a test load to demonstrate the structural competence of equipment and its
components.
Certify - The authoritative act of documenting compliance with the Local Law requirements.
Goal Post(s) - Is a marker that is erected underneath overhead power lines to indicate the safe working
distance between the crane and the overhead line.
Rigging Study - A work method statement used in conjunction with the Job Safety Analysis, detailing the
sequences of work, the weights involved, equipment to be used, precautions to be taken, and persons
employed to do the task.
RESPONSIBILITIES
1. All personnel will be advised of the inherent danger of lifting and slinging operations. They are respon-
sible, each in his area of concern, to understand, respect and adhere to the relevant safety rules and
regulations in this regard.
2. However, the main responsibilities pertaining to the project key personnel involved shall be as follows:
 Project Manager
- The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure where applicable,
throughout the project
- He shall ensure that the overall requirements are understood and followed by all parties involved in
lifting operation at the project premises and work sites.
 Construction Manager / Plant & Mechanical (PM) Manager
The Construction Manager / PM Manager shall be responsible for the followings:
- Ensure that cranes and other lifting equipment are in safe and good operational condition, prior to
send them to work sites.
- Ensure that the lifting equipment selected to work, cranes, side booms etc., has been adequately
inspected, licensed and well maintained.
- Ensure that an effective procedure is in place, for inspection of equipment, reporting defects, reme-
dial actions and carry out required maintenance repair.
- Ensure that operators are holding current licenses, in compliance with the requirements of the Local
Authorities.
- Stopping any unsafe operation and report any incident that may occur.
 HSE Officer
He shall be responsible for the followings:
- Ensure that project supervisory personnel, and sub-contractor management are familiar with this pro-
cedure, and they adhere to its content.
- Monitor and ensure that any lifting activities / operations carried out within the site/facilities are
covered by this procedure.
- He shall insure that all operators are licensed and certified and that all riggers / banks men are
properly trained and qualified.
- He shall investigate incidents, incidents and near miss events related to lifting operation and recom-
mend corrective actions either by refreshing training to the operators or maintenance to the equip-
ment.
 Line Supervisors
Supervisor in charge of the area concerned shall be responsible for the following:
- Ensure the supervision of any project and or sub-contractor personnel, carrying out lifting operations
- Ensure that work method statements, job analysis and risk assessments have been carried out as re-
quired by the nature of the lifting operation.
- Ensure that any work permits that may be required are provided, authorized and validated.
- Ensure that equipment to be used, are adequate and certified by a third party.
- Ensure that areas around the lifts are barricaded, and no work is going on, or other people available
in the area of danger.
- Ensure that the lifting equipments are of the right and safe capacity for the load.
- If in doubt, lifting Supervisor or Foreman, shall not start the lift until their doubt is clarified and their
questions are answered by a Competent Person.
 Lifting Operator(s)
- The lifting operator (crane operator etc.), shall be responsible for following and adhering to the ap-
proved lifting plans within the Facility/Project.
- He shall discontinue and stop the operation, if any parameter deviates from the approved lifting plan
conditions.
- All operators of lifting equipment, shall be qualified as per Local Regulations
LIFTING EQUIPMENTS AND GEARS
GTGC shall have a well-planned safety programme to ensure that all the lifting appliances and lifting gear
are selected, installed, examined, tested, maintained, operated and dismantled:
 with a view to preventing the occurrence of any incident;
 in accordance with the requirements laid down in the national laws, regulations and standards.
Every lifting appliance including its constituent elements, attachments, anchorages and supports shall be
of good design and construction, sound material and adequate strength for the purpose for which it is
used.
Every lifting appliance and every item of lifting gear shall be accompanied with instructions for use and
with a test certificate from a competent person of approved third party or a guarantee of conformity
with national laws and regulations concerning:
 the maximum safe working load;
 safe working loads at different radii if the lifting appliance has a variable radius;
 the conditions of use under which the maximum or variable safe working loads can be lifted or low-
ered.
Every lifting appliance and every item of lifting gear having a single safe working load shall be clearly
marked at a conspicuous place with the maximum safe working load in accordance with national laws and
regulations.
Every lifting appliance having a variable safe working load shall be fitted with a load indicator or other
effective means to indicate clearly to the driver each maximum safe working load and the conditions un-
der which it is applicable.
All lifting appliances shall be adequately and securely supported; the weight-bearing characteristics of
the ground on which the lifting appliance is to operate shall be surveyed in advance of use.
Installation
Fixed lifting appliances shall be installed:

 by competent persons;
 so that they cannot be displaced by the load, vibration or other influences;
 so that the operator is not exposed to danger from loads, ropes or drums;
 so that the operator can either see over the zone of operations or communicate with all loading and
unloading points by telephone, signals or other adequate means.
A clearance of at least 60 cm or more, as prescribed by national laws or regulations, shall be provided

between moving parts or loads of lifting appliances and:
 fixed objects in the surrounding environment such as walls and posts; or electrical conductors.
The strength and stability of lifting appliances shall take into account the effect of any wind forces to
which they may be exposed.
No structural alterations or repairs shall be made to any part of a lifting appliance which may affect the
safety of the appliance without the permission and supervision of the competent person.
Examinations and tests
Lifting appliances and items of lifting gear, as prescribed by national laws or regulations, shall be exam-
ined and tested by a competent person of approved third party:
 before being taken into use for the first time;
 after erection on a site;
 subsequently at intervals prescribed by national laws and regulations;
 after any substantial alteration or repair.
The manner in which the examinations and tests are to be carried out by the competent person and the
test loads to be applied for different types of lifting appliances and lifting gear shall be in accordance
with national laws and regulations.
The results of the examinations and tests on lifting appliances and lifting gear shall be recorded in pre-
scribed forms and, in conformity with national laws and regulations, made available to the competent
authority and to GTGC and workers or their representatives.
Controls, control devices and cabins
Controls of lifting appliances shall be:

 designed and constructed as far as possible in accordance with ergonomic principles;
 conveniently situated with ample room for operation and an unrestricted view for the operator;
 provided, where necessary, with a suitable locking device to prevent incidental movement or dis-
placement;
 in a position free from danger from the passage of the load;
 clearly marked to show their purpose and method of operation.
Lifting appliances shall be equipped with devices that would prevent the load from over-running and pre-
vent the load from moving if power fails.
The operator of every lifting appliance used outdoors except those used for short periods shall be provid -
ed with:
 a safe cabin with full protection from weather and adverse climatic conditions, and designed and
constructed in accordance with ergonomic principles;
 a clear and unrestricted view of the area of operation;
 safe access to and egress from the cabin, including situations where the operator is taken ill.
LIFTING ACCESSORIES
Chains
 Chains must be designed for the type of work for which they shall be used. Chains must not be sub-
jected to strain when it is in a knotted, kinked or twisted condition.
 Chains must not be shortened or spliced by knotting, wiring or placing bolts between links.
 Chains must be inspected for damage, elongation of links hooks not properly latched, and welds sepa-
rating.
 Chains shall be inspected periodically, in accordance with inspection programme set by the PLANT &
MECHANICAL Manager and his maintenance crew.
Fiber Slings
 Only properly manufactured fiber lings should be used. Lengths of rope found on site must not be
adapted for slinging purposes.
 Manufacturers should be consulted to ensure that the sling's performance will be appropriate to the
application.
 It is important that the user fully understands the conditions to which that SWL relates.
 Fiber slings may be covered in a colored protective sheath. The colour of this sheath will often indi-
cate the SWL.
 As all fiber ropes are prone to mechanical damage, they should be checked before each use and gen-
erally treated with great care. It must be protected with softeners when passing over sharp or ma -
chined edges of equipment.
 It is important that the accepted rules for care and maintenance of ropes are followed.
Shackles
 Shackles are widely used for making connections in slinging. There are two common types, the bow
type shackle and D type shackle, both of which are available with threaded or plain pins.
 The shackle used should be matched to the grade of chain in use and must be marked with its SWL.
 Ensure that only the proper pins are used and that they are fully tightened.The pin must be provided
with a locking device to ensure that it does not unscrew itself.
 Overloading, irregular shackle loads and misuse can distort shackles. They should be checked for wear
and tear before each use.
Wire Ropes
 Wire ropes and cables must be maintained, in accordance with the safety factor recommended by the
manufacturer.
 Wire ropes and cables shall be inspected by a competent person at the time of installation, and dur-
ing operations. They must be removed from load carrying service, when detrimental wear and corro-
sion is evident.
 Wire ropes removed from service due to defects, shall be destroyed, plainly marked or identified, as
being unfit for further use on crane, or other load carrying devices.
 Wire ropes shall be removed from service if they are, knotted, kinked, twisted, frayed (broken
stands), not properly sweged at the loop, burned or flattened.
 Connections, fittings, fastenings, parts etc. used in connection with wire cables and ropes shall be of
good quality, of proper size and strength, and installed in accordance with the recommendations of
the manufacturer.
LIFTING CREW
1. Lifting Operators
Lifting operators shall be appointed in line with the following requirements:
 Must be over 21 years of age. Competent, physically and mentally fit, tested and capable to operate
the crane safely.
 Full knowledge of the duties of Riggers and Banks-men, with full understanding of signals used by
them during lifting operation.
 Adequately trained and familiar, with the crane he is assigned to operate.
 Able to judge distances, height and clearances, and NOT be colour blind.
 Knows the means of escape (Just in case) and the proper use of fire extinguishers.
 Authorized and licensed to operate the crane, provide documents to prove he is capable of operating
heavy equipment.
 The authorized operator is responsible for the safe operation of the equipment. He will ensure that
all movements are made smoothly and at a safe speed. Project speed limits must be observed. No
riders are permitted on the equipment.
2. Riggers
Riggers are appointed where it is necessary to ensure that loads are correctly attached to the lifting
equipment and must be:
 Sufficiently mature to undertake the duties involved. It is recommended that they are at least 1 8
years of age
 Medically fit for the purpose which may include good:
a) eyesight
b) hearing
c) reflexes
d) head for heights
e) aptitude for judging distance, height, speed and perspective
 Agile and strong enough to handle lifting accessories
 Trained in the general techniques of slinging
 Capable of selecting lifting accessories which are suitable for the loads to be lifted and able to identi-
fy defects
 Have a working knowledge of the safe working load(s) of the lifting equipment
3. Banks-men
All lifting operations shall be controlled by a trained banks-man. The banks man shall be a competent
person for the tasks he is going to perform, who can exercise the following:
 Be trained and experienced.

 Be able to determine the weight, centre of gravity and characteristics of a load.
 Inspect and determine whether a wire rope, sling, or other piece of lifting equipment is damaged or
not fit for the purpose.
 Be familiar with the different and correct slinging techniques.
 Know the correct hand signals, so as to communicate safely and correctly with the operator.
 Ensure that taglines are used on all loads.
 Be authorized by the GTGC to carry out the work.
SAFE LIFTING PROCEDURES
All lifting operations should be planned to ensure that they are carried out safely, and that all foreseea-
ble hazards are identified and all risks eliminated.
A lifting appliance or item of lifting gear shall not be loaded beyond its safe working load or loads, except
for testing purposes as specified by and under the direction of a competent person.
Where necessary to guard against danger, no lifting appliance shall be used without the provision of suit -
able signaling arrangements or devices.
No person shall be raised, lowered or carried by a lifting appliance unless it is constructed, installed and
used for that purpose in accordance with national laws and regulations, except in an emergency situa -
tion:
- in which serious personal injury or fatality may occur;
- for which the lifting appliance can safely be used.
Every part of a load in the course of being hoisted or lowered shall be adequately suspended or supported
so as to prevent danger.
Every platform or receptacle used for hoisting bricks, tiles, slates or other loose material shall be so en-
closed as to prevent the fall of any of the material.
Loaded wheelbarrows placed directly on a platform for raising or lowering shall be taped or secured so
that they cannot move and the platform shall be enclosed as necessary to prevent the fall of the con-
tents.
To avoid danger, long objects such as girders shall be guided with a tag line while being raised or low-
ered.
Landings shall be so designed and arranged that workers are not obliged to lean out into empty space for
loading and unloading.
The hoisting of loads at points where there is a regular flow of traffic shall be carried out in an enclosed
space, or if this is impracticable (e.g. in the case of bulky objects), measures shall be taken to hold up or
divert the traffic for the time necessary.
Cranes shall cease operation when the wind speed exceeds the safe operating level recommended in the
manufacturer’s specification.
REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE
 Repair and maintenance shall only be carried out by competent person.

 Any repair, alteration of lifting equipments shall be subject to test and inspection of approved third
party.
 Supervisors shall make a weekly/monthly maintenance and inspection of all lifting equipments.
 Operators shall inspect the lifting equipments on daily basis before and after the operation.
14. 16. PRE-CAST CONCRETE
This Safe Operational Procedures applies to the principal safety issues associated with pre-cast construc-
tion. It includes basic guidance on casting of panels, panel lifting and rigging systems, propping and se-
curing of panels and work at height associated with panels and other pre-cast concrete elements.
1. Design stage
Provision of safe system of work for safe transportation, stacking, fall protection system during erection
and any other relevant issues shall be considered in design stage. Respectful to hierarchy of control, all
steps to keep the residual risks as low as reasonably practicable shall be taken.
2. Transport to site
Pre-cast concrete panels and elements should be transported to site in a safe manner and loaded on
trucks so that the panels will not fall off the semi-trailer, make the vehicle difficult to drive or make the
panels difficult to unload. Panels should be restrained on the trailer by a system that ensures the load is
evenly distributed and withstands movement of the panels during transport. Panels should also be loaded
and secured such that they will not become unstable when the restraint system is released on site (i.e. on
an A-frame the panels lean inwards against the frame when the chains are undone).
The truck driver should be adequately trained and experienced in the transport of concrete elements.
Permits for over-sized loads should be obtained prior to the semi-trailer travelling to site. When selecting
the route from the pre-cast yard to the construction site the following issues should be considered:
 low bridges;
 height of power and other lines;
 train lines; and
 Roundabouts and reverse camber corners.
3. Unloading from the truck
When unloading panels the semitrailer should be located on firm, level ground. The side slope should be
minimal and not exceed 2 degrees (2 degrees is usually just discernable to the human eye). It is advisable
to chock the wheels of the vehicle, in addition to applying the park brake. The trailer should be unloaded
in a progressive manner that ensures any tilt of the trailer is kept to a minimum. For example, on an A-
frame where there is more than one panel on each side, one panel should be removed from one side then
one removed from the other side. If panels are removed so that the trailer tilts, other panels on the trail-
er may fall off. It may be necessary to lower the front support legs of the semitrailer prior to removing
the panels - this will help to reduce movement of the trailer.
The semi-trailer should never be moved after the restraint system is released.
During unloading, only persons involved in the unloading should be in the area around the vehicle, and
others should be excluded. No persons should stand beside the vehicle in an area where they would be
struck by a panel if the vehicle were to be knocked or move.
4. Slinging the load
Pre-cast panels will normally be provided with lifting inserts on the top edge of the panel delivered to the
site. This could mean that the dogger slinging the load is required to work more than 2 metres above the
ground. The use of ladders to sling the load could be unacceptable because the dogger needs both hands
free to sling the load and because it is difficult to secure the ladder. The provision of a work platform for
the dogger to work from should therefore be provided. Some of the alternatives for providing safe access
for the dogger are as follows:
 a walkway along the length of the A-frame that prevents a fall occurring (i.e. the dogger has a barrier
at least 900 mm high on both sides of the A-frame) - in this instance access could be provided to the
walkway by a secured ladder at the rear of the trailer);
 pre-attached slings on the panels that can be reached by the dogger while standing on the ground
(these would have to be set up so that they could not snag on any obstructions);
 a boom type elevating work platform where the basket can be moved close to the sling connection
points on the panel;
 a mobile scaffolding provided with edge protection and safe access; and
 A loading bay beside the semi-trailer.
5. Storage of panels
Where concrete panels and elements are not lifted directly into position, they should be stored so that
they are stable even in windy conditions. The following factors should be considered when storing con-
crete elements:
 An engineer may need to provide guidance on storing panels as the loadings applied to the panel
when moving it into the storage position may be very different than those applied as part of a wall.
 Where laid out flat, concrete elements should not be stored directly on the ground as this can dam-
age the element or make it very difficult to lift. A minimum of two support points, such as timber
bearers, should be provided under the panel (more supports may be required for larger panels to pre-
vent the panel cracking).
 When panels are stacked horizontally on top of each other the support points should be directly
above each other unless otherwise specified by the engineer.
 The stacked height of elements should be limited to ensure the ground bearers and lowest elements
can support the load.
 The stack height should not be higher than twice the element width unless specifically documented
by a competent person.
 Where an element is stored on a suspended floor slab, this should be approved in writing by the de-
sign engineer of the suspended slab.
 Panels should be stored in a location where it is unlikely they will be struck by vehicles - i.e. not next
to roads.
6. Lift plan
A lift plan should be prepared prior to lifting pre-cast panels. The plan should show a dimensioned site
plan with the following information detailed:
 crane set-up position(s) on site;

 locations where the panels are to be lifted from and to, with the operating radius of the crane shown;
 areas on site where obstacles such as walls or braces may be in the travelling or slew path of the
crane; and
 Areas where the crane cannot be set up (i.e. trenches and covered penetrations on site).
The lift plan should specify the type and set up of lifting gear to be used. Responsibilities for rigging,
dogging and spotting duties (i.e. ensuring the crane does not contact obstacles) should be specified.
Preparation of plan is multi disciplinary approach involving all relevant division and subcontractors in-
volved in the project such as mechanical, pre cast erection, civil departments.
Crane capacity; the crane capacity must be adequate for the largest panel mass, radius and boom length
that is used. It should be remembered that a mobile or tower crane’s maximum rated capacity rarely
gives a practical indication of the load the crane can actually lift as this capacity is taken at a distance
very close to the slew centre of the crane. Load chart, thorough inspection report and limitations men-
tioned in lifting equipment shall be considered.
‘Pick and carry’ cranes; There are basically three types of pick and carry mobile cranes – lattice boom
crawler cranes, articulated non-slewing cranes and rough terrain hydraulic slewing. With respect to load
chart, stability of the ground and site environmental limitations e.g. overhead room for lifting appropri-
ate crane shall be selected. Although the use of rubber tyred articulated cranes may be acceptable for
lifting panels in some situations, these cranes are generally not suited for reasons including the following:
 The lifting capacity is generally too low for most panel jobs (the largest crane of this type has a max-
imum capacity of 25 tonnes and will usually only be suitable for lifting smaller panels of say 8 tonnes
or less).
 These cranes are more prone to overturning than are crawler cranes due to:
o being articulated;
o supported by rubber tyres that compress;
o having wheels that are more prone to enter ground depressions than are tracks; and
o having hydraulic booms that are heavier than lattice booms.
Slewing cranes on outriggers; the drawback with using this type of crane is that they must remain in one
position while performing a lift, unlike a pick and carry crane. A crane on outriggers therefore has to be
located so that the casting bed and final position of the panel are within the safe operating radius of the
crane for the particular panel being lifted.
The crane should be positioned so that the counterweight cannot contact any obstructions, including
panels and panel braces, when the crane slews. If this cannot be achieved, suitable control measures
should be implemented to prevent the counterweight contacting obstructions
The use of a larger capacity crane will reduce the necessity for repositioning the crane between lifts.
However, it should be noted that using larger cranes may increase the likelihood of the counterweight
contacting braces and panels. A larger crane will also be more difficult to safely manoeuvre around site.
Ground slope and condition; the ground condition and slope are critical factors that will affect crane sta -
bility particularly when the boom is at its full length and maximum luff angle (minimum operating radi-
us). Mobile plant operators are not qualified to calculate how much to de-rate the capacity of a crane or
how much a boom is to be lowered, when traversing sloping ground and the issue shall be consulted with
a competent lifting supervisor. Side gradients will generally be more critical than gradients in the direc-
tion of travel, but any gradient will have an effect on the maximum capacity of a crane. A side slope of
only 2 or 3 degrees can have a drastic affect on the stability of the crane when walking panels.. Soft
ground, pneumatic tyres, ground depressions and spring movement (where lockouts are not fitted) will
also tend to increase the side angle of the crane and make the risk of overturning greater. Where there is
doubt about the ground strength, it may be necessary to request verification on the ground’s bearing ca-
pacity by a competent person (i.e. geotechnical or soil engineer) from the person in control of the site.
This could be the case:
 where the ground has not been compacted;

 in muddy or very wet conditions;
 where the crane and or panels are particularly heavy (e.g. panels over 25 tonne);
 where the working radius of the crane is large;
 where underground services or cavities are identified; or
 Due to a combination of the above.
Safe support of cranes on outriggers; where the crane is set up on outriggers the following should be en-
sured:
 Timbers are correctly pig stied under the outrigger pads. Timbers should be robust and be of a mini-
mum size and strength specified by the crane manufacturer;
 The crane is not set up next to excavations or over ground cavities that are covered. Prior to setting
up a crane on site, information on excavations and underground services should be provided by site
management;
 the crane is set up so that it is level to within a tolerance of 1 degree or less - a level indicator (‘bub-
ble gauge’ or electronic) should be provided to show the crane is level; and
 The area of the outrigger timbers or steel plate is adequate for the loadings and bearing capacity of
the ground. Particular caution should be taken on soft ground and the minimum bearing area required
for outrigger support should be calculated by the crane operator, where there is doubt about the
ground strength.
Lifting gear; the basic items that should be checked are as follows:
 the lifting gear is tagged and all relevant information listed (such as in the case of a chain sling –
grade of chain, safe working load, manufacturer, chain size);
 lifting hooks are provided with operable safety latches;
 shackles are prevented from unscrewing;
 lifting eyes and inserts are compatible and the same proprietary brand;
 lifting slings are not damaged (for example; excessive wear, damaged strands, cracks, deformation,
severe corrosion); and
 The sling is appropriate for loads being lifted - including adequate capacity and protection from sharp
edges.
7. Safe system of Work
1. Exclusion zones panel erection
Only persons directly involved with the erection of panels should be located in the area while lifting is
taking place and such persons should avoid being in a position where they could be struck in the event of
a crane or panel falling over. In any type of lifting activity the crane operator should avoid lifting the load
over persons.
In view of the above, all persons not involved in the erection of the panels should be prevented from ac-
cessing the erection zone. Workers should not be located where they could be struck by the panel in the
event of lifting gear failure or strong winds. An exclusion zone should be set up that prevents unauthor-
ised persons gaining access. On some jobs this may necessitate the erection of para-webbing, signage
and/or fencing depending on the ease of access and the likely presence of persons, either workers or
members of the public. The exclusion zone should be set up so that it includes an area w here persons
cannot be struck either by:
 the crane falling over;

 the panel being lifted falling over; or
 Another structural element failing and falling to the ground as a result of being struck by the crane or
the panel being lifted.
The exclusion zone should be maintained during panel lifting until braces have been secured and the lift-
ing slings removed. Where a road or other vehicular access way is located in the exclusion zone, traffic
should be prevented from passing through the zone while panels are being lifted and prior to securing of
the panels with braces. Adjacent buildings, which may collapse in the event of a panel falling, should
have persons removed from risk areas. If this cannot be ensured, panel lifting on that part of the job
should be performed out of hours when persons are not located in the building.
2. Lifting pre–cast elements over workers
It is acknowledged that in some situations it can be extremely difficult to set up exclusion zones for
workers during the erection and installation of precast elements. This may be the case for installation of
pre-cast wall panels on high-rise projects or where pre-cast floor planks are installed on large projects
with multiple crane operation (i.e. the cranes’ operating radii overlap). With this in mind it is considered
that the lifting of pre-cast elements over workers can be performed providing the following conditions
are followed:
 an effective back-up lifting system is provided for the element in the event of failure of the primary
lifting system;
 the back-up system is designed and certified by a suitably qualified engineer;
 the primary and back-up lifting systems are not removed until the concrete element is secured in
place and is no longer suspended by the crane;
 measures are implemented to ensure that any lifting over workers is kept to a minimum;
 the crane is inspected prior to lifting and all parts and safety features of the crane are operating in
accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications - this includes load indicators, overload cut-off
systems and braking systems;
 Lifting gear, including spreaders, chain, wire ropes, hooks, lifting eyes and equalizing sheaves have
been inspected prior to lifting and are not damaged or worn. All lifting slings should be tagged in
compliance with the relevant International and Local Standard and proof testing within the previous
12 months is recommended; and
 Lifting is not performed in windy conditions. It is recommended that the lifting of concrete elements
should not continue under any circumstances when the wind speed exceeds 35 km/hr.
An effective back-up lifting system should be able to:
 withstand the additional impact loading as it takes up any slack in between the primary and second-
ary lifting systems; and
 Effectively contain the load in the event of the failure of the primary lifting system (i.e. prevent any
part of the load falling to the ground).
It should be noted that although lifting of pre-cast panels over workers is permitted in limited situations,
it is not a preferable method, and other erection methods should be investigated prior to its acceptance.
3. Panel lifting and erection
The actual lifting of the panels is the time when potential for disaster is highest. Due to their large sur-
face area and mass a great deal of care needs to be taken when lifting, moving and securing panels into
position. The likelihood for fatalities when a panel falls over is considerable because the ground area
covered by a falling panel is very high and the area in which the panel will fall cannot be controlled. In-
creasing the risk is the fact that the mobile crane will also fall over and other panels that are struck by
the crane or falling panel are also likely to collapse. A domino effect can occur and workers often will not
have time to get out of the way before they are struck. With these factors in mind it is extremely im-
portant that both the panel erection crew and crane operator are highly skilled and experienced in the
erection of panels.
The disadvantage with larger panels is that they are more difficult to handle and greater care needs to be
taken to ensure the panels do not strike braces or other panels when they are being moved.
Irrespective of the type of panels being lifted the following should also be ensured:
 prior to lifting, the panel mass is to be clearly marked on the panel (this can be found on the panel
drawing);
 panels are suspended with the face as near to vertical as practicable, so that the panel is not too dif -
ficult to place in its final position as part of a wall (usually 5-15 degrees off vertical);
 braces - whenever possible should be attached to the concrete panel prior to lifting (reduces need for
persons to work at height and minimises the time the panel is supported by the crane);
 the bottom edges of panels to be horizontal such that a bottom corner is not noticeably lower than
the other corner;
 no persons are located underneath the panel while it is being lifted and moved (except in the case of
pre-cast elements in limited situations lifting clutch release lines are fitted so that the clutches can
be disengaged without the need for workers to climb on top of the panel.
 Dowel pins are fitted into the bottom edge of the panels or into the footings prior to lowering. Dowel
pins help to correctly locate the panel and also assist the panel to effectively resist wind loads;
 crane support to be maintained until all braces have been installed and effectively secured to the
panel and footings (i.e. hoist rope and lifting slings not to become slack until this is achieved); and
 Levelling shims should not exceed 40 mm height (this will assist in maintaining panel stability).
4. Rotation of pre-cast panels
Where positioned on an A-frame, edge lifting inserts will be cast into the panels, usually two lifters cast
into the top edge and two or four in the side edge. The panel is lifted off the truck using the inserts on
the side edge. In order to move the panel into its vertical position, the panel needs to be rotated through
an arc of 90 degrees, and this can be achieved using one or two cranes. This procedure requires a great
deal of skill on the part of the crane driver(s). Even though the panel will be suspended by two hoist
ropes, more than 50 percent of the panel weight will be applied to one of the hoist ropes due to the can-
tilever
An engineer can be approached to provide guidance on the minimum required capacity of the crane(s)
used for rotating panels. This issue as specific risk shall be considered in detail risk assessment being
conducted on site.
5. Operation of plant near braces and panels
The use of mobile plant close to panel braces can be extremely hazardous due to the risk of the braces
being struck and panels collapsing. Braces are designed to resist wind loads applied to panels and not to
resist impact loadings with moving plant or their moving parts. When a collision with a brace occurs, and
the brace is bent, the panel will be pulled towards the side on which the braces are located. The braces
are then exposed to part of the dead-weight of the panel and are not designed to resist such high load-
ings. The situation is made worse by the fact that the brace has been ‘kinked’ and will have a much lower
compressive strength than in its undamaged condition.
Braces that are struck by mobile plant are likely to collapse in a very rapid and uncontrolled fashion and
there can be a very high risk of fatalities occurring both to persons operating the plant and to other per -
sons located in the area. A falling panel is also likely to strike other panels and a ‘domino’ effect can oc-
cur.
This hazard can apply to all types of plant including backhoes, mobile cranes, excavators and elevating
work platforms (EWPs). In particular, it can apply when a crane is being used to erect the structural
steelwork that will tie the panels together. In this situation controls must be implemented to prevent
parts of the crane and the suspended load from contacting the braces and panels.
The use of a spotter to assist with preventing contact may not be an effective control measure, when
used alone, due to noise on site, delay in the plant operator acting on the spotter’s signals and incorrect
interpretation of the spotter’s signals.
Mobile plant should generally not be operated, or travel close to, erected panels and braces unless there
is a very good reason for the plant being there (i.e. the use of a boom lift EWP to assist in the installation
or removal of braces).
Where plant is operated in close proximity to braces and panels, control measures should be implemented
to prevent any part of the plant contacting a brace or panel. Under no circumstances should mobile plant
actually be permitted to make contact with an installed brace. Some control measures that may be used
to reduce the risk of mobile plant contacting braces or panels include:
 The use of a spotter to signal the plant operator to stop the plant in the event of any part of the
plant approaching a brace or panel. Such a system would have to ensure that the communication
method between the spotter and operator was effective and took into account factors such as noise
on site and the spotter possibly being out of view of the operator;
 use of hazard tape, ‘para-webbing’ and/or signage to make the brace position obvious, particularly
where access areas are located;
 The use of plant that reduces the risk of contact with panels or braces. Two examples are:
o the use of mobile cranes that do not have to be located where slewing contact with a brace is
possible; and
o The use of boom type EWPs instead of scissor lifts (note: this may not always improve the sit-
uation).
Mobile plant travelling from one area on site to another should not travel close to braces if it is possible
to travel by an alternative route. It would be extremely unlikely that there would be a legitimate reason
for mobile plant to be driven underneath an installed brace.
6. Working at height
As far as reasonably practicable, an effective means of conventional fall protection system e.g. guard rail
system explained in GTGC HSE manual shall be prepared. Based on suitable and sufficient risk assess-
ment, specialized fall protection system e.g. warning system, monitoring system shall also be provided.
Using ladders, scaffolding access, M.E.W.Ps (Mobile elevating working platforms) shall be performed with
full compliance with relevant requirements specified in HSE Manual.
7. Certification issues
The panel erection crew must be trained. Crews must be supervised and previous training records must
be kept.
Crane operators and persons performing dogging duties must hold appropriate certificates. Certificates
issued under approved Third Party Company.
All lifting equipment, gears and accessories must be tested, inspected and certified by the approved third
party company prior to operation. MEWP operators shall satisfy all requirements mentioned in GTGC HSE
manual.
Persons erecting scaffolding shall be competent. Appropriate on the job training, provided by approved
training provider shall be conducted for scaffolding team.
14. 17. MACHINE GUARDING
Before operating any machine, every employee must have completed a training program on safe methods
of machine operations. It is the primary purpose of supervision to ensure that employees are following
safe machine operating procedures. A safety inspection of all machinery and equipment should be con-
ducted each day before use.
REQUIREMENTS
 All machinery and equipment must be kept clean and properly maintained.
 There must be sufficient clearance provided around and between machines to allow for safe op-
erations, set up, servicing, material handling and waste removal.
 All equipment and machinery should be securely placed, and anchored when necessary, to pre-
vent tipping or other movement that could result in personal injury.
 Proper anchoring procedures shall be followed before operating any concrete sawing or drilling
equipment. There must be a power shut-off switch within reach of the operator’s position at each
machine.
 Electrical power to each machine shall be capable of being locked out for maintenance, repair or
security. The non-current carrying metal parts of electrically operated machines must be bonded
and properly grounded during operation.
 The foot-operated switches are guarded and/or arranged to prevent incidental actuation by per-
sonnel or falling objects.
 All manually operated valves and switches controlling the operation of equipment and machines
must be clearly identified and readily accessible.
 All EMERGENCY stop buttons are colored RED. All the moving pulleys, belts, chains and gears
must be properly guarded.
 All splash guards mounted on machines that use coolant must be positioned to prevent coolant
from splashing the employees.
 The supervisor will instruct every employee in the work area on the methods provided to protect
the operator and other employees in the machine area from hazards created by the operation of
a machine, such as nip points, rotating parts, flying chips and sparks.
 The machinery guards must be secure and arranged so they do not present a hazard. All special
hand tools used for placing and removing material must protect the operator’s hands.
 All revolving drums, barrels and containers should be guarded by an enclosure that is interlocked
with the drive mechanisms, so that revolution cannot occur unless the guard enclosure is in place.
 All arbors and mandrels must have firm and secure bearings and be free of play.
 A protective mechanism has been installed to prevent machines from automatically starting when
power is restored after a power failure or shutdown.
 Machines should be constructed so as to be free from excessive vibration when the size tool is
mounted and run at full speed. If the machinery is cleaned with compressed air, the air must be
pressure controlled and personal protective equipment or other safeguards used to protect opera-
tors and other workers from eye and bodily injury.
 All fan blades should be protected by a guard having openings no larger than ½ inch.
 All core drilling equipment and saws used must be installed with anti-kickback devices and
spreaders. All radial arm saws must be arranged so that the cutting head will gently return to the
back of the table when released.
14.18. MANUAL HANDLING
All construction and building work involves lifting and handling to some extent. Although mechanical
equipment should be used whenever practicable, much of the work will inevitably continue to be done
manually. The risk of injury can be greatly reduced by a knowledge and application of correct lifting and
handling techniques and by taking a few elementary precautions.
The scope of this procedure is to ensure all personnel involved in material handling operations are aware
of the hazards related to the work, and define necessary precautions that shall be considered.
Common Injuries:
Strains and sprains to muscles and joints, torn ligaments and tendons, disc trouble and hernias. These are
often caused by sudden and awkward movements, e.g. twisting or jerking while lifting, or handling heavy
loads; they are also caused by persons attempting to lift loads beyond their physical capabilities. The
muscles of the abdominal wall are particularly vulnerable, and excessive strain may lead to ruptures.
Cuts and abrasions from rough surfaces, sharp or jagged edges, splinters, projections, etc. Protective
clothing should be worn; especially leather or PVC gloves to protect the hands.
Back injuries are most frequently sustained while lifting and handling manually. They may be the cumula -
tive effect of repeated minor injuries, or the result of an abrupt strain. Stoop lifting should be avoided; it
greatly increases the chances of sustaining back injuries.
Crushing of limbs, etc. by falling loads, or by fingers, hands or feet becoming trapped by loads.
Requirements and responsibilities
Following steps shall be taken by site/facility management to minimize the risk of injuries and disorders
associated with manual handling:
1. Assess the manual handling task to reduce any risk that may be inherent in the operation.
2. Avoid the need to carry out manual handling as far as possible.
3. Where a risk is identified, implement measures to reduce that risk.
Site/facility Management must additionally:
1. Provide safe systems of work

2. Ensure the safety of their employees and the absence of risks in the handling, storage and transport
of all types of articles and substances
3. Provide the instruction and training necessary to ensure the health and safety of their employees.
Employee’s duties include being familiar with all safe manual handling procedures and to report any de-
fect, near miss or any early symptoms of disorders.
Safe system of work
To set up a safe system of the works following factors to carry out the suitable and sufficient risk assess-
ment t shall be considered:
 Load – Nature of the load, dimension, level grasp integrity of the load components and any other
load factor having potential to increase the risk shall be considered. Establishing a maximum al-
lowed weight for manual handling might be helpful.
 Individual- Assigning individual physiologically and psychologically fit to the task. Training about
safe handling procedures, e.g. kinetic momentum, surveillance to monitor the situation of injured
person shall be provided by GTGC management.
 Task- converting pulling tasks to pushing; job rotation; team handling; changing the layout to avoid
bending, twisting, reaching etc. ; planning the correct procedures for the job i.e. to reduce the risk
by using right ergonomic approach.
 Environment: Ensuring a comfortable working environment e.g. heating, ventilation, lighting etc.;
providing adequate space & maintain good standards of housekeeping to keep the routes clear.
Control
 As far as reasonably practicable, eliminating with mechanical handling aids.

 Substituting with less hazardous activities e.g. pushing rather than pulling.
 Provision of protective clothing for individuals carrying the works manually based on the risk as-
sessment finding as the last resort is compulsory.
 Train the workforce about the safe lifting procedures & body postures and ensure the implemen-
tation of training knowledge in employees’ acts while dealing with manual handling.
14. 19. CHEMICAL HAZARDS CONTROL
SCOPE
To provide guidelines for individual GTGC sites/ facilities; to establish and implement their own Hazard
Communication Program for the Safe transportation, labeling, storage, handling and disposal of chemical
substance used, generate or disposed.
The Chemical Hazard Control program is enacted to ensure that the hazards of all chemicals produced,
imported, or used is evaluated, and that this hazard information is transmitted to affected employers and
employees. Required components of a Hazard Communication Program are as follows:
Method of hazard determination

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS's)
Labels and other forms of warning
Employee information and training
Written Hazard Communication Program shall be available upon request, to employees.
RESPONSIBILITIES
The responsibility for development of Hazard Control & Communication plan lies with the safety depart-
ment whereas the implementation of the Hazard Communication Program shall rest with the Project
Manager/Supervisor, ranking supervisor or their designee.
A copy of the written program must be kept on filed at the project.
DEFINITIONS
1. Waste Management: management activities performed in order to reduce waste volumes and to handle
any waste that is generated in an economic and environmentally sound manner.
2. Hazardous Waste: A waste that exceeds the regulatory levels for toxicity, corrosivity, ignitability or
reactivity.
3. Non-Hazardous Waste: A waste stream which does not meet the criteria for hazardous waste.
REQUIREMENTS
Prior to introduce any chemical, MSDS shall be reviewed by the site safety department. Suitable and suf-
ficient risk assessment based on the MSDS information shall be conducted on site.
1. HAZARD DETERMINATION: Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) supplied by the chemical manufactur-
ers, suppliers and/or client shall be the principal source of health hazard information.
Safety Data Sheets should provide the following information:
 Chemical Identification - The first section helps identify the chemical by name, trade names and the
chemical manufacturer.
 Hazardous Ingredients - This section lists what is in the chemical mixture that can be harmful.
 Physical Data - This section describes the chemical's appearance, colour, and other physical charac-
teristics such as boiling point, volatility, and vapor pressure.
 Fire and Explosion Data - Here one can find the temperature at which the chemical ignites, this is
called flash point.
 Health Hazards - This section lists symptoms of over exposure.
 Reactivity Data - Whether the chemical reacts with other chemicals, water, or certain conditions such
as temperature.
 Spill Leak Procedure - This section explains what to use to clean up a spill, and protective equipment
that should be used.
 Special Protection - This is a listing of any personal protective equipment needed to work safely with
the chemical.
2. LABELS AND OTHER FORMS OF WARNING: Facilities/ Projects must comply with the following La -
bel/Warning requirements.
 Each container of hazardous chemicals in the work place must be labelled, tagged, or marked with
the identity of hazardous chemical contained therein, and must show hazard
 warnings appropriate for employee protection. The hazard warning can be any type of message,
words, picture or symbols, which convey the hazard of the chemical(s) in the container.
 Labels must be legible, in English (plus other languages, if desired), and prominently displayed.
 The word, term, or phrase that is used to identify the hazardous chemical(s) on the label must also
be used on the associated MSDS.
Note: These records are to be kept updated by the storekeeper.
3. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING: Employees will be trained at the time of their initial assign-
ment and whenever a new hazard is introduced into their work area.
The training should include but is not limited to;
 Methods and observations that may be used to detect and identify the presence or release of a haz -
ardous chemical in the work area, such as by odour, visual appearance, monitoring device etc.
 The physical and health hazards of chemicals they use.
 Location of MSDS's and the format in which they are maintained.
4. CHEMICAL INVENTORY MANUALS - A list of all chemicals used on the project and copies of all MSDS's
should be maintained at a location in access to the workforce.
5. Special care for flammable liquids and compressed gas is to be taken.
6. Based on the risk assessment findings and MSDS contents, safe storage of the hazardous chemicals is
to planned accordingly.
1. CONTROL STEPS:
1. Eliminating the task by eliminating chemical substances interference; e.g. chock removal
by using physical agent rather than acids.
2. Reducing level of toxicity & exposure, e.g. Liquid is less hazardous than aerosols or mists.
3. Isolation and containment of chemicals
4. Implementing Engineering Controls, e.g.
 glove box or fumes cupboards
 Local Exhaust Ventilation,
 General ventilation
5. Use of Personal Protective Equipment, e.g.
 Goggles, face shields,
 Gloves
 Apron
 Face masks, respirators, SCBAs, etc.
6. Discipline i.e. to ensure the adherence of the workforce by the trainings received on this
particular issue. i.e. to implement the knowledge & training they gain while dealing with
the chemicals.
GAS CHARACTERISTICS CYLINDER COLOUR

No smell, non toxic. Will not burn but supports and accelerates
Compressed Air Black and White
combustion.
No smell, non toxic. Will not burn but supports and accelerates
Oxygen combustion. Materials not normally considered combustible Black
may be ignited by sparks in oxygen rich atmospheres.
No smell. Does not burn. Inert except at high temperatures.
Nitrogen Non toxic but does not support life so could cause asphyxiation Grey, with black neck
in high concentrations.
No smell. Heavier than air. Does not burn. Will cause asphyxi-
Argon Blue
ation in absence of sufficient oxygen to support life.
Distinctive garlic-like smell. Fire and explosion hazards are sim-
Acetylene Maroon
ilar to those of propane.
Bright red and bearing

Propane Distinctive fish like smell. Will ignite and burn instantly from a the words "Propane
spark or piece of hot metal. Highly Flammable."
No smell, non toxic. Much lighter than air. Will collect at highest
Hydrogen point in any enclosed space unless ventilated. Fire and explo- Bright Red
sion hazard.
2. Gases
Commonly used gases, their characteristics and the colour of their containing cylinder are given in table
below.
1 Compressed Gas Cylinders

All cylinders shall be manufactured to an internationally recognized standard, such as BS5045
"Transportable Gas Containers".
All cylinders shall be maintained in good condition and shall be tested and inspected in accordance with
an internationally recognized standard, such as BS 5430 "Periodic Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of
Transportable Gas Containers".
The date of manufacture or the last hydrostatic test date shall be clearly and legibly displayed upon the
cylinder.
All cylinders shall be identified by colour coding in accordance with ISO 448 (or BS349 "Identification of
the Contents Industrial Gas Containers"). The colours assigned to the principal common Construction gas-
es are given in Section 5.5 above.
All colour coding shall be maintained in a clear and legible condition.
In addition to the colour coding, the name of the gas contained within the cylinder shall be clearly sten -
ciled in letters not less than 7 cm high on the cylinder body.
All couplings associated with cylinders containing flammable gases shall be left hand threaded. For other
gases right hand threads shall be used.
Cylinders shall be supplied with protective guards or caps for the valve assemblies and the valves shall be
in good operating condition.
Cylinder valves shall be of the correct type for the gas content and pressure rating of the cylinder, and
manufactured to BS341, "Specifications for Valve Fittings for Compressed Gas Cylinders".
Valve spindles shall be held captive within the valve bodies.
2. Transport of Compressed Gas Cylinders
The transport of compressed gas cylinders shall comply with the following:
 All cylinders when being transported shall have the protective guards or caps in place over the valve
assemblies. Cylinders shall be transported in the upright position and be placed in sectional boxes or
containers in such a manner that they cannot knock against other cylinders or obstructions.
 Cylinders of different gas shall not be mixed together in the same container when being transported.
Oxygen cylinders shall under no circumstances be transported together with acetylene or any other
forms of flammable substances.
 Cylinders shall not be rolled and dropped from vehicles onto rubber tyres or similar packaging but
shall be lowered to the ground under controlled conditions.
 Cylinders shall not be lifted using chains or metal slings. Lifting shall be carried out using flat band
slings.
 If more than one cylinder has to be lifted, a properly designed and certified cradle shall be used.
3. Storage of Cylinders
Cylinder storage areas shall be clearly identified, with the names of the gases stored within prominently
displayed.
Where gases of different types are stored at the same location, cylinders shall be grouped by type of gas
and the groups arranged to take into account the gases contained, e.g. flammable gases shall not be
stored near oxidizing gases.
Cylinders containing combustible gas shall be stored separately from oxygen and wherever possible, not
closer than 6 meters. If 6 meters separation is not possible, a fire resistant wall shall be used to separate
them.
Charged and empty cylinders shall be stored separately, with the storage layout such that cylinders
comprising old stock can be removed first with a minimum of handling of other cylinders.
Storage rooms shall be of fire resistant construction, well ventilated and designed such that the cylinders
are shaded from the direct rays of the sun.
Stores shall be located as far as possible (but not less than 20 meters) from flammable substances such as
oil, gasoline or waste.
All electrical fittings in the storage area shall be in good condition.
Cylinders shall be stored in an upright position within the store and secured in such a manner as they
cannot fall or be knocked over.
Protective caps or guards shall be retained in place on all full and empty cylinders within the store.
No smoking, naked lights or sources of ignition shall be allowed within or in the vicinity of cylinder stores.
Fire extinguishers shall be located outside the store entrance.
4 Use of Cylinders
Compressed gases shall be handled and used only by properly trained persons.
The user shall verify the cylinder contents by the markings before putting the cylinder to use. If unable
to identify the contents by the markings, the cylinder shall not be used but shall be returned to the sup-
plier. Special care shall be taken in verifying inert gases before introducing them into live equipment.
The protective valve assembly caps shall be kept in place until the cylinder is required for use.
Before using gas cylinders, the user shall ensure that they are properly supported and secured to prevent
them being knocked over. Suitable pressure regulating devices shall be used in all cases where gas is ad-
mitted into systems having pressure rating limitations lower than the cylinder pressure.
Threads on regulator connections or other auxiliary equipment shall be the same as those on the cylinder
valve outlet. Connections that do not fit shall not be forced together.
Where a compressed gas cylinder is connected to a flexible hose, the hose shall be of adequate pressure
rating and made from a material that resists any corrosive effects of the gas.
Cylinder valves shall be opened slowly with the valve pointed away from the operator or any other per-
son. Only the correct tools shall be used to open and close cylinder valves. On valves equipped with
hand wheels, wrenches, hammers or other tools shall not be used to operate the valve.
Connections to piping, regulators and equipment shall always be kept tight to prevent leakage. All hoses
shall be kept clean and maintained in good condition.
Compressed gas cylinders shall be kept either in trolleys designed and manufactured to BS2718 "Gas Cyl-
inder Trolleys", or secured to a part of a structure such that they cannot be incidentally knocked over.
Cylinders shall be retained in an upright position.
Under no circumstances shall compressed oxygen be used for testing or purging when compressed air or
nitrogen is called for.
Under no circumstances shall oxygen be allowed to come into contact with any form of grease or oil be-
cause of the risk of explosion and fire.
Extreme caution shall always be exercised to avoid knocking or jarring acetylene cylinders, which can
lead to internal self-heating and the risk of explosion. If an acetylene cylinder shows signs of internal
heating, cool it with water. Partially empty or empty acetylene cylinders shall at all times be maintained
in an upright position.
This procedure provides guidance for the protection of personnel engaged in the use of compressed gas
and oxygen cylinders. All cylinders shall be clearly marked stating its contents.
Note! Cylinders shall not be accepted onsite that are not properly labeled as to contents.
14. 20. WASTE MANAGEMENT
i. SCOPE
This procedure applies to all areas of work including offices, workshops, fabrication yards, welfare facili-
ties, construction sites.
The purpose of this procedure is to outline the requirements for managing and controlling Waste Man-
agement operations on the Project.
ii. DEFINITIONS
o Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, pain or the like.
o Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from con-
struction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.
o Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective
demolition operations
o Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste subsequent sale, recycling, reuses, or de-
posit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
o Diversion: Avoidance of demolition and construction waste sent to landfill incineration, diversion does not include
using materials for landfill, alternate daily cover on landfills, or materials used as fuel in waste-to energy processes.
o Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitability, corrosiveness, tox-
icity or reactivity
o Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse
beginning from the first time they become waste
o Recycling: The process of sorting, cleaning, treating, and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials
for the purpose of using the altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroy-
ing waste.
o Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent reuse or sale in another facili-
ty.
o Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the work.
o Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the
first time they become waste.
o Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure.
o Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused returned, recycled, or salvaged.
o Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste
includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material.
iii. RESPONSIBILITIES:
Project Manager
Project Manager shall have the overall responsibilities and management of the project. Project Manager
shall be responsible for the implementation of the administrative.
Portions of this program, including the notification of supplier/subcontractor managements and continu -
al/regular waste removal arrangements.
Construction Manager
Construction Manager- is responsible for the overall site operation and works. He shall ensure that the
appropriate waste management procedure is followed by all the involved personnel.
Sr. HSE Engineer

Senior HSE Engineer will monitor and implement all HSE related issues. He shall ensure that all necessary
requirements regarding Health, Safety and Environment concerns are met and adhered. The Sr. HSE shall
ensure that waste management plan is implemented at site and followed. Review and update Waste man-
agement plan if required
Site Engineer
The Site Engineer will be responsible for the implementation of the onsite portions of this plan in coordi-
nation with the HSE Department, including the training/ Awareness of subcontractor personnel.
Disposal sheet (Manifest) is to be filled and sent to the Project Manager and the HSE Manager
and the receiving authority's representative.
Site Supervisor
The Training/ Awareness of the site personnel and onsite posting of sign boards are the responsibility for
site supervisors with HSE Department.
HSE Officer
Frequent / Regular Inspection on the site locations to be arranged by the HSE Officer. Any waste violation
should be reported and remedial actions to be taken by Project Manager.
Employees
To protect their health and safety, employees in the area where hazardous materials are being used or
stored must, at a minimum never use smell, taste or touch as means for material identification, refrain
from smoking, refrain from any practice that is risky or incompatible with the hazardous materials (i.e.
welding, or use of lighters in areas where flammable materials are being stored), avoid mixing of un-
known or incompatible materials, always use compatible and appropriately identified portable containers
for transporting even small quantities of hazardous materials, clean and decontaminate any used PPE af-
ter use and observe all precautions stated in safety data sheets of relevant materials.
Sub Contractors
Subcontractors are required to identify, maintain proper control, waste reduction work plan,
cost/revenue analysis and provide control for the disposition of materials described in this plan. The in-
tension of this plan is to minimize the amount of waste generated on our projects to the extent practica -
ble.
Each supplier/ subcontractor is required to follow this plan for the disposition of the waste generated
during the project activities
In addition to other requirements specified herein it is a requirement for the work of this project that the
contractor comply with the applicable federal, state and local waste disposal requirements.
Management of Waste
Performance To manage construction generated on site in a sustainable manner and to minimize impacts on the
Objective surrounding environment.
Performance  Onsite waste tracking and reporting i.e. Site statistic reports and SWMP data sheet.
Indicator  Number of recorded incidents of pollution related to poor waste management.
Performance No significant impacts on the surrounding environment.
Target
Evidence of Regular site inspection, waste manifest/transfer notes records certificates for appropriate handling and
Compliance disposal of wastes and audit of incident reports related to waste management.
Waste manifest/transfer notes records certificates
Environmental  OSHAD SF CoP : 54.0 (Waste Management)
Guidelines  Law 21 of 2005 for Waste Management in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
Mitigation Ac- General

tions
 We shall provide an estimate of material to be excavated and clarify the final dis-
posal and / or reuse of such material.
 We will apply the principles of waste reduction / re-use and recycling, wherever
possible. Priority shall be given to reusing or recycling on site. We will record the
type and amounts of waste reused / recycled on site.
 We will ensure that all members of the construction staff are trained in environ-
mental responsible waste management practices.
 Training for employees shall be competency-based and include
o Waste classification and segregation
o Waste storage, transport and disposal methods
o Waste manifest/transfer notes requirements
o Specific hazardous waste requirements and
o Emergency procedures
 Any contaminated material shall NOT be mixed with clean material soil.
Collection of storage of waste / construction material
 Adequate facilities for the collection and storage of waste material including waste recep-
tacles (for recyclable and non-recyclable wastes) will be provided.
 Training shall be provided for workers to identify recyclable and reusable wastes.
 Domestic wastes if any will be collected in designated, leak-proof containers that have lids
and are sealed to the greatest extent possible to minimize vermin attraction and ingress.
 Waste containers shall be covered and not be overfilled.
 Dedicated housekeeping teams to be nominated. 
 The length of excavation will be minimized by progressively clearing the site in accordance
with construction needs, and will be restored as soon as possible.
 Excavated material will be located away from the water drainage lines.
 Any contaminated material shall not be mixed with clean material / soil.
 Contaminated material shall be managed as hazardous waste.
 Waste skips to be color coded as per standards and communicated.
 Waste skips to be labeled as per standards and communicated.
 Waste collection point shall also be identified at storage area.
 Proper signage’s access should be provided.
 Any contaminated material removed from construction site shall be handled by a Center
of Waste Management (CWM) — Abu Dhabi approved service provider with valid permit
from the CWM-AD as per applicable requirements.
 Excavated material shall be reused in other sites including sand from sand cleaning activities.
 Liaise with the CWM to identify opportunities for reusing or recycling construction waste
such as in the newly built construction waste recycling facility.
 If it is not possible to reuse the excavated material dispose of as per CWM requirements
and guidelines.
 Empty cement bags will be kept in closed container to prevent from windblown cement
dust.
 We shall be arranging the timely collection of waste material.
Disposal of Waste
 No waste will be disposed of or buried on site.

 Illegal dumping, including roadside dumping and illegal land filling, is prohibited.
 Burning any waste on site is prohibited.
 Ensure that approved waste contractor shall comply with OSHAD SF-CoP-54.
 Ensure that all wastes are transferred to an appropriate waste management facil-
ity that is approved license holder from CWM-AD to receive the classified waste.
 Waste management facility should be identified and have enough storage facility
 Type of waste shall be identified, segregated and employee is trained
/competent.
 We will implement a system to record the amounts of each type of waste mate-
rial being transferred for recycling or disposal offsite. The management of waste
will be documented appropriately and records will be kept for five years.
Waste handling and Disposal for Accommodation Camp

 The Contractor Waste Management Procedure will be stringently applied to the
camp
 Waste management should be carried as per OSHAD SF Code of practice 54.0 and
CWM requirement
 Waste bin shall be provided around storage areas to avoid accumulation of waste
 Disposal of waste through authorized waste management contractors only.
 Waste containers shall be cleaned daily and cleaned immediately after emptying
 For handling hazardous waste a valid permit from CWM-AD is required as per
OSHAD SF-CoP 54 section 3.1.4 h(ii).
Drainage System for camp

 Contractor area shall be slightly sloped to the perimeter drainage system. Dis-
charge to external drainage system shall not be high volume concentrated flow,
which could cause washout or silting of the system.
 The drainage system from and through the camp is not to endanger any domestic
or public water supply
Medical waste handling and disposal

 Contractors that incinerate medical waste on site shall do all of the following to
contain medical waste:
(a) Package, contain, and locate medical waste in a manner that protects and
prevents the medical waste from release at the producing facility or at any time
before ultimate disposal.
 Separate and dispose of sharps
 Label the containers with a biohazard symbol or the words “medical waste” or
“pathological waste” in letters not less than 1 inch high
 Not store medical waste on premises of the producing facility for more than 90
days.
 Contractor shall appoint competent persons to oversee the storage, use and dis-
posal of medical waste within the workplace.
 Contractor will ensure that hazardous materials are disposed of through methods
or contractors that are approved/permitted by the centre of waste management-
Abu Dhabi as per OSHAD SF-CoP- 54.0 and maintain appropriate inventory rec-
ords.
Emergency response procedure for hazardous waste spillage.
I. Protect personal
 Check material safety data sheets (MSDS), if available. Otherwise, assume the
worse and use the highest level of protection.
 Pick the right protective clothing gear (i.e. goggles, boots, suite, gloves and mask)
 Work in group “buddy system”
 Use communication devices.
 Do not allow any authorized/untrained personnel to enter the affected area.
II. Control/containment of waste Spillage (Oil and Chemical)
Fuel tanks if any are provided with secondary containment equal to 110% capacity. How-
ever, if a leak develops from a tank that poses an imminent threat to human health or the
environment, the following actions shall be taken.
 Stop flow, if any, into the tank and investigate the cause of release.
 Prevent migration of the leak or spill to soils, surface water or ground water using
containment methods and/or spill control kits.
 Arrangement for informing employees of parties to be contacted in case of emer-
gency (names, telephones numbers etc)
 Barricade the area of spillage and restrict the entry to the site.
 Stop any ignition sources in the vicinity of the release
 Assess the cause and consequence of any environmental damage.
Incidents of hazardous materials at entities or during transport shall be reported to the

relevant emergency services, Competent Authorities and/or SRA,s in accordance with the
reporting requirements of OSHAD-Element 07-Monitoring, Investigation and Reporting.
Training and Competency for handling hazardous waste. OSHAD SF-CoP-54 Sec-ii.
 Employers shall train employees on the general awareness/familiarization of

hazardous materials prior to starting work.
 At a minimum the training shall include:
 Use of safety data sheets and/ or profile sheets.
 Required personal protective equipments (PPE) when handling hazardous mate-
rials.
 Storage, handling and decanting requirements.
 Appropriate disposal requirements.
 Action to take to prevent accidental exposures or release of hazardous materi-
als.
 Incompatible materials and segregation requirements.
 Appropriate labeling of hazardous material and hazardous waste.
 Meaning of signs and placards.
 Control measures to take if there is an accident involving hazardous materials.
 Waste water discharge and handling technique.
 Contractor will dispose municipal and domestic wastes through authorized waste
management contractors only.
 Discharges from dewatering, water or fire line testing, hydrostatic tank testing or
pipe pressure testing must be free from sediment, chemicals, and any other pol-
lutants and shall be pumped to company approved locations/lagoons.
 Drain water shall be removed in a manner that avoids endangering public health,
property and portion of work under construction and completed.
 Lagoons shall be constructed at the existing ground level that would not cause
flooding of surrounding areas.
 Water level in the lagoon shall be monitored on daily basis to prevent overflow-
ing of the drain water.
 Oil-based paint wastes, including solvents and thinners, must not be disposed of
in the sanitary sewer; they must be collected and disposed of through the con-
tractor's disposal company in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
 Cement handling equipment must be rinsed in a contained concrete washout ar-
ea installed in an area of minimal slope and there must be no drainage off-site.
 Logs shall be maintained for each portable toilet emptied.
Waste management techniques for potentially generated waste components

Waste Description Waste Management Technique
`Clean, uncontaminated Onsite use

Fill.
Timber Timber off cuts to be reused onsite where possible otherwise will be com-
posted or disposed of as approved by CWM.
Scrap Metal Minimize waste by producing/procuring only the amount required.
Segregation and collection on-site. Transportation off-site by a waste contractor
for off-site recycling.
Cable and wire Wastes will be collected and taken by licensed regulated waste transporter to a
licensed facility for recycling.
Other waste disposal to the landfill through approved vendors.
Concrete, bricks, tile and rubble If feasible, ground for reuse as aggregate or send to CWM construction waste
recycling facility if operational or to a landfill as last option.
Concrete washing area should be available at the site.
Construction Waste We are transferring to our workshop to be disposed as per EAD environment
agency requirement.
Waste Paints, Chemicals, Oils We are transferring to our workshop to be disposed as per EAD environment
and other regulated waste. agency requirement. Handling requirements shall be in line with COSHH re-
quirements.
Batteries (Regulated Transported to a battery recycling facility by an approved waste transporter. Land fill-
waste) ing as last resort.
Tires (Regulated waste) We are transferring to our workshop to be disposed as per EAD environment
agency requirement.
iv. WASTE MINIMIZATION

Ghantoot (GTGC) shall maintain a stringent set of guidelines to control the amount of construction waste
and debris disposed in a landfill. The Project Manager will be responsible for developing the suitable work
plan with minimum waste generation and he will emphasis these requirements during internal meetings
with Project Team and Suppliers / Subcontractors and documented.
o AVOID: Avoid activities that could result in adverse impacts and / or avoid resources or areas consid-
ered as sensitive.
o PREVENT: Prevent the occurrence of negative environmental impacts and / or prevention of such
occurrences having negative environmental impacts.
o PRESERVE: Prevent any future actions that might adversely affect an environmental resource. Typi-
cally achieved by extending legal protection to selected resources beyond the immediate needs of
the project
o MINIMIZE: Limit or reduce the degree, extent, magnitude or duration of adverse impacts. This can be
achieved by scaling down, relocating, redesigning elements of a project.
o REHABILITATE: Repair or enhance affected resources, such as natural habitats or water resources,
particularly when previous development has resulted in significant resource degradation.
o RESTORE: Restore affected resources to an earlier (and possibly more stable and productive) state,
typically ‘background’ condition.
o COMPENSATE Create enhancement or protection of the same type or resource at another suitable
and acceptable location compensating for lost or severely damaged resources.
The Following instruction was followed for to reduce waste material at site offices
 Avoid excessively paper printing

 Used double side printing
 Waste paper one side again used for printing
 Avoid excessive cartage of printing
 Don’t tough empty cartage , again refill
 Avoid excessively large size photo print
 Avoid printing paper, use software system.
 Given training to staff for reduction of waste.
 Lunched IT system in office for to reduce waste material.
 Used commercial printer for printing.
 Avoid color printing if possible.
 Avoid soft tissues for hand dry in wash room.
 Used electrical hand dryer machine in wash room.
 Avoid small bottle of mineral drinking water.
 Avoid disposable kitchen utensil.
The Following instruction was followed for to reduce waste material at site
 Fix temporary materials (e.g. timber hoarding) so they can be dismantled and reused many times.
 If materials can’t be reused on the same project aim to use on others.
 Collect off cuts and use first instead of new materials.
 Co-ordinate trades so left over materials from one can be used by another.
 Purchase of materials cut to standard sizes, reuse of concrete formwork where practicable, and
source separation and segregation of all recoverable materials.
 Don’t reuse materials or items which are not fit for purpose.
 Separate skips will be provided to maintain segregation and maximize economic reuse and recy-
cling, in preference to disposal to landfill
 Keep materials for recycling clean, dry and separate from other materials or waste.
 Don’t use a waste contractor if their waste licenses are irrelevant and not in date.
v. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Ghantoot (GTGC) has considered that this Project shall generate the least amount of waste possible and
that processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning,
breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors shall be employed.
Of the waste that is generated, as many of the waste materials as economically feasible shall be reused,
salvaged, or recycled. Waste disposal in landfills or incinerators shall be minimized, thereby reducing dis-
posal costs.
Salvage /Recycling Requirements: Salvage and recycle as much nonhazardous demolition and construction
waste as possible, including the following materials: wooden wastes, concrete wastes, different wastes
from electrical devices, Switchgear, panel boards, Transformers etc.
vi. HOUSEKEEPING
Housekeeping activities must minimize the amount of waste and maximize the amount of recyclable ma-
terial that can be efficiently gathered at the local collection points and minimize the amount of refuse
materials. Ghantoot (GTGC) will assign housekeeping responsibility to an on-site. Ghantoot employee who
will oversee and manage the field operations with regards to housekeeping and waste management. And
issues identified by this activity will be discussed during internal meetings and documented.
vi. PACKING
All vendors and their suppliers are encouraged to minimize the packaging for materials and equipment.
Packing materials should be selected based on whether they can be recycled on this project. This request
will be communicated through project meetings, Supplier/ subcontractor meetings, written
correspondence and through the project Waste Management Team that is made up of contractor
representatives.
vii. MAXIMIZING PRODUCT USE
Layout and cutting procedures should be used to minimize the amount of waste materials. Cut-offs and
other scrap materials should be applied on this project to the extent practicable. This procedure will be
emphasized to all subcontractors during internal meetings.
viii. MATERIALS MANAGEMENT

o All material shall be stored in weatherproof containers or otherwise protected from contamination and
deterioration prior to use. Containers should be opened as needed and work should be sequenced to use
materials efficiently and in a timely fashion. This ensures that the material meets the specified requirements
and that unused or off-spec product will not become a waste. This procedure will be emphasized to all
subcontractors during internal meetings.
o Wastes are to be cumulated in an identified place according to their type until disposal and all
kind of wastes are to be handled to the authorities.
o Remnants are to be cumulated in a container safely until proper disposal. And any waste violation should be
reported and remedial action to be taken by Project Manager.
o The "Construction Waste Management Plan" shall be implemented and executed as follows
and as on the chart.
o Salvageable materials will be diverted from disposal where feasible.
o There will be a designated area on the construction site reserved for materials that can be
recycled
o Areas shall be marked to designate what recycle materials are to be stored there.
o Hazardous waste will be managed by a licensed hazardous waste vendor.
o Wasting procedures/ disposal arrangements are to be discussed in the HSE meeting.
ix. DOCUMENTATION
A record of each disposition activity (permits, landfill receipts, weights, weight tickets, and any other
receipts) will be maintained at the Ghantoot (GTGC) Site Office by the Project manager or his delegated
person. A waste generation log will be maintained and a waste management progress report worksheet
will be completed monthly basis and annually. This documentation will be used to calculate the percent
of materials diversion / disposal achieved. It is the responsibility of Ghantoot (GTGC) to collect and main-
tain documentation.
Project Construction Documents: The waste generated during the construction activities is documented
on controlled document format on monthly and Yearly basis also in order to develop the control plan for
the waste reduction.
x. COMMUNICATION & EDUCATION PLAN
Necessary Sign boards will be posted onsite and along waste accumulation area for identifying type of
waste.
Conducts the awareness programs for the intent of this project with respect to reduction of waste and
recycling. Onsite recycling containers and/or areas will be plainly marked.
Include the Waste management points in Induction Training and Tool Box talks. Focus should be given
on type of waste at site, its handling and disposal.
All recycling containers/areas will be clearly marked.
Lists of acceptable/unacceptable materials will be posted at the site.
All Supplier/ subcontractors will be informed in writing of the importance of no contamination with other
materials or trash and periodic training session shall be executed for employees and contractor.
xi. DECONSTRUCTION AND SALVAGE OPPORTUNITIES
The construction waste materials generated on this project will be salvaged and re-processed as listed.
o Wood or Lumber: Materials will be sorted and stored on-site within dedicated on-
site containers and either resold as retail lumber by processor or ground and mixed with commercial
land clearing and/or approved materials for erosion control applications. Lumber will need to be clean,
no paint or other wood treatment.
o Concrete: Scrap and loose materials will either be crushed on site and used for aggregate
or stored within dedicated on-site dumpster and delivered to processor. Processor will reuse
or resell materials as clean fill back or crushed for aggregate.
o Metals: Materials will be sorted and stored within dedicated on-site dumpster and delivered
to processor. Processor will sell materials to metal recyclers (steel, aluminum, brass, copper,
lead, stainless).
o Plastic, paper goods, and aluminum cans: Materials will be collected on job site within
construction trailers, cantina areas, etc. and stored in on-site trailers. M hauled/recycled by processor.
o Land Clearing Debris: Woody materials (stumps, large limbs) where will be possible otherwise
will be disposed off site in the area approved by management in accordance to EAD rules and regulations.
o Of the inevitable waste that is generated, the waste materials designated in this specification shall be
salvaged for reuse and or recycling where practical and possible. Waste disposal in landfills or incinerators
shall be minimized where practical and possible.
xii. WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
a) General Waste
Paper waste is generated mainly in the office due to the day to day correspondence. The com-
pany shall control the paper waste generated to the maximum possible extent by the
following methods:
a) Use paper of the required size.
b) Use both sides of the paper wherever possible.
c) Mi ni miz e paper c ons u mp ti on
All staff members of the company have been provided with a Waste Bin for collection of waste
paper. All paper waste should be put in the waste bin. All paper waste from these bins shall be collected
in a bag and shall be put into the main waste container and disposed off.
Other general waste shall be collected in the waste containers and the Sub-contractor engaged
by GTGC or company's own transport shall dispose of to the area assigned by the local munici-
pality.
b) Waste Oil
This is generated in the workshop / site from machines, maintenance and vehicles.
The company shall exercise control on the disposal / spillage of these waste oil.
All waste oil shall be stored in the Oil drum provided by the company. This waste oil shall then be given to an ap-
proved agency for proper disposal.
Waste oil is not permitted to be disposed on the ground.
Waste oil is not permitted to be disposed off in sewage lines.
c) Food Waste
The waste generated from the eating area as a result food waste.
Food waste must be stored in separate bin with proper cover.
Separate containers/bins with sufficient identification signage’s shall be provided for food waste.
Admin Supervisor is responsible to arrange approved supplier to dispose the food waste on from site on
regular basis.
Waste collector sub-contractor must be approved by client as needed.
Waste containers shall be emptied on daily basis and cleaned immediately after emptying.
d) Concrete waste
PCC and AC waste shall not be allowed to enter storm drainage systems or watercourses.
A sign shall be installed adjacent to each temporary concrete washout facility to inform concrete equip-
ment operators to utilize the proper facilities
A foreman and/or construction supervisor shall monitor onsite concrete working tasks to ensure proper
methods are implemented.
Residue from concrete pouring operations shall be picked up by means of a vacuum device. Residue shall
not be allowed to flow across the pavement and shall not be left on the surface of the pavement.
Perform washout of concrete mixers, delivery trucks, and other delivery systems in designated areas only.
Washout may be collected in an impermeable bag or other impermeable containment devices for dispos-
al.
Pump excess concrete in concrete pump bin back into concrete mixer truck.
Plastic lining material shall be free of holes, tears or other defects that compromise the impermeability
of the material. Liner seams shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations.
e) Solid Metal Waste
These are generated in the workshop as a result of various processes involved to

produce the final goods from the raw material. The various metal chips and other
metal pieces encountered are as follows.
The GTGC shall control the generation of these metal waste by procuring the correct size material wher -
ever possible to avoid excessive machining and cutting and minimize waste generated.
Weight of metal waste is to be recorded and disposed to potential buyers for recycling and re-use.
Portable bins are provided in the workshop / site to collect the waste metal chips
and other metal parts generated from the fabrication.
All metal waste is collected in the metal waste area in the designated area in the workshop /
site.
Special coded bins/containers with respect to type of waste shall be provided for easy identifi-
cation at site and easy disposal.
14.21. TEMPORARY FUEL STORAGE PROCEDURE
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all working areas foreseen for temporary fuel storage operations.
PURPOSE
The purpose of this procedure is to outline the project requirements for the Temporary Storage of Fuel
for the construction phase of the project.
GTGC will arrange for temporary storage of fuel in such a manner so as to prevent any health and safety
hazards and protect the environment.
RESPONSIBILITIES
1. The Project/Facility Manager shall ensure that the Temporary fuel storage arrangements procedure is
being implemented.
2. The Project/Facility Manager is responsible for the detailed application and implementation of the
Program, and for updating the Program if necessary.
3. All GTGC personnel shall be made aware of, and shall observe, the provisions of this procedure.
PROCEDURE
1. Hazard Identification
 GTGC has a job hazard analysis procedure that is used to identify all hazards and activities on the
project.
 For fueling operations, the expected risks are spills and environmental contamination and risk of
fire.
2. Suitable Locations
 All fuel containers shall be stored in a designated area.
 This area shall be designated as a non-smoking area.
 Only authorized personnel will be allowed into this area.
 Adequate fire extinguishers shall be provided.
 Ventilation should be adequate to prevent concentration of fumes.
 Refueling operations shall be conducted in proximity to the fuel storage area at a minimum dis-
tance of 20 m.
3. Fire Precautions
 Adequate and suitable fire extinguishers shall be provided for all activities involving fuel opera-
tions.
 All personnel involved in fuel operations will receive training on the use of fire extinguishers.
4. Additional Measures
4.1. Primary Containment
Portable Containers
 When liquids are handled in portable containers, contents should be clearly labeled to include infor-
mation on contents, hazards, and precautions.
Secondary Containment Design

 The primary purpose of secondary containment, whether dealing with oil or chemicals is to limit the
extent of environmental contamination that would occur from the failure or overflow of the primary
container.
 Another purpose is to reduce the amount of product lost and to facilitate product recovery after a
spill.
 Secondary containment structures should meet the following criteria:
 At a minimum, secondary containment should provide enough volume to hold the contents of the
single largest container within the containment area plus sufficient freeboard to allow for rain. As
a rule of thumb, the single largest container inside the containment area should be sized at a
minimum of 110% of the volume of the single largest container inside the containment area.
 Secondary containment structures should be located and designed to withstand flooding and ero-
sion. Tanks and their containment should not be built in or near natural courses of drainage or
runoff.
 The grade and slope within secondary containment structures should provide adequate drainage
away from tanks for access, fire protection and safety.
 Overflows, water legs and primary isolation valves should not be extended beyond secondary con-
tainment structures.
 All containment structures should be maintained in sound condition. Appropriate crossings should
be provided for both foot and vehicle access (if needed) to prevent structural deterioration.
 Impervious secondary containment should be provided for caustic, corrosive, or hazardous mate-
rials.
5. Vehicle Operations
 Refueling operations will be conducted while the engines of the vehicles are switched off.
6. Personnel Training
 Environmental Awareness constitutes a major part of achieving compliance for environmental protec-
tion. Consequently, an Environmental Awareness Orientation shall be given to all employees as part
of their general orientation.
 Environmental related toolbox talks / meetings shall be conducted on routine basis or as necessary.
 Temporary fuel storage operations training shall be conducted for all personnel involved and respon-
sible for the handling of fuel for all storage, transportation, use, refueling and other operations and
activities as necessary.
14. 22. WORKING IN, OVER OR ADJACENT TO WATER
When any works are being carried out which necessitates personnel working at heights above water the
following precautions are to be taken:
 Any works over water are to be subject to the special monitoring and surveillance
 A fence or barrier must be provided to any structure or scaffold where there is a risk of persons fall-
ing from such structures into water
 Where an independent electrically or mechanically operated hoist or cradle is used a competent op-
erator must be provided, or sufficient training be given in its use. Some means of communication is to
be provided for use in an emergency
 Any hoist/cradle is to be checked, maintained and inspected/examined as per manufacturers or stat -
utory requirements.
 Warning signs/notices are to be displayed
 There is to be adequate lighting for the whole of the period of work. Lighting must be adequate for
night work and must illuminate the immediate surrounding water surface.
 A buoyancy aid, of a tested and approved pattern, is to be worn by all personnel working over water
 Suitable rescue equipment, for example a boat, boathook, lifebelt or lifeline is to be in position and
checked as serviceable before works are permitted to commence.
 The use of any electrical equipment is to be strictly controlled and steps are to be taken to ensure
that leads are not long enough to touch the water. All equipment should be connected to lines to
prevent their incidental dropping into water causing possible electric shocks etc.
 The Site Supervisor, or a nominated person, is to make regular and frequent checks on numbers of
personnel working (Task Performer).
 Any works over water are to be carried out by a minimum of two persons, no lone workers are per-
mitted. A trained stand-by person should be available all the time of operation.
 Special care must be taken in fog, snow or rain, when extra checks are to be made by the site super-
visor.
 Employees working over or near water, where the danger of drowning exists, shall be provided with
approved life jacket or buoyant work vests
 Prior to and after each use, the buoyant work vests or life preservers shall be inspected for defects
which would alter their strength or buoyancy. Defective units shall not be used.
 Ring buoys with at least 90 feet(30meters) of line shall be provided and readily available for emer-
gency rescue operations. Distance between ring buoys shall not exceed 200 feet.
 At least one lifesaving skiff shall be immediately available at locations where employees are working
over or adjacent to water.
14.23. WORKING IN DANGER OF ENGULFMENT
In many worksite situations, workers are at risk for engulfment hazards. Engulfment results when a work-
er is surrounded and overcome by a granular substance such as soil, sand, gravel, sawdust, seed, grain or
flour or if submerged in a liquid such as water or a chemical. Engulfment causes physical harm when the
material has enough force on the body to cause injury or death by constriction, crushing or strangulation.
Respiratory hazards associated with engulfment includes suffocation from breathing in a fine substance
that fills the lungs or from drowning in a liquid.
Trenches or excavation pits at construction sites pose a n engulfment hazard when a cave-in or soil col-
lapse engulf a worker. These trenches or open pit s should have an adequate number of exit ladders, dai-
ly safety inspections, and should include safety engineering such as proper shoring and sloping.
Piles of loose granular materials pose an engulfment hazard if they shift or slide. Workers should not
stand, climb or walk on piles of materials without safety equipment like a hoist with a boatswain's chair
or a body harness. The hoist operator should pay out and retrieve excess line to maintain reasonable
tautness. The hoist should be able to stop and hold any expected load including the impact of a fall.
Workers should be instructed on the hazards of over-sized containers and storage bins at the worksite as
well as the materials kept in them. They should also be instructed on safety protocols, rescue operations,
and the use of life safety equipment.
Trenches or excavation pits at construction sites pose a cave-in hazard where the collapsing soil can en-
gulf workers. Such operations should have an adequate number of exit ladders, daily safety inspections,
and should include engineering principles such as shoring and sloping.
Containers can be dangerous if workers need to enter them for maintenance or repair, or if they need to
work over them to load or unclog materials. Containers include storage bins, silos, vats, tanks, bunkers,
and hoppers. The dangers involved include entering or falling into a confined space, a hazardous atmos-
phere, and/or engulfment by the materials.
Each container type at a site should be evaluated to determine if it is a confined space. Open containers
should have a railing and toe board around them. If there is no railing, there should be a grate or walk-
way with railings. If work is necessary over an open container without railings or a grate, workers should
wear safety harnesses with retrieval lines.
Workers should not enter a container unless they are wearing a retrieval harness. They should have a
buddy on the outside of the container and a reliable form of communication between them. Use of lock
out, tag out protocols should be enforced to ensure that mechanical moving parts like augers do not acti-
vate and materials do not shift underneath the worker
GTGC shall not require or permit any person to, and no person shall, enter any place from or into which
solid or particulate materials is being discharged where a danger exists of a person being engulfed by
such solid or particulate materials, unless---
a) such a person is provided with and properly uses a safety belt and rope;
b) at least one other person who has been properly instructed, is and remains in attendance outside such
place to keep the persons therein under continuous observation in order to render assistance in case of
emergency; and
c) The precautions prescribed by regulation 5 of these regulations are taken if dangerous gas, fumes,
dust, or vapors may be present in such a place.
14.24. GARBAGE CHUTES
The disposal of non-hazardous waste can be a problem in refurbishment. Materials must not be thrown
down and rubbish chutes should be used, where possible. Properly installed and used, a rubbish chute,
with a hopper at the upper end and a skip at ground level, provides a safe method of conveying surplus
materials from considerable heights with minimal risk.
Chutes may be attached directly to a building or to a scaffold and often have branched connections at
different working levels. Sections are raised and lowered by means of a winch, rope or crane and most
designs rely on gear such as U-bolts, eyebolts, chains and shackles, etc. for suspension and the attach-
ment of one section to another.
1 Hazards
 The mains hazards in the use of rubbish chutes arise from:
 excessive loading on the building or scaffold (either during normal use, or due to a blockage in the
chute) leading to failure of the scaffold, the chute itself, or its means of suspension,
 poor design, materials or maintenance,
 lack of protection to prevent scatter of materials at the delivery point,
 unsafe methods of gaining access to clear blockages,
 poor erection and dismantling procedures.
2 Precautions
In order to minimize the above hazards:-
 chutes and attendant fittings, etc. should be properly designed and constructed, with an appropriate
safety factor to allow for overloading due to blockage or excessive wind loading,
 manufacturers' or suppliers' instructions on installation and use must be provided and strictly fol-
lowed,
 chutes, together with suspension fittings and attachments, should be examined for defects before
erection and inspected at least at weekly intervals whilst in use,
 installers (normally scaffolding contractors) must be informed of where the chute is to be positioned;
the scaffold will need to be designed accordingly and may need extra ties and bracing
 lifting appliances used for raising or lowering chute sections must be inspected and thoroughly exam-
ined in accordance with the Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment
 the chute must be supported along its length sufficiently to cater for the maximum load which might
be carried in the event of a blockage or excessive wind loading. Anchorage points at intervals would
normally be reasonable. It is vital to establish that the anchorage points (to building or scaffold) are
capable of withstanding the maximum likely imposed load,
 the hopper at the upper end of the chute must be located and protected so that persons using it are
not liable to fall and be injured,
 to avoid blockages, there should always be a clear space of about 1 m before the bottom chute sec-
tion,
 suitable steps should be taken to prevent danger from scatter of material at the bottom of the chute,
e.g. by the use of tarpaulins, together with the provision of overhead protection and/or barriers ex-
cluding persons from the area,
 skips should not be allowed to become over-full, as this may lead to a back-up and overloading
 safe systems of work for the installation and dismantling of chutes, for the clearing of blockages and
for maintenance, must be established and implemented. Safe means of access and a safe place of
work must be provided for these operations,
 it is recommended that a competent person is appointed to be specially responsible for chute opera-
tions, e.g. to ensure that guardrails and barriers are in place and that skips are not over-filled, to
alert site management in the event of a blockage and to prevent further use of the chute until the
blockage is cleared.
14. 25. VESSELS UNDER PRESSURE
"Vessel under pressure" means a vessel which operates under pressure and includes a boiler, pressure ves-
sel, pressurized system or portable gas container
‘Air compressor’ – Means a compressor that takes in air at atmospheric pressure and delivers it at a higher
pressure.
‘’Pressure systems’’ comprise vessels and associated pipe work that contain compressed or liquefied gas -
es or liquids at high pressure, including air above 0.5 bar and pressurized hot water above 110°C.
‘Certificate of test’ - a certificate, when completed by a Competent Person (Pressure Systems) or by the
original manufacturer specifying the Maximum Permissible Working Pressure or the Safe Working Pressure
of a component part of the pressure system or other pressure vessel. A certificate of test shall identify
the plant to which it refers and state the test(s) on which it is based.
‘Competent Person’ (Pressure Systems) means an individual person (other than an employee), or a com-
petent body of persons corporate or incorporate.
‘Examination’ means the careful and critical scrutiny of a pressure system or part of a pressure system in
or out of service as appropriate, using suitable techniques, including testing where appropriate.
‘Work permit (pressure systems)’ - a documented safe working permit to do certain repair work and
which, when completed, becomes an accountable document.
‘Pressurized system’ - an assembly of vessels under pressure and includes connections by pipes or similar
ducts, fittings and valves.
‘Unfired pressure vessel’ - any closed vessel, other than a boiler, constructed to hold steam, hot water,
gas or air, ordinarily supplied from an external source or from the indirect application of heat (e.g. air
receivers, autoclaves, sterilizers, petrochemical treatment vessels and water treatment vessels). This
definition does not include portable cylinders for the storage of compressed gases.
‘Fired pressure vessel’ - a vessel containing a fluid under pressure exposed to heat from the combustion
of fuel (e.g. boilers or gas water heaters).
‘Boiler’ means a device for generating steam for power, processing or heating purposes or for producing
hot water for heating purposes or hot water supply. Heat from an external combustion source is transmit -
ted to a fluid contained within the tubes in the boiler shell. This fluid is delivered to an end-use at a de-
sired pressure, temperature and quality.
‘Air receiver’ - a receptacle that serves to store compressed air for heavy demands, in excess of compres-
sor capacity.
Boilers and pressure vessels have many potential hazards in common, as well as hazards unique to their
specific operations. These vessels hold gases, vapors, liquids, and solids at various temperatures and
pressures, ranging from almost a full vacuum to pressures of thousands of pounds per square inch. In
some applications, extreme pressure and temperature changes may occur in a system in rapid succession,
imposing special strains.
1. Compressors and pumps
Air compression is accomplished by pulling in air from the atmosphere and decreasing its volume while
simultaneously increasing its pressure. The compressed air is then stored either in a holding tank or re-
leased into a pressure system, ready for work, e.g. to power a variety of pneumatic tools and machinery.
1.1 Requirements for use
With respect to ‘’Hazardous Area Working ‘’ Requirements, prior to commence any activity obtaining
permit to Work might be required.
 all compressors are “sound-reduced” models fitted with properly lined and sealed acoustic covers
that shall be kept closed whenever the machines are in use, and the pressure relief valve is directed
away from work areas to reduce noise;
 the safest location is chosen to place compressor units/vehicles within the work area;
 compressors are housed individually, away from other plant and in a separate enclosure;
 all compressed airlines are fitted with safety nozzles of a type approved by the Health &
 Safety Executive, are properly labeled, with the direction of air flow correctly labeled with an arrow;
 the operator has read the manual and all warning signs before starting the compressor;
 compressor motor covers are kept closed when they are running;
 flexible air hoses are kept as short as possible to minimize tripping hazards and to reduce whipping
action in the event of a hose failing;
 quick-disconnect fittings are installed on flexible air hoses in high fire hazard areas so that the hoses
can be disconnected quickly, preventing whipping actions that might not only cause injury and dam-
age but also stoke a fire;
 high-pressure jacketed lines are anchored at several points to prevent them from whipping;
 a vacuum system rather than compressed air is used for cleaning whenever possible -vacuuming stirs
up less dust and other particles than compressed air;
 compressed air is NOT used to transfer flammable liquids as static electricity build up can discharge
and ignite the liquid
 Compressed air is not used to empty the containers as the container could rupture due to excessive
internal pressure;
 when employees are operating compressed air systems, they direct air away from eyes and;
 Compressed air must not used for cleaning the cloths by operators, hair or skin.
1.2 Maintenance and inspection
The air compressor system shall be subject to -

 a test program after installation to confirm its safety functions;
 a program of monitoring, tests and inspections whilst in service; and
 periodic inspections of hoses, fittings, regulators and valves for leaks, damage, and other
 Defects by the users and supervisors.
2. Pressurized systems
Defects in such systems could cause an explosion. Owners of pressure systems must be familiar with the
operating pressures of their systems and must ensure that the systems are safe at those pressures.
2.1. Requirements for use

 all parts of a pressure system should be properly designed and constructed;
 the system should have protective devices to prevent danger;
 the equipment has sufficient written information to enable the user to meet the legal requirements;
 any person who repairs or modifies a pressure system shall provide sufficient written information
about the work to ensure continued compliance to legal requirements;
 the pressure system is installed in a way that does not give rise to danger, and so that the operation
of any protective device or inspection facility is not impaired;
 prior to establish the operating limits, systems should not be not used
 systems that contain steam at any pressure and other systems where the pressure volume product is
250 bar liters or more are not to be operated unless there is a written scheme of examination; and
 the system is operated in accordance with the instructions provided.
2.2. Inspection, testing and maintenance
A written scheme of examination including all details of nature &frequency of examination and the com -
petence of the examiner shall be prepared and implemented for each pressure system.
3. Pressure vessels
A pressure vessel is a potentially hazardous piece of equipment, as its content is under pressure. Any de -
sign or fabrication fault or misuse of the vessel could lead to an explosion.
Cracked and damaged vessels can result in leakage or rupture failures. Potential health and safety haz-
ards of leaking vessels include poisoning, suffocation, fire and explosion hazards.
Rupture failures can be much more catastrophic and can cause considerable damage to life and property.
The safe design, fabrication, installation, operation and maintenance of pressure vessels in accordance
with the appropriate codes and standards are essential to employee safety and health.
3.1. Requirements for use
GTGC shall not use, require or permit the use of any pressure vessel, unless -
 it has been designed and constructed in accordance with applicable standards, codes and legislation;
 it has been manufactured under the supervision of an approved inspection authority; and the Con-
tractor is in possession of a certificate of manufacture, issued by the manufacturer, in which it is cer-
tified that the pressure vessel has been designed, constructed and tested in every respect in accord-
ance with applicable standards, codes and legislation.
 All pressure vessels shall be registered, detailing an identification number and containing all relevant
information relating to the vessel design, manufacturing specifications and maintenance and repair
details.
3.2. Maintenance and inspection
Regular inspections to detect fatigue, corrosion, cracks or build-up of deposits (pressure vessels shall be
provided with suitable openings for internal inspection and cleaning) and compulsory examinations, in
terms of legal requirements, shall be carried out and documented. Any repairs or modifications to a pres -
sure system shall be subject to the same requirements and approvals as that of newly installed systems.
4. Vessels under pressure – training requirements
Only authorized and trained personnel shall service and maintain air compressor equipment and employ-
ees must be capable of safely operating an air compressor before using it.
All personnel involved in the operation, inspection and maintenance of pressurized systems and pressure
vessels shall be appropriately trained and certified.
14. 26. EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE
1. PURPOSE. To ensure the safe operation and working environment in the facility/project sites.
2. GENERAL. All employees play a critical role in achieving a safe working environment and ensuring all
equipment is in a safe operating condition. Supervisors will:
 Ensure all assigned operators are trained in the safe operation and preventive maintenance proce-
dures for the equipment to be utilized.
 Ensure all assigned equipment meets established safety standards.
 Restrict use of equipment with questionable reliability or safety performance levels.
3. RESPONSBILITIES. Operators will complete daily safety checks before, during and after operation of all
equipment. Discovered deficiencies that will affect the safe operation of the equipment will be corrected
before continuing operations.
4. SAFETY RULES. Personnel working with or operating equipment or visiting shop/maintenance facili-
ties/project sites will follow all of the safety rules. All personnel will adhere to the following minimum
requirements:
 No smoking in shop areas or when operating or riding in equipment.

 Proper storage of flammable materials.
 Keep work areas clean, well lit and ventilated.
 Always drive slowly in work areas.
 Ensure electrical equipment is properly grounded.
 Supervisors will ensure all employees receive training in the proper use of firefighting equipment.
 Use eye, hearing, respiratory and other protective devices as required.
 Inspect all tools and equipment before use.
 Always use approved cleaning compounds.
 No horseplay at any time.
 Remove all jewelry and loose fitting clothing before inspecting or working on or around machinery or
equipment.
14. 27. WATER PROOFING
Hazards
 Fire Incident
 Fall from height
 Burn injury.
Precautions
 Gas cylinders should be treated with cares and respect at all times and when not in use, shall be kept
in the designated store.
 Cylinders should always be stored and used in an upright position.
 The flame shall be closed whenever not required.
 Workers will wear gloves in addition to safety helmets, shoes and uniform.
 The gas hose will be checked for leaks using soap solution.
Whenever the workers are working in scaffoldings, they will be required to use safety belts.
14. 28. CONCRETING
Hazards
 Collapse of formwork while pouring concrete.

 Persons falling off the working platform.
 Material falling from slabs.
Precautions
 Approach to the slab to be cast shall properly made with suitable ladders, stair etc.
 Edges of the slab shall be protected with handrails all around.
 All workmen involved in pouring the concrete shall be required to use gumboots and gloves.
 Delivery hose of the concrete pump or the concrete bucket shall be controlled properly to avoid
dumping excess of concrete at one location, which may place undue loading on the shutter.
 Power cables of the vibrators, trowels, etc. should not have any joints.
 Enough lighting should be arranged.
14. 29. RETAINING WALL
Hazards
 Men /Material falling in to the pit.

 Collapse of the sides.
Precautions
 Sides of the excavation will be suitably shored.

 Shoring material will be available on the job site.
 Suitable stop blocks shall be used where vehicles or equipment tip material in to the excavation for
the retaining wall.
 Delivery hose of the concrete pump or the concrete bucket shall be controlled properly to avoid pour-
ing of excess concrete at one point.
 Enough lighting shall be arranged.
 Power cables of vibrators should not have any joint.
14.30. STEEL REINFORCEMENT
Hazards
 Tools falling down from heights.

 Persons falling.
 Material falling.
 Material handling related injuries.
Precautions
 Steel bars shall be stored on the site away from public access and transportation.
 Only trained steel erectors shall be allowed to work the steel bars.
 Eye and hand protection shall be provided when cutting, welding and joining steel bars.
 Steel working area (yards) shall be protected from public and other workers access.
 Care shall be taken when hoisting the steel, sound-lifting points shall be introduced and rigger shall
direct the crane operator.
 No workers shall work or allowed to pass under the steel while being transported.
 Placing of the steel shall be directed by one / two trained workmen, and only after securing the steel
the hoist will be removed. Never use manpower to support a steel structure.
 Stability of crane shall be maintained during all activities.
14.31. MASONRY WORK
Hazards
 Persons or Materials falling off the scaffolding.

 Collapse of wall.
 Electric shock.
 Bad weather / wind speed.
Precautions
Block Work
 The platform should be properly supported. Where drum and unstable wooden stool etc. – shall not
be used to support the platform.
 The standards – vertical pipes of the scaffolding should not be supported on loose bricks, concrete
block etc.
 The adjustable base jack shall not be extended more than 350mm.
 All workmen working on the scaffolding should be required to use safety belt and or the appropriate
personnel protective equipment.
 Workmen are not allowed to throw the blocks from the platform.
 Only qualified Masons and helpers are allowed to use the portable power tools.
 No one is allowed to pass directly beneath the platform being used for block works unless the plat -
form is provided with toe boards to prevent blocks falling down.
 It is to be ensured that the wheelbarrow is not overloaded.
Plastering
 The workmen shall be required to use the safety belts.

 The workmen will be instructed not keep to any hand tools in the scaffolding to prevent falling down.
 If spray plastering is done using compressed air, the workmen shall be required to use hand gloves,
goggles and face mask.
 The working platform used for plastering work will normally be provided with plywood to prevent the
mortar falling down.
14. 32. PAINTING
Hazards
 Fire Hazard
 Spillage of paint on persons
 Fall from height
 Flammable vapors
Precautions
 Painters will not be allowed to use makeshift devices as works platforms. Depending upon their place
of work, suitable scaffolds or ladders will be provided to them. The scaffolding and the ladders used
by them will be subjected to the regular inspection and approval procedures.
 Paint can will be kept closed always unless it is being used.
 Tool box talks based on manufacturer’s data sheet (MSDS) shall be given by contractor’s H&S Manager
prior to start of activity.
 Painters will be trained during the induction about the fire hazard and the ways of fighting fire if the
paint can catches fire.
 Naked flames and lighted cigarettes shall not be permitted.
 Empty paint cans should be removed from site and disposed off from the site.
 They will be instructed of the need for cleaning their hands before taking any eatables. They will
also be provided with facilities for washing such as cleaning solutions etc. They will be required to
use gloves and mask to prevent exposure to paint and its vapors.
14.33. FALSE WORK
The collapse of false work may lead to serious incidents for those on the structure or from all their place
of work. Workmen below may also be involved in incident from falling materials both from the false work
and permanent works. Workmen also slip or fall from the false work.
Safety Precautions
 Design false work in accordance with accepted engineering principles, considering the correct type
and extent of loading, provision of adequate and firm foundation, use of correct materials and provi-
sion of adequate lateral stability.
 The construction of false work should follow exactly that shown on the drawings and specifications.
 Excavation within the vicinity of the structure should not be allowed.
 The area beneath the base plates must be well compacted and when required, a concrete foundation
may be laid.
 Props should not be bend and should be erected as plumb as possible. It should be positioned directly
under the member to be supported.
 Scaffold support components must be centrally located.
 The uprights must be centralized and the sole plates should be erected plumb.
 Only load bearing couplers should be used and properly tightened.
 Provide safe access to and from all places of work and safe working places.
 Workmen must not be permitted to climb columns or slide down on them.
 Vertical access should be by means of ladders.
 Horizontal access must be by means of properly fixed lightweight staging or scaffold boards.
 The walkways should have a clear passageway and be provided with suitable guardrail and toe boards
on each side.
 Where a great deal of work is to be carried out at height, a safe working platform with guardrails
and toe board should be provided.
 Barrier and warning notices should be erected at all approaches to danger areas. Workmen should
not be allowed to work under the false work without adequate protection in the form of nets, sheets
of forms or other forms of protection from falling objects.
14.34. CARPENTRY
Carpenters have to use the following protections:-
 Protection of eyes, skin and respiratory organs against wood dust and paint.
 Protection of ears against noise and vibration of hand tools and machinery.
 Prevention and protection against fire and explosion in carpentry shops.
 Special precautions to minimize fire hazards are to be strictly imposed. (No smoking, special extin-
guisher).
 Protection of feet and hands by using safety shoes and gloves to avoid nails and sharp end pieces of
wood.
 Adequate trash bins will be provided at the place of work.
 Wood and wooden materials will be stacked properly. Protruding nail shall be removed from the
wood and wooden materials.
14.35. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR DEMOLITION
 Appropriate work permits will be obtained from the Client / consultant (if necessary) prior to the
commencement of the work.
 Before proceeding, all sources of power and other utilities shall be disconnected.
 All precautions shall be made to prevent any debris falling on to the neighborhoods and / or the per -
sonnel working at site.
 Access to the demolition site shall be restricted to other personnel except those involved in this op -
eration. Guards and watchmen shall make sure that no access will be given to site.
 Warning signs, red flags, shall be used to caution the personnel who approach the site.
 Equipment used in demolition shall be adequate and in good operation conditions.
 Adequate personal protective equipment will be used during the work.
 All debris will be removed from the site immediately.
 In case of asbestos removal appropriate precaution will be taken and PPE’s will be used.
14.36. HOT WEATHER AND HEAT STRESS
i. SCOPE
To inform all supervisors of their responsibilities to the workforce and regulate exposure to heat situa-
tions & to provide a safe working surrounding by establishing a procedure that addresses temperature
extremes and reduces exposure to the effects of heat related hazards.
Heat stress which is usually likely to result from work being performed at elevated temperatures is of
great concern from HSE point of view. Contributory factors to heat stress may also include a decrease of
natural body ventilation by protective clothing e.g. chemical & impervious suits.
There are several health hazards associated with excessive exposure to heat and sun like
1. Heat Cramps - A result of the loss of salt in the working muscles, usually a part of heat exhaustion.
2. Heat Exhaustion - Caused by the excessive loss of body fluids from sweating.
3. Heat Stroke - Is the most serious hot weather health problem that stops the individual’s tolerance to
heat.
If the individual is not cooled off quickly, the result can be brain damage or even death. The individual
with a medical history of heat stroke is more likely to have a recurrence under the same conditions.
ii. Assessment of Environmental heat stress and thermal work limit (TWL) Heat stress in -
dex.
GTGC will assess environmental conditions utilizing the thermal work limit(TWL) computed by TWL meter
and table 1(copy attached) of OSHAD-TG-Safety in heat to determine work/rest breaks and water con-
sumption requirements for employees.
The Thermal Work Limit which has been validated for Gulf conditions is the heat stress index that has
been researched and adopted by HAAD to enable safe management of work in heat. It gives a measure of
maximum safe work rate for the conditions. If TWL is too low then even low rates of work cannot safely
be carried out continuously.
Alternatively GTGC will also launch informational and educational campaign to raise awareness and main-
tain awareness amongst the workforce. Urine charts, informational fliers on heat stress will be posted at
all sites to help employees to self-assess hydration levels.
iii. Communicating the assessment of Environmental heat stress.
Assessment of environmental heat stress shall be communicated through flag system (Visual Communica -
tion) in each area to inform employees of the Heat stress index and actions to take to prevent heat relat-
ed injuries.
Signs will also be posted around the sites and at any rest/shade shelter to remind employees what actions
should be taken to prevent heat related injuries and illness depending on the colour of the flag that is
raised.
GTGC will provide heat stress training to all site engineers and foremen to inform/remind employees,
employees returning from vacation and visitors to the site of hazards of heat stress, sign and symptoms of
heat stress, and steps to be taken to prevent heat stress.
iv. Guidelines for acclimatization and re-acclimatization of employees to hot weather.
People accustomed to working in the heat have adapted to cope better with the conditions. It takes over
two weeks to become fully acclimatized; however adaptation is rapid in first few days.
As per the requirements of section 3.2(b)(i) of OSHAD SF-CoP 11.0-Safty in heat, GTGC has developed a
process for acclimatizing employees to high temperature work environments. The table below from
OSHAD SF-TG-Safety in heat, provide guidance on how to acclimatize and re-acclimatize employees.
v. Medical surveillance.
GTGC will implement medical surveillance system in accordance OSHAD SF-CoP 5.0 to evaluate employees
working in high temperature environment to ensure they are able to perform their assigned duties with-
out substantial risk of harm to themselves or others.
HAAD approved male nurse shall give assistance to contractors appointed qualified occupational physi -
cian licensed by HAAD to make a decisions on the placement of employees into medical surveillance pro-
gram based on the knowledge of the workplace process, job requirements, exposures and occupational
history of the employee.
vi. Drinking Water:
a) Containment
Rest area facilities (Lay down) will have as a minimum 3000 gallon capacity
water tank, which will be monitored by the General Foreman and filled daily. Sample from water tank to
be sent for lab test on monthly basis and records shall be maintained.
a) Water Supply
A service agreement with a local provider is in place that provides refilling of water tanks. Water tanks
will be filled daily. Water test reports (lab test) to be collected and record to be maintained.
c) Cooling Water
Adequate water chiller dispensers will be provided at lay down yard area to cool the water that will be
used in break time. Whereas for remote locations on site sufficient number of large water coolers filled
with cool and fresh water shall be made available nearby working area as per approved plan of welfare
facilities, on daily basis at all the time to serve all operatives in the area.
d) Water Coolers
Sufficient number of large water coolers will be provided in remote locations (approved by company);
these will be regularly refilled by designated water teams. Sufficient number of water coolers will be
provided to allow refilling without leaving the site without water. All water coolers will be sealed with a
date of refill as per company approved refilling methodology. All water coolers will be cleaned by the
water teams each time they are refilled. Cleaning record along with filter change shall be maintained.
Ghanoot will ensure adequate supply of cool drinking water very near to workers exposed to sunlight. Lo -
cations shall be provided for company approval.
e) Water Teams
Water teams will be made up of a driver and a helper using a 3 ton pickup to distribute the
water around site. Adequate number of Water teams will be provided to cover all areas
within the contact; they will change and refill all containers as per company approved methodology.
They will also be contactable for call out if supplies are found to be running low in areas. Water team
contacts will be with the site supervision, H&S teams and posted on the notice boards
vii. Electrolyte Supplements:
GTGC will be using electrolyte replacement, a liquid electrolyte concentrate that contains four essential
electrolytes—sodium, magnesium, potassium, and chloride. Electrolyte Add-In instantly turns water or any
beverage into electrolyte-fueled hydration.
Prior to water teams adding any electrolyte into coolers, Methodology shall be provided to company
based on
 Water analysis
 Data, instructions from the manufacturer of electrolytes also showing the safe mixing percent-
ages and safe mixing methodology.
Water teams will be trained in the mixing of this product in to water coolers as per manufacturer guide
and all operatives will receive a briefing of its use. They will also distribute ice into each water cooler as
an additional measure to keep water cool while out on site. Stocks of electrolyte will be kept with the
store keepers as per manufacturer instructions and MSDs/manufacturer instructions shall be made availa-
ble nearby. Dedicated and competent staff shall be assigned to monitor labor using the water to avoid
(water-electrolyte-imbalance) and to communicate the hazards (associated with water-electrolyte-
imbalance) orally and through informative posters.
viii. Welfare and Shade:
Permanent rest (Lay down) areas will be erected adjacent to the main work areas; these will consist of
the following:
 Toilets facilities
 Wash facilities
 Prayer facilities
 Shaded rest area with seating
 Air Conditioner in the Rest Area
 Drinking water
 First aid facilities
For temporary transient welfare sites identified shaded areas that provide maximum protection from sun-
light will be provided. Drinking water coolers will be positioned in a stand with shading provided to assist
in keeping it cool. Dining area shall be kept clean and maintained on regular basis, all food items shall be
secured and stored properly.
Transportation to and from rest area during approved summer break hours shall be provided by the con-
tractor for all employees. Air conditioned rest areas with proper arrangement of illumination and carpet-
ing to be provided.
For transient works supervisors will have pickups with air conditioning to monitor the works these can be
called on to provide cool rooms if persons are found overheating.
ix. Communication and training:
The risks and controls for heats stress will be discussed with the workforce and displayed on notices.
These communications will be via:
 Specific HSE training on heat stress symbols, prevention etc.

 Pre start briefings
 Specific Tool Box talks
 Safety briefings at the monthly safety awards
 Posters displayed on notice boards
 Through discussion on site during inspections
 Communication of heat index in work locations via flag system.
Training for mixing of electrolytes with the water teams will be carried out by the H&S team.
x. Shift Rotation:
a) Summer Break
The summer mid break shall be observed as per current applicable federal/local laws. During this period
working hours will start from 6am to 12pm and 3pm – 6pm, (As per labor rule).All works in direct sunlight
will cease during the break time, all operatives will be taken to the Rest Area in Lay down Yard.
b) Ramadan
Ramadan has been reported to fall in summer months. Ramadan timing shall be reviewed for Muslim and
non-Muslim workers. All Muslim workers will work from 6am to 12pm per day as per federal/local laws; all
other workers (non-Muslims)will assume normal working hours from 6am to 12pm and 3pm – 6pm, Rama-
dan timing shall be approved by the company and shall be revised and submitted to company for any
change in Ramadan. Additional arrangements for approved shift shall be made as per company instruc-
tions.
c) Hard Labor Rotation

For hard manual labor such as repetitive lifting, carrying, hand digging etc the labor
force will be rotated to allow teams to rest in shade and take on water. The site
supervisors will arrange the workforce to allow such rotation. Rotation shall be arranged based on
TWL chart as per OSHAD SF-CoP-11.0 Safety in heat.
xi. Monitoring and Review
The plan will be monitor by the HSE team using the attached inspection template, which will be filled on
daily basis for each area. Additionally controls will be monitored through the HSE inspection and general
site observations by both HSE and construction teams. Summer Safety Measures status (attached) to be
submitted to client on weekly basis with weekly HSE Performance Statistics Report.
Observations noted for improvement will be discussed with the relevant construction manager or his sub-
ordinates to rectify immediately or as far reasonably practicable within a specific timeframe.
14.37. HANDOVER PROCESS
Definitions
Commissioning - A systematic process of ensuring that all building systems perform interactively accord-
ing to the contract documents, the owner’s objectives and operational needs. This is achieved ideally by
developing and documenting Owner’s Project Requirements beginning in the pre-design phase; continuing
through design, with reviews of design and contract documents; and continuing through construction and
the warranty period with actual verification through review, testing and documentation of performance.
Handover - handing over the completed project to the customer. A formal acceptance is required, indi-
cating the customer’s acceptance that all identified problems have been addressed and that the project
activities have now been completed.
Decommissioning – means equipment dismantling, demolition of temporary project buildings and struc-
tures and environmental remediation of the project site.
Site clearance - is the safe handling and removal of unwanted materials to approved landfills.
Contract Close-out - the completion of the contract and related inspection, correction and acceptance of
the work.
Requirements
GTGC shall continue to control the site when a project work still remains. The associated risk within this
stage to employees and others shall be identified and control measures shall be in place.
To minimize such risks:

 The nature, scope and duration of any demobilization work
 How this work will be managed and by whom
 How the site will be split up and access-controlled to safeguard project employees as well as the us-
er’s employees and/or members of the public.
Construction/Facility Cycle
There are six major phases in the construction/ facilities cycle:
1. Planning and Programming

2. Design
3. Construction
4. Project Closeout/ Commissioning
5. Operations and Maintenance
6. Disposal
During handover activities, leading into the facility operation phase, GTGC shall -
 maintain responsibility for:
 project functions so that issues that arise concerning the project can be addressed;
 performing tests and evaluations to ensure the project can be safely operated as designed
and built;
 work closely with the User to complete acceptance testing and start-up in accordance with planning
documentation developed during earlier project phases;
 obtain documented acceptance of the project by the User organization; and
 hand over project documentation, including:
 environmental and safety (HSE File),
 design basis documents,
 construction drawings and specifications (including as-built documents),
 essential design calculations and proof of performance,
 configuration management documents,
 facility, equipment and system operating and maintenance manuals,
 vendor data,
 project records, and
 Other test results information relevant to continued operation and maintenance activities.
Each shall describe below with its high-level information requirements.
1. Planning and Programming
The planning and programming phase is initiated by the end user organization, which may or may not ul-
timately be the owner of the facility. Information requirements in this phase are driven by the need to
assess the condition, capacity, efficiency, operating costs and location of existing facilities in light of
business requirements to determine whether the organization should acquire a new facility or modify an
existing one(s).
If the determination is made to initiate a facility construction or modification project, the next step is to
detail the requirements, or “program,” for the site/facility, including site requirements. Often this is the
point when the end user organization hires one or more consultants to assist. This step transitions to the
design phase, often with the same consultants.
2. Design
Design is the phase in which the program requirements are translated into a comprehensive physical de-
scription of the project/facility. It is a complex and critical phase, and the one in which the decisions
made and quality of information generated have the greatest influence on the eventual outcome of the
project. This phase, though relatively brief, creates a large amount of the information essential for
downstream facility life cycle phases. There are many specialists involved (architects, civil engineers,
structural engineers, building and production systems engineers, interior designers, cost estimators,
etc.), and these individuals may belong to one or many organizations. Real-time data sharing between
these specialists is critical, yet seldom achieved.
Regulatory requirements include land use, environmental, building code and testing, among others. Fast
track approaches to design and construction began to expand upon the design considerations, introducing
constructability and construction sequencing issues into design. More recently, the principles of design for
manufacturing and assembly have been introduced to the capital facilities industry. Structural design, for
example, has begun to consider the issues of fabrication and assembly. Now “lean construction” tech-
niques have begun to feed back concerns for optimizing utilization of on-site construction materials and
resources, even suggesting a just-in-time design approach whereby the design responds to actual material
and product availability at the start of each construction activity.
The design phase typically concludes with the procurement of construction services. However, in project
deliveries approaches such as design/ build, project alliances and engineer/ procure/ construct, the de-
sign phase and construction phase are more continuous.
3. Construction
Construction is the phase during which the facility’s physical description becomes a reality. This is the
phase most analogous to manufacturing because it involves the coordination of material and product de-
liveries, subassembly activity by subcontractors and sequencing and execution of on-site activities.
Additional activities include management of environmental and safety programs and meeting various in-
spection and testing standards.
Organizational relationships during the construction phase vary considerably with delivery method (de-
sign/ bid/ build, design/ build, engineer/ procure/ construct, construction manager at risk) and with pro-
ject type (infrastructure, commercial building, process plant).
4. Project Close-out / Commissioning
When a facility/project is deemed substantially complete and the end user can begin occupying and/ or
using the facility, closeout begins. This is a very brief phase that marks the transition from construction
to operations. It is often the last opportunity to gather facility information from the design and construc-
tion teams. For this reason, the handover point from Construction to Closeout/
Commissioning is considered the most critical in the site/facility cycle.
1. Closeout
In the Closeout/ Commissioning phase, the construction work is accepted by the owner, necessary docu-
mentation is turned over, training is conducted, retained monies are released and a final project ac-
counting is made. Listed below are typical closeout activities.
GTGC shall –
 conduct a post-implementation review to solicit feedback on the project from other stakeholders and
generate a post implementation report, including lessons learned, as future reference for Project
Managers;
 perform administrative closeout, including:
 team members’ project exit interviews and performance reviews, and
 archive all relevant project-related material, documents produced, decisions made, issues raised,
HSE and closure reports and correspondence exchanged in the project repository;
 create a turnover punch list with outstanding action items to be reviewed and documented to ensure
that they have been completed to the satisfaction of the Project and User organizations; a
 Obtain formal confirmation that with the handover of the project deliverables from the Project Or-
ganization to the User Organization, the Project Sponsors and Users officially accepted the project
deliverables.
Although every construction project is closed out, not all are commissioned.
2. Commissioning
This information is handed over, frequently as paper documents, by the construction team. With facili-
ty/project commissioning, the information requirements derive, in addition, from earlier cycle phases.
The original facility program defines requirements in terms of the functional, environmental and econom-
ic needs of the owner and of the persons using the facility. During the design phase, those needs are
translated into physical reality through product searches and selection, calculations and analyses, sketch -
es and drawings, specifications and other descriptive forms. A wealth of information is produced in this
phase beyond what is handed off to construction. The concept of continuous commissioning suggests that
the information requirements of the commissioning phase be considered from the moment of project
conception and that those requirements be captured and documented every step along the way.
During this phase, GTGC shall -

 assign, as early as during project mobilization, a Commissioning Manager with prior relevant experi -
ence to work with all internal and external stakeholders throughout the project implementation;
 define the commissioning phase in detail in the project management plan; and
 assign responsibility and authority to the team that will incorporate checks and balances to ensure
that the documentation, manufacturing requirements, systems, equipment, and operations are inte-
grated, validated and accepted.
5. Operations and Maintenance
The operations and maintenance phase is the longest and the most costly. Therefore, it is the cycle phase
that would benefit most from information handovers in structured form.
Information requirements for the operations and maintenance phase include legal, financial and physical
aspects of the facility. Users of this information include owners, operators (including site/facility manag-
ers and property managers), tenants, vendors and service providers.
 Physical information derives almost entirely from the closeout/ commissioning phase: equipment
and system operating parameters, warranties, inspection and maintenance schedules, mainte-
nance and cleaning products and tools and spare parts.
 Legal information includes leases, zoning and building codes and safety and environmental regu-
lations.
 Financial information includes lease or operating revenue, depreciation schedules and operations
and maintenance costs.
In addition, the operations and maintenance phase generates its own information base, which can be
used to improve facility performance and which informs decisions about expanding or disposing of the
facility. This information includes production or occupancy levels, service requests, maintenance sched-
ules, inspection reports, work orders, equipment downtime, operating costs and maintenance costs.
Finally, there are projects that impact the facility during the operations and maintenance phase.
Examples include tenant build outs, additions and renovations and major systems or equipment upgrades.
Each of these projects has its own life cycle and information requirements and sources.
A major challenge with these projects is accurately updating the overall facility information base with
the project-specific changes.
6. Decommissioning
Decommissioning of a site/facility can be via a transfer of the asset or demolition. If the site/facility is to
be sold, critical information will include both financial and physical performance data: production capaci-
ty or percent leased, land value, remaining life of building systems and equipment and environmental
remediation requirements.
For demolition, information requirements include, types and quantities of materials to be removed, envi-
ronmental remediation requirements, salvage value of equipment and materials and force required to
collapse the structure. Some of these information requirements extend back to the design phase calcula-
tions and analyses.
GTGC shall –
 develop a site decommissioning plan;
 develop a staffing plan for the final phase of the project that plans the reduction in project staffing
levels;
 plan with the professional service firms to reach agreement on a timetable for winding down their
services as the project concludes;
 identify and retrieve excess material or equipment from any Subcontractors;
 clear away and remove from the site all plant, surplus materials, waste and temporary works;
 restore all temporary land take as close as practicable to its original condition and/or as specified in
the project scope;
 Demonstrate regulatory compliance in decommissioning and site clearance activities.
Analysis and review
The outstanding actions on the snag list shall be reviewed regularly to ensure effective closure. The doc-
umentation in the project repository serves as future reference for other Project Managers.
Documents
The GTGC HSE File and relevant project documentation is handed over to the User Organization during
handover. Records of the handling and removal of waste to licensed landfills shall be kept in the project
repository.
The Project Organization retains a full set of project documentation in the project repository for future
internal reference.
Training
The commissioning phase shall be managed by a suitably qualified and experienced Commissioning Pro-
vider.
Operations and Maintenance employees shall be trained in the operation and maintenance of equipment
before commencement of the operations phase.
SECTION 16 – ADDENDUM
Attached Ghantoot Policies, HSE Forms & HSE Checklist
ADDENDUM
ORGANISATION STRUCTURE
QUALITY POLICY STATEMENT
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND

SAFETY POLICY STATEMENT
ENVIRONMENT POLICY
STATEMENT
HSE FORMS & CHECKLISTS
ORGANISATION
STRUCTURE
QUALITY POLICY STATEMENT
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND
SAFETY POLICY STATEMENT
ENVIRONMENT POLICY
STATEMENT
HSE FORMS
GHANTOOT GROUP (Roads & Infrastructure Division) HSE FORMS TABLE
OF CONTENT
Sr. No Title Revision Date

Reference no
1 EHS INDUCTION TRAINING FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/IT-23/REV.02 2 05 MAY- 2018
2 TOOL BOX TALK ATTENDANCE SHEET GTGC/EHS-FORM/TBT-02/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
3 EHSTRAINING GTGC/EHS-FORM/T-03 REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
4 SITE SAFETY INSPECTION FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/SSI-04/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
5 MONTHLY EHS STATISTICS REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/MHR-05/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
6 GENERAL WORK PERMIT GTGC/EHS-FORM/GWP-06/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
7 EXCAVATION WORK PERMIT GTGC/EHS-FORM/EWP-07/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
8 HOT WORK PERMIT GTGC/EHS-FORM/HWP-08/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
9 CONFINED SPACE WORK PERMIT GTGC/EHS-FORM/CWP-09/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
10 STARRT FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/ST-10/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
11 ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENT REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/EIR-11/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
12 EHS MONTHLY AUDIT FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/MA-12/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
13 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/IIR-13/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
14 NEAR MISS REPORT FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/ WIR-14/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
15 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REGISTER GTGC/EHS-FORM/IR-15/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
16 NEAR MISS REGISTER GTGC/EHS-FORM/NR-16/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
17 TRAINING FEADBACK FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/TF-17/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
18 JOB SAFETY HAZARD ANALYSIS GTGC/EHS-FORM/JSA-18/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018

FORM
19 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLAINT GTGC/EHS-FORM/ECF-19/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
FORM
20 FIRST AID EQUIPMENTS FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/PPE-20/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
21 FIRST AID REPORT FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/FAR-21/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
22 YELLOW CARD FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/YC-22/REV.2 2 05 MAY- 2018

Health, Safety and Environment Induction Report
Project Name & No:
Location: Date: Time:
I understand and agree to follow all Company Safety Rules and Regulations.
‫أوا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻖاﺑﻘﻮ ﻟﻌﻤﻞا ﻧﯿﻦوﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ا ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔوا ﻟﺼﺤﺔاﻟﻤﮭﻨﯿﺔ‬
Topics
Project Introduction QHSE Policy Location & Use of FE Permit to Work
Emergency Procedures Working Hrs First Aid Provisions Electrocution
Evacuation Lay out Plans Tool Box Talks Medical facilities Excavation
Emergency contact No’s PPE requirements Safe Work Practice Works at Height
Assembly Points Smoking Policy Environmental Protection Lifting
Site Transportations Housekeeping Waste Management Color coding
Near miss Reporting Incident Reporting Works with Live utilities Others
Attendees:
S/ No. ID No. Name Designation Signature
10
Induction Conducted By
(Name & Signature)
GHANTOOT.EHS INDUCTION TRAINING REPORT GTGC-EHS/FORM/IR-01.REV.2

GTGC-EHS/FORM/TBT-02
REV.2
Ghantoot Transport & General Contracting LLC. (GTGC)
Roads Division & Infrastructure Division
Project:……………………………………………………………….
TOOL BOX TALK
Date : ‫اﻟﺘﺎرﯾﺦ‬ Project : ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
Topic : ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮع‬
Safety Questions and / or Recommendations Developed During Meeting

‫ا ﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔواﻷﻗﺘﺮاﺣﺎت ا ﻟﺘﻰطﺧﻼ ﺮﺣﺖل اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎع‬
Supervisor Signature : ‫ﺗﻮﻗﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﺸﺮف‬
Action Taken on Above Suggestion or Questions : ‫اﻻﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺬة ردا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ و اﻻﻗﺘﺮاﺣﺎت‬
HSSE Supervisors Signature : ‫ﺗﻮﻗﯿﻊ ﻣﺸﺮف اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ واﻟﺼﺤﺔ اﻟﻤﮭﻨﯿﺔ‬

No . Badge Employees Name Title Signature
‫ر ﻗﻢاﻟﻜﺎرﻧﯿﺔ‬ ‫ا ﺳﻢاﻟﻤﻮظﻒ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﮭﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮﻗﯿﻊ‬
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
GTGC-EHS/FORM/TBT-02
REV.2
13
14
15
Tool Box Talk (Cont'd)
-Job description Steps.

- Associated Hazards.
- Control Measures.
- Additional Precautions.
Ghantoot Transport &Gen. Cont. LLC.,
Roads & Infrastructure Division
Project: ………………………………………………………
HSE Training Record
Instructors Name : Date :

Type of Training : Time :
Location of Training : Duration :
Description of Training :
No. Name Company Title I.D. Signature
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
GTGC-EHSTRAINING GTGC-EHS FORM/T-03 REV.2

Ghantoot Transport General Contracting LLC.
(Roads Infrastructure Division)
X indicates Serious Concern / Some Concern / No Concern / Full

Site HSE Inspection (SSI) Relevant Item No Compliance Some Compliance Compliance
Project:
Inspection Date:
Safety Critical / High Risk Operations
Deep excavations
Lifting operations in progress
Fall protection (shafts / risers)
Leading Edges (review suitability of control measures)
Scaffolding (+10m / General Access / Lightweight / Staging)
Confined space / Lone working
Working adjacent to or over water
Hot works (Electric Arc / Gas Welding and Cutting / Brazing)
Preparation for night works (lighting / security / first aid / supervision)
Working in the vicinity of live electrical systems
Access / Egress
Vehicle management within site boundary
Pedestrian access to work areas
Pedestrian access above ground level
Separation of people and moving plant / machinery
General access signage
3rd party measures / public safety
Site security arrangements
Mobile Plant / Heavy Equipment
Earthmovers / Scrapers / Back Hoe operation
Forklifts / Telehandlers operation
Mobile cranes / Tower & Self erecting crane operation
Material lifts / Material hoists
Elevating work platform operation (e.g. MEWP / MCWP / Cradle / Boom)
Generator sets / Compressors / Pumps
Bowsers / Tankers / Wagons
Specialist Plant
General Tools & Equipment
Ladders / Step Ladders / Trestles
Mobile Towers
Landing platfroms / loading bays
Wire ropes / Lifting chains
Fabric straps / strops
Lifting accessories (eye bolts / shackles etc)
Chain blocks / Turfor
Grinders / Cutting tools
General hand Tools
Condition of Workshops
Electrical Safety
Site distribution boards (Security)
Site distribution boards (RCD, Breakers / Earth)
Spiders / Spliters / Connectors
Extension leads
Power tools
Transformers
Task / General Lighting
220v + (Permissions / Permits)
Permit Control
Hot work permits
ESSW (Electrical Safe System of Work)
Other permits (e.g. excavation / confined spaces)
Materials Movement & Storage
Material & container storage / stacking
Material movement around the workplace
Storage of materials inside the building
Storage of materials outside the building
Control of scrap material
General housekeeping and waste management (external)
General housekeeping and waste management (internal)
Seperation of people and material / material movement
Emergency Procedures & Fire Precautions
Placement, quantity and suitability of fire fighting equipment
Visibility of fire fighting equipment / emergency route signage
Emergency routes clear of blockages
Flammable materials and chemicals stored properly
EHS SITE SAFETY INSPECTION FORM 1 GTGC/EHS-FORM/SSI-04/REV.2

Oxygen and combustibles separated
Containers labelled as to content
"E" friendly fire extinguishers properly located and inspected
Flash-back arrestors installed on both ends of each hose
Compressed gas cylinders properly maintained
Containment of hot work and welding screens as required
Regulator gauges properly attached and maintained
Trolleys being used for gas cylinders
Chains used to secure gas cylinders individually
No smoking and other required signs posted
Cigarette butts contained and disposed of correctly
Assembley areas (location / signage / accessibility)
Other

Availability & Correct Use of PPE & Life Safety Equipment
Head protection
High visibility clothing / vests
Hand protection
Eye protection / Impact Face Shields & Goggles
Hearing protection
Fall protection equipment (Harness / Lanyard / Inertia Reel)
Foot protection
Respiratory protection
Job specific PPE (e.g. Welding / Gas Cutting / Electrical)
Hazardous Substances / Materials / Fuels
On site storage of hazardous substances / materials (COSHH)
On site storage of oils / fuels
On site storage of gas cylinders
Handling of hazardous substances / materials
Disposal of hazardous materials / waste
Contamination protection (e.g. bunds / drop trays / spill kits)
Communication / display of MSDS
Welfare Facilities / First Aid & Medical Arrangements
Toilets
Water Stations
Shaded areas / Rest areas
First Aid facility / Adequate first aiders
Food preparation / eating areas
Excavation
Sloped and shored properly - no signs of caving in
Overburden at least 1 metre away from edge
Access and egress provided 25 ft from start and every 50 ft thereafter
De-watering being done as required
Adequate positive barricading provided and maintained
Daily documented inspections conducted
Spoil, if contaminated, disposed of correctly in approved dump sites
Working space
Others
Scaffolds and Ladders
Proper access and egress provided
Inspected and Tagged correctly
Proper ladder for the job performed / properly secured
Proper angle and protruding above the landing by 1 metre
Sole boards under base plates / jacks
Frame plumb and adequately braced
Tied into structure at correct levels or outriggers used where necessary
Platform boarded for full width of scaffold and locked / tied down
Slip clips provided where necessary
Toe boards (kick plates) provided all round
Knee and hand rails provided
Other
0 0 0
Key Inspection Score
Serious Concern / No Compliance Items Scored

Some Concern / Some Compliance Possible Score
No Concern / Full Compliance Inspection Score
Final % Inspection Score
Action Required & Close Out AMS Action Closed

Item Action By Y/N Y/N

Inspection Carried out by:
Present during the inspection (List name / position)

Ghantoot Transport General Contracting LLC (GTGC),Roads Infrastructure Division
Project:
PROJECT MONTHLY HSE REPORT

Date :
REPORT NO. Project Commencment Date Month Ending
1. Major Activities during the Month :
2. Major Activities for the coming Month:
3. Major HSSE Concerns :
4. HSSE Achievements :
5. Brief of the Specialised Training Conducted :
6. Brief About Incidents during the month (Fatality, Lost Time Cases and High Potential Near miss & Environmental Issues) : None
* In case of a occupational illness give details separately GTGC-EHS-Form-MHR-05 Rev 2

** Graphical Trend Analysis to be attached every month 1of3
Project:

Date :
7. Health, Safety, Security &Environment (HSSE) Statistics ( See Attachment)
S No. Description La st Total Thi s Period Total to Date Remarks
1 Headcount / Hour
1.1 Staff & Workers (including subcontractors) (Ave./Day)
1.2 Man-hours Worked (Cumulative)
2 Occupational Injuries
2.1 Fatalities (F)
2.2 Permanent Total Disabilities (PTD)
2.3 Lost Workday Cases (LWDC)
2.4 Total Number of Reportable Injuries (RI)
2.5 Man-days Lost due to injury (New)
2.6 Man-days Lost due to injury (Ongoing)
2.7 Non Reportable Injuries (NRI)
2.8 Number of Man-days Lost due to Non Reportable Injury
2.9 Medical Treatment Cases (MTC)
2.1 First Aid Injuries (FAI)**
2.11 Occupational Illness*
3 Other Information’s
3.1 Near Miss Incidents**
3.2 Dangerous Occurrences
3.3 Property Damage Cases
3.4 Fire Incidents
3.5 Vehicle Incidents
3.6 Marine Incidents
3.7 Security Incidents

Project:

Date :
S No. Description La st Total Thi s Period Total to Date Remarks

4
4.1 Spillage
4.2 Discharge
4.3 Complaints
No. of vehicles, equipment required to stop due to maintenance
4.4 issues, such as gross exhaust emissions or noise.
5 HSSE Enforcement
5.1 No. of HSSE Notices
5.2 No. of HSSE Non Conformance Reports
5.3 No. of HSSE Stop Work Notices
5.4 No. of Speeding incidents recorded
6 Key Performance Indicators
6.1 Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIF)
6.2 Injury Incident Rate (IIR)
6.3 No. of Man-hours Worked since the last R.I
6.4 Safety Inspections by Senior Management
6.5 Internal / External HSSE Audits
6.6 Specialised Training
6.7 Number of Persons Trained

6.8 Internal Safety Meeting Held by Senior Management

GHANTOOT TRANSPORT & GENERAL CONTRACTING LLC. (Roads & Infrastructure Division)
GENERAL WORK PERMIT (ROUTINE PROCEDURE, HIGH RISK)
PERMIT TO WORK NO: DATE:

PROJECT: LOCATION:
CONTRACTOR: Ghantoot Group - Roads Division CONSULTANT:
PMC: EMPLOYER:
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION & NOS.:
JOB DESCRIPTION:
PERMITS REQUIRED:  electrical isolation permit  excavation permit  other

 hot work permit  confined space permit  nil required
HAZARDS:  energy sources  moving plant / equipment  hot surfaces

 ground disturbance  working at height  hazardous substances  other
 lifting operations  confined space  environmental
CONTROL MEASURES:
SPECIFIC PPE:  hearing protection  safety harness  dust mask

 hot work clothing  rubber boots  goggles  other
 face shield  gloves (type)  chemical suit
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:  confined space entry cert.  excavation checklist  list of personnel
 task risk assessment  method statement  drawings  tool box talk record
REVIEW AND AUTHORIZATION:

I, the approving authority, have inspected the work area and hereby confirm it is safe to perform this task under the conditions of this permit.
Name:………………………………….………….… Signature……………………………………….. Date…………..……………………...
I, the permit coordinator, have reviewed this permit and supporting doc.s and confirm that they are in compliance with the permit procedure.
I, the performing authority, accept the conditions stipulated in this permit and confirm that all control measures and isolations are in place.
CLOSE OUT:
 THE WORK IS COMPLETE
 THE WORK IS INCOMPLETE AND LEFT IN THE FOLLOWING CONDITION (STATE REASON):
Performing authority: I declare that the work for which this permit was issued has been properly performed, and that the area has been left in a safe, clean, condition.
Approving authority: I have inspected the work area and declare that the work for which this permit was issued has been properly performed, and that the area has been
left in a safe, clean,
PTW coordinator: I declare that this permit to work has been closed out as per permit to work procedure and been logged into the permit to work register under the
document control group (DCG)
GHANTOOT EHS GENERAL WORK PERMIT (ROUTINE PROCEDURE, HIGH RISK)
GTGC –General Work Permit GTGC/EHS-FORM/GWP -06 REV.2

EXCAVATION WORK PERMIT

PROJECT: LOCATION:
CONTRACTOR: Ghantoot Group, Roads Division CONSULTANT:
PMC: EMPLOYER:
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION & NOS.:
EXCAVATION DESCRIPTION:
Approximate Dimensions: Length (m): Width (m): Depth (m):

Excavation commencement:  Mechanical excavation  Hand tools only
SITE PREPARATION:  Pilot trenches to be hand dug  Drawing to be provided  other

 Machine use allowed after pilot
 All services located/marked  Shoring/Benching to be applied
trenching
PARTICULAR HAZARDS & CONTROL MEASURES:

SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:  confined space entry cert.  excavation checklist  list of personnel
 task risk assessment  method statement  drawings  tool box talk record
CLOSE OUT:
GHANTOOT EXCAVATION WORK PERMIT
GTGC –Excavation Work Permit GTGC/EHS-FORM/EXWP -07 REV.2

HOT WORK PERMIT

PERMIT TO WORK
DATE:
NO:
PROJECT: LOCATION:
PMC: EMPLOYER
NATURE OF HOT WORK:
IGNITION SOURCE:  electrical equipment  tools  other

 open flame  vehicle  extension leads

SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT:  Fire blanket  Safety barriers/signs  other

 Fire Extinguisher  Fire hose  Portable gas detector
GAS TEST RECORD:

Frequency of tests: Continuous monitoring : Yes/No
Date/Time
Tester
O2 % (19.5˂ % ˂22.5)
LEL% (% ˂ 10)
Other

CLOSE OUT:
 THE WORK IS INCOMPLETE AND LEFT IN THE FOLLOWING CONDITION (STATE REASON)
GHANTOOT EHS Hot Work Permit
GTGC –HOT Work Permit GTGC/EHS-FORM/HWP -08REV.2

CONFINED SPACE WORK PERMIT

PROJECT: LOCATION:
PMC: EMPLOYER:
REASON FOR CONFINED SPACE ENTRY:
EQUIPMENT TO BE USED INSIDE THE SPACE:
SPACE HAVE BEEN ISOLATED

 Mechanical and/or Electrical drives  Sludge; Deposits; Wastes;  Warning signs posted
OR MADE SAFE
 All electrical supply services
 Pipelines (Water; Steam; Gases;  Locks and Tags securely attached
(Including batteries and emergency  other
Raw Material; Product etc) to isolation points
backup)
SPECIFIC PPE:  hearing protection  safety harness  chemical suit

 Air purifying respiratory
 rubber boots  goggles  dust mask
protection devices
 Supplied air respirators  face shield  gloves (type)  other
 Adequate access and egress  Are personal monitors required to  Have the Risk Assessment & Safe Work
PERMIT CHECKLIST:
provided to access ways/entrances be used by entrants Procedures been prepared and documented
 All access ways secured in an  Adequate access and egress  Is there a confined space rescue
 other
open position provided to internal work platforms plan in place
 Have entry and emergency
 Adequate supply of fresh air  Are ladders required for internal
instructions been given to observer /
available for the Duration access
stand-by person(s)
GAS TEST RECORD:

Frequency of tests: Continuous monitoring : Yes/No
Date/Time
Tester
O2 % (19.5˂ % ˂22.5)
LEL% (% ˂ 10)
Other
PERSONNEL PERMITTED ENTRY:

I understand the procedures required for entry and work in the confined space and the protective measures and equipment to be used.

I, the permit coordinator, have reviewed this permit and supporting doc. and confirm that they are in compliance with the permit procedure.
CLOSE OUT:
Approving authority: I have inspected the work area and declare that the work for which this permit was issued has been properly performed, and that the area has been left
in a safe, clean,
GTGC –Confined Space Work Permit GTGC/EHS-FORM/CWP -09 REV.2
GHANTOOT TRANSPORT &GENERAL CONTRACTING. LLC.
(ROADS & INFRASTRUCTURE DIVISION)
SAFETY TASK ANALYSIS RISK REDUCTION TALK FORM (STARRT)
ELECTRICAL N/A Y N HAZARDS (ENVIRONMENTAL) – continued N/A Y N

LOCKED & TAGGED HOT/COLD SURFACES/MATERIALS
TRY & TEST N OISE
DISCONNECTED HEAT STRESS/COLD STRESS
EXCAVATION & TRENCHING N/A Y N PROPER EQUIPMENT N/A Y N
SHORED/SLOPED M AN LIFT
LADDER PROVIDED FORKLIFT
DAILY INSPECTION CURRENT INSPECTIONS
ENTRY PERMIT JLG LIFT
HAZARDS (BODY) N/A Y N CRANE
FALL POTENTIAL (FALL FROM HEIGHTS) CHAIN FALL
PINCH POINTS HAND TOOLS
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAND POWER TOOLS

HOUSEKEEPING OPERATOR CERTIFICATIONS
SLIP/TRIP (FALL TO SAME LEVEL) PROPER RIGGING

FLYING PARTICLES TRUCK, TRACTORS, ETC.
THERMAL BURNS STANDBY PERSON (SAFETY WATCH) N/A Y N
C
MANUAL LIFTING ONFINED SPACE
FI
SHARP OBJECTS RE WATCH (HOT WORK)
PERMITS N/A Y N SANDBLAST WATCH
HOT WORK TRAFFIC WATCH (FLAG PERSON)
CONFINED SPACE WELDING N/A Y N
HIEL
EXCAVATION S DS
FIRE
CRITICAL LIFT BLANKET
PERSONNEL BASKET FIRE EXTINGUISHER
OVERHEAD WORK OR FLOOR OPENINGS N/A Y N CYLINDERS SECURED
FIXED BARRICADES COMBUSTIBLES/FLAMMABLES REMOVED
SP
(TAPE) DANGER ARKS CONTAINED
(TAPE) CAUTION PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) N/A Y N
BARRICADE TAGS AL GWORK GLOVES
SIGNS CH EMIC LOVES
HOLE COVER/CLEAT ANTI-VIBRATION GLOVES
HANDRAILS/TOE BOARDS RAIN GEAR
PROCESS EQUIPMENT N/A Y N RU SAFETY SHOES (STEEL TOES) OR FOOT GUARDS
VALVES LOCKED ONO BBER BOOTS
TAGS HUNG M GOGGLES
BLINDS INSTALLED AND TAGGED SH AI FACE SHIELD
PROOFED FRE R SUPPLY/VENTILATION PROVISIONS
HAZARDS (CHEMICAL) N/A Y N EAR PROTECTION
MSDS(S) REVIEWED SAFETY HARNESS/FALL PROTECTION
CHEMICAL BURN POTENTIAL WELDING GOGGLES
SKIN/EYE IRRITANT AFET HARD HAT
INHALATION S Y GLASSES
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT N/A Y N RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
FIRE EXTINGUISHER PRINT EMPLOYEE NAME: EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE:
SAFETY SHOWER
EYEWASH
PERMIT DISPLAYED
ALL CONDITIONS MET
EVACUATION
ASSEMBLY AREA
HAZARDS (ENVIRONMENTAL) N/A Y N
AIRBORNE PARTICLES
VAPORS
GTGC-STARRT FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/STARRT-10/REV.2

Ghantoot Transport &General Contracting. LLC. (Roads & Infrastructure Division)
Environmental Incident Report
Environmental Incident Form
This form is to be completed for ALL environmental incidents that occur due to construction works or on work sites.
Project Name (or Work Order No.):
Location of incident: Date of incident:
Time of incident:
Description of incident (also provide sketch and photographs if possible):
Type of Spill (fuel, oil, waste or Erosion or sedimentation Contaminated water discharge
incident: other polluting substance) incident (i.e. other than solely sediment,
turbidity)
□ □ □
Noise Emission/Complaint Unauthorized/accidental Unauthorized/accidental
damage to archaeological / removal or harm of vegetation
heritage item
□ □ □
Extent of incident (provide area, volume, of Estimate distance to nearest waterway (includes storm water
material escaped/causing incident and of drains, drainage channels, groundwater):
suspected receptors):
Type of activity that caused incident (i.e. what works were in progress at time of incident):
GTGC ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENT REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/EIR-11 REV.1

Ghantoot Transport &General Contracting. LLC. (Roads & Infrastructure Division)
Environmental Incident Report
Environmental Incident Form
This form is to be completed for ALL environmental incidents that occur due to construction works or on work sites.
What immediate actions/control measures were taken to rectify or contain the incident:
What corrective/preventive actions have been initiated:
Name: Position:
Signature: Date:
Reporting
Report to Senior Management: By (provide name, position, contact details): Date:
Report to Environment Agency (if By (provide name, position, contact details): Date:
applicable)
GTGC ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENT REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/EIR-11 REV.1

GTGC-EHS -IIRR FORM-REV.2
Injury as Total
Incident/ Property Total Root
ADEHSMS Name of per Trade/ Operation Experince Root Cause Root Cause
Sl. No. Date Month Incident/Accident Description Location Time Accident Body part Days Lost damage/co Company Age experienc UA/UC Cause Remarks
Classification Injured medical Profession category in the Supervsion Individual
Cause st e Mgmt
terms company
Ghantoot Transport &Gen.Cont.LLC., Roads & Infrastructure Division
MONTHLY HSE SITE AUDIT REPORT
PROJECT :
HSE AUDITOR(S): DATE :
Satis- Unsatis-
1 Housekeeping - Work and Outside Areas Comments
facatory facatory
1 Project work areas are clean and free of excess trash, debris
2 Walkways and passageways clear and free of tripping hazards - hoses & leads elevated
3 Material or equipment properly stacked and stored
4 Scrap material free of protruding nails, other puncture & "E" hazards
5 Trash receptacles are provided for work areas and emptied regularly, and water kegs
6 Barricades, and/or rebar caps installed and maintained
7 Adequate ventilation for work being performed
8 Enough toilets provided and well serviced
9 Ground free of pollution (oil & fuel spillages)
10 Containment and disposal of ablution/wash water run-off
11 Storage areas tidy
12 Drinking water provided
13 Other;
Satis- Unsatis-
2 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Comments
facatory facatory
1 Hard hats worn and maintained as required
2 Hearing protection worn as required
3 Eye protection required and worn in a proper manner
4 Proper foot protection worn for job performed
5 Face shield or goggles worn as required
6 Helpers also provided with the correct protective equipment
7 Specialised PPE; respirators, gloves, chemical resistant garments
8 Hand gloves & Reflective Jackets
Satis- Unsatis-
3 Fall Protection and Elevated Positions Comments
facatory facatory
1 Body harness worn / applied correctly
2 2 Lanyards provided on each harness
3 Lanyards secured to suitable anchorage
4 Anchorage & static lines capable of supporting 2 450 kgs (5 000 lbs)
5 Perimeter guarding / barricading around danger zones
6 Fall protection used only for fall protection and no other purpose
7 Fall protection maintained and inspected during current period
8 Tools tied to prevent them falling
9 Tools and material raised and lowered by rope in correct container
10 Floor opening guarded correctly
11 Personnel trained in correct use of fall protection
12 Other
Satis- Unsatis-
4 Excavations Comments
facatory facatory
1 Sloped and shored properly - no signs of caving in
2 Overburden at least 1 metre away from edge
3 Access and egress provided 25 ft from start and every 50 ft thereafter
4 De-watering being done as required
5 Adequate positive barricading provided and maintained
6 Daily documented inspections conducted
7 Spoil, if contaminated, disposed of correctly in approved dump sites
Working space
8 Others
Satis- Unsatis-
5 Scaffolds and Ladders Comments
facatory facatory
1 Proper access and egress provided
2 Inspected and Tagged correctly
3 Proper ladder for the job performed / properly secured
4 Proper angle and protruding above the landing by 1 metre
GTGC - MONTHLY HSE AUDIT FORM GTGT/EHS-FORM/MHSE-AUDIT-12/REV.2

PROJECT :
5 Sole boards under base plates / jacks

6 Frame plumb and adequately braced
7 Tied into structure at correct levels or outriggers used where necessary
8 Platform boarded for full width of scaffold and locked / tied down
9 Slip clips provided where necessary
10 Toe boards (kick plates) provided all round
11 Knee and hand rails provided
12 Other
Satis- Unsatis-
6 Lifting Equipment and Practices Comments
facatory facatory
1
Chainfalls, come-a-longs and chokers in good condition
2 Hooks provided with safety latches
3 Softeners used as required
4 Proper rigging techniques used and safe work loads not exceeded
5 Inspected and colour coded for current period
6 Tag lines used to control loads & manned at all times
7 Danger zones barricaded and personnel kept out
8 Load test certificates available and still valid
9 Other
Satis- Unsatis-
7 Vehicles / Mobile Equipment Comments
facatory facatory
1 Lights, brakes, horns, alarms and all safety devices working properly
2 Seat belts provided and used
3 Mirrors provided, good condition and correctly focused
4 Windows clean and free of cracks / damage
5 "E" friendly fire extinguishers provided and in good working order
6 Free of fuel, oil and water leaks before equipment mobilisation
7 Properly maintained and leaks repaired as they occur
8 Equipment used properly
9 Licenses or certifications as required
10 Other
Satis- Unsatis-
8 Tools and Equipment Comments
facatory facatory
Electrical tools & cords - condition good and current inspection done
1 Electrical equipment properly weatherproofed - all plugs & connections safe
2 Adequate machine guards correctly fitted in all necessary locations.
3 Tools are maintained in a safe condition, properly carried and stored
4 Earth Leakage relays provided on all circuits
5 Pneumatic / hydraulic hose connections properly secured & leak free
6 Whip checks provided on hose connections
7 Proper tools used for the job performed - no rebar impact tools
8 Proper adjustment on work rest and wheels properly dressed on bench grinders
9 Drip trays provided for static machines
10 Grinding disc speeds compatible with machine speeds
11 Compressed air not being used to blow personnel clean
12 Other
Satis- Unsatis-
9 Fire Protection Comments
facatory facatory
1 Flammable materials and chemicals stored properly
2 Oxygen and combustibles separated
3 Containers labelled as to content
4 "E" friendly fire extinguishers properly located and inspected
5 Flash-back arrestors installed on both ends of each hose

PROJECT :
6 Compressed gas cylinders properly maintained

7 Containment of hot work and welding screens as required
8 Regulator gauges properly attached and maintained
9 Trolleys being used for gas cylinders
10 Chains used to secure gas cylinders individually
11 Cylinders being transported in safe cages
12 No smoking and other required signs posted
13 Cigarette butts contained and disposed of correctly
14 Other
Satis- Unsatis-
10 Legal Requirements Comments
facatory facatory
1 Required persons appointed
2 Safety Representative appointed
3 Safety committee meetings attended and minutes kept
4 Safety topics covered in toolbox talks
5 Health topics covered in toolbox talks
6 MSDS' available for all hazardous materials
7 Personnel trained on MSDS'
8 Job related hazards, including environmental, identified and record kept
9 Procedures written to mitigate hazards
10 Personnel trained on all procedures, including environmental
11 Procedures being followed - e.g. confined space, lead, asbestos, etc.
12 Other
Satis- Unsatis-
11 Environmental Aspects Comments
facatory facatory
1 Environmental RAP performed on overall activities
2 Environmental impact plan in place
3 Aspects register kept
4 Aspects register reviewed and updated regularly
5 Environmental Protection Officer appointed
6 "E" unfriendly substances used, transported & stored in accordance with requirements
7 "E" unfriendly waste collected in separate, material specific bins
8 "E" unfriendly waste disposed of in approved dump sites with record of disposal
9 Noise generation minimised
10 Dust & grit suppression/containment plan in place and maintained
11 Environmental aspects covered in toolbox talks
12 Sewers and drains protected against contamination
13 Site establishment caters for ground and water pollution prevention
14 Other
Satis- Unsatis-
12 Confined Spaces Comments
facatory facatory
1 Risk assessment incorporated in the method statement
2 Operatives trained and well verse of the procedure
3 Permit to Work system in place
4 Confined space procedures strictly enforced
5 Rescue team properly trained and on standby during operations
6 Specific duties & responsibilities discussed with each operative
7 Emergency plan in place
8 Engineering controls in place
9 Rescue equipment available
10 Costant monitoring of the space during operations
11 Entrants provided with necessary PPE
12 Fire prevention equipment in place
13 Work closely monitored by a competent person
14 Other

PROJECT :
Other Observations:

GHANTOOT TRANSPORT & GENERAL CONTRACTING LLC, ROADS &
INFRASTRUCTURE DIVISION
Incident Report and Investigation Form

HSE Incident and Investigation Report
This document must be used to report all HSE incident, in accordance with the requirements specified in SOP’HSE Incident
Reporting, and in `key requirements for contractors; Contractors are reminded that in addition to providing this report to Client,
they are required to meet the notification and reporting requirements specified by their HSE Sector Regulatory Authority. Upon completion
of this report, retain a copy and submit promptly to hse.roads@ghantootgroup.ae
INCIDENT DETAILS
Incident date: Incident time Date/time reported
Reported by Employer of person
reporting
Incident type
Fatality Journey Harm to animal
Injury Property Damage Spill/Release/Discharge to Air
Occupational Injury Unsafe condition Spill/Release/Discharge to Land
Near Miss Harm to Vegetation Harm Spill/Release/Discharge to Water
Details of Injured person(s)(if Applicable)
name age/sex
position nationality
date of hire/ID contact details
name age/sex
position nationality
date of hire/ID contact details
WITNESSES Details
name Department
contact details Manager
name Department
contact details Manager
Injury
Strain/sprain Cut/Laceration Body Part Injured: Please indicate on chart.
scratch bruising
fracture dislocation
burn foreign body
sting/bite
other
Treatment Given
hospital(admitted) doctor
first aid not required
Consequences of Incident
Lost time injury(days)

Restricted work case(days)
GTGC EHS Incident and Investigation Report GTGC/EHSFORM/IIR -13 REV.2
I
EHS Incident and Investigation Report
Incident details
Describe in detail What happened-what, where, who and how. Include diagrams images and use additional pages if required
Analysis-mark –X- against the factors which are thought to have contributed to the cause of the incident`
task environment organizational human factors equipment
Lifting Housekeeping poor communication Lack of experience Faulty equipment

Carrying Slippery conditions No policy/ procedure Lack of competence Lack of equipment
Repetitive movement Excessive noise poor job design stress/fatigue poorly maintained
Twisting Weather conditions Hazard not identified procedure not followed Wrong for task
Driving Heat/cold Lack of staff/budget improper technique Lack of signage
Lighting/visibility Lack of training physical limitations
Surface conditions Lack of supervision skylarking/horseplay
pressure to complete task
Other
Corrective Action- what action is required to prevent the incident from happening again?
By who? By when?
Outcome of review of Risk Assessment
Report Preparation and Approval
name signature designation date

Prepared by
Reviewed by
I

Approved by
I
Project Name: Site no.:
WEEKLY HSE INSPECTION REPORT

INSPECTION BY: … ……………… DATE: ………………
1. Fire Preventions Assessment Rating ✔ 2. Housekeeping Assessment Rating ✔
GOOD PASS POOR COMMENTS GOOD PASS POOR COMMENTS
Adequate Fire Extinguishers Site Roads

Proper Type Extinguisher Security Fences/Gates
Fire Extinguisher Training Trash Containers
Properly Located Daily Clean-up/Removal of Trash
Fire Hydrants/Hose Nozzle/Wrench Materials Stacking
Hot Work Permit (If Required) Access & Stare case Clear
Fire Watches (If Required) Lumber Denailed
Fire Ext. Inspected (Monthly) Hoses, Cords/Leads Strung
Storage of Flammable
/Combustibles Other
Other
3. Scaffolds/Mobile Towers Assessment Rating ✔ 4. Blasting Assessment Rating ✔
Base Plates Operator's Hood (Air Supplied)

Conditions of Frame Member Air Filters (to Hood)
Plumb & Level Air Intake Location
Proper Couplers Dead Mans Controls
Ties/Outriggers Hoses Grounded/condition
Planking Operator's Protective Equipment
Toe Boards/Guard Rails
(Hand/Mind) Helper's Protective Equipment
Wheel Locks Area/ Warning Signs

Proper Wheels/Condition Condition of Air Purity
Scaffold Access (Ladder) Silica Sand - NO
Scaffold Tag (Inspected Daily) Other
Other
6. Power Tools/Mechanics &

5. Cartridge Operated Tools Assessment Rating ✔ Assessment Rating ✔
Equip.
Proper Cartridge Strength Properly Guarded

Penetration to Safe zone Tool Rest-Clearance
Lower Velocity Tool Overall Conditions
Control Storage of Cartridges Correct Grinder Disc Speeds
Proper Maintenance of Tool Cord/Hose Condition
Certified Operator Operator's Protective Equipment
Operator Protective Equipment Damaged hand Tools
GTGC – WEEKLY HSE INSPECTION REPORT FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/WIR-14 / REV. 2


Other Other
7. Trenching/Excavations &
Shoring Assessment Rating ✔ 8. Heavy Equipment Assessment Rating ✔

Roll Over Protection
Shoring/Trench Box (where required)
Proper Slope/Bench Back-up Alarms (where required)
Spoil Clearance Overall Condition
Barriers/Warning Signs/Lights Licensed Operators
Access/Egress (Ladder) Certification
Permit/ Inspection (Daily) Seat Belts
Other Inspection
9. Gas Welding Assessment Rating ✔ 10. Ladders Assessment Rating ✔
Acetylene Pressure Max 15 PSI Condition

Acetylene ON/OFF Wrench Secured
Gauges / Hoses Condition Level
Operator's Protective equipment Inspected/ Colour Coded
Cable Condition Proper Angle (4 to 1)
Electrode Holder/ Ground Clamp Side Rails Supported (Not rungs)
Cable / Lugs Insulated Extend 3' above top support
Flash Back Arrestors Step Ladder legs extend (locked)
Other Other
11. Compressed Gas Assessment Rating ✔ 12. Fall Prevention Assessment Rating ✔
GOOD PASS POOR COMMENTS GOOD PASS POOR comments
Cylinders Secured (Chain. #9wire) Condition Harness/ Lanyard

Proper Storage Properly tiled off -(High)100%
Protective Caps in Place Anchor Point OK
Proper Handling Shock Absorber Lanyard
Proper Colour Coding Inspected/ colour coded
Other Anchor Straps / Life lines
Retraceable Reel/ Rope Grabs
Other
13. Air Compressors Assessment Rating ✔ 14. Transportation Assessment Rating ✔

Buses/ Pick-up Trucks/Others
Pressure Relief Valves Operational vehicle
Air Pressure Gauges Use of Seat Belt
Coupling safety wired Licensed Operators
General Condition Overall Operating Condition
Guards Tires/Lights/Breaks/ Signals etc.


Others Passenger seated
Inspection decal
15. Cranes Lifting Devices Assessment Rating ✔ 16. Temporary Electrical Assessment Rating ✔
Inspection sticker Correct Voltage

Licensed Operators Ground Fault Interrupters Used
Certification 3 Wire with Ground plug used
Load Radius Indicator Receptacles/ Plugs.
Safety latches (Hocks) Tools cords inspected/color coded
Inspected (Cranes/sling) monthly Overall condition
Conditions of slings/Chains/Rope Warning signs
Safe Load chart (Arabic/ English) Lock/ Tag Out
Overhead Cranes /Beams Elect. Panel Labeled voltage
Two Block Devices Breakers labeled, voltage
Man Lifts (JLG, etc.) Others
17. PPE Assessment Rating ✔

Proper use of Outriggers
Tag Lines used
GOOD PASS POOR COMMENTS
Signalman/ Rigger
Barricade Swing Radius Hard Hat
Man Basket (Permit Safety Glasses/ Face Shield
Proper Rigging Gloves
Other
18. Lighting Assessment Rating ✔ Ear Protection
Footwear
Mono Goggles
Type of lights 19. Barricades/ Open
Others
Holes/rebar Assessment Rating ✔
Condition of Wiring
Condition of fitting GOOD PASS POOR COMMENTS
Sufficient
Barricades Properly erected
Other
20. Safety Signs Assessment Rating ✔
Open Holes covered
Open Holes barricaded
Rebar Capped
Sufficient Other
Assessment Rating ✔
21. Welfare Facilities
Proper position
Other GOOD PASS POOR COMMENTS
Comments:
Rest Area
Drinking Water
Toilet
Clinic (first Aid)
Other.


Safety Officer: …………………….……… Signature: ……………… Date: ……………
Cc. Project Manager; hse Manager

HSE Weekly Inspection Checklist and Report
Date: Contractor: Client :

Project: Consultant: Report No.:
Please feed the number of observations under High/Medium/Low Risk columns. The same shall be described under "Observation Details" in the second page
Medium High Medium High

AD EHS RI Low Risk N/A AD EHS RI Low Risk N/A
Risk Risk Risk Risk
CoP 1.0 - Hazardous Materials CoP 24.0 - Lock-out / Tag-out (Isolation)
CoP 1.1 - Management of Asbestos Containing

CoP 25.0 - Transport Safety – Under Development
Materials
CoP 1.2 - Lead Exposure Management CoP 26.0 - Scaffolding
CoP 2.0 - Personal Protective Equipment CoP 27.0 - Confined Spaces
CoP 28.0 - Hot Work Operations (Welding and

CoP 3.0 - Occupational Noise
Cutting)
CoP 3.1 - Vibration CoP 29.0 - Excavation
CoP 4.0 - First Aid and Medical Treatment CoP 30.0 - Lone Work and/or in Remote Locations
CoP 5.0 - Medical Surveillance (Including Medical

CoP 31.0 - Working In, Over or Adjacent to Water
Records)
CoP 32.0 - Watercraft and Dredging Equipment –

CoP 6.0 - Emergency Management Requirements
Under Development
CoP 7.0 - Fire Prevention, Planning and Control CoP 33.0 - Working On, or Adjacent to a Road
CoP 34.0 - Safe Use of Lifting Equipment and Lifting

CoP 8.0 - General Workplace Amenities
Accessories
CoP 9.0 - Workplace Wellness CoP 35.0 - Portable Power Tools
CoP 9.1 - Expectant Mothers CoP 36.0 - Plant and Equipment
CoP 9.2 - Managing Work-Related Stress CoP 37.0- Ladders
CoP 10.0 - Rehabilitation / Return to Work CoP 38.0- Concrete Placing Equipment
CoP 11.0 - Safety in the Heat CoP 39.0 - Overhead and Underground Services
CoP 12.0 - Prevention and Control of Legionnaires

CoP 40.0 - Falsework / Formwork
Disease
CoP 13.0 - Workplace Bullying and Violence – Under

CoP 41.0 - Steel Erection
Development
CoP 14.0 - Manual Handling and Ergonomics CoP 42.0 - Tilt-Up and Pre-Cast Construction
CoP 14.1 - Manual Tasks Involving the Handling of CoP 43.0 - Temporary Structures (Office Buildings,
People Tents, etc)
CoP 15.0 - Electrical Safety CoP 44.0 - Traffic Management and Logistics
CoP 15.1 - Electrical Safety on Construction Sites –

CoP 45.0 - Underwater Activities
Under Development
CoP 15.2 - Temporary Electrical Systems – Under CoP 46.0 - Underground Construction (Tunnels,
Development Shafts, Cofferdams, Piling, etc)
CoP 15.3 - Competency Requirements for Working

CoP 47.0 - Machine Guarding
with Electrical Systems – Under Development
CoP 16.0 - Control of Major Accident Hazards

CoP 48.0 - Spray Finishing
(COMAH) – Under Development
CoP 17.0 - Safety Signage and Signals CoP 49.0 - Compressed Gases and Air
CoP 18.0 - Employer Supplied Accommodation - CoP 50.0 - Abrasive Blasting and associated
General Requirements Protective Coating Work
CoP 18.1 - Temporary Employer Supplied

CoP 51.0 - Powered ForkTrucks
Accommodation
CoP 19.0 - Occupational Food Handling and Food

CoP 52.0 - Local Exhaust Ventilation
Preparation Areas
CoP 53.0 - EHS Management During "Construction

CoP 20.0 - Safety in Design
Work"
CoP 21.0 - Permit to Work Systems CoP 53.1 - EHS Plan during Construction Phase
CoP 22.0 - Barricading of Hazards CoP 54.0 - Waste Management
CoP 23.0 - Working at Heights CoP 55.0 - Environmental Management
GTGC-HSE Inspection-Rev 0
HSE Observations Details
High Risk
Medium Risk
Low Risk
PMC: Consultant: Contractor:
GTGC-HSE Inspection-Rev 0
GTGC-EHS -IIRR FORM-REV.2
Injury as Total
Incident/ Property Total Root
ADEHSMS Name of per Trade/ Operation Experince Root Cause Root Cause
Sl. No. Date Month Incident/Accident Description Location Time Accident Body part Days Lost damage/co Company Age experienc UA/UC Cause Remarks
Classification Injured medical Profession category in the Supervsion Individual
Cause st e Mgmt
terms company
Ghantoot Group,Roads & Infrastructure Division
Project Name……………………………………………….
Nearmiss Register
GTGC EHS/NMR FORM-16 REV.2
Project Number…………………
Item Date of Any injury

Type\Location Nearmiss Corrective Action Required Company Root Cause Remarks
No. Incident or loss
4
Ghantoot Group,Roads & Infrastructure Division
Project Name……………………………………………….
Nearmiss Register
GTGC EHS/NMR FORM-16 REV.2
Project Number…………………
Item Date of Any injury

Type\Location Nearmiss Corrective Action Required Company Root Cause Remarks
No. Incident or loss
Ghantoot Transport &Gen. Cont. LLC. (Roads & Infrastructure Division)
EHS Training Feedback Form.
Project: …………………………………………………………………….
For this training to show up on your professional record, you will need to complete the form.
Name of the Program:

Date of training Trainer:
Time of training Venue:
Please tick the column that most closely represents your view
Excellent Good Average Poor Very

SELF (5) (4) (3) (2) Poor (1)
My skills in the subject of this training has increased as a
result of attending this Program
I found this training to be relevant and useful to my work
I would recommend this learning activity to others with
similar needs
My personal objectives for attending this training have been
achieved
The materials used in this activity helped my understanding
FACILITATOR
The Facilitator had a good knowledge of the training subject
He/She was able to answer queries well
He/She managed time well
He/ She covered the course material as planned
The Facilitator’s had a good presentation style and delivery
skill
He/she established good rapport with the participants
Overall, this facilitator was effective
PROGRAM
The objectives of the Program was explained to me before
training
The course materials were relevant
Duration of session was sufficient
The training venue was suitable
Overall this training session has met its objectives
Name 2 things that you liked best about this Program:
Name 2 things that you did not like about this Program:
How this training could be improved in your opinion?
Trainee Name and employment no: Company and department:
GTGC- EHS GTGC -EHS FORM-TF-17 REV.2

Ghantoot Transport &Gen. Cont. LLC. GTGC-EHS FORM/JSA-18 REV.2
JSA (Job safety Hazard Analysis)

Project: Job No.: Date:
Area: Forman: Subcontractor: Beginning time: Expiration
time:
A. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
B. Safety Check
Access Yes No
Electrical Yes No COMMITMENT
Excavation and safety measures Yes No POSITIVE ATTITUDE
Hazards (body) Yes No TEAMWORK
Hazard Yes No COMMUNICATION
Hazards (environmental) Yes No PARTICIPATION
Equipment/Lifting Yes No
Overhead Work Yes No
Process/Equipment Yes No
Tools Yes No
Personal Protective Equipment Yes No
Stand-By Person Yes No
Welding/Burning Yes No
Permits Yes No Type
C. Tools, Material & Equipment Required:
D. Potential Hazards:
E. Action Taken to Eliminate Hazards:
F. Other Special Precautions:
Supervisors & attendees Signatures:
Note: This JSA is valid only for the activity, date and time specified. This JSA shall be posted at the work site during the work
activity. If the terms noted change, work must be stopped and the JSA re-issued. Fire and/or Emergency Alarm automatically
invalidate the permit. When the work is complete or the JSA expires, return the JSA to the office marked complete.

ACCESS HAZARDS (environmental) PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Scaffold (Properly inspected) Airborne Particles (Fumes, mists) Hardhat
Scaffold (Complete handrails, Heat Stress (Hot/Cold surfaces) Safety Glasses
toeboards, solidly decked) Materials Mono Goggles
Ladder Adequate Lighting Ear Protection
(Condition, secured, placement) Noise Face Shield/Burning Goggle
Walkways Access/Egress Radiation from: Proper Type Respirator
ELECTRICAL Radiography Fresh Air
Lockout/tagged Other Source Gloves
(Try start/stop switch) EQUIPMENT/LIFTING Safety-Toe Shoes
Disconnected (If required) Operator Certified/Licensed Metatarsal Guards
Properly Grounded Good Equipment Conditions Rubber Boots
Good Condition Backup Warning Device Other Safety Footwear
EXCAVATION Forklift Fire Retardant Clothing
Properly Shored/Sloped Manlift Slicker Suit
Escape Ladder Provided Boom Truck Acid Suit
Competent Person on Site Crane Safety Harness/Lanyard
Entry Permit Required Load Charts Other (List)
Soil Typed/Documented Position
Daily Inspection Proper Riggings STAND-BY PERSON
(Documented) Chainfall Confined Space Entry (Hole-watch)
Barricaded Properly Lashing Required Fresh Air Work (Bottle watch)
EMERGENCY DEPT. LOCATIONS Personnel Basket Permit Fire Watch
Fire Monitors located at OVERHEAD WORK Electrical
Barricades/Tags Traffic Flagman
Fire Extinguishers located at Signs WELDING
Hole Cover Flashburns
Safety Shower located at Handrail Combustibles
Grating Secured Spark Containment
HAZARDS (body) Fall Protection in Place Shields
Fall Potential Life Lines Properly Installed Grounding
Pinch Points PROCESS/EQUIPMENT Water Hose
Electrical Shock Valves Blocked in Fire Extinguishers (Inspected/near by)
Housekeeping Tags Hung Fire Blanket
Slip/Trip (Cords, Pipe, etc.) Equipment Cleared Cylinders Secured
Flying Particles Blinds Installed and Tagged Cylinder Caps in Place
Thermal Burns Blind List HAZARDS
Sharp Objects Hazcom Summary Hygiene
PERMITS TOOLS Chemical Burns
Signed at Jobsite Current Inspection Skin/Eyes
Proper Permit Displayed Proper Tools Flammable
All Conditions Met Good Tools Condition Inhalation
Properly Signed Tool Use Instructions Skin Contamination

Any Other Information

Ghantoot Transport &General Contracting. LLC. (Road & Infrastructure Division)
Environmental Complaint Form
Section A Complaint Raised By
0 Client 0 General Public
0 Consultant/Auditor 0 Authority
0 Other, (Please
0 Subcontractor
Specify):
Full Name:
Company & Position:
Contact Details: Tel. e-mail
Section B Type of Complaint
0 Offensive Odors 0 High Noise Level
0 Dust Release 0 Damage to Natural Environment
0 Waste Littering/Spills 0 Harm to Animals
0 Visual Intrusion 0 Traffic Congestion
0 Others, Please Specify:
Section C Description of Complaint
0 Written Communication 0 Verbal Communication

1. Source
0 Media
Date: Time:
2. Location/WO #
3. Description of the Complaint
4. Supporting Evidence Provided,

if any
GTGC – ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLAINT FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/ECF-19/REV.2

Ghantoot Transport &General Contracting. LLC. (Road & Infrastructure Division)
Environmental Complaint Form

Section D Evaluation
1. Complaint Analysis:
0 YES 0 NO If yes, Incident/Corrective Action to be

2. Action Required:
prepared
Signature Date:
3. EHS Manager
Signature: Date:
4. Project Manager
GTGC – ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLAINT FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/ECF-19/REV.2

Ghantoot Transport & General Contracting LLC. (GTGC),
PPE Issuance Form
Name of Employee: Date:
Subject: Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
We are issuing to you the following personal protective equipment for your duties and responsibilities as
Item Personal Protective Quantity / Last Issued

Remark
No. Equipment Size (Date)
1
2
3
4
5
6
Wearing the above listed personal protective equipment at all times during your working hours is compulsory
You are given instruction on how to use and maintain this equipment in serviceable condition.
The issued equipment will be replaced upon the surrender of the old one, which is the latest issuance.
Should you lose the same due to your own negligence, you are obliged to replace the said equipment at your own
expenses or charge you the replacement cost through salary deduction upon request.
For your guidance and compliance.
Project Manager
Conform:
Employee's Signature
copy to: EHS FILE
20. PPE Issuance Form Page 1 of 1 GTGC/EHS-FORM/PPE-21/REV.2

GHANTOOT TRANSPORT & GENERAL CONTRACTING.LLC (Roads & Infrastructure Division)
Project Name:………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
FIRST AID REPORT FORM
Name: Date & Time:
Age: Foreman:
File No: Location:
Designation
& Company:
Nationality
Nature & Description
of First Aid Case/
Injury
Assessment
and Details
of the First
Aid Given
Remarks:
Name and Signature of First- Aider/ Nurse:
GTGC-EHS FIRST AID REPORT GTGC-EHS FORM/FAR-21 REV.2

GHANTOOT TRANSPORT. & GEN.CONT.LLC.
(Roads & Infrastructure Division)
YELLOW CARD FOR EHS VIOLATION

HSE
Project Name: ……………………………………………………………… YELLOW
Project No: ……………………………………………………. CARD
DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURE-GHANTOOT PERSONEL
Yellow Card: Witten Warning
Name of the Contractor: ……………………………………………………………………….
Name of the Violator: ..................................................................................
Reason for warning: ………………………………………………………………………………….
Work Location: …………………………………………………………………………………………..
The above Contractor/Employee has received a Yellow Card warning for failing to
comply with EHS regulation as required by Ghantoot Company, for the reason stated
above.
This will remain on file for the duration of the project.
If the Employee fails in a second instance to Comply with the EHS requirements, the
person will be issued with a Red Card and will be Subject to disciplinary procedures with
possible exclusion from site.
Issued By: ……………………………………
Position : ………………………………….. Signature of the receipt ant
Date : / /
Signature:
On behalf of Ghantoot Group (Roads Division)
Department of Health, Safety & Environment
Ghantoot group GTGC-EHS FORM/YC-22-Rev.2

Roads & Infrastructure Division.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER REGISTER
S. No. TYPE DATE OF REMARKS

INSPECTION
GTGC – FIRE EXTINGUISHER REGISTER FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/FER-23 / REV. 2

GTGC – FIRE EXTINGUISHER REGISTER FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/FER-23 / REV. 2

MONTHLY FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSPECTION REPORT
AREA: DATE:
S. No. I.D. No. TYPE LOCATION REMARKS
Name of Inspector: Name of Safety Officer: _
Signature: _ Signature:
GTGC-MONTHLY FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSDPECTION REPORT FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/MFIR-24 / REV. 2

LIFTING GEAR INSPECTION REPORT
Area / Location :_ _ Date: _
Name of Inspector: _
S.NO TYPE OF GEAR ID. NO SWL VALID REMARKS

CERTIFICATE
INSPCTOR SIGNATURE:
GTGC-LIFTING GEAR INSPECTION REPORT FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/LGIR-25/ REV. 2

UNSAFE SITUATION REPORT

Reported By: Date:
Department/Position: HSE / Safety Officer Report No.
Signature: Attachment:
Company : Activity:
Location: Date/Time:
Name and Position of involved Persons and ID Numbers:
Engineer and Foreman Name:
Summary of the Unsafe Situation:
Detail of unsafe situation: Sketch/DWG attached

(what was done, where, by whom ,how, job work permit number….)
Immediate action to eliminate the Unsafe Situation:
Further recommendation to prevent recurrence in future:
Reviewed By:
Safety Manager: Project Director:
Distribution:
GTGC-UNSAFE SITUATION REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/USR-26/ REV. 2

REQUEST FOR LOCK REMOVAL
Date:
Request by (Senior level Engineer or Supervisor):
System Lock out :
Reason for removal :
Location of person(s) whose locks are to be removed (why they are not available):
Approval of request by Department Head :
Approval of HSE Officer :
Approval Project Manager or Designee :
Permit issued time :
Lock remove time :
Lock given to the HSE Dept. time :
Follow up observations :
Permit closed time :
GTGC-REQUEST FOR LOCK REMOVAL GTGC/EHS-FORM/RLR-27 / REV. 2

FIRE EVACUATION DRILL REPORT

TOWER/BLDG. NO. LOCATION
DATE OF DRILL
WEATHER CONDITIONS
TIME ALARM ACTIVATED
TIME – ALL PERSONS ACCOUNTED FOR:
PERSON(S) IN ATTENDANCE ATTACH ATTENDANCE SHEET
TIME BACK TO WORK:

FAILED PASSED GOOD VERY GOOD
OVERALL STANDARD OF DRILL:
ACTIVITIES TO OBSERVED YES NO COMMENTS

ARE ALL EMPLOYEES RESPONDED PROMPTLY TO THE
ALARM BEING RAISED?
IS EVACUATION TOOK PLACE IN A CALM AND ORDERLY
MANNER. NO RUNNING, NO SHOUTING, NO STOPPING TO
COLLECT PERSONAL BELONGINGS, ETC.?
ARE ALL EXITS/ ESCAPE ROUTES CLEARLY MARKED AND
SIGNS ARE DISPLAYED?
ARE FIRE WARDENS/MARSHALS FULLY IN CONTROL OF
THE SITUATION AND DIDN’T LET OTHERS TO TAKE OVER?
ARE THERE ANY PEOPLE DID NOT EVACUATE THE
PREMISES?
ARE ALL POWER SUPPLY SHUT DOWN?
ARE ALL PEOPLE GATHERED IN ASSEMBLY POINT AREAS?
ALL EMPLOYEES AND VISTORS HAD SIGNED IN AND
COULD BE ACCOUNTED FOR?
ARE THERE ANY PEOPLE BACK TO WORK WITHOUT
CLEARANCE FROM THE COMMANDER ON THE SCENE?
OTHERS:
AREAS FOR IMPROVEMENT:
REPORTED BY: SIGNATURE: DATE:
GTGC-FIRE EVACUATION DRILL REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/FEDR-28/ REV. 2

ELECTRICAL / MECHANICAL LOCK-OUT / TAG-OUT REGISTER
Item Equipment No. Location Lock No. Date Installed Date Removed
& Initial & Initial
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
GTGC-ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL TAG OUT REGISTER GTGC/EHS-FORM/LOTO-29/ REV. 2

Roads & Infrastructure division
HOUSEKEEPING INSPECTION REPORT
No. ITEMS COMMENTS
1 IS THERE ANY TRASH CONTAINER ON SITE?
ARE RUBBISH COLLECTED, STORED AND DISPOSED IN

2
THE TRASH CONTAINERS?
IS THERE A HOUSEKEEPING TEAM ON SITE? HOW

3
MANY?
ARE THEY MAINTAINING THE SITE IN NEAT AND TIDY

4
CONDITION?
5 ARE DUST CONTROLLED BY WATER SPRAY?
ARE THERE ANY HAZARDOUZ MATERIALS ON SITE?

6
STORED AND DISPOSED BASED FROM THE MSDS?
7 ARE ALL MATERIALS STACKED PROPERLY?
ARE THERE ANY SEPARATE BINS WITH TRASH BAGS

8 FOR FOOD WASTE? COLLECTED AND DISPOSED ON A
DAILY BASIS?
ACCESS AND STAIRCASES ARE CLEAR FROM

9
OBSTRACTED MATERIALS?
10 IS THE SITE CONDITION IS HYGEINIC?
Inspected By:
Safety Officer Signature
GTGC-HOUSEKEEPING INSPECTION REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/HIR-30 / REV. 2

Month Of. Date:

Start Date of Project: Attachments:
1. Status Of Site HSE Team (Number of staff)
week1 week2 week3 week4
D+N D+N D+N D+N Total Remarks
safety officers
safety Inspectors
Male Nurse
Security Guards
Cumulative Man-hours till end of the month:
current man-hours in current month:
2. Man-Hours of The site (Number of people X 10 HRS )

Cumulative till week1 week2 week3 Week4
month D+N D+N D+N D+N Cumulative till Date
Company
Supplier company
Sub-contractors
Total
3. Incident Statistics
Cumulative till week1 week2 week3 Week4
month D+N D+N D+N D+N Cumulative till Date
FAC
MTC
RWC
LTA
No. days lost due to accident
PD
Fatality
Fire Explosion
Slab Collapse
traffic and machinery
Flooding
Any other
GTGC-MONTHLY HSE PERFORMANCE REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/MHPR-31 / REV. 2


Near Miss
Unsafe situation
Report
4. Top Ten Hazard:
5. Training Records(Number Of Participants X Duration Of course )

Training Course
Week1 week2 week3 week4 Total Remarks
6. Statistics of Tool Box Meeting and issuance of safety Violation
Week1 Week2 week3 week4 Total Remarks

Number of participants in
Tool Box Meeting
Number Of safety Violation
7. Site Welfare Facility Status

Week1 week2 week3 week4 total Remarks
Canteen
Mosque
Rest Area Capacity
Seat Toilets/ Urinal Toilets
MONTHLY HSE PERFORMANCE REPORT
GTGC-MONTHLY HSE PERFORMANCE REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/MHPR-31 / REV. 2

NON COMPLIANCE REPORT
Ref. No. _ Date:

Contract: Location:
Contractor (Sub-Contractor): Time:
Subject: Attachment:
Description of NCR: (what, when, how, breach of which terms/article…)
Causes of NCR:
Issued by:
Name: Date: Signature:
Received by sub-contractor:
Name: Date: Signature:
Action proposed by subcontractor:
Close out:
1.Sub-contractor’s response and proposal accepted by:
Safety Officer Name: Project Manager:
Date: Date:
Signature: Signature:
Distribution:
GTGC-NON COMPLIANCE REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/NCR-32 / REV. 2

WEEKLY HSE REPORT
From: To: Report No:
TOTAL MAN-HOURS:
Man-Hours* worked Man-Hours for the Man-Hours to Date
(Previous Cumulative) Period (Total Cumulative)
*MAN-HOURS – Total number of man-hours the site has worked inclusive of subcontractors.
ACCIDENT REPORT
CUMULATIVE
No TYPE OF ACCIDENT WEEK PERIOD
(To Date)
1 FATALITY
2 LTA (Lost Time Incident)
3 FAC (First Aid Case)
4 MTC (Medical Treatment Case)
5 LOST WORKED DAYS
6 PPD (Permanent/Partial Disability)
7 OTHERS
SAFETY VIOLATION REPORT:
FROM START
FOR PERIOD TO DATE
(Cumulative)
Prepared By:
_
Safety Officer
GTGC-WEEKLY HSE REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/WHR-33/ REV. 2

DAILY PATIENT LOG
Time and
Company
S/N Date Patient name Chief Complaint Medication/Triage Remarks
Name
In Out
GTGC-DAILY PATIENT LOG GTGC/EHS-FORM/DPL-34 / REV. 2

MONTHLY FIRST AID REPORT
STATEMENT SHOWING THE NATURE OF INJURY CAUSED BY AN ACCIDENT

FOR THE MONTH OF
WEEK WEEK WEEK WEEK TOTAL

NATURE OF INJURY 1 2 3 4
ABRASION
LACERATION
PUNCTURE WOUND
CRUSHING INJURY
BRUISING / CONTUSION
FRACTURES (SIMPLE/COMPOUND)
HEAT INJURIES
(STRESS, EXHAUSTION, STROKE)
HEAD INJURY
EYE INJURY
(EMBEDDED FOREIGN BODY)
BURNS (CHEMICAL/THERMAL)
OTHERS
TOTAL
GTGC-MONTHLY FIRST AID REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/MFAR-35 / REV. 2

MONTHLY PATIENT STATISTICS REPORT
Month of _
No. of days 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Total

pt/mo
First-aid
injury case
Medical
Case
Total of
pt./day
Total number of patient sent to nearest medical facility:_
_
Medical Attendant Signature
GTGC-MONTHLY PATIENT STATISTICS REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/MPSR-36 / REV. 2

VEHICLE ENTRANCE LOG SHEET
Cargo/Material Time Time

No Vehicle Plate No. Driver Name Company Date Signature
Equipment in out
Security Supervisor Name: Date : Signature:
GTGC-VEHICLE ENTRANCE LOG SHEET GTGC/EHS-FORM/VELS-37 / REV. 2

MONTHLY POWER TOOLS INSPECTION LOG
DATE OF INSPECTION:
NO TAG NO. SERIAL NO. MANUFAC TYPE DEADMAN CORDS PLUGS SLEEVES VOLTAGE GUARDS REMARKS
TURER SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
INSPECTED BY: SIGNATURE:
GTGC-MONTHLY POWER TOOLS INSPECTION LOG GTGC/EHS-FORM/MPT-38 / REV. 2

VISITORS LOG SHEET

Time Time
No Name Position Company Purpose of Visit Date in out Signature
Security Supervisor Name: Date : Signature:
GTGC-VISTORS LOG SHEET GTGC/EHS-FORM/VILS-39/ REV. 2

HSE CHECKLIST
GHANTOOT GROUP (Roads & Infrastructure Division) HSE CHECK LIST TABLE OF CONTENT
Sr. No Title Reference no Revision Date
1 Confined Spaces EHS /Inspection check list/CS-01 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
2 Traffic Management EHS /Inspection check list/TM-02 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
3 Electrical Installation EHS /Inspection check list/EI-03 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
4 Environment EHS /Inspection check list/ENV-04 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
5 Excavation EHS /Inspection check list/Exc-05 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
6 Fire & Emergency EHS /Inspection check list/F & E-06 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
7 Hazardous Substances EHS /Inspection check list/HS-07 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
8 Housekeeping EHS /Inspection check list/Hk-08 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
9 Ladders EHS /Inspection check list/Ld-09 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
10 Lifting Equipment and Gears EHS /Inspection check list/L.E.G-10 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
11 Machinery EHS /Inspection check list/M-11 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
12 Portable Tools EHS /Inspection check list/PT-12 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
13 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) EHS /Inspection check list/PPE-13 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
14 Scaffolds EHS /Inspection check list/Sc-14 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
15 Site General EHS /Inspection check list/SG-15 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
16 Vehicles and Mobile Equipment EHS /Inspection check list/VME-16 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
17 Welding and Gas Cutting EHS /Inspection check list/WGC-17 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
18 Welfare Facilities EHS /Inspection check list/WF-18 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
19 Working Platforms and Cantilevers EHS /Inspection check list/WPC-19 Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
20 Full body Harness EHS-Inspection checklist/FBH-20 Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
21 TEMPERATURE- HUMIDITY EHS Inspection checklist/THM-21 Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018

MONITORING
22 Physical PLANT& Equipment EHS Inspection checklist/PP&E-22 Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list Index/1-36/Rev-2
GHANTOOT GROUP (Roads & Infrastructure Division) HSE CHECK LIST TABLE OF CONTENT
Sr. No Title Reference no Revision Date
23 Services EHS Inspection EHS Inspection Checklist/SI-23 Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
24 Labor Accommodations Inspection EHS Inspection Checklist/LAI-24/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
25 Canteen EHS Inspection Checklist/CN-25/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
26 Noise Monitoring EHS Inspection Checklist/NM-26/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
27 Generator EHS Inspection Checklist/Gen-27/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
28 Dust Monitoring EHS Inspection Checklist/DM-28/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
29 Air Quality Monitoring EHS Inspection Checklist/AQM-29/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
30 A. Keeping Inspection Report Form EHS /Inspection check list/Hk-30A Rev-2 2 05 MAY- 2018
30 B. Toilets EHS Inspection Checklist/T-30/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
31 Checklist for Tipping operations EHS Inspection Checklist/T-31/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
32 Tipper Inspection Checklist EHS Inspection Checklist/T-32/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
33 Monthly Power Tools Inspection EHS Inspection Checklist/PTI-33/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018

Log
34 Pre-Qualification checklist for EHS Inspection Checklist/PQS-34/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
Subcontractors
35 Weekly Vehicle inspection Checklist EHS Inspection Checklist/WVI-35/Rev.2 2 05 MAY- 2018
36 Detour Road Safety Inspection

2
Checklist EHS Inspection Checklist/DRSI-35/Rev.2 05 MAY- 2018
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list Index/1-36/Rev-2
GHANTOOT GROUP, ROADS & INFRASTRUCTURE DIVISION
Checklist
Confined Spaces
General Information:
Company Name: Project Name:
Conducted By: Date:
Poor: Absence of major control measures (high risk), work to be stopped and risk assessment to be reviewed
immediately.
Fair: Some minor controls are missing (medium risk), additional control measures to be implemented.
Good: All required controls are in place (low risk), only monitoring is required.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Item (insert your observation, and
Good Fair Poor N/A proposed corrective action plan)
Hazards identified, risk evaluated,

assessed & communicated before
commencement of work.
Permit To Work implemented & posted
in place.
Mechanical and / or electrical isolation
of the confined space done.
Adequate ventilation to ensure a
sufficient supply of air conducted.
Cleaning & purging to remove all
hazardous (flammable & or toxic) gases
& fumes performed.
Testing of oxygen concentration
conducted to acceptable standard level.
Detecting of flammable & or toxic gases
conducted to ensure their absence or
below minimum levels.
Provision of emergency retrieval system
(full body harness, tripod and hoist)
Availability of the backup personnel or
rescue attendants.
Use of non spark tools / devices
(intrinsically safe tools
or devices).
Sufficient lighting is available.
Proper PPE & SCBA (Self Contained

Breathing Apparatus) is used.
Suitable access / egress provided.
Area or surrounding isolated with

barriers & or cones and suitable signage
in place (where applicable).
Approved By:
Position Name Date Signature
Distribution and Acknowledgment:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/CS-01 Rev-2
Checklist
Traffic Management
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Advance warning signs boards.
Roadwork signs boards.
Guide signs boards.
Digital or LED* signs boards.
Arrows signs boards.
Delineators..
. Cones.
Tubular flexible posts (bollards).
Painted pavement markings.
Raised pavement markings.
Water filled plastic barriers.
Concrete barriers.
. Longitudinal crashworthy barriers
Warning lights (flashing lights &

beacons).
Street lighting.
Temporary traffic lights.
Rumble strips
Crash cushion (shock absorber)
(shock absorber)
Buffer zones
Tapers
Flaggers
Pedestrian walkways.
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/TM-02 Rev-2
Checklist
Traffic Management
Construction lane access / egress
Fences
Glare screens
Turning radius and lane width.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/TM-02 Rev-2
Checklist
Electrical Installation
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Electrical hazards identified and all

associated risks have been assessed.
Permit To Work (PTW) is used &
available on site for electrical work.
All electrical installations commissioning
and repairing carried out by competent
electricians
All electrical installation and appliances

comply with the relevant international
standards.
All external electrical installations are
weather proof.
All electrical installations provided with
Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers (ELCB).
All distribution boards are locked and
signed.
Cables/wires running across the site are
in good condition, properly protected &
checked regularly.
Cables are free of joints, & only
industrial sockets used for extending
cables.
No naked wires inserted into electrical
sockets, & only earthed & fused plugs to
be used.
Sockets are not overloaded.
Level of lighting suitable for the task.
Tag out / lock out system implemented.
All MCB and RCD checked and good

condition.
Sign ages available (if required)
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/EI-03 Rev-2
Checklist
Environment
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Waste is segregated & collected at

designated appropriate areas (hazardous
from non-hazardous) & adequate waste
containers/skips provided.
Waste is removed /disposed regularly &
according to the Abu Dhabi Waste Center
guidelines.
Proper oil/chemicals leakage & spill
control in places (tanks bunding, dripping
trays, oil spill response materials).
Allocation of designated area for washing

concrete mixers & pumps.
Proper collection & disposal of waste
water & sewage water.
Proper management of noise generated
from the project, by installing noise
enclosure measures (e.g. silencers, &
work scheduling).
Dust and/or fumes control measures
have been implemented.
Regular maintenance for mobile
equipment, vehicles & machines.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/ENV-04 Rev-2
Checklist
Excavation
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Hazards have been identified and risk

evaluated and assessed.
Suitable access / egress provided.
Falling protection system installed

properly (i.e. barriers, stop blocker, toe
boards, cones and warning tapes…etc).
Appropriate supporting system / method
(shoring, buttering, or stepping)
All external electrical installations are
weather proof.
Spoil heaps stable and kept in safe
distance from the edge of trenches
Oxygen tested and gases levels within
acceptable level (for excavation with
depth more than 1.2 meter).
Emergency preparedness plan developed,
communicated and implemented
Proper signage & warning lights (warning
signs, tapes… etc) and instructions (i.e.
PTW, emergency notice ...etc)
displayed.
Underground services identified, located,
& all required permissions obtained &
displayed visibly.
Excavators are in good working condition
Proper training and awareness delivered

to all involved employees (i.e. toolbox
talk & specialized training).
All Equipment are in good condition
(Certified from third approved
consultancy)
Competent supervisor available.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/Exc-05 Rev-2
Checklist
Fire & Emergency
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Fire risk assessment of the project is

carried out & the control measures
implemented
Proper storage of Flammable /
Combustible material
No smoking/no naked flame policy.
Smoking designated area allocated.
Permit To Work (PTW) procedure for Hot
works.
Evacuation plan developed & distributed.
Emergency numbers, names of fire
wardens & first aiders posted &
communicated.
Adequate means of escape allocated & unobstructed.
Suitable/ Sufficient fire fighting

equipments located on site maintained &
inspected regularly.
Suitable fire alarming system available
maintained & tested regularly.
Emergency signage & assembly points are
in places & communicated to all parties.
Proper awareness / training & regular

fire drills
Adequate first aid kits & trained first

aiders.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/F & E-06 Rev-2
Checklist
Hazardous Substances
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Properly stored, ventilated, isolated, &

suitable signs displayed.
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

available, and communicated to
concerned personnel.
No smoking/no naked flame policy.
Smoking designated area allocated.
Adequate fire fighting equipments are in
place.
Appropriate PPE is provided to the
worker and it is worn during the work
Hazardous substances containers/drums

have eligible labeling & protected from
leakage or spillage.
Emergency signage & assembly points are
in places & communicated to all parties.
Empty hazardous substances containers,

drums & receptacles should be properly
maintained & controlled.
Adequate first aid kits & trained first

aiders.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/HS-07 Rev-2
Checklist
Housekeeping
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Clear and safe access to work area.
Proper materials stacking and any loose

materials have been properly secured.
Site offices and the site area in general
cleanliness and orderliness
Construction waste and debris collected
in designated areas.
Adequate rubbish containers and rubbish
removed daily.
Rubbish are taking by approved Supplier
(approved from ADEA)
Old timber de-nailed & all steel bars

capped.
Metal Waste containers are used.
Removed all damaged wires, tools and

other waste material from job area.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/Hk-08 Rev-2
Checklist
Ladders
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Properly manufactured (no handmade

wooden ladders
All ladders are in good condition &
suitable for the task.
Secured top & bottom, and extended ١
meter above the platform level.
Intermediate landing place provided for
ladders rise more than 9 meters.
Ladders placed on firm, flat level base &
supported by stiles.
Extendable ladders are properly secured
(i.e. extension locked and sufficient
overlapping distance.
Rungs clear of grease, oil or other

slippery substances.
Metal ladders must not be used in
electrical work (fiber glass ladders can
be used instead).
Vertically horizontally fixed ladders

provided with falling protection cage.
Ladders should be checked before use &
regularly maintained.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/Ld-09 Rev-2
Checklist
Lifting Equipment and Gears
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Cranes & slings certified by 3rd party,

inspected & maintained regularly &
records maintained.
Lifting plan / procedure prepared &

communicated
All lifting equipments & gears are
inspected & certified by 3rd party.
Operator & rigger is competent (third
party trained). The driver & operator are
licensed.
Slings, wires, ropes, chains, belts, hooks,
shackles are in good condition,
appropriate for job & inspected regularly
& records maintained
Load charts known & considered before
any lifting begins
Load indicators, alarm & other safety
devices are operational
Ground condition checked & required
corrective actions implemented
Outriggers are operational & sole plate
provided.
Lifting operation area barricaded &
suitable sign boards are in place.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/L.E.G-10 Rev-2
Checklist
Machinery
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Machine maintained in good working

order regularly and records kept on site.
Machine operated according to the

manufacturer instructions.
Competent operators trained and
certified.
Good overall condition and regular
maintenance.
All suitable guard provided
All electrical installations are protected

and free of
damages (circuit breakers, plugs, wires).
Protection against weather condition.
Emergency stop button and other safety

devices are operational and clearly
marked.
Safety signs and manufacturer
instructions clearly displayed and
properly followed
Suitable PPE provided and properly used
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/M-11 Rev-2
Checklist
Portable Tools
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Electrical Tools:
Power cables present no hazard or
obstruction & connections are
appropriate, earthed & fused.
User competent & authorized.
Guard is fitted, adjusted & tool in good

condition.
Emergency stop is available &
operational.
Manufacturer instruction is available &
followed.
All hoses, couplings & fittings of correct
rating.
Pneumatic Tools:
Hoses, couplings & fittings inspected &
maintained regularly.
Tools secured to the hose by positive
means to prevent disconnection.
Air supply lines protected from damage
maintained & inspected regularly.
Safety device is provided for air hose
with large diameter.
Manufacturer instruction is available &
followed.
Manual (unpowered) Tools:
Tool checked & inspected before use.
Home-made tool is not used & tool fits

the job
.
Suitable PPE provided for all above
types of tools.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/PT-12 Rev-2
Checklist
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
PPE policy and signage displayed.
Minimum PPE (i.e. helmet, safety boots,

hi-visibility vest, & safety glasses)
provided to all employees & records
maintained.
PPE checkpoint on the entrance.
PPE comply with the relevant

international standards & clearly marked
(i.e. CE or EN mark).
Users trained on using, maintenance, and
storage of PPE.
Additional PPE have been provided as
appropriate for those who are executing
critical activities (e.g. full body harness
for working at height, full face mask, &
respiratory apparatus, etc…).
PPE correctly selected based on the task
risk assessment
Regularly inspected, cleaned and
maintained and/or replaced as deemed
necessary
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/PPE-13 Rev-2
Checklist
Scaffolds
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
All scaffolds erected, inspected, altered

& dismantled by competent team
Clear and visible signage and scaff-tag
Access ladder provided and properly

secured
Sound scaffolding materials free of
damage
Platforms are properly made of planks,
free of damage, tied & no gaps between
planks/timbers.
All platform blanks tied down properly
Proper falling protection provided (guard

rail/hand rail, mid rail, toe board,
mesh/bricks guard & safety net).
Scaffolding properly secured ties, and all
braces properly installed.
Sole/base plate or timber provided.
Overhead protection provided.
Mobile scaffold provides with guard rails,

toe board, full & proper platform, access
ladder & wheels locked.
Personal protective equipments provided
and properly used (full body harness
connected to fixed anchor or life line)
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/Sc-14 Rev-2
Checklist
Site General
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Availability of the site safety sign board
Proper site security and appropriate

fencing (e.g. closed metallic boards,
hoarding).
Site visitors’ induction training
procedure.
Sufficient site offices and car parking.
Adequate safety signage / notice

boards.
Availability of the HSE documents &
records(e.g. HSE manual, HSE plan, risk
assessment, work permit, incidents
reports, induction & toolbox talk
records, inspection records, & training
records, etc…)
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/SG-15 Rev-2
Checklist
Vehicles and Mobile Equipment
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Vehicles & mobile equipment are

licensed by concerned authority.
Driver/operator is licensed and
competent.
Engine in good operational condition.
No visible leaks
Windows & mirrors are clean &

obstruction free.
Seat is in good condition and seat belt
functioning properly.
Lights / indicators / wipers / horns
properly operational
Tyres free of damage and fully inflated
Reversing alarm & beacons working

properly
Periodical inspection & maintenance &
record kept
Provided with fire extinguisher and first
aid box, and in good condition
Provided with the noise
silencer/enclosure.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure division) EHS /Inspection check list/VME-16 Rev-2
Checklist
Welding and Gas Cutting
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Hazard identification & risk assessment

conducted, & required control measures
have been implemented.
Valid & approved permit to work available
all time & displayed in visible location.
Working area properly contained &
warning signs displayed.
All flammable / combustible materials
have been removed from the working area
or properly protected from spark.
All possible health effects (acute and
chronic) have been identified and proper
control measures implemented.
Sufficient ventilation has been provided.
Task is carried out by competent person

(s).
Adequate / sufficient firefighting

equipment are available in the working
area during & after the work.
Suitable PPE provided and used all the
time.
Electrical Arc Welding:
Welding leads and returns cables have the
same length, properly installed &
protected, & free of damage.
Electrical cables are in good condition,
free of damage, & properly protected.
Industrial plugs & sockets provided.
Electrode holders are fully insulated &

free of damage.
Earth connection bolted or clamped to
ensure a good electrical contact.
Welding machine frame effectively
grounded.
Gas Welding and Cutting:
Different gas cylinders are clearly
identified and marked.
Different types of Gas cylinders have been
separated, properly stored, and not
exposed to direct sun.
Proper training on handling gas cylinders
for all users (this will include clothing,
moving cylinders, hazards and precaution
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/WGC-17 Rev-2
Checklist
Welding and Gas Cutting
measures….etc).
Cylinder attachments (regulators, hoses,
non-return valves, flashback arrestors,
blowpipes) are maintained in good
working order and free of damage.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/WGC-17 Rev-2
Checklist
Welfare Facilities
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Adequate ablutions/toilets/washing
facilities.
Appropriate clean & cool rest area with
clean & cold drinking water.
Food storage facility.
Changing rooms with facility for keeping

protective clothing used at work
(locker).
Prayer area clearly identified & kept
clean all the time.
Safe access & egress to and from the
facility.
Welfare facilities are in clean good

hygienic condition.
Designated smoking area with proper fire
fighting equipments.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/WF-18 Rev-2
Checklist
Working Platforms and Cantilevers
Conducted By: Date:
immediately.
Description:
Evaluation Remarks
Platform is properly designed (the

minimum dimension are in accordance
with the safety standards) and suitable
for the purpose.
Platform free of damage and in good
condition.
All platform planks tied down properly
with no gaps between planks.
Proper falling protection provided
(handrail, mid-rail, toe board, boy
harness, lifeline & safety net).
Load capacity identified and clearly
marked.
Platforms are not used to carry another
platform.
Adequate bracing / outriggers installed
(Mobile Elevated Working Platforms
MEWP).
3rd party inspection. Regular
maintenance & adherence to the
manufacturer’s manual (MEWP &
cradles).
Cantilever provided with guard rail, mid
rail, toe board, & meshes / bricks guard.
Cantilever should not be overloaded
(apply only tested load).
Cantilever must be inspected whenever
installed, altered, or shifted by
competent person.
Proper PPE should be provided.
Approved By:

Project Manager
HSE Practitioner
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS /Inspection check list/WPC-19 Rev-2
GHANTOOT TRANSPORT & GEN. CONT LLC, Roads & infrastructure division
INSPECTION CHECKLIST
(FOR FULL BODY SAFETY HARNESS)
Project Name: Date:

Attachment for Back Support
Shoulder Front Thigh Adjustment Shock absorber Snap / Scaff
No. Tag No. Certificate Supplier D-ring work for work
Strap Attachment Strap Elements Lanyard Hook
positioning positioning
Inspected by: Signature: Reviewed by: Signature:
Ghantoot Group –Roads & Infrastructure Division EHS-Inspection checklist/FBH-20 Rev.2

GHANTOOT TRANSPORT & GEN. CONT LLC
ROADS & INFRASTRUCTURE DIVISION
TEMPERATURE- HUMIDITY MONITORING

CHECKLIST
Month May 2016

Time 09:00AM 12:00NN 15:00PM
Temperature Humidity Temperature Humidity Temperature Humidity

Date (°‫)ܥ‬ (%) (°‫)ܥ‬ (%) (°‫)ܥ‬ (%)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Ghantoot Group-Roads & Infrastructure Division EHS Inspection checklist/THM-21 Rev.2
PHYSICAL PLANT& EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST
GHANTOOT TRANSPORT & GENERAL .CONT.LLC, (ROADS & INFRASTRUCTURE DIVISION)
Project No.: Location:
Project title: Date:

TYPE OF PLANT: (Tick the applicable Fields)
Tipper Trailer Shovel
Bob Cat JCB Excavator
Pick Up Water Tanker Grader
Drum Roller Mobile/Crawler/Tower Cran Others (Specify See below)
–
Owned Hired (if so, name of the hiring company )
Others (Details):
PHYSICAL CHECKS: (Tick & Fill the applicable Fields)

DXB SHJ AUH RAK UAQ AJM FUJ N/A
Registration No. :
Registration Certificate *: Yes No Expired Valid till :
Competency Certificate *: Yes No Expired Valid till :
Driving License*: Yes No Expired Valid till :
Load Test Certificate *: Yes No Expired Valid till :
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Motor Cycle Han d i c ap L/ Vehicle H/ Vehicle Light Bus Heavy Bus L/Mec. Equip H/Mec. Equip.
Vehicle Permitted
to drive:
(*) This report should be attached with the copy of the registration, operator/driver driving license and Third Party Inspection and -
test certificate where ever applicable.
Head Lights Sound Horn Reverse Horn N.A. Beacon Light
Side Mirrors Rear View Mirrors Parking Break/Break Reg. No. Plate
Safe Load Indicator Jib radius Indicator Fire Extinguisher
Others
REMARKS (If any):-
Machine/ Equipment is Acceptable For Site Use Machine/ Equipment is NOT acceptable for site use
Inspected by: Name: Date& Signature:
Ghantoot Group Roads & Infrastructure Division EHS INSPECTION CHECKLIST/PP&E-22 Rev.2
CAMP SERVICES EHS INSPECTION CHECKLIST
Date: Project: Company: Ref:

Inspected by: Accompanied by: Location:
S/N. Description Checked Observations Action by

Y/N/N/A
1. EHS notice board available and updated
2. Signs for First Aid points, who the First
Aiders are (with photos) & their locations
3. Map & directions to local hospital on notice
boards
4. Muster point marked with clear sign
5. Emergency procedure with telephone
numbers
6. Fire alarm, sprinkler systems and emergency
lighting
7. Fire escape doors, Exit signs, Escape routes
in place
8. Fire extinguishers (DCP and CO2) on wall
with signs above, plus fire bell
9. Smoke detectors
10. Fire blanket in kitchen available
11. Civil defense approval available
12. Smoking rules implemented
13. Incident/Accident register available
14. Project and Office EHS Rules available
15. First Aid Box complete, stretcher available
16. EHS Policy available
17. Office EHS Plan available
18. ABC poster & Electric Shock poster
19. Recent Safety Alert displayed on notice
boards
20. Office EHS Inspection Reports available
21. Electrical equipment manuals & PAT test
certificates in place
22. Security available including the night work
23. Induction records & stickers are in place
24. All cabins have safe access/egress
25. Check windows are lockable and open
correctly
26. Check security grills to windows
27. Clean/cold drinking water available /
signage in place
28. Office Toilets for Male and Female provided
29. Washing facility-shower, changing room
available
30. Washing facility-clean hot and cold water
supply available
31. Washing facility-Soap or other suitable
Ghantoot Group- Roads & Infrastructure Division EHS Inspection Checklist/SI-23 Rev.2 Page 1 of 1
cleanser in place
32. Washing facility-Towels/means of drying
available
33. Clothes hooks in toilets
34. Mirrors above washbasins
35. Facility for rest and meals
36. Adjustable chairs for Visual Display Unit
users
37. Clean stoves, kitchen sinks and taps, tables
and benches
38. Clean rooms, floors, windows, shelves,
walls and ceilings
39. Clean refrigerators, ovens, toasters
40. Remove old food supplies from stores and
refrigerators
41. Check expiry date on food containers and
dispose of out-of-date products.
42. Clean water and food dispensers, storage
43. Clean air conditioner, vents and filter
elements
44. Check all gas lines for leaks
45. Check all gas cylinders (condition & date)
46. Check all electrical
installations/equipment/leads/guards
47. Check all chemicals have Material Safety
Data Sheet
48. Check vehicle parking – area and procedures
49. Check for light, ventilation and temperature
50. Check all fire extinguishers
51. Check all fire hydrants are operational
52. Conduct fire drill (quarterly)
53. Check for clean showers, toilets and rubbish
removed
54. Check general rubbish removal & disposal
system
55. Transparent windows, doors, gates,
partitions etc
56. Carpets, rugs or mats are secure
57. Check for protruding hazards, floor free
from slips/trips
58. Check for overloading the shelves/filing
over the cabinets
59. Edge protection and stair case hand rails in
place
60. Materials stored safely
61. Working at height requirements in place
62. Visitors sign in/sign off register in place
63. Job Safety Analysis for non routine works
64. Employees wearing Personal Protective
Equipment as required
65. Septic tanks protected, not overflowing, no
bad odor
66. Recycling bins are at every work station &
common work areas
MONTHLY FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSPECTION REPORT
AREA: DATE:
S. No. I.D. No. TYPE LOCATION REMARKS
Name of Inspector: Name of Safety Officer: _
Signature: _ Signature:
GTGC-MONTHLY FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSDPECTION REPORT FORM GTGC/EHS-FORM/MFIR-24 / REV. 2

Ghantoot Transport & General Contracting LLC.
P.O. Box- 30541, Abu Dhabi, U.A.E.
CANTEEN CHECKLIST
Project Details:
Project Name:
Client: PMC :
Engineer: Contractor:
Location:
Date & Time: Name of Owner:
Sl. Action
Points Yes No Remarks
No. Required
Kitchen
1 Whether all food materials are properly covered during handling?
2 Proper storage of water?
3 Whether overflowing of garbage in dust bin is avoided?
4 Covering of dust bin?
5 Whether chopping of vegetable is done properly?
6 Proper cleaning of utensils?
7 Whether cook is using cap & gloves?
8 Whether phenol is used frequently?
9 Whether sufficient distance between cylinder & refrigerator is maintained?
10 Whether cook is aware regarding safe operation of LPG cylinder?
11 Is proper ventilation provided?
12 Is housekeeping maintained on regular basis?
13 Nails of cook and his assistant to be cut regularly?
14 Gas oven is located above the Cylinder height?
15 Whether fire extinguisher is provided?
16 Signboard “Don’t Waste the Food” is displayed?
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS Inspection Checklist/CN-25 Rev.2
LABOR ACCOMMODATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST
Ghantoot Transport & General Contracting LLC (GTGC) , Roads & Infrastructure Division

Checked Observations Action by

S/No. Ref. Description
Y/N/N/A
Intro The site should be far from environmental pollution
1.
sources (water and flood drainage, garbage etc)
1.1 The site should be connected to a sanitary drainage
2.
and portable water system
2.1.3 The building should be compliant with drinking
3. water, sanitary drainage, air conditioning, elevators,
emergency exists, fire fighting system etc
2.2.1 Concrete or cement block walls, concreted floor and
4.
fire proof should be provided
2.3 Sufficient area for outdoor requirements: Vehicle
movement and parking-entrance/exits, access for
5.
emergency vehicles, garbage management, outdoor
lighting, food delivery and storage
2.4.1 Rooms, Kitchens, mess, halls, corridors, offices and
6. halls should be provided with ventilation and Air
conditioning system
2.5.1 All Lighting fixed in occupied area should provide
7.
minimum lighting levels (general-100 lux)
8. 2.6 Firefighting equipment and emergency exits
3.2 Bedroom (3 sq. m/worker, Workers allowed per
bedroom shall be 8-10, ceiling height shall not be
less than 7 feet, own sleeping area, provide bed, side
table and 2m high closet with a lock; space between
beds-36 inches, bed height 12 inches from the ground
9. level. For bunk beds 48 inches for both the sides and
rear side. The distance between the upper and the
bottom bed shall not be less than 27 inches, shoe
racks shall be at the room entrance, no cooking
stove/washing machines inside the room, no COSHH
materials at rooms
3.3 Bathroom is located 100 feet away from the
10.
bed/mess/kitchen rooms
3.3.2 Common bathroom should have 2 toilets (1 toilet for
11.
8 people), I urinal/25 people, one shower and one
Ghantoot Group- Roads & Infrastructure Division EHS Inspection Checklist/LAI-26/Rev.2

1
wash basin/8 people, cold and hot water supply shall

be provided, window area at least 10% of bathroom
floor area, provide toilet paper, cleaned once/day
3.4 Kitchen: Kitchen should have managed by licensed
food service company, shall have washable tables,
12. Gas cylinders shall be located outside the building
and shaded, pest control measures are in place, shall
be kept clean at all times
3.5 Mess hall: should be close to the kitchen with enough
tables and chairs, water cooler and wash basins with
liquid soap/tissues, TV etc.
13. Area shall be 1.4 sq.m and mess hall shall
accommodate 1/3 of the residents. Meal times shall
be displayed at the entrance of the hall and shall be
kept clean at all times
3.8 Medical: provide medical clinic 24/7 (preferably in
ground floor) and isolation rooms with necessary
furniture and equipments. Consulting and treatment
14.
rooms, medical records rooms, drugs room,
bathroom and wash basins with hot and cold water
supply and ambulance
3.9 Laundry: appoint a person, outsource or provide
15.
communal laundry at ground floor
16. 3.10 Other: barber shop, grocery, ATM, prayer room etc
4.1 Waste Disposal: sealed and washable trashed
17. containers shall be provided, placed on concrete
stand, emptied and cleaned daily
5.1 Accommodation Manager:
Keep register of the residents; provide training for all
18. employees, carry out inspections and take actions
appropriately, Emergency procedure and evacuation
drill
5.2 Health, Safety and Security: training shall be
provided on camp rules, use of services and facilities,
19. personal hygiene, waste disposal, preventing
pollution, pest control, fire prevention, emergency
procedure etc
5.2.3 Camp rules shall consist of cleanliness, clear
prohibitions, storage rule, trash, loud music,
20.
tampering with building equipment, trash disposal,
visitors etc and displayed in every floor

2
5.2.4 Personnel are not permitted to use of tobacco

21. products for smoking at 20 feet from any
entrance/from fresh air inlets
5.2.5 Electricity and water control option should be
22. available at outside the camp compound, surveillance
cameras fitted
5.2.6 Water supply: underground water reservoirs, adjacent
water pumps to supply drinking water, water pumps (
23. one diesel operated and the other one electricity
operated) to feed Fire extinguishing system, outdoor
hoses, indoor hoses, fire hose reel cabinets
6.1 Water system shall be free from the growth of
24.
bacteria and other air carried microbes
6.2 Pipes shall carry hot and cold water, 35
25. gallons/person/day, water service poles separated
from the electric service poles
6.4.1 Water is pumped by means of two electrical pumps
26.
for drinking water (hot and cold),
6.5, 6.6 Water supply service should be available around the
clock and cold water shall be supplied an average of
27.
35 liters/minute/person. Hot water supply/20
liters/person/24 hours
6.6.2 Hot water storage of capacity 1000 liters should be
28.
provided for kitchen use and 600 liters for ablution
6.8.3 Firefighting-2000 liters/minute/ for a period of 4
29. hours, 30 m long hose, Sprinkler system-3000
liters/minute for a period of 2 hours
6.11.4 All the pipes and fittings and isolation valves shall be
30. installed and tested based on a pressure of 16 bars
(1600pa)
6.12 Power sub stations shall be installed and supplied
31. with power, step-down transformers and a
switchboard etc.
6.12.4 One electrical room shall be constructed on the
ground floor per occupied unit and shall be
32.
completely equipped with a switch board and an
engine control device
6.12.5 The devices and power distribution panels shall be
distributed among the floors and isolating switches
33.
shall be installed for each light and electric circuit
across the area

3
6.12.6 & Separate electrical isolation devices shall be installed

34. 6.12.7 for the ventilation, air conditioning and heating
device installed inside the heaters
6.12.9 In all bed rooms: 5 AMP plug shall be installed in the
35. wall near the bed, each room, in the corridor wall at a
distance of 15m
6.13 Gas supply shall be compliant with the civil defense
36.
requirements
6.14 All the occupied residential units shall be supplied
37. with a sanitary drainage system compliant with the
local competent authority
6.15 Public phones shall be installed near each residential
38.
unit, mess halls and other common facilities
7.1 Fire Alarm system-fire sector shall be divided every
39.
1000 sq. m.
40. 7.2 Alarm sirens shall be located 75m from each other
9.0 Vehicle: surrounded by suitable lighting, smoking
prohibited, seat/person available, Frequent Stop sign
shall be placed on the rear of the vehicle, contact
number shall be displayed on the vehicle for
remarks/complaints, should be air conditioned, shall
41.
have first aid kit, fire extinguisher of 5 kg and 6
hammers to break the window glass, emergency
windows should be placed in the front, middle and
back, have tubeless tyre, passenger stop to avoid the
road crossing.
9.22 Provide weekend transport to and from if it is more
42.
than 2 km
10 Onsite rest period: Shaded area for rest and meal,
43.
food and drinking water, toilets
Reported by Name: Date: Sign:

4
Ghantoot Transport & General Contracting LLC (GTGC), Roads & Infrastructure Division
INSPECTION CHECKLIST
(FOR GENERATOR)
Project Name: Date
More Flammable
Supplier Cable Any Dripping Over
Sr Maintenanc Cabl Fire than 1 Access for /
Tag / used Warnin oil / Basin for Bundin Head
No Location Capacity e Log e Earthing Extinguishe meter maintenanc Combustibl
No. Manufac fed to g Signs diese Oil/Dies g Protectio
. sheet/sticker Size r Barricatio e e Materials
turer MDB l spill el n
n Removed
Inspection team: Reviewed By:

Name: Signature: Name: Signature
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS Inspection Checklist/Gen-27 Rev.2
P.O. Box- 30541, Abu Dhabi, U.A.E.
DUST MONITORING
Project Details:
Name:
Client:
Consultant: Contractor:
Project Site/Department: Location:

Date:
S/No Parameters Status Threshold Limit Sign & Remarks
1 DUST VISUAL
MONITORING
HSE OFFICER HSE MANAGER
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS Inspection Checklist /DM-28 /REV.2
GHANTOOT TRANSPORT & GENERAL CONTRACTING LLC.
Air Quality Monitoring
Project Site/Department: Location:

Date:
S.No Parameters Parts Per Million Threshold Limit Sign & Remarks
(PPM)
H2 S
SPM
COx
SOx
NOx
Noise(dCB)
HSE OFFICER PROJECT MANAGER
Ghantoot Group (Roads & Infrastructure Division) EHS Inspection Checklist/AQM-29-Rev.2

HOUSEKEEPING INSPECTION REPORT
No. ITEMS COMMENTS
1 IS THERE ANY TRASH CONTAINER ON SITE?
ARE RUBBISH COLLECTED, STORED AND DISPOSED IN

2
THE TRASH CONTAINERS?
IS THERE A HOUSEKEEPING TEAM ON SITE? HOW

3
MANY?
ARE THEY MAINTAINING THE SITE IN NEAT AND TIDY

4
CONDITION?
5 ARE DUST CONTROLLED BY WATER SPRAY?
ARE THERE ANY HAZARDOUZ MATERIALS ON SITE?

6
STORED AND DISPOSED BASED FROM THE MSDS?
7 ARE ALL MATERIALS STACKED PROPERLY?
ARE THERE ANY SEPARATE BINS WITH TRASH BAGS

8 FOR FOOD WASTE? COLLECTED AND DISPOSED ON A
DAILY BASIS?
ACCESS AND STAIRCASES ARE CLEAR FROM

9
OBSTRACTED MATERIALS?
10 IS THE SITE CONDITION IS HYGEINIC?
Inspected By:
Safety Officer Signature
GTGC-HOUSEKEEPING INSPECTION REPORT GTGC/EHS-FORM/HIR-30 A / REV. 2

TOILETS INSPECTION CHECKLIST

S/N. Description Checked Observations Action by

Y/N/N/A
1. External doors
Signs clear and fixed on
Open & close smoothly
Hinges well fitted
No chips in paintwork
2. Cubicle doors
Open & close smoothly
Hinges well fitted
No chips in paintwork
Locks working
3. Mirrors
Fully secured
No chips or cracks
4. Basins
No chips or cracks
Taps not dripping
Free from stains
Plug well fitting & secure
Water drains freely
No lime scale build up
Secured to wall
5. Urinals
No chips or cracks
Free from stains
Free flushing
Water drains freely
6. Toilets
No chips or cracks
Free from stains
Free flushing
Handle is secured
No cracks in seat / lid
Seat / lid secure
Toilet roll holder secure
7. Lighting
Switches safe, no cracks
Turn on/off easily
Ghantoot Group- Roads & Infrastructure Division EHS Inspection Checklist/T -30 B Rev.2 Page 1 of 1
TOILETS INSPECTION CHECKLIST
8. Toilet Facilities:
Toilet area clean and tidy?
Adequate soap?
Hand towels/drying facilities in place
and working?
Adequate toilet paper?
Clothes hooks in toilets
Mirrors above washbasins
Sanitary disposal in place?
Ghantoot Group- Roads & Infrastructure Division EHS Inspection Checklist/T -30 B Rev.2 Page 2 of 2
EMPLOYER CONSULTANT CONTRACTOR
GHANTOOT GROUP, ROADS & INFRASTRUCTURE DIVISION
TIPPER TRUCK INSPECTION CHECKLIST(To be inspected and approved by a competent person OR an approved ENTITY/ third party on monthly basis for each trailer or dump truck)
Vehicle Registration No. Driver Name
Registration Valid up to Contact Number
Driver particulars
Vehicle Details
Insurance valid up to Age

Vehicle Owner Dri ver’s Nationality
Contact No. of Owner No. of Years of Experience in tipping
Name of Material Supplier Name of transporter
Contact No. of Material Supplier Contact No. of transporter
Status Status
Serial Serial
Description Not Description Not
No. Acceptable No. Acceptable
acceptable acceptable
1. Overall condition of the vehicle 18 Hydraulic hoses
2 Tyre visual inspection for condition (treads) 19 Hydraulic jacks (leaks, cracks, bend)
3 Tyre pressure 20 Jack top side attachment pin
4 Suspension joints and Leaf springs (no cracks) 21 Jack bottom bracket & bolts
5 Chassis number verified from registration 22 Bracket welding condition
6 Tipper box to chassis attachment hinge 23 Jack attachments (bottom plate and bolts, top pin)
7 Tipper box (no alterations / modification made) 24* Functioning of Tipping control switch
8* Tail gate (condition of locking arrangement) 25* Working condition of Gauges and warning indicators
9 Cabin (lock, doors, visibility, cleanliness) 26* Horn and Reverse alarm horn
10* Seat belt condition and locking arrangement 27* Brakes and parking brakes
11* Revolving lights(Beacon lights on cabin top) 28* Engine condition (Clutch, brake, acceleration)
12 Side view mirror and wiper 29* Noise and vibration
13* Indicators and hazard warning lights 30* Exhaust (excess / abnormal visible smoke emission)
14* Head light, tail light and brake lights 31 Maintenance records (mention date of last inspection done) ………………………………….
15 Battery (condition of terminals & attachment) 32* Tipping operation
16 Oil and hydraulic level (no leak present) Note: Serial numbers marked with (*) to be filled after carrying out functional check.
17 Fuel tank including filler cap (no leak allowed) Thorough visual inspection to be carried out for remaining serial numbers.
Remarks :
Inspected by Name: …...............................................................Designation……………………………………………….……Date………………………………….. Signature ………………………………
Inspection agency Name, contact number & Stamp ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
EHS Inspection Checklist/T-32/Rev.2

EMPLOYER CONSULTANT CONTRACTOR
CHECK LIST FOR SAFE TIPPING OPERATIONS (Tipping area to be inspected and approved by a competent person for each locations before any tipping)
Status Status
Serial Serial
Description Yes / No / Not Description Not
No. No. Acceptable
Acceptable acceptable acceptable
1. Tipping area hard / compacted 13 Trained Banks man available to control tipping
2 Slope / overall inclination acceptable 14 Banks man identifiable with blue helmet and jacket
3 Tipper positioned at least 10m from live road 15 Banks man holding red and green flags and whistle
4 Tipper is positioned in line and not across the slope 16 Banks man positioned in a safe distance
5 At least 10m surrounding tipping clear of personnel 17 Banks man has overall view of tipping including tail gate
and other plants and vehicles and able to communicate with tipper driver
6 If material is covered during transportation, the 18 Only one truck unloading at a time under control of one
covering tarpaulin removed Banks Man (parallel tipping not allowed).
7 Tyre pressure satisfactory 19 No visible leaks on the jacks or hydraulic system
8 Tail gate unlocked and free to open 20 Driver trained in safe tipping
9 Tipper body and cabin in line 21 Driver using seat belt
10 Wind speed within limit (max. 25kmph) 22 No other person present in the tipper cabin
11 Space available in front of tipper to drive away Note: Ensure no one approaching the tipping area while the jack is moving up / down.
12 Adequate lighting available in the location Driver should remain seated inside the cabin during jack raising / lowering time
Remarks :
Date Tipping area inspected and signed by

Tipping Location Details
Time
Location
Area In charge (Engineer)
Location In Charge (Supervisor)
Location In Charge (HSE)
Activity in the location
Area Engineer’s Signature Date Time
Location Supervisor’s Signature
Location HSE Staff’s Signature
EHS Inspection Checklist/T-33/Rev.2

MONTHLY POWER TOOLS INSPECTION LOG
DATE OF INSPECTION:
NO TAG NO. SERIAL NO. MANUFAC TYPE DEADMAN CORDS PLUGS SLEEVES VOLTAGE GUARDS REMARKS
TURER SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
INSPECTED BY: SIGNATURE:
GTGC-MONTHLY POWER TOOLS INSPECTION LOG GTGC/EHS-FORM/MPT-38 / REV. 2

Ghantoot Group, Roads & Infrastructure Division
Pre-Qualification Form for Subcontractors
Subcontractor:
1 Please provide specific information on the company HSE Policy, record-to-date, incident statistics
and training programmes:
2 Provide incidence statistics for construction group’s entire operation during the past three (3)
years:-
2 1 Current
(a) Number of fatalities (FAT):
(b) Total recordable incidences (TRI):
(c) Number of lost workday cases (LWDC):
(d) Number of restricted workday cases (RWDC)
e) Number of medical treatment cases (MTC):
(f) Number of permanent partial disabilities (PPD):
(g) Total worksite exposure hours:
3 Do you conduct HSE Safety Reviews involving the following?
No Daily Weekly Monthly Annually
Site Manager
Project Manager
Construction Director
Managing Director
External audits
4 Do you conduct HSE Safety/Induction training involving the following :
No Daily Weekly Monthly Annually
Site Operatives
Foreman
Site Manager
Project Manager
Construction Manager
Managing Director
5 Do you conduct Project HSE Safety Inspections: If so, by whom:-
PRE-QUALIFICATION FORM FOR SUB-CONTRACTOR Issue 1.0, Rev. 2.0

1 of 1
Inspector Daily Weekly Monthly Annually
Construction Team
Management
HSE Practitioners
Third Party
6 All plant/equipment used on site by your employees is inspected and maintained

in a safe condition. YES/NO
If yes, then explain how below:
7 Have you a full time head office based professional Safety Manager/Officer/Supervisor?
YES/NO
8 Do you have procedures for reporting fatalities/major injuries/other noticeable

injuries/dangerous occurrences, to the main contractor? YES/NO
If yes, attach a copy.
9 Provide copies of Safety manuals, Safety Booklets and Procedures used to promote,
control and provide information to your site staff. YES/NO
10 Do you provide free-of-charge all necessary personal protective equipment? YES/NO
11 Do you operate a Safety incentive scheme? YES/NO
12 List your Membership of Health and Safety related organisations. YES/NO
13 How is environmental performance recorded? YES/NO

If yes attach a copy
14 How is health performance recorded? YES/NO

If yes attach a copy
15 Provide a statement by your Senior Director explaining his/her philosophy towards

Safety and zero incident management on the Project.
16 Do you implement a Behaviour Based Observation Process?

– If yes attach a copy YES/NO
17 Do you implement a Task Planning Process? YES/NO

- If yes attach a copy
18 Is there evidence of and integrated HSE system and is it clearly implemented?

19 Are the work process in the system regularly refreshed? YES/NO

- If yes attach a copy
20 Are you officially accredited by one or more recognized accreditation bodies?

– If yes by what body is the accreditation maintained YES/NO

2 of 2
21 Does the contractor have experience in implementing HSE in road projects?

YES/NO
22 Please provide examples of your methods for ESE evaluation of subcontractors? Please specify
your benchmarks for qualification and disqualification of subcontractors when evaluated
23 Do you have a clear implemented process for maintaining, testing and certifying vehicles and
equipments for use?
24 Is it part of your HSE policy that near miss reporting is encouraged, collected and reported?
YES/NO
If yes, please provide examples of the methods used and example(s) of implementing a lesson
learned to avoid a future occurrence.
25 Do you regularly perform HSE audits? Do you use an accredited third party body to perform/support
such audits? Please provide an example of the executive summary from such an audit.
26 Please provide an example of your HSE training matrix showing how HSE knowledge and know-
how is maintained.
27 Can you provide examples of the agenda’s for HSE meeting at various levels of works? YES/NO
If “yes’ please provide examples
28 Do you have an implemented policy of occupational health management? YES/NO
If “yes’ please provide details.
29 Do the company registered in OSHAD. YES/NO
GTGC/EHS-FORM/VLS-40/REV.1

3 of 3
GHANTOOT TRANSPORT & GEN. CONT LLC, Roads & infrastructure division
Project: ……………………………………………………………………………….
Daily Checklist For Drivers And Operators
Driver Name Date of week beginning
Company Mob. No.
Veh. Type Licence No.
Veh. No. Driver Signature
Sat Wed Sat Wed Sat Wed

Sun Thu Sun Thu Sun Thu
Mon Fri Mon Fri Mon Fri
Tue Tue Tue
Nut Bolts Warning Light Fire Extinguisher
Tue Tue Tue
Safety Shoes Head Light Breake/Parking Break
Tue Tue Tue
Helmet Directional Lights Fuel Tank / Oil leak
Tue Tue Tue
Safety Goggles Seat Belt Tyres
Tue Tue Tue
Safety Jacket Horn & Reverse Alarm Wind Shield
Tue Tue Tue
Battery (Leaks) Side Mirror Wiper
Ghantoot Group-Roads Infrastructure Division Page 1 EHS/Inspection Checklist/VDO-44 Rev.2

OBSERVATIONS
SATURDAY
SUNDAY
MONDAY
TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
FRIDAY
Veh. No. DATE
Driver Signature
Ghantoot Group-Roads Infrastructure Division Page 2 EHS/Inspection Checklist/VDO-44 Rev.2

Dateof Inspection: .
Timeof Inspection: .
Area/Location: .
* Please fill out this Detour Road Safety Inspection Checklist and attach any supporting documents e.g.
photographs, specification reference(s), OSHAD Code of Practice 44.0 Traffic Management and Logistics
etc., as needed.
Sr. Condition Comments of Non-Compliance (s)

Detour Items N/A
# Х IDLH* Observed for Contractor’s Action (s)
1 Permit Approval from Authority / NOC
2 Risk Assessment Approval
3 Advance Warning Signs

4 Road Work Signs
5 Guide Signs
6 Digital Signs
7 Arrow Boards
8 Delineators
9 Cones
10 Tubular Flexible Posts
11 Painted Pavement Markings
12 Raised Pavement Markings
13 Water Filled Plastics Barriers
14 Concrete Barriers
15 Longitudinal Crash Worthy Barriers
16 Warning Lights
17 Street Lighting
18 Temporary Traffic Lights
19 Rumble Strips
20 Crash Cushions
21 Buffer Zones
22 Tapers
23 Flaggers
24 Red Flags / Paddles
25 Pedestrian Walkways
26 Construction Lane Access / Egress
27 Fences
Ghantoot Group, Road & Infrastructure Division EHS Detour Road Safety Inspection Checklist/T-36/Rev.2
28 Glare Screens
29 Turning Radius and Lane Width
30 Road Cleaning/Removal
Debris/accumulated sand
31 Damaged on temporary asphalt pavement
along the detour.
Contractor:
Inspected By: (HSE MGR) Signature: ……………………… Date:
Approved By: (PM) Signature: ……………………… Date:
Supervision Consultant:
Inspected By: (HSE ENGR) Signature: ……………………… Date:
Approved By: (RE) Signature: ……………………… Date:
* Note: - IF IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND HEALTH (IDLH), INFORM PROJECT MANAGER
/ PROJECT HSE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY.
GTGC SHOULD ENSURE DETOUR INSPECTION (S) IS CARRIED OUT DURING OFF PEAK
HOURS. WHENEVER PRACTICALLY POSSIBLE AND VEHICLE IS PARKED IN A SAFE ZONE OR BAY.
-CONTRACTOR’S (Ghantoot) SHALL BE MONITOPRING AND HOURLY CHECKING THE

RUNNING DETOUR.
- A FLASHING BEACON SHOULD BE MOUNTED ON THE TOP OF THE PILOT CAR DURING
INSPECTIONS.
Ghantoot Group, Road & Infrastructure Division EHS Detour Road Safety Inspection Checklist/T-36/Rev.2

HSEMS & Manual Rev 02, May 2018

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HSEMS & Manual Rev 02, May 2018

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HSEMS & Manual Rev 02, May 2018

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GHANTOOT TRANSPOPRT & GENERAL CONTRACTING LLC (GTGC), ROADS & INFRASTRUCTURE DIVISION

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (HSE-MS) &MANUAL

Ghantoot Transport & General Contracting

Chapter Title Revision Date

Chapter Title Revision Date

14.3 NIGHT WORKING 168

14.4 PILE DRIVING 169

14.5 EXCAVATION SAFETY 171

14.6 SCAFFOLDING SAFETY 176

14.7 SAFE USE OF LADDERS 183 02 05 May 2018

14.8 MOBILE ELEVATING WORK PLATFORMS 186 02 05 May 2018

14.9 FALL PROTECTION 189

14.10 FLOOR AND WALL OPENINGS,STAIRWAYS 194

14.11 FORM WORK 195

14.12 ELECTRICAL SAFETY 210

Chapter Title Revision Date

14.14 PLANT & EQUIPMENT 219

14.15 LIFTING OPERATIONS 233

14.16 PRE-CAST CONCRETE 240

14.17 MACHINE GUARDING 248

14.18 MANUAL HANDLING 249

14.19 CHEMICAL HAZARDS CONTROL 251

14.20 WASTE MANAGEMENT 256

14.21 TEMPORARY FUEL STORAGE 269

14.22 WORKING AT, OVER OR NEAR WATER 271 02 05 May 2018

14.23 WORKING IN DANGER OF ENGULTMENT 272 02 05 May 2018

14.24 GARBAGE CHUTE 273

14.25 VESSELS UNDER PRESSURE 274

14.26 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE 277

14.27 WATER PROOFING 278

14.28 CONCRETING 278

14.29 RETAINING WALL 279

14.30 STEEL REINFORCEMENT 279

14.31 MASONRY WORKS 280

14.32 PAINTING 280

14.33 FALSE WORK 281

14.34 CARPENTRY 282 02 05 May 2018

14.35 SAFETY PRECAUTION FR DEMOLITION 282 02 05 May 2018

14.36 HOT WEATHER AND HEAT STRESS 282

14.37 HAND OVER PROCESS 287

16.0 ADDENDUM 292 02 05 May 2018

GTGC will follow the ten principle of enhanced HSEMS management.

- Standard & Standard HSE Policy.

SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES

1.0 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (HSEMS)

1.1 MANAGEMENT COMMITMENT & DIRECTION

1.2 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT POLICY

Furthermore, it is the GTGC policy to:

8- Implement & Maintain the OSHAD-SF.

9- Comply with the UAE Rules & Regulations.

1.3 CORE HSE VALUES AND BELIEFS

GTGC goal is continuous improvement

GTGC, HSE-MS Elements

Policy and Strategic

Standards and Procedures Correct

2.0 EMPLOYEE ROLES & RESPONSIBILITY

2.1 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION

2.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES